GIlTT  OF 


A1  4af 


Digitized  by  the  Internet  Arciiive 

in  2007  witii  funding  from 

IVIicrosoft  Corporation 


http://www.arcliive.org/details/elementsoflatinOOmitcricli 


BUST  OF  JULIUS  CAESAR. 


Elements  OF  Latin 


BY 


BENJAMIN  W.  MITCHELL,  Ph.D.. 

PROFESSOR  OF  LATIN  AND  HEAD  OF  DEPARTMENT  OF  ANCIENT  AND 

MODERN  LANGUAGES,  CENTRAL  HIGH  SCHOOL, 

PHILADELPHIA 


»,:;•:  i '.5:.* 


HINDS,   NOBLE  &   ELDREDGE 

New   York  Philadelphia 


Copyright,  1912,  by 
Hinds,  Noble  &  Eldredoe 


•  .••  1  • 


PREFACE 


Semi-annual  admission  of  pupils,  now  so  general  in  sec- 
ondary schools,  seems  to  require  a  text-book  in  Latin  which 
shall  naturally  divide  into  two  fairly  complete  and  independ- 
ent portions.  It  is  to  meet  this  need  that  the  present  work 
is  primarily  designed.  By  the  plan  herein  followed,  the 
pupil  will  have  mastered  by  the  mid-year  the  forms  of  in- 
flection and  a  few  elementary  principles  of  the  simple  sen- 
tence. In  the  second  part  the  principles  of  syntax  suited  to 
first-year  work  are  thoroughly  treated,  so  that  by  the  end 
of  the  year  adequate  equipment  will  have  been  gained  for 
the  reading  of  Caesar's  Gallic  War.  No  other  work  so  fulfils 
all  the  requirements  of  second-year  study — purity  of  diction, 
plainness  of  narrative  style,  interest  of  subject  matter — 
as  this  wonderful  man's  account  of  the  stupendous  achieve- 
ment by  which  he  determined  the  development  of  civiliza- 
tion in  Western  Europe,  and  hence,  largely,  our  own.  To 
accustom  the  pupils  to  Caesar's  style  nearly  all  the  sentences, 
except  those  in  the  earliest  exercises,  are  taken  with  slight 
variation  from  Caesar's  own  story,  and  chiefly  from  the  first 
book. 

The  number  of  words  in  the  working  vocabulary  is  under 
750,  and  they  are  those  most  frequently  employed  by  Caesar 
in  the  Gallic  War. 

The  words  given  in  each  of  the  earlier  vocabularies  are 
used  frequently  in  succeeding  exercises  to  familiarize  the 
student  with  them  and  to  give  facility  in  their  use.  For  this 
reason  extreme  brevity  has  not  been  aimed  at  in  the  sentences, 
though  they  are  extremely  simple  in  construction.  The 
sentences  can  thus  be  made  to  mean  something  to  the  pupil, 

iii 


IV  PREFACE 

and  a  long  and  tiresome  succession  of  unrelated  fragments  of 
discourse  is  avoided. 

Practice  in  connected  reading  is  secured  by  the  simplified 
text  of  the  Helvetian  Campaign  from  the  first  book  of  the 
Gallic  War;  and  in  this  portion  of  the  work  the  student  will 
meet  again  many  of  the  sentences  with  which  he  became 
acquainted  in  the  preceding  exercises,  so  that  he  will  not  feel 
himself  altogether  a  stranger  in  a  strange  land. 

The  illustrations,  drawn  from  the  common  sources,  are 
designed  to  give  interesting  information  as  to  military 
equipment,  coinage,  life  and  customs  in  general.  They  are 
frankly  miscellaneous  and  not  limited  to  text-illustration. 
The  photographs  of  scenes  of  the  Helvetian  campaign  were 
made  by  Professor  George  R.  Swain,  of  Rockport,  Illinois, 
and  are  used  by  his  permission. 

The  author  gratefully  acknowledges  valuable  suggestions 
made  by  his  colleagues  in  the  Central  High  School :  especially 
does  he  desire  to  express  his  thanks  for  the  painstaking  care 
with  which  Professors  Samuel  E.  Berger,  Francis  H.  Lee,  and 
Ellis  A.  Schnabel  examined  and  corrected  the  manuscript. 

Benjamin  W.  Mitchell. 
Central  High  School, 
Philadelphia,  Pa.,  1911. 


TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 


Lesson  P^^'' 

I.— Sounds,  Quantity,  Accent 1 

II.— Parts  of  Speech.     Inflection.     The  Verb 5 

III.— The  Noun 9 

IV.— The  First  Declension.     The  Sentence 12 

v.— The  Second  Declension 16 

VI. — The  Second  Declension  (Continued) 18 

VIL— The  Verb  sum.     Modifiers 21 

VIII.— The  Adjective 24 

IX.— The  Adjective  (Continued) 27 

X.— The  Verb 29 

XL— The  Verb  (Continued) 30 

XII.— The  Third  Declension.     Consonant  Stems 33 

XIII.— The  Third  Declension  (Continued) 36 

XIV.— The  Third  Declension  (Continued) 39 

XV.— The  Third  Declension,     i  stems 41 

XVI.— The  Fourth  and  Fifth  Declensions 45 

XVII. — Irregular  Adjectives 48 

XVIII.— Adjectives  of  the  Third  Declension 50 

XIX.— The  Verb 55 

XX. — Comparison 57 

XXI.— Comparison  (Continued) 60 

XXII.— Adverbs 63 

XXIII.— Numerals 66 

XXIV.— Pronouns 69 

XXV.— Pronouns  (Continued) 74 

XXVI.— Pronouns  (Continued) 78 

XXVII.— Pronouns  (Continued) 81 

XXVIIL— The  Perfect  System.     Indicative  Mode  of  amo 84 

XXIX.— Conjugation  of  the  Active  Voice  of  amo  completed .  .  89 

XXX.— The  Verb  sum 94 

XXXI.— The  Passive  Voice 96 

XXXII.— Introduction  to  the  Subjective  as  a  Dependent  Mode. .  101 

XXXIII.— Second  Conjugation,  Active  Voice 104 

XXXIV.— Second  Conjugation,  Passive  Voice 108 

XXXV.— Third  Conjugation,  Active  Voice HI 

XXXVI.— Third  Conjugation,  Passive  Voice 114 

V 


vi  TABLE  OF  CONTENTS 

Lbsbon  Paob 

XXXVII —Fourth  Conjugation 117 

XXXVIII.— Verbs  in  -16  of  the  Third  Conjugation 121 

XXXIX. — Deponent  and  Semi-deponent  Verbs 125 

XL. — Periphrastic  Conjugation 130 

XLI. — Irregular  Verbs:  The  Compounds  of  sum 134 

XLII. — Irregular  Verbs:  fero 138 

XLIII. — Irregular  verbs:  eo 141 

XLIV. — Irregular  Verbs:  fio  and  the  Preteritives 144 

XLV. — Irregular  Verbs:  void,  nolo,  maid 148 

XLVI. — Irregular  verbs:  Impersonals 151 

XLVII. — Syntax.     The  Nominative  and  Accusative l.").! 

XLVIII. — The  Accusative  (Continued) 158 

XLIX.— The  Dative 161 

L.— The  Dative  (Continued) 164 

LI.— The  Dative  (Continued) 166 

LIL— The  Genitive 168 

LIIL— The  Genitive  (Continued) 171 

LIV.— The  Ablative 174 

LV.— The  Ablative  (Continued) 176 

LVI.— The  Ablative  (Continued) 178 

LVIL— The  Ablative  (Continued) 180 

LVIIL— The  Ablative  (Continued) 182 

LIX.— The  Ablative  (Continued) 184 

LX.— The  Ablative  (Continued) 187 

LXI. — Syntax  of  Adjectives  and  Pronouns.     Correlation.  .  191 

LXII. — Syntax  of  the  Verb  in  Principal  Clauses 194 

LXIIL— Syntax  of  the  Infinitive 196 

LXIV. — Syntax  of  the  Gerund  and  Gerundive,  and  of  the 

Supine 198 

LXV. — Dependent  Clauses.     Clauses  of  Purpose 201 

LXVI. — Dependent  Clauses.    Clauses  of  Purpose  (Continued)  204 

LXVII.— Dependent  Clauses.     Clauses  of  Result 206 

LXVIII. — Dependent  Clauses.    Clauses  of  Apposition;  Doubt, 

Hindrance,  Prevention,  and  Refusal;  Fear 209 

LXIX. — Dependent  Clauses.     Temporal  Clauses 212 

LXX. — Dependent  Clauses.     Causal  and  Concessive  Clauses .  215 

LXXI. — Dependent  Clauses.     Conditional  Sentences 218 

LXXII. — Dependent  Clauses.     Conditional  Sentences  (Con- 
tinued)   _. 220 

LXXIIL— Indirect  Discourst^^Oratio  Obliqua 223 

LXXIV. — Indirect  Discourse.     Indirect  Questions 227 

LXXV.— Relative  Sentences 229 


LIST  OF  ABBREVIATIONS 


abl.  =  ablative, 
abs.  =  absolute, 
ace.  =  accusative, 
adj.  =  adjective, 
agt.  =  agent, 
appos.  =  appositive. 

card.  =  cardinal, 
cf.  (confer)  =  compare, 
char.  =  characteristic, 
cl.  =  clause, 
coll.  =  collective, 
comp.  =  comparative, 
conj.  =  conjugation, 
conj.  =  conjunction, 
corr.  =  correlative, 
cpd.  =  compound. 

dat.  =  dative. 

def.  =  defective. 

deg.  =  degree, 
dep.  =  deponent, 
diff.  =  difference, 
dir.  =  direct, 
disc.  =  discourse. 

f.  or  fern.  =  feminine. 

gen.  =  genitive. 

imp.  =  imperfect, 
impers.  =  impersonal, 
imv.  =  imperative, 
ind.  =  indirect, 
indecl.  =  indeclinable, 
inf.  =  infinitive, 
intr.  =  intransitive, 
irreg.  =  irregular. 


lit.  =  literally, 
loc.  =  locative. 

m.  =  masculine. 

n.,  neut.  =  neuter, 
num.  =  numeral. 

obj.  =  object, 
ord.  =  ordinal. 


pass.  =  passive, 
pf.,  perf.  =  perfect, 
pip.  =  pluperfect, 
pred.  =  predicate, 
prep.  =  preposition, 
pret.  =  preteritive. 
pron.  =  pronoun, 
ptc.  =  participle, 
purp.  =  purpose. 

qual.  =  quality. 

rel.  =  relative. 

sc.  =  scilicet,  ^.  e.,  supply, 
subj.  =  subject, 
subjunc.  =  subjunctive. 

tr.  =  transitive. 

vb.  =  verb, 
voc.  =  vocative. 

w.  =  with. 


•  .  •  •    *\ 


ELEMENTS  OP  LATIN. 


PART   I. 
FORM. 


LESSON  I. 
SOUNDS.     QUANTITY.     ACCENT. 

1.  The  Alphabet. — The  Latin  alphabet  contains  all  the 
letters  of  the  English  alphabet  except  w:  k  is  rare,  and  the 
same  character,  i,  generally  is  used  for  both  i  and  j:  j  is 
often  called  the  consonant  i. 

2.  Classification  of  the  Letters. — a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  y  are  called 
vowels.  The  other  letters  are  called  consonants.  The 
union  of  two  vowels  in  one  sound  is  called  a  diphthong. 

3.  The  letters  of  the  alphabet  are  classified  in  the  follow- 
ing— 


ALPHABETICAL  TABLE, 
f  I.  Vowels.— a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  y. 


IL  Consonants. 


1.  Mutes. . . 

(Letters  with 
stopped  sound) 


Voiceless 
P 


'  (a)  Labial 

(Lip  letters) 

(6)  Lingtial  . .  .t 

(Tongue  letters) 

(c)  Palatal c,  k,  q 

(Throat  letters) 


Voiced. 

b 
d 
g 


2.  Liquids 1,  r    

(Flow  letters) 

(a)  Labial  . . 
'^  3.  Nasals . . .  ■{  (b)  Lingual. . 

(Nose letters)      j  ^^^    Palatal.. 


(n) 


r  (a)  La 

.A(b)  Lii 

')     1(c)  Pa 

I 


m 
n 
(nc),  (ng) 


(a)  Labial  . . .  .f 

4.  Spirants. .  ■[  (b)  Lingual  . .  s 

(Breathed  letters)  (  (c)    Palatal.  .  .  .h 

5.  Semi-vowels ii  ^ 

6.  Double  consonants x,  x 

1 


2  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

4.  c<  \  iyi  s  SOUNDS;  of  -t-pe  letters. 

(a)  Pronuiibiation  of  the  Voweis: 

a  =  a  in  father.  y  =  the  German  ii,  or  the  French 

e  =  e  in  they.  u.     The  exact  sound  does  not 

i  =  i  in  machine.  occur  in  English,  but  approxi- 

0  =  o  in  bone.  mates  i  as  above  given, 

u  =  oo  in  moon. 

(&)  Pronunciation  of  the  Diphthongs: 
ae  =  ai  in  aisle.  eu  =  eu  in  feud. 

oe  =  oy  in  hoy.  m  =  we. 

au  =  ou  in  our.  ua  =  wa  in  loar. 

ei  =  ei  in  feint. 

(c)  Pronunciation  of  the  Consonants: 
The  consonants  are  pronounced  as  in  English,  except  that — 

b  before  s  or  t  has  the  sound  of  p. 

c  is  always  hard,  as  in  cat. 

g  is  always  hard,  as  in  ^o. 

s  always  as  in  so,  never  as  in  rose. 

t  always  as  in  to,  never  as  in  ac/ion. 

V  is  sounded  like  w. 

ch,  ph,  th,  practically  like  c,  p,  t:   compare  ch  in  c^ord. 
Consonant  i  (j)  is  sounded  like  y  in  yet.     No  fixed  rules  can  be  given 
for  the  detection  of  consonant  i;  but  i  is  usually  consonant  when  initial 
followed  by  a  vowel. 

In  the  combinations  qu,  ngu  followed  by  a  vowel,  and  su  followed  by 
a  and  sometimes  bj^  e,  u  has  the  sound  of  w;  e.  g.,  quid,  pronounced  as 
in  English;  pinguis,  pronounced  pingweess;  suasum,  pronounced 
swasum. 

5.  QUANTITY. 

The  Quantity  of  a  vowel  or  syllable  means  the  length  of 
time  occupied  in  pronouncing. 

Rule. — Every  vowel  has  two  soimds,  long  and  short, 
differing  from  each  other  only  in  duration  of  time. 

The  following  words,  pronounced  as  accented,  approxi- 
mately illustrate  both  sounds  of  the  vowels  a,  e,  i,  o,  u,  the 
short  sound  preceding  in  each  case: 

papd.  entafl.  redeem.  foreg6.  footst6ol. 


SOUNDS.      QUANTITY.     ACCENT.  3 

Notes. — 1.  Sometimes  a  vowel  may  be  sounded  either  long  or  short; 
it  is  then  called  common.  2.  A  long  vowel  is  marked  with  a  dash  above 
it,  thus:  a.  Short  vowels  usually  are  not  marked;  but  sometimes  thus: 
a;  and  common  vowels  thus:  E. 

6.  RULES  OF  QUANTITY. 

I.  Vowel  Quantity. 

1.  A  vowel  before  another  vowel  or  h  is  short:  dies,  nihil. 

2.  A  vowel  is  long  when  formed  by  contraction  (i.  e.,  the 
union  of  two  vowels  into  one) :  nil  for  nihil. 

3.  A  vowel  is  long  before  nf,  ns,  and  consonant  i:  infans, 
eius. 

4.  A  vowel  is  short  before  nt,  nd:  amant,  amandus. 

5.  All  diphthongs  are  long:  portae. 

n.  Syllable  Quantity. 

Syllables  in  general  have  the  same  quantity  as  the  vowel 
they  contain,  but  the  nature  and  arrangement  of  consonants 
in  a  syllable  often  prolong  its  sound  beyond  the  time  required 
for  its  vowel  alone.  Such  syllables  are  said  to  be  long  by 
position. 

1.  Position  Rule. — A  syllable  whose  vowel  may  be  natur- 
ally short  becomes  long  by  position  if  its  vowel  is  followed 
by  X,  z,  or  any  two  or  more  consonants  except  a  mute 
followed  by  1  or  r.  In  this  latter  case  the  syllable  may  be 
either  long  or  short. 

2.  Final  syllables  ending  in  any  single  consonant  except 
c  and  s  are  short:  amat. 

7.  SYLLABLES. 

Latin  words  have  a  syllable  for  each  vowel  or  diphthong, 
except  that  u  following  q  always,  and  sometimes  following 
ng  and  s,  does  not  rank  as  a  separate  vowel,  being  a  mere 
aftersound. 


4  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

The  final  syllable  of  a  word  is  called  the  ultima;  the  next 
before  it,  the  penult;  and  the  next  preceding,  the  ante- 
penult. 

8.  ACCENT. 

1.  The  accent  of  Latin  words  depends  on  the  penult 
syllable.  Words  of  two  syllables  accent  the  penult.  2. 
Words  of  three  or  more  syllables  accent  the  penult  if  long, 
otherwise  the  antepenult  is  accented. 


Roman  legionaries  on  the  march  (Relief  from  Column  of  Trajan). 
The  helmet  is  swung  from  the  right  shoulder;  the  blankets  and  kit 
are  carried  on  pole  over  the  left  shoulder. 


LESSON  II. 
PARTS   OF   SPEECH.    INFLECTION.    THE   VERB. 

9.  The  parts  of  speech  in  Latin  are  the  verb,  noun,  pro- 
noun, adjective,  adverb,  preposition,  conjunction,  interjec- 
tion. The  Latin  has  no  article;  the  definite  and  indefinite 
articles  must  be  supplied  wherever  needed  in  translating. 
Adverbs,  prepositions,  and  conjunctions  are  frequently 
grouped  under  the  name  of  particles. 

10.  INFLECTION. 

In  English  we  generally  show  the  relation  of  one  word  to 
another,  and  changes  of  number,  person,  time,  and  mode  in 
verbs,  by  means  of  other  words,  such  as  prepositions,  pro- 
nouns, and  the  auxiliary  verbs.  In  Latin  these  relations  and 
changes  are  shown  by  means  of  changes  in  the  form  of  the 
words  themselves,  occurring  chiefly  at  the  end. 

This  change  of  form  to  express  change  of  relation  is  called 
inflection. 

(a)  Inflection  applied  to  verbs  is  called  conjugation. 

(h)  Inflection  applied  to  nouns,  pronouns,  and  adjectives 
is  called  declension. 

(c)  The  other  parts  of  speech  are  not  inflected. 

THE  VERB. 
IL    A  verb  expresses  action  or  being,  e.  g.: 
amare,  to  love;  aman,  to  he  loved;  voco,  /  call;  vocatur,  he  is  called; 


J,  to  be;  sunt,  they  are. 

12.  Verbs  have  voice,  mode,  tense,  number,  person,  as 
in  English. 

13.  Finite  forms  of  the  verb  are  those  which  are  limited 
(Latin  finis,  a  limit)  by  requirements  of  time,  person,  and 
number. 

5 


6  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

14.  (a)  There  are  two  voices,  active  and  passive.  The 
active  voice  represents  the  subject  as  acting:  vocat,  he  calls. 
The  passive  voice  represents  the  subject  as  acted  on:  vocatur, 
he  is  called. 

(b)  There  are  three  finite  modes:  indicative,  subjunctive, 
imperative.  Of  these,  the  indicative  asserts  or  asks  about  a 
fact  and  the  imperative  expresses  a  command,  e.  g.: 

laudat,  he  praises;  quis  laudat,  who  praises  f   eum  lauda,  praise  him. 

The  subjunctive  will  be  defined  later. 

(c)  The  tenses  define  the  time  of  the  action.  There  are 
six  tenses:  present,  imperfect,  future,  perfect,  pluperfect, 
future  perfect. 

(d)  There  are  two  numbers  and  three  persons,  as  in 
English. 

15.  The  chief  non-finite  part  of  the  verb  is  the  infinitive. 
It  expresses  the  action  of  the  verb  without  regard  to  person 
and  number,  e.  g.: 

to  love;  to  have  praised;  I  wish  to  go;  he  is  said  to  have  called. 

FORMATION  OF  VERBS. 

16.  Verbs  are  formed  of  three  elements,  stems,  tense 
signs,  personal  endings.  • 

17.  Stems. — The  stem  is  that  element  to  which  the  tense 
signs  and  personal  endings  are  added  in  order  to  form  any 
part  of  the  verb. 

18.  Every  verb,  not  defective,  has  three  stems.  These 
are  called  the  present,  perfect,  and  supine  stems. 

19.  The  Present  Stem. — There  are  four  systems  of  pres- 
ent stems,  ending  respectively  in  a,  e,  e,  i. 

20.  The  Conjugations. — These  four  kinds  of  present 
stems  give  rise  to  four  systems  of  inflecting  verbs,  known  as 
the  four  conjugations.     Verbs  whose  present  stem  ends  in  a 


PARTS  OF  SPEECH.     INFLECTION.      THE  VERB.        7 

are  said  to  belong  to  the  first  conjugation;  in  e,  to  the  second 
conjugation;  in  e,  to  the  third  conjugation;  in  i,  to  the 
fourth  conjugation. 

21.  To  determine  the  conjugation  of  a  verb,  therefore,  we 
must  know  the  present  stem.  To  know  the  present  stem,  we 
must  know  the  present  infinitive,  which  always  ends  in  -re 
and  is  always  given  in  dictionaries  and  vocabularies.  To 
find  the  present  stem,  cut  off  -re  from  the  present  infinitive. 

22.  The  Personal  Endings. — The  personal  endings  of 
the  tenses  of  the  indicative  and  subjunctive  modes,  active, 
of  all  conjugations  are: 


Singular. 

Plural. 

First  person. 

m,  6 

mus 

Second  person. 

s 

tis 

Third  person. 

t 

nt 

In  regular  verbs  the  first  person  singular  ending  is  m  in 
the  subjunctive  mode  and  after  the  letter  a  where  it  does  not 
belong  to  the  stem;  otherwise,  o. 

Note. — One  slight  exception  to  these  endings  will  appear  later. 

23.  The  Present  Indicative. 

(a)  Meaning. — This  tense  expresses  action  occurring  dur- 
ing present  time.  It  is  called  the  tense  of  continued  action 
in  present  time. 

(h)  Formation. — This  tense  is  formed  in  all  conjugations 
by  adding  the  personal  endings  directly  to  the  present  stem 
without  any  tense  sign. 

For  all  stem  changes  in  verb  formation,  see  Appendix  B. 

24.  The  Present  Indicative  Active,  First  Conjugation, 
amo,  /  love;  present  infinitive,  amare,  to  love;  present  stem,  ama. 

Singular.  Plural. 

First  person.  amo,  /  love.  amamus,  we  love. 

Second  person.  amas,  you  love.  amatis,  you  love. 

Third  person.  amat,  he  loves.  amant,  they  love. 


8  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

(a)  In  addition  to  the  translations  above  given,  any 
renderings  may  be  used  which  indicate  present  time.  Thus, 
amo  may  be  translated,  /  love,  I  am  loving,  I  do  love. 

(6)  The  old  second  singular  rendering,  thou  lovest,  is  ob- 
solete except  in  the  most  solemn  and  formal  style. 

(c)  The  pronoun  subjects,  /,  you,  we,  etc.,  are  indicated 
by  the  personal  endings,  and  are  not  separately  expressed 
in  Latin  unless  emphatic. 

(d)  The  personal  endings  indicate  the  person  and  number 
of  the  subject,  never  the  gender;  so  that  amat  may  be  trans- 
lated equally  well  he  loves,  she  loves,  it  loves. 

25.  VOCABULARY. 

amo,  amare,  love.  exspecto,     exspectare,     expect; 

convoco,  convocare,  convoke,  caU  wait  for. 

together,  summon  (a  number  of  laudo,  laudare,  praise. 

persons).  occupo,  occupare,   occupy,   hold, 

explore,  explorare,  explore,  dis-  seize. 

cover,  find  out. 

26.  Translate  into  English. — 1.  Amat,  amamus,  amo, 
amant.  2.  Convocamus,  explorat,  laudo,  occupatis.  3. 
Exspectat,  occupas,  exploro,  convocant.  4.  Exspectatis, 
amas,  convocat,  explorant.  5.  Laudamus,  occupo,  exspect- 
ant,  exploras.  6.  Convoco,  occupat,  laudatis,  exspectamus. 
7.  Exploratis,  laudat,  convocas,  occupant.  8.  Exspectas, 
occupamus,  laudas,  convocatis.  9.  Amatis,  exploramus, 
exspecto,  laudant. 

27.  Translate  Into  Latin. — 1.  We  love.  2.  They  seize. 
3.  You  occupy.^  4.  I  summon.  5.  We  expect.  6.  They 
praise.  7.  They  wait.  8.  You  discover.  9.  We  explore. 
10.  I  call  together.  11.  He  praises.  12.  She  praises.  13. 
She  holds.  14.  I  explore.  15.  They  discover.  16.  We 
praise.  17.  They  love.  18.  He  finds  out.  19.  You  con- 
voke.    20.  He  seizes. 

'  You  cannot  tell  here  whether  singular  or  plural  is  to  be  used :  cither 
will  be  correct. 


LESSON  III. 

THE  NOUN. 

28.  A  noun  is  the  name  of  a  person,  place,  thing,  or 
quality,  e.  g.:  Caesar,  Rome,  sword,  virtue. 

29.  Nouns  have  gender,  number,  and  case. 

30.  Gender. — There  are  three  genders,  as  in  English, 
mascuhne,  feminine,  neuter. 

(a)  In  English,  gender  is  determined  by  sex  and  is  called 
natural  gender.  In  Latin,  the  gender  of  words  is  usually 
determined  by  their  ending,  and  is  called  grammatical 
gender.  The  gender  of  words  meaning  persons  usually 
follows  sex,  e.  g.: 

via,  road,  is  feminine;  camis,  wagon,  is  masculine;  nauta,  sailor,  is 
masculine;  mater,  mother^  is  feminine;  but  auxilia,  irregular  troops, 
auxiliaries,  is  neuter. 

31.  Case. — Nouns  are  inflected  to  show  their  relation  to 
verbs,  to  other  nouns,  and  to  prepositions.  The  various 
forms  of  the  noun  are  called  cases. 

(a)  There  are  six  cases: 
Nominative,  the  case  of  the  subject. 
Genitive,       usually  signifying  of. 
Dative,  usually  signifying  to  or  for. 

Accusative,   the  case  of  the  direct  object. 
Vocative,       the  case  of  address. 
Ablative,        usually  signifying  by,  with,  in,  or  from. 

(6)  The  nominative  and  vocative  are  called  direct  cases; 
the  others,  oblique  cases. 

(c)  Number  and  to  some  extent  gender  are  also  exhibited 
by  the  inflection  of  nouns. 

9 


10       .  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

32.  Stems. — Nouns,  like  verbs,  have  a  stem,  and  to  this 
stem  the  case  endings  are  added  to  form  the  various  cases. 

33.  The  Five  Declensions. — Nouns,  like  verbs,  are 
classified,  for  inflection,  according  to  their  stems. 

There  are  five  classes,  called  declensions,  whose  stems  end 
respectively  in  a,  o,  a  consonant  or  i,  u,  e. 

34.  The  declensions  are  named — 

(a)  First      or  a  declension. 

(6)  Second  or  o  declension. 

(c)  Third     or  consonant  declension. 

{d)  Fourth  or  u  declension. 

(e)   Fifth      or  e  declension. 

35.  Formation. — Except  in  the  third  declension  the  stem 
rarely  appears,  for  the  stem  vowels  unite  with  the  case  end- 
ings or  disappear  before  them.  Thus  has  been  formed  a 
series  of  case  terminations  which  contain  both  the  stem 
vowel  and  the  true  case  endings.  There  is  always,  too,  a 
part  of  the  noun  which  does  not  change  in  declension,  and 
this  is  called  the  base.  To  form  the  cases,  add  the  case 
terminations  directly  to  the  base. 

36.  In  practice  we  distinguish  the  declensions  by  the 
case  termination  of  the  genitive  singular;  thus: 


ECLEN8ION. 

Genitive  termination. 

First 

ae 

Second 

i 

Third 

is 

Fourth 

lis 

Fifth 

^ 

37.  Cases  Alike  in  Form  in  All  Declensions. 

1.  The  vocative  is  like  the  nominative,  except  in  the  singular  of 
nouns  and  adjectives  in  -us  of  the  second  declension. 

2.  The  dative  and  ablative  plural  are  always  alike. 

3.  The  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  of  all  neuters  are  alike, 
and,  if  plural,  end  in  -a. 


THE  NOUN. 


11 


38. 


et,  conj.,  and;  also,  even. 

mando,    mandare,    entrust;    com- 

MAND. 

nuntio,  nuntiare,  announce,  report, 
tell. 


VOCABULARY. 

oppugno,    oppugnare,    attack,    as- 
com-  sault,  besiege  (of  places  only). 

voco,  vocare,  call  (both  in  sense  of 
'  name '  and  '  summon ' ) . 


39.  1.  Explorant  et  nuntiant.  2.  Mandas  et  laudas.  3. 
Vocamus  et  exspectamus.  4.  Oppugnat  et  occupat.  5. 
Amat  et  laudat.     6.  Explorare.     7.  Oppugnare  et  occupare. 

8.  Vocare  et  nuntiare.     9.  Vocatis.     10.  Convocamus. 

40.  1.  We  love  and  praise.  2.  You  attack  and  occupy. 
3.  They  summon  and  announce.  4.  He  investigates  and 
reports.  5.  To  find  out  and  report.  6.  To  entrust.  7. 
To  command  and  expect.     8.   They  summon  and  await. 

9.  We  investigate  and  seize.     10.  He  calls  and  praises. 


Coins  of  Julius  Caesar:  upper,  as   Dictator;  lower,  commemorating 
the  subjugation  of  Egypt. 


LESSON  IV, 

THE  FIRST  DECLENSION.    THE  SENTENCE. 

4L  The  nominative  singular  of  nouns  of  the  first  de- 
clension ends  in  -a.    The  genitive  singular  ends  in  -ae. 

42.  Nouns  of  the  first  declension  are  declined  as  follows: 

porta,  gate. 
Singular.  Plural, 

Nom.  porta,     a  gate,  the  gate.  portae,       gates,  the  gates. 

Gen.    portae,  of  a  gate.  portanim,  of  (the)  gates. 

Dat.    portae,   to  or  for  a  gate.  portis,        to  or  for  (the)  gates. 

Ace.    portam,  a  gate,  the  gate.  portas,       gates,  the  gates. 

Voc.    porta,     0  gate.  portae,       0  gates. 

Abl.    porta,     by,  with,  in,  from  a  p)ortis,        by,  with,  in,  from  (the) 
gate.  gates. 

Remark. — The  case  terminations  are  indicated  by  heavy  type. 

43.  Gender  in  the  First  Declension. — Nouns  of  the  first 
declension  are  feminine,  except  names  of  men  and  words 
meaning  a  person  engaged  in  an  occupation  usually  limited 
to  men,  e.  g.: 

porta,  fern,,  gate;  silva,  fem.,  forest;  lulia,  fem.,  Julia;  SuUa,  masc, 
Sulla  (a  Roman  general);  agricola,  masc,  farmer. 

The  gender  of  nouns  is  indicated  in  the  vocabularies  by  the 
letters  m.,  f.,  n.,  placed  after  them. 

44.  Peculiarities  of  Nouns  of  the  First  Declension. 

1.  Filia,  f .,  daughter,  has  filiabus  in  the  dat.  and  abl. 
plural  to  distinguish  these  cases  from  the  corresponding 
cases  of  filius,  m.,  son. 

2.  Copia,  f.,  means  a  supply  in  the  singular;  but  its 
plural,  copiae,  means  troops. 

12 


THE  FIRST  DECLENSION.      THE  SENTENCE.  13 

THE  SENTENCE. 

45.  A  sentence  is  a  combination  of  words  to  express 
thought. 

(a)  Sentences,  as  in  English,  may  be  simple,  compound,  complex. 
(6)  The  necessary  parts  of  a  sentence  are  the  subject  and  predicate. 

46.  DEFINITIONS. 

1.  Agreement. — Words  are  said  to  agree  when  they  are 
alike  in  one  or  more  respects — gender,  number,  case,  person, 
e.  g.: 

Two  words  agree  in  case  when  both  are  in  the  same  case;  they  agree  in 
gender  when  both  are  of  the  same  gender,  etc. 

2.  Government. — One  word  is  said  to  govern  another 
when  it  compels  that  other  to  assume  some  special  form  as 
regards  case,  mode,  tense,  etc. 

3.  Object. — An  object  is  anything  upon  which  a  verb  or 
verbal  idea  exerts  its  action  or  toward  which  it  directs  its 
influence. 

4.  Objects  may  be  direct  or  indirect. 

(a)  A  direct  object  is  that  person  or  thing  on  which  a  verb 
exerts  its  action  directly;  or  it  is  the  result  produced  by  a 
verb,  e.  g.: 

He  saw  Sulla;  he  gives  a  book;  he  made  a  table. 

(6)  An  indirect  object  is  the  person  or  thing  to  which  or 
for  which  a  verb  exerts  its  action  or  toward  which  it  directs 
its  influence,  e.  g.: 

He  gives  a  book  to  the  boy. 

5.  Verbs  in  reference  to  meaning  may  be  transitive  or  in- 
transitive. Transitive  verbs  are  such  as  may  take  a  direct 
object.     All  others  are  intransitive. 


14  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

47.  SYNTAX  OF  THE  SIMPLE  SENTENCE. 

(a)  Rule  A. — ^The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  must  be  in  the 
nominative  case,  e.  g.: 

Sulla  laudat,  Svlla  praises. 

(b)  Rule  B. — A  finite  verb  agrees  with  its  subject  in  nimi- 
ber  and  person,  e.  g. : 

agricola  vocat,  the  fanner  calls;  copiae  oppugnant,  the  troops  assavU; 
Sulla  et  Galba  exspectant,  Sulla  and  Galba  await. 

(c)  Rule  C. — The  direct  object  of  an  action  must  be  in 
the  accusative  case,  e.  g. : 

copiae  silvas  explorant,  the  troops  explore  the  forests;  agricola  filiam 

vocat,  the  farmer  calls  (his)  daughter. 

(d)  Rule  D. — The  indirect  object  of  an  action  must  be 
in  the  dative  case,  e.  g.: 

Sulla  victoriam  copiis  nuntiat,  Sidla  announces  the  victory  to  the  troops. 

(e)  Rule  E. — A  noim  used  to  describe  or  define  another 
noun,  and  not  meaning  the  same  thing,  must  be  in  the 
genitive  case,  e.  g.: 

faia  Galbae,  the  daughter  of  Galba  or  Galba' s  daughter;  incolae  in- 
sularum,  the  inhabitants  of  the  islands. 

48.  VOCABULARY. 

agricola,  -ae,  m.,  farmer.  lulia,  -ae,  f,,  Julia    (a  woman's 

copia,    -ae,    f.,    sing.,    a    supply,  name). 

plenty;  plur.,  troops,  forces.  nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor. 

fflia,  -ae,  f.,  daughter.  porta,  -ae,  f.,  gate. 

Galba,  -ae,  m.,  Galba    (a  man's  silva,  -ae,  f.,  forest. 

name).  Sulla,  -ae,  m.,  Sulla   (a  Roman 

incola,  -ae,  m.,  f.,  inhabitant.  general). 

Insula,  -ae,  f.,  island.  victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory. 

49.  Hints  for  Translating. — Always  begin  by  translating  a  sentence 
in  the  Latin  word-order :  it  can  then  be  rearranged  in  idiomatic  English. 
Learn  at  the  outset  to  handle  the  words  and  determine  their  relation  to 


THE  FIRST  DECLENSION.      THE  SENTENCE. 


15 


each  other  in  the  order  in  which  they  came  to  the  eye,  ear,  and  mind  of 
a  Roman  child.  In  this  way  only  can  be  acquired  that  facility  in 
reading  which  means  mastery  of  a  language. 

50.  1.  Nautae  incolas  insularum  convocant.  2.  Incolae 
silvarum  copias  Galbae  exspectant.  3.  Sulla  insulas  copiis 
Galbae  mandat.  4.  lulia  filias  agricolarum  laudat.  5. 
Sulla  flliam  Galbae  mandat.  6.  Sulla  victoriam  copiarum 
Galbae  nuntiat.  7.  Filias  agricolarum  laudamus.  8.  In- 
sulam  filiabus  Galbae  mandamus.  9.  Copiae  Sullae  portas 
oppugnant.  10.  Copiae  Sullae  nautas  Galbae  exspectant. 
11.  Galba  luliam  exspectat.  12.  Copiae  Sullae  insulam 
occupant. 

51.  1.  Julia  summons  the  daughters  of  Galba  (Galba's 
daughters).  2.  Galba's  troops  (the  troops  of  Galba)  assault 
the  gate.  3.  The  sailors  assault  the  islands.  4.  You  an- 
nounce the  victory  of  Galba  to  Sulla.  5.  Julia  entrusts  an 
island  to  the  farmers'  daughters.  6.  Galba  summons  the 
inhabitants  of  the  forest.  7.  Julia  waits  for  Galba.  8. 
Galba's  daughters  love  Julia's  daughter.  » 


ODDDCODDDDCDDOC 
sDDPPCCODDnDDDDD 
n  nnnnnn 


Agger  (Column  of  Trajan).  This  was  a  siege- work  of  earth  and 
timbers,  designed  to  raise  the  besiegers  to  a  level  with  the  top  of  the 
fortifications. 


LESSON  V. 


THE  SECOND  DECLENSION. 


52.  The  nominative  singular  of  nouns  of  the  Second 
Declension  ends  in  -us,  -er,  -ir,  masculine;  -um,  neuter. 
The  genitive  singular  ends  in  -i  for  all  genders. 

53.  Nouns  of  the  second  declension  are  declined  as 
follows: 


camis,  m.,  puer,  m.,     ager,  m.,      vir,  m. 


wagon. 

Sing. —  Nom.  carrus 

Gen.  carri 

Dat.  carro 

Ace.  carnim 

Voc.  carre 

Abl.  carro 


boy. 
pucr 
pucri 
puoro 


field. 
ager 
agri 
agro 


pucrum       agnim 
pucr  ager 

puero  agr6 


man. 
vir 
viri 
viro 
vinim 
vir 
viro 


bellum,  n., 
war. 
belltim 
belli 
bello 
bellmn 
bellum 
beUo 


Plur. —  Nom.  carri 


puen 


agn 


Gen.  carrorum  pueronun  agrorum 

Dat.  earns  pueris  agris 

Ace.  carros  pueros  agros 

Voc.  carri  pueri  agri 

Ahl.  carris  pueris  agris 


viri  bella 

virorum  bellorum 

viris  bellis 

viros  bella 

viri  bella 

viris  bellis 


54.     Like  puer  are  declined  gener,  son-in-law;  socer,  father-in-law; 
vesper,  evening. 


55.  VOCABULARY 

ager,  agri,  m.,  field,  land;  pi.  terri- 
tories. 

amicus,  -i,  m.,  friend. 

bellum,  -i,  n.,  war. 

Gallus,  -i,  m.,  a  Gaul  (inhabitant 
of  western  Europe  in  Roman 
times). 

16 


iumentum,  -i,  n.,  beast  of  burden, 

pack  animal. 
oppidum,  -i,  n.,  totm,  stronghold. 
Romanus,  -i,  m.,  a  Roman. 
vasto,  -are,  dcvAsrate,  lay  waste. 
vicus,  -i,.m.,  village. 


THE  SECOND  DECLENSION,  17 

56.  1.  Galli  agros  agricolarum  vastant.  2.  Galba  silvas 
explorat  et  bellum  nuntiat.  3.  Galba  copils  Gallorum  bel- 
lum  nuntiat.  4.  Copiae  Gallorum  oppida  Romanorum  op- 
pugnant.  5.  Nautae  agros  incolarum  insularum  vastant. 
6.  Romani  bella  et  victorias  amant.  7.  Copiae  Romanorum 
oppidum  amicorum^  occupant  et  Gallos  exspectant.  8. 
Amici  Gallorum  iumenta  agricolis  mandant.  9.  Filiae  agri- 
colarum agros  et  iumenta  amant.  10.  Sulla  vicos  et  agros 
agricolarum  occupat  et  vastat. 

^  Of  their  friends;  the  common  possessive  pronouns,  when  not  em- 
phatic, are  generally  omitted  and  may  be  inserted  in  translating,  just 
like  the  articles,  whenever  necessary. 

57.  1.  Julia  entrusts  the  farmer's  pack  animal  to  (her) 
friend.  2.  The  Gauls  besiege  the  town  of  the  Romans  and 
lay  waste  (their)  lands.  3.  Galba  reports  war  to  the  Romans 
and  entrusts  to  (his)  friends  the  villages  and  pack  animals. 
4.  The  Gauls  seize  the  stronghold  of  the  inhabitants  of  the 
forest  and  wait  for  the  forces  of  the  Romans.  5.  A  farmer 
loves  (his)  lands  and  (his)  beasts  of  burden.  6.  The  sailors 
of  the  Gauls  seize  the  islands. 


Roman  soldier  wearing  the  torques.     This  was  a  twisted  circlet 
awarded  to  soldiers  for  bravery.     By  the  Romans  it  was  worn  on  the 
breast  like  a  medal;  by  the  Gauls,  around  the  neck. 
2 


LESSON  VI. 

THE  SECOND  DECLENSION    (Continued). 
58.      Peculiarities  of  Nouns  of  the  Second  Declension. 

1.  Nouns  in  -ius  and  -ium  generally  form  the  genitive 
singular  in  -i  instead  of  -ii.  Such  contracted  genitives 
accent  the  penult,  e.  g.: 

Nom.  concilium,  n.,  council        imperium,    n.,    rule,     Hlius,  m.,  son. 

order 
Gen.     concfli  (sometimes  con-    import  (imperii)  fili  (fiiii) 

cilii) 

2.  Proper  names  in  -ius  and  fHius  drop  the  final  -e  in  the 
vocative  singular,  e.  g.: 

Nam.  Servius  fllius 

Voc.     Servi  fill 

3.  Several  neuter  nouns  of  frequent  occurrence  are  de- 
cHned  and  used  only  in  the  plural.     They  are: 

Nom.  arma,  arms,  weapons     castra,  camp        hibema,  winter  quarters 
Gen.     armonim  castrorum  hibemorum 

4.  Locus,  'place,  is  masculine  in  the  singular,  neuter  in  the 
plural.     Locus  and  filius  are  thus  declined. 

Singular.   Plural.    Singular.   Plural. 


Nom. 

locus 

loca 

filius 

fIlii 

Gen. 

loci 

loconun 

flli  (filii) 

filiorum 

Dat. 

loco 

locis 

filio 

filiis 

Ace. 

locum 

loca 

fllium 

filios 

Voc. 

loce 

loca 

fill 

filii 

Abl. 

loco 

locis 

18 

filio 

filiis 

THE  SECOND  DECLENSION.  19 

5.  Deus,  god,  has  deus  in  vocative  singular;  dei,  dii,  di, 
in  nominative  and  vocative  plural;  and  deis,  diis,  dis,  in 
dative  and  ablative  plural. 

59.  Prepositions. 

Prepositions  show  the  relations  of  nouns  to  other  words 
(chiefly  verbs)  more  accurately  than  the  cases  alone  could  do. 
They  govern  the  accusative  and  ablative  cases  only. 

60.  All  prepositions  originally  expressed  relations  of 
place  and  motion  only.  Therefore,  when  hesitating  between 
the  use  of  a  preposition  and  a  case  form,  search  for  an  idea  of 
place  or  motion:  if  you  find  it,  use  the  preposition;  if  not,  use 
the  case  form,  e.  g. : 

telum  viro  dat,  he  gives  the  javelin  to  the  man.  (No  motion  implied 
and  to  merely  indicates  a  dative  of  indirect  object.)  telum  ad  virum 
portat,  he  carries  the  javelin  to  the  man.  (Here  is  motion,  and  a  prepo- 
sition must  be  used.) 

61.  VOCABULARY. 

ad,  prep,  with  accus.,  to,  toward;  donum,  -i,  n.,  gift. 

against;  near.  filius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  son. 

auxilium,  -i   (-ii),  n.,  help,    aid;  imploro,  -are,  implore,  beg,  en- 

plur.,  irregular  troops,  auxiliaries  treat. 

(foreign  troops  enlisted  in  the  incito,  -are,  incite,  urge  on. 

Roman  service).  locus,  -i,  m.  in  sing.,  n.  in  pi.,  lo- 

castra,  -orum,  pi.,  n.,  camp.  cation,  place. 

concilium,    -i    (-ii),    n.,    council,  non,  adv.,  not. 

assembly.  proelium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  battle. 

cum,  prep,  with  abl.,  with  (always  puer,  -i,  m.,  boij. 

denoting  accompaniment).  sed,  conj.,  but. 

do,  dare,^  give.  telum,  -i,  n.,  javelin. 

'  do  is  conjugated  like  other  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation,  but  its 
stem  vowel  is  short. 

62.  1.  Galba  et  Sulla  auxilium  Romanorum  implorant. 
2.  Auxilia  Gallorum  cum  incolis  silvarum  copias  ad  bellum 
incitant.     3.    Copiae    Gallorum    castra    Romanorum    telis 


20  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

oppugnant.  4.  Dona  filiabus  damus.  5.  Copiae  Romano- 
rum  locum  proelii  Galbae  nuntiant  et  auxilium  impldral, 
sed  non  dat.  6.  RomanI  concilium  Gallorum  convocant 
et  eos  {them)  ad  proelium  incitant.  7.  Sulla  proelium  cum 
Gallis  et  victoriam  Romanis  nuntiat.  8.  Proelium  cum 
nautis  nuntiamus,  sed  non  victoriam.  9.  Auxilia  Romiinorum 
Gallis  donum  telorum  dant,  sed  eos  {them)  ad  helium  non 
incitant.     10.  Galli  copias  ad  portas  oppidi  incitant. 

63.  1.  Julia  gives  (her)  friend^  the  gift  of  a  javelin,  and 
urges  him  (eum)  on  to"  the  war.  2.  The  farmer  announces 
the  battle  to  (his)  sons  and  daughters.  3.  I  calP  a  council 
of  the  sailors.  4.  The  inhabitants  of  the  forest  attack  the 
gates  of  the  camp  with  javelins.  5.  You  entreat  the  aid  of 
the  Romans,  but  they  do  not  give  (it).  6.  Sulla  entrusts  the 
location  of  the  camp  to  Galba  and  attacks  the  town  with 
javelins. 

1  What  relation  does  this  word  bear  to  the  verb?    Hence  what  case? 

2  Use  preposition.     Why? 

2  Voco  or  convoco?     Why? 


Head  of  a  Gaul  wearing  the  torques. 


LESSON  VII. 
THE  VERB   SUM.    MODIFIERS. 

Sum,  /  am ;  present  infinitive,  esse,  to  be. 

64.  The  verb  to  he  has  two  uses : 

(a)  It  may  merely  connect  the  subject  and  predicate,  e.  g.: 

I  am  a  man. 

(6)  It  may  express  existence,  e.  g.: 

viri  sunt,  there^  are  men;  i.  e.,  men  exist. 

^  There  is  no  Latin  word  to  express  this  use  of  there:  it  must  simply  be 
omitted. 

65.  No  form  of  sum  can  ever  govern  a  noun. 

66.  Present  Indicative  of  Sum. 

SiNGtTLAR.  Plural. 

sum,  /  am.  sumus,  we  are. 

es,     you  are.  estis,     you  are. 

est,    he  is;  there  is.  sunt,     they  are;  there  are. 

Modifiers. 

67.  A  word,  phrase,  or  clause  which  in  any  way  explains, 
adds  to,  or  limits  the  meaning  of  another  word  is  said  to 
modify  that  word  and  is  called  a  modifier. 

(a)  Modifiers  may  be:  (1)  adjectival,  modifying  nouns; 
(2)  adverbial,  modifying  verbs. 

68.  Agreement  may  exist  between  verb  and  subject; 
between  two  nouns;  between  noun  and  adjective;  between 
relative  and  antecedent. 

21 


22  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

69.  Agreement  between  two  nouns  or  between  adjective 
and  noun  may  be:   (a)  attributive;  (6)  predicate. 

70.  Attributive  agreement  is  close  and  direct,  without 
the  aid  of  any  verb,  e.  g.: 

The  good  man;  Caesar,  the  consul. 

71.  Predicate  agreement  is  asserted  agreement,  a  verb 
being  required  in  order  to  show  that  agreement  exists,  e.  g.: 

The  man  is  good;  Caesar  is  consvl;  the  general  became  emperor;  the 
man  seems  good. 

Agreement  of  the  Noun. 

72.  Nouns  can  agree  with  each  other  only  when  they 
indicate  the  same  person  or  thing,  and  are  then  called 
appositives,  e.  g.: 

In  Caesar  the  consul  and  Caesar  is  consul,  Caesar  and  consul  am 
appositives,  attributive  in  the  first  instance,  predicate  in  the  second. 

73.  Appositives,  whether  attributive  or  predicate,  agree 
in  case,  e.  g. : 

lulia  est  filia  Galbae,  Julia  is  the  daughter  of  Galba;  Galba  dona 
luliae  filiae  dat,  Galba  gives  gifts  to  his  daughter  Julia. 

74.  VOCABULARY. 

Belg&ef 'iaumj  m.,  the  Belgia7is.  of  motion);  with  abl.,   in,  on 

Caesar,  Caesar  (the  great  Roman  (with  idea  of  position). 

general  and  statesman).  periculum,  -i,  n.,  danger: 

fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight.  se,  ace.  case  sing,  and  pi.,  himself, 

Germanus,  -i,  m.,  a  German.  herself,  themselves. 

in,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl.;  with      sum,  inf.,  esse,  be. 

ace,  into,  on,  against  (with  idea      vito,  -are,  shun,  avoid. 
Idioms.^ 

in  fugam  dare,  to  pnt  to  flight  (Ut.,  to  give  into  flight). 

se  fugae  mandare,  to  take  flight  (Ht.,  to  entrust  one's  self  to  flight) . 

^  An  idea  expressed  in  any  language  in  a  manner  pecuhar  to  that  lan- 
guage is  called  an  idiom. 


THE   VERB  SUM.     MODIFIERS. 


23 


75.  1.  Filius  Sullae  sum.  2.  GermanT  in  silvis  sunt.  3. 
Sunt  in  oppido  amicl  Belgarum.  4.  Est  in  bello  periculum. 
5.  Germani  periculum  in  proeliis  non  vitant.  6.  Caesar 
Belgas  in  fugam  ad  oppidum  dat.  7.  Belgae  ad  oppidum 
se  fugae  mandant.  8.  German!  se  in  silvas  fugae  mandant 
et  tela  copiarum  Galbae  vitant.  9.  Nautae  insulas  Germanls 
mandant  et  periculum  telorum  vitant.  10.  Castra  Ger- 
manorum  ad  oppidum  sunt.^ 

1  Castra,  being  plural,  requires  a  plural  verb :  sunt  must  here  be  trans- 
lated is. 

76.  1.  You  are  Galba's  friend.  2.  We  are  friends  of  the 
Belgians.  3.  There  is  danger  in  the  forests.  4.  We  shun 
the  danger  of  war.  5.  You  put  the  Belgians  to  flight  with 
javelins.     6t  The  Germans  take  flight   toward  the  forest. 

7.  We  do  not  avoid  danger,  but  attack  the  camp  with  javelins. 

8.  The  Germans  take  flight  with  the  Belgians. 


Battering  ram,  aries. 


LESSON  VIII. 

THE  ADJECTIVE. 

77.  Adjectives  are  words  employed  to  describe  nouns, 
(a)  Adjectives   have   gender,   number,   case.     They   are 

decUned  exactly  like  nouns. 

78.  Classes  of  Adjectives. 

With  respect  to  declension  there  are  two  classes  of  adjec- 
tives : 

I.  Adjectives  of  the  second-first-second  declension.  This 
means  that  the  masculine  of  the  adjective  is  of  the  second 
declension;  the  feminine,  of  the  first;  the  neuter,  of  the  second. 

II.  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension. 

79.  Declension. 

Adjectives  of  the  second-first-second  declension  end 
in  the  nominative  in  -us  or  -er,  masc;  -a,  fem.;  -um,  neut. 
Those  in  -us  are  thus  declined: 


bonus, 

,  good. 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Neutek. 

Sing. — Norn. 

bonus 

bona 

bonum 

Gen. 

boni 

bonae 

boni 

Dai. 

bono 

bonae 

bond 

Ace. 

bonum 

bonam 

boniun 

Voc. 

bone 

bona 

bonum 

Abl. 

bono 

bona 

bono 

Plur. — Nom. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Gen. 

bonorum 

bonarum 

bonorum 

Dot. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

Ace. 

bonos 

bonas 

bona 

Voc. 

boni 

bonae 

bona 

Abl. 

bonis 

bonis 

bonis 

24 


THE  ADJECTIVE.  25 

80.  Agreement  of  the  Adjective. — An  adjective,  whether 
attributive  or  predicate,  agrees  with  its  noun  in  gender, 
number,  and  case,  e.  g.: 

bonus  amicus,  a  good  friend;  bonus  agricola,  a  good  farmer;  bon- 
orum  agricolanun,  of  good  farmers;  bona  filia,  a  good  daughter;  bonis 
filiabus,  to  or  for  the  good  daughters;  magnum  bellum,  a  great  war. 

81.  Adjectives  Used  Substantively. — When  the  noun 
with  which  an  adjective  agrees  is  a  very  famihar  one,  hke 
man,  people,  soldier,  possessions,  thing,  etc.,  it  is  often  omitted, 
especially  if  plural,  and  the  adjective  is  then  said  to  be  used 
substantively;  that  is,  used  as  a  noun,  e.  g.: 

boni,  the  good  {men  or  people  being  understood) ;  bona,  goods,  property 
(things  being  understood);  alia,  other  (things). 

82.  VOCABULARY. 

anna,     -onmi,     pL,     n.,     arms,      multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much;  pi., 

weapons.  many. 

bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  good.  numerus,  -i,  m.,  number,  quantity. 

e*  (ex),  prep.,  with  abl.,  out  of,      parvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  small. 

from.  populus,  -i,  m.,  nation,  people  (in 

Germania,  -ae,  f.,  Germany.  national   sense;    hence    always 

Labienus,  -i,  m.,  Lahienus  (a  lieu-  singular  except  when  more  than 

tenant  of  Caesar).  one  nation  is  spoken  of). 

magnus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  great,  large.       pugno,  -are,  fight. 

Romanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Roman. 

*  e  is  used  before  consonants  only;  ex,  before  vowels  and  consonants. 

83.  1.  lumenta  Germanorum  magna  non  sunt.  2. 
Roman!  magna  proelia  multis  in^  locis  Germaniae  pugnant. 
3.  Belgae  multa  iumenta  bona^  Romanis  dant.  4.  Caesar 
Germanos  in  fugam  dat  e  castris  ad  oppidum.  5.  Magnum 
numerum  bonorum  armorum  Belgis  in  oppido  datis.  6. 
Magnum  proelium  cum  multis  Belgis  in  silva  pugnamus. 
7.  Agri  agricolarum  Romanorum  parvi  sunt.  8.  Magnae 
silvae  multis  in  locis  Germaniae  sunt.     9.  Copiae  Belgarum 


26 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


oppidum    armis    oppugnant.     10.    Copiae    populi    Romani 
magno  cum  periculo  oppidum  oppugnant. 

^  A  preposition  often  stands  between  an  adjective  and  its  noun. 
2  A  noun  modified  by  two  adjectives  often  stands  between  them. 

84.  1.  We  give  many  small  javelins  to  the  forces  of 
Labienus.  2.  There  is  a  great  quantity  of  good  arms  in  the 
small  village.  3.  I  fight  battles  in  many  places.  4.  The 
pack  animals  of  the  Germans  are  small  but  good.  5.  He 
shuns  the  large  javelins  of  the  Belgians.  6.  He  takes  flight 
from  the  great  camp  of  the  Romans.  7.  The  farmers  urge 
on  the  beasts  of  burden  in  the  fields.  8.  The  gates  of  the 
camp  are  small  but  many. 


^^^ 


tl 


^ 


Battering  ram  as  used  under  inuiea,  or  shed. 


LESSON  IX. 


THE  ADJECTIVE    (Continued). 

85.     Adjectives  in  -er  of  the  second-first-second  declension 
are  thus  decUned: 


lib 

er,  free. 

Masculine 

Feminine. 

Neuter. 

Sing. — Norn. 

liber 

libera 

liberum 

Gen. 

liberi 

llberae 

hberi 

Dat. 

libera 

liberae 

libero 

Ace. 

liberum 

liberam 

liberum 

Voc. 

h-ber 

libera 

libenmi 

Abl. 

libero 

libera 

libero 

Plur. —  Nom. 

liberi 

llberae 

libera 

Gen. 

liberorum 

llberarum 

liberorum 

Dat. 

liberis 

liberis 

hberis 

Ace. 

liberos 

liberas 

libera 

Voc. 

liberi 

llberae 

libera 

Abl. 

liberis 

liberis 

liberis 

pulcher,  beautiful. 

Sing.— iVom. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

Gen. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchri 

Dat. 

pulchro 

pulchrae 

pulchro 

Ace. 

pulchnim 

pulchram 

pulchrum 

Voc. 

pulcher 

pulchra 

pulchrum 

Abl. 

pulchro 

pulchra 

pulchro 

Plur.— iVom, 

.  pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

Gen. 

pulchrorum 

pulchrarum 

pulchrorum 

Dat. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

Ace. 

pulchros 

pulchras 

pulchra 

Voc. 

pulchri 

pulchrae 

pulchra 

Abl. 

pulchris 

pulchris 

pulchris 

86.    Like  liber  are  declined  asper,  rough;  miser,  miserable;  tener, 
tender,  and  a  few  others. 

27 


28  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

87.  VOCABULARY. 

camis,  -i,  m.,  wagon.  legatus,  -i,  m.,  lieutenant;  ambas- 

Crassus,  -i,  m.,  Crassus  (a  Roman  6m/or,  envoy. 

name).  liber,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  free. 

dimico,  -are,  contend,  fight.  paro,  -are,  puepake;  procure. 

expugno,  -are,  take  by  stoi-m.  pulcher,  -chra,  -chnim,  adj.,  beau- 

Helvetii,  -orum,  m.,  the  Helvetii  (a  tiful. 

Celtic  tribe  inhabiting  what  is  supero,  -are,  overcome^  defeat;  sur- 

now  Switzedand).  pass. 
hibema,    -orum,    pi.,    n.,    winter 

quarters. 

88.  1.  Copiae  Germanorum  iumenta  et  carros  parant. 
2.  Caesar  cum  Helvetiis  proclio  dimicat  et  agros  vastat.  3. 
Crassus  copias  Helvetiorum,  populi  llberi,  magno  proelio 
superat.  4.  Labienus  legatus  hiberna  Germanorum  ex- 
pugnat.  5.  Filia  agricolae  pulchra  est.  6.  Agricola  multa 
dona  pulchrae  flliae  dat,  sed  filio  dat  bonos  agros.  7.  Belgae 
Helvetios  vocant  populum  liberum.  8.  Magna  castra 
Belgarum  Caesar  telis  expugnat.  9.  Ex  hibernis  copias 
Belgarum  in  fugam  do.  10.  Labienus  legatus  copiis  arma, 
iumenta,  carros  dat. 

89.  1.  I  contend  with  the  Germans  in  many  battles. 
2.  Caesar  defeats  the  Germans  with  javelins  in  the  great 
forests  of  Germany.  3.  We  contend  in  battle  with  the 
Germans  in  many  places.  4.  You  prepare  wagons  and  pack 
animals  and  a  great  quantity  of  weapons.  5.  I  call  the 
Romans  a  free  people.  6.  We  summon  a  council  of  the 
Romans,  a  free  people.  7.  You  take  the  great  town  by  storm. 
8.  We  procure  pack  animals  and  arms. 


tJ: 


Roman  javelin,  pllum. 


LESSON  X. 
THE  VERB. 

Review  sections  11-23. 

90.  The  Present  Indicative  Active,  Second  Conjugation. — 
moneo,  /  advise;  pres.  inf.,  monere,  to  advise;  pres.  stem,  mone. 

Singular.  Plural. 

moneo,  /  advise.  monemus,  we  advise. 

mones,  you  advise.  monetis,     you  advise. 

monet,  he  advises.  monent,      they  advise. 

91.  VOCABULARY. 

audeo,  -ere,  dare.  habeo,  -ere,  have,  possess;  regard, 

contineo,   -ere,    restrain,    confine,       iubeo,  -ere,  command,  order. 

hold  in  check.  moneo,  -ere,  advise,  warn. 

de,  prep,  with  abl.,  about,  concern-      porto,  -are,  carry,  bring. 
ing,  praeda,  -ae,  f.,  booty,  plunder. 

Idiom, 
parare  ad  (with  accus.),  to  prepare  Jor  (a  thing). 

92.  1.  Romani  multa  iumenta  et  arma  ad  bellum  parant. 
2.  Magna  castra  Belgarum  oppugnare  non  audeo.  3. 
Copiae  magnum  oppidum  tells  expugnant  et  praedam  in 
castra  carrls  portant.  4.  Caesar  copias  castrls  continet; 
hiberna  Belgarum  oppugnare  non  audet.  5.  Labienus  lega- 
tum  tela  ad  proelium  parare  iubet.  6.  Caesar  copias  iubet 
carros  ad  praedam  parare.  7.  Agricolae  Belgarum  multos 
agros  bonos  et  vicos  habent.  8.  Labienus  legatus  copias 
de  periculo  proelii  monet.  9.  Labieno  victoriam  Galbae  in 
Germania  nuntiare  non  audemus.  10.  Vicos  multls  in 
locis  Germaniae  occupatis. 

93.  1.  We  order  Labienus  to  hold  (his)  troops  in  check. 

2.  The  farmers  possess  many  beasts  of  burden  and  wagons. 

3.  I  prepare  the  javelins  for  battle.  4.  I  warn  Labienus 
about  the  dangers  of  battle  in  the  forests.  5.  You  carry 
the  booty  to  the  gates  of  the  camp.  6.  The  Germans  have 
many  villages  in  the  forests,  but  they  are  small. 

29 


LESSON  XI. 

THE  VERB  (Continued). 

The  Imperfect  and  Future  Tenses  of  the  Indicative,  First  and  Second 
Conjugations. 

94.  The  Imperfect  Tense.— The  action  of  the  imper- 
fect indicative  lies  in  past  time,  and  it  is  always  represented 
as  continuous,  repeated,  or  customary.  The  imperfect  is 
called  the  tense  of  continued  action  in  past  time,  e.  g.: 

He  was  attacking  the  camp;  He  aUacked  the  enemy  wherever  he  saw  them. 

The  first  example  shows  an  action  going  on,  continuing, 
in  past  time;  the  second  indicates  the  habitual,  repeated, 
or  customary  performance  of  an  act.  The  imperfect  cannot 
be  used  of  a  single  completed  act. 

95.  The  Future  Tense  has  the  same  meaning  in  Latin 
as  in  English.  It  is  called  the  tense  of  continued  action  in 
future  time. 

96.  The  Present  System. — The  present,  imperfect  and 
future  tenses,  being  formed  on  the  present  stem,  constitute 
the  present  system.     They  all  express  continued  action. 

Formation. 

97.  (a)  The  Imperfect  in  all  conjugations  adds  the  tense 
sign  -ba  to  the  present  stem. 

(6)  The  Future  in  the  first  and  second  conjugations  adds 
the  tense  sign  -bi  to  the  present  stem. 

98.  Conjugation. 

(o)  Imperfect: 

First  Conjugation. 
amabam,  /  7vas  lomng,  I  loved.  amabamus,  ive  were  loving,  we  lotted. 

amabas,  you  were  loving,  you  loved.       amabatis,  yoii  ivere  loving,  you  loved. 
amiibat,  he  wa^  loving,  he  loved.  amabant,    they    were    loving,    they 

loved. 
30 


THE  VERB. 


31 


Second  Conjugation. 


monebam,  /  was  advising,  I 
advised. 

monebas,  you  were  advising,  you 
advised. 

monebat,  he  was  advising,  he  ad- 
vised. 


monebamus,  we  were  advising,  we 

advised. 
monebatis,  you  were  advising,  you 

advised. 
monebant,  they  were  advising,  they 

advised. 


(6)  Future: 

amabo,  /  shall  love. 
amabis,  you  will  love. 
amabit,  he  will  love. 


monebo,  I  shall  advise. 
monebis,  you  will  advise. 
monebit,  he  will  advise. 


First  Conjugation. 

amabimus,  we  shall  love. 
amabitis,  you  will  love. 
amabunt,  they  will  love. 

Second  Conjugation. 

monebimus,  we  shall  advise. 
monebitis,  you  will  advise. 
monebunt,  they  will  advise. 


99.  VOCABULARY 

litterae,  -arum,  pi.,  f.,  a  letter, 
epistle  (the  singular  means  a 
letter  of  the  alphabet). 

nuntius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  messenger;  also 
message. 


prohibeo,  -ere,  prohibit,  prevent; 

keep  off,  keep  away  from. 
socius,  -i    (-ii),   m.,   comrade;   in 

military  sense,  ally. 
vir,  -i,  m.,  a  man. 


100.  1.  Ad  Labienum  litteras  de  victoria  Crassi  portabo. 

2.  Copiae  Romanorum  Gallos  oppidls  sociorum  prohibebant. 

3.  Nuntii  litteras  de  magno  proelio  ad  Galbam  portabant. 

4.  German!  agros  Belgarum  vastabant  et  praedam  carrls 
portabant.  5.  Socii  •  Romanorum  magna  proelia  cum 
Germanis  pugnabant.  6.  Ad  Galbam  nuntium  de  carrls  et 
iumentis  portabis.  7.  Agros  in  silva  habebo.  8.  Hiberna 
Belgarum  expugnabimus  et  viros  in  fugam  dabimus.  9. 
Proelio  cum  incolis  silvarum  dimicabo  et  eos  (them)  telis 
superabo.  10.  Viri  praedam  ad  oppidum  magnis  carris 
portabant. 

101.  1.  The  messenger  was  carrying  a  letter  to  the 
Romans  about  the  victory  of  the  Gauls.  2.  The  man  will 
give   Julia   many   beautiful   gifts,     3.    We   shall   keep   the 


32 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


Gauls  away  from  the  winter  quarters.  4.  The  Gauls  will 
storm  the  town  and  carry  the  booty  in  wagons.  5.  We 
were  preparing  (our)  weapons  for  battle.  6.  Caesar  was 
holding  back  the  troops  in  camp. 


1.  Triumphal 
crown  of  laurel 
awarded  to  a 
victorious  general 
when  celebrating 
his  triumph. 


2.  Crown  of  the 
siege,  woven  of 
growing  on 
the  spot  and 
awarded  to  the 
general  relie\ing  a 
Roman 
army. 


3.  Civic  crown  of  oak  leaves,  awarded  for  saving  a  Roman  citizen's 
life  in  battle. 


4.  Crown  of  the  camp;  of  gold, 
awarded  to  the  first  soldier  to 
scale  the  wall  of  an  enemy's  camp. 


5 
5.  Naval      crown;      of      gold, 
awarded   to   the   first   soldier  to 
board  an  enemy's  ship  in  a  sea 
fight. 


LESSON  XIL 

THE    THIRD    DECLENSION.    CONSONANT    STEMS. 

102.  The  genitive  singular  of  nouns  of  the  third  declen- 
sion ends  in  -is.  It  is  the  only  declension  in  which  we 
deal  directly  with  the  stem  of  the  noun. 

103.  There  are  two  classes  of  stems: 
(a)  Stems  ending  in  a  consonant. 

(h)  Stems  ending  in  -i. 

104.  Consonant  stems  are  divided  into  mute,  liquid, 
nasal,  and  spirant  stems.     (Review  the  Alphabet  Table  in  3.) 

MUTE  STEMS. 

105.  Formation  of  the  Nominative  Singular  from  the  Stem. 

1.  Labial. — A  labial  mute  remains  unchanged  before 
the  nom.  ending  s:  stem,  op;  nom.,  ops;  gen.,  opis,  f.,  power. 
Stems  in  -ip  change  i  to  e  in  nom.:  stem,  princip;  nom., 
princeps;  gen.,  principis,  m.,  chief. 

2.  Lingual. — A  lingual  mute  disappears  before  the  nom. 
ending  s:  stem,  lapid;  nom.,  lapis;  gen.,  lapidis,  m.,  stone. 
Stems  in  -it  change  i  to  e  in  nom. :  stem,  milit;  nom.,  miles; 
gen.,  militis,  m.,  soldier.  The  stem  capit,  neuter,  has  nom., 
caput;  gen.,  capitis,  n.,  head.  The  stem  obsid  has  nom., 
obses;  gen.,  obsidis,  m.,  hostage. 

3.  Palatal. — A  palatal  mute  unites  with  the  nom.  ending's 
to  form  x;  stemreg;  nom.,  rex;  gen.,  regis,  m.,  A;m^;  stem, 
due;  nom.,  dux;  gen.,  duels,  m.,  leader,  guide.  Stems  in  -ic 
and  -ic  have  nominatives  -ex  and  -ix  respectively;  those  in 
-ig  have  -ex. 

3  33 


34 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


106. 

1.  Labial: 


Declension. 


princeps,  m.,  stem  princip,  chief. 
Sing. —  Nom.  princeps  Plur. — principes 

Gen.     principis  principum 

Dot.     principi  principibus 

Ace.-    principem  principes 

principes 


Voc.     princeps 
Abl.     principe 

2.  Lingual: 

lapis,  m.,  stem  lapid,  stone. 
Sing. — Nom.  lapis 
Gen.     lapidis 
Dot.     lapidi 
Ace.     lapidem 
Voc.    lapis 
Abl.     lapide 


principibus 


mfles,  m.,  milit,  soldier. 
miles 
militis 
militi 
militem 
miles 
milite 


Pltjr. — Nom.  lapides 

Gen.  lapidum 

Dot.  lapidibus 

Ace.  lapides 

Voc.  lapides 

Abl.  lapidibus 


mllites 

mllitum 

militibus 

mllites 

mllites 

militibus 


3.  Palatal: 

rex,  m.,  stem  reg,  king. 
Sing. —  Nom.  rex 
Gen.     regis 
Dot.     regl 
Ace.     regem 
Voc.    rex 
Abl.     rege 


dux,  m.,  due,  leader. 
dux 
ducis 
duel 
ducem 
dux 
duce 


Plur. —  Nmn.  reges 

Gen.  regum 

Dot.  regibus 

Ace.  reges 

Voc.  reges 

Abl.  regibus 


duces 

duciun 

ducibus 

duces 

duces 

ducibus 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION.      CONSONANT  STEMS,      35 

Additional  Examples: 

Labial. — ops,  gen.  opis,  f.,  power;  pi.,  resources. 

Lingual. — obses,  gen.  obsidis,  m.,  hostage:  aries,  gen.  arietis,  m.,  ram: 
custos,  gen.,  custodis,  m.,  guard:  aetas,  gen.,  aetatis,  f.,  age:  virtus, 
gen.  virtutis,  f.,  valor:  palus,  gen.  paludis,  f.,  swamp:  caput,  gen.  capitis, 
n.,  head. 

Palatal. — ^remex,  gen.  remigis,  m.,  oarsman:  iudex,  gen.  iudicis,  m., 
judge:  radix,  gen.  radicis,  m.,  root,  base. 

107.  VOCABULARY. 

Ariovistus,   -i,   m.,   Ariovistus    (a  area  of  western  Europe  in  Ro- 

German  king).  man  times). 

confirmo,  -are,  establish;  encour-  miles,  -itis,  m.,  soldier. 

age;  strengthen.  obses,  -idis,  m.,  hostage. 

eques,   -itis,   m.,    horseman;    pi.,  pax,  pads,  f.,  peace. 

cavalry.  rex,  regis,  m.,  king. 

equus,  -i,  m.,  horse.  video,  -ere,  see. 

Gallia,  -ae,  f .,  Gaul  (name  of  a  vast  virtus,  -utis,  m.,  valor;  virtue. 

108.  1.  Caesar  tela  militibus  dabat,  sed  equitibus  equos. 
2.  Ariovistus  rex  Germanorum  multa  proelia  cum  copiis 
Romanorum  pugnabat.  3.  Copiae  Belgarum  obsides  Galbae 
dabunt  et  pacem  cum  Romanis  confirmabunt.  4.  Romani 
magna  virtute  dimicant  et  Gallos  superant.  5.  Litteras  de 
magna  victoria  ntintii  ad  Galbam  portabunt.  6.  Pacem  cum 
Ariovisto  mllites  Romanorum  confirmant.  7.  Milites  Ger- 
manorum pacem  cum  Romanis  confirmabant  et  multos 
obsides  dabant.  8.  Milites  Roman!  magnum  oppidum  in 
Gallia  magna  virtute  oppugnabunt.  9.  Caesar  milites 
Belgarum  in  silvis  videbit  et  copias  castris  continebit. 
10.  Mllites  Belgas  hibernis  prohibebunt. 

109.  1.  Caesar  will  establish  peace  with  the  soldiers  of 
the  Gauls.  2.  The  farmers  of  the  Belgians  kept^  the  Germans 
away  from  their  lands.  3.  You  will  see  many  soldiers  in  the 
great  forest.  4.  The  King  will  give  hostages  to  Labienus 
and  will  establish  peace.  5.  The  cavalry  of  Sulla  con- 
tended with  the  soldiers  of  the  Belgians  with  great  valor. 
6.  I  was  laying  waste  the  territories  of  the  Germans  and 
I  saw  many  wagons  and  pack  animals. 

'  Keep  .  .  .  away,  one  word. 


LESSON  XIII. 
THE  THIRD  DECLENSION    (Continued). 

Liquid  and  Nasal  Stems. 

110.  Formation  of  the  Nominative  Singular  from  the  Stem. 

(a)  Liquid  Stems. — In  these  the  nominative  is  regularly 
the  same  as  the  stem: 

Stem,  cdnsul:  nom.,  consul;  gen.,  cdnsulis,  consul. 

Stems  in  -tr  have  -ter  in  nominative: 

Stem,  matr:  nom.,  mater;  gen.,  matris,  mother. 

The  important  neuter  noun  iter,  rodd,  march,  forms  its 
genitive,  dative,  and  ablative  singular  and  the  entire  plural 
on  the  stem  itiner. 

(6)  Nasal  Stems. — Stems  in  -on  drop  -n  to  form  the  nom- 
inative: 

Stem,  legion:  nom.,  legio;  gen.,  legionis,  legion. 

Stems  in  -din  and  -gin  form  the  nominative  in  -do  and  -go 
respectively: 

Stems,  ordin,  virgin:  nom.,  ordo,  virg6;  gen.,  ordinis,  virginis,  rank 
and  maiden. 

Other  stems  in  -in  retain  -n  and  change  i  to  e  in  nominative : 

Stem,  nomin:  nom.,  nomen;  gen.,  nominis,  name. 
36 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION  (CONTINUED). 


37 


Important  exceptions  are  the  stems  homin  and  its  com- 
pound nemin  (=  ne  homin),  forming  nominative  homo 
and  nemo,  inan  and  nobody. 

The  labial  nasal  stem  hiem  has  the  regular  formative  -s: 

hiems,  hiemis,  winter. 


HI. 

1.  Liquid: 


Declension. 


consul,  m.,  stem,  consul,  consul. 

Sing. —  Nom.  consul  Plur. — consules 

Gen.  consulis  consulum 

Ddt.  consull  consulibus 

Ace.  consulem  consules 

Voc.  consul  consules 

Abl.  consule  consulibus 


2.  Nasal: 


legio,  f.,         ordo,  m.,       nomen,  n., 
stem,  legion,   stem,  ordin,  stem,  nomin. 


legion. 

rank. 

name. 

Sing.— iVom. 

,  legio 

ordo 

nomen 

Gen. 

legionis 

ordinis 

nominis 

Dat. 

legioni 

ordini 

nomini 

Ace. 

legionem 

ordinem 

nomen 

Voc. 

legio 

ordo 

nomen 

Abl. 

legione 

ordine 

nomine 

Plur. — Nom. 

,  legiones 

ordines 

nomina 

Gen. 

legionum 

ordinum 

nominum 

Dat. 

legionibus 

ordinibus 

nominibus 

Ace. 

legiones 

ordines 

nomina 

Voc. 

legiones 

ordines 

nomina 

Abl. 

legionibus 

ordinibus 

nominibus 

Additional  Examples: 

.   Liquid. — victor,  gen.  vict5ris,  m.,  conqueror:  mater,  gen.  matris, 
f .,  mother;  iter,  gen.  itineris,  n.,  road,  march. 

Nasal. — virgo,  gen.  virginis,  f.,  maiden;  homo,  gen.  hominis,  m., 
mxin;  hiems,  gen.  hiemis,  f.,  winter. 


38 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


112.  VOCABULARY 

amicitia,  -ae,  f.,  friendship;  alli- 
ance. 

animus,  -i,  m.,  mind;  courage; 
character. 

Caesar,  -is,  m.,  Caesar. 

consul,  -is,  m.,  consul  (chief  magis- 
trate of  Rome;  two  elected  an- 
nually). 

flumen,  -inis,  n.,  river. 


frumentum,  -i,  n.,  grain;  pi.,  crops. 
legio,  -onis,  f.,  legion  (regiment), 
nam,  con j., /or. 
ordo,  -inis,  m.,  rank  (of  soldiers); 

order,  arrangement. 
trans,  prep,  with  ace,  across  (used 

both  of  motion  and  position), 
verbiun,  -i,  n.,  word;  pi.  often  a 


113.  1.  Agricolae  frumentum  ad  logiones  consulis  trans 
flumen  portabant.  2.  Consul  animos  militum  verbis  con- 
flrmabit.  3.  Pacera  et  amicitiam  cum  Belgis  legiones  con- 
firmabant.  4.  In  oppidis  trans  flumen  multum  frumentum 
est.  5.  Legatus  arma  ordinibus  legionum  dabat,  nam  mllites 
Germanorum  exspectabat.  6.  Consul  Caesari  multa  tela 
dabat,  quae  (which)  legionibus  mandabat.  7.  Frumenta 
in  agris  trans  flumen  bona  sunt.  8.  Consul  Caesarem 
magnum  virum  vocabat  et  animos  militum  verbis  con- 
firmabat.  9.  Caesar  consulem  iubebit  ordines  legionum  in 
silvis  conflrmare.  10.  I^gatum  iubebo  concilium  legionum 
convocare  et  mllites  ad  proel'um  parare. 

114.  1.  There  are  many  ranks  of  soldiers  in  a  legion.  2. 
The  lieutenant  encouraged  the  minds  of  the  soldiers  by  a 
speech.  3.  Caesar  ordered  the  consul  to  hold  the  legions 
in  check  in  the  village.  4.  The  Belgians  possess  many 
towns  and  villages  in  the  territory  across  the  river.  5. 
You  will  order  the  Germans  to  prepare  grain.  6.  The  sailors 
carried  the  crops  of  the  farmers  from  the  fields  to  the  river. 


b- 


Roman  scabbard. 


LESSON  XIV. 
THE  THIRD  DECLENSION    (Continued). 

Spirant  Stems. 

115.  Formation  of  the  Nominative  Singular  from  the  Stem. 

In  these  the  stem  always  ends  in  -s  and  the  nominative 
is  regularly  the  same  as  the  stem. 

(1)  The  original  -s  of  the  stem  becomes  -r  between  two 
vowels. 

(2)  In  some  words  the  -s  of  the  stem  sometimes  becomes 
-r  even  when  final,  so  that  both  forms  of  the  nominative 
occur : 

arbos  and  arbor,  tree;  honos  and  honor,  honor. 


(3)  A  most  important  class  of  neuter 

nouns,  in 

L  which  the 

final  -s  of  the  stem 

is  preceded  by  e  or  o,  has 

-us  in  the 

iiKjiiiiiid/  Live. 
116. 

Declension. 

mos,  m., 

ius,  n., 

arbor,  f., 

opus,  n., 

tempus,  n., 

Stem,     mos, 

ius. 

arbos. 

opes. 

tempos, 

custom. 

right,  law. 

tree. 

work. 

time. 

Sing. — Nom.  mos 

ius 

arbor,  arbos  opus 

tempus 

Gen.     moris 

iuris 

arboris 

operis 

temporis 

Dat.     mori 

iuri 

arbori 

operi 

tempori 

Ace.     morem 

ius 

arborem 

opus 

tempus 

Voc.     mos 

ius 

arbor,  arbos  opus 

tempus 

Abl.     more 

iure 

arbore 

opere 

tempore 

Plur. — Nom.  mores 

iura 

arbores 

opera 

tempora 

Gen.     morum 

iurum 

arbortmi 

operum 

temporum 

^       Dat.     moribus 

iuribus 

arboribus 

operibus 

temporibus 

Ace.     mores 

iura 

arbores 

opera 

tempora 

Voc.     mores 

iura 

arbores 

opera 

tempora 

Abl.     moribus      iuribus      arboribus     operibus     temporibus 
39 


40  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

117.  The  spirant-stem  neuters  in  -us  used  by  Caesar 
in  the  first  four  books  of  the  GaUic  War  are: 

corpus,  corporis,  body.  onus,  oneris,  loady  burden. 

dedecus,  dedecoris,  dishonor.  opus,  opens,  work. 

facinus,  facinoris,  a  crime.  pecus,  pecoris,  cattle. 

frigus,  frigoris,  cold.  pondus,  ponderis,  weight. 

genus,  generis,  n.,  slock,  kind,  family.  scelus,  sceleris,  wickedivess. 

latus,  lateris,  side,  flank.  tempus,  temporis,  liuie. 

litus,  litoris,  shore.  vulnus,  vulneris,  wound. 
munus,  muneris,  duiy,  gift. 

118.  VOCABULARY. 

agger,  -is,  ra.,  emhankmenl,  ram-  maturus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  mature, 

part.  ript': 

frigus,  -oris,   n.,   cold;    pi.,    cold  propter,  prep,  with  ace,  on  account 

weather.  of,  because  of. 

genus,  -eris,  n.,  race,  family;  kind.  Rhenus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhine. 

homo,  -inis,  m.,  man,  mankind.  vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  wound. 

119.  1.  Propter  frlgora  frumentum  in  agris  Galliae 
maturum  non  est.  2.  Multa  genera  hominum  in  silvis 
Germaniae  sunt.  3.  Propter  vulnera  milites  se  in  fugam 
ad  flumen  Rhenum  mandabunt.  4.  Milites  Caesaris  in 
aggere  castrorum  copias  Belgarum  exspectabant.  5.  Fru- 
menta  matura  non  sunt,  nam  magnum  est  frigus.  6. 
Legiones  Romanae  magnum  hibernorum  aggerem  tells 
oppugnabant.  7.  Milites  in  aggere  Romanos  exspectant. 
8.  Propter  multa  tela  Belgarum  legiones  se  fugae  manda- 
bunt. 9.  Caesar  genere  Romanus  est.  10.  Milites  in  aggere 
sunt,  nam  Germanos  exspectant. 

120.  1.  Ariovistus  is  a  German  by  race.  2.  The  grain  in 
the  fields  across  the  Rhine  is  not  ripe,  for  the  cold  is  igreat  in 
Germany.  3.  The  wounds  of  the  soldiers  are  many,  for  they 
were  fighting  a  great  battle  near  the  rampart.  4.  M^  in 
Gaul  gave  many  kinds  of  grain  to  Caesar's  legions.  5. 
There  are  many  kinds  of  men  in  Gaul.  6.  The  soldiers  are 
in  great  danger  on  account  of  the  javelins, 


LESSON  XV. 

THE  THIRD  DECLENSION.-^i  STEMS. 

121.  To  Identify  an  i  Stem  Noun. 
The  following  classes  of  nouns  have  i  stems. 

(a)  Parisyllabic  nouns  (^.  e.,  having  the  same  number  of 
syllables  in  nominative  and  genitive  singular),  except 
pater,  mater,  frater,  and  certain  others  less  common. 

(6)  Nouns  ending  in  -e,  -al,  -ar.  These  are  always 
neuter. 

(c)  Apparent  monosyllabic  stems  ending  in  two  con- 
sonants, e.  g.,  urbs;  apparent  stem,  urb;  real  stem,  urbi. 

(d)  Most  nouns  ending  in  -ns  and  -rs. 

Note. — The  irregular  vis,  force,  pL,  strength,  has  two  stems;  sing., 
vif  plur.,  viri. 

122.  The  i  of  the  stem  disappears  in  some  forms  and 
contracts  with  the  case  endings  in  others,  with  the  result 
that  the  unchanged  stem  is  regularly  seen  in  the  genitive 
plural  only. 

123.  The  i  of  the  stem  causes  the  following  modifica- 
tions in  the  case  terminations  (35): 

(a)  The  accusative  singular  of  masculines  and  feminines 
in  -is  sometimes  ends  in  -im. 

(6)  The  ablative  singular  of  neuter  nouns  always  ends 
in  -i;  also  sometimes  of  masculines  and  feminines  in  -is. 

(c)  The  nominative,  accusative,  and  vocative  plural  of 
neuter  nouns  end  in  -ia. 

(d)  The  genitive  plural  always  ends  in  -ium. 

(e)  The  accusative  plural  of  masculines  and  feminines 
ends  in  -is  or  -es. 

41 


42 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


124. 

Declension. 

turns,  f., 

hostis,  m., 

caedes,  f., 

imber,  ra., 

Stem, 

turn, 

hosti, 

caedi, 

imbri, 

totuer. 

enemy. 

slaughter. 

sliower. 

Sing.— ATwn. 

.  turns 

hostis 

caedes 

imber 

Gen. 

tunis 

hostis 

caedis 

imbris 

Dal, 

tuni 

hosti 

caedi 

imbri 

Ace. 

turrim  (-em] 

)   hostem 

caedem 

imbrem 

Voc. 

turns 

hostis 

caedes 

imber 

Abl. 

turn  (-e) 

hoste 

caede 

imbre  (-i) 

Fhvn.—Nom 

.  turrSs 

hostes 

caedes 

imbres 

Gen. 

turrium 

hostium 

caedium 

imbrium 

Dot. 

turribus 

hostibus 

caedibus 

imbribus 

Ace. 

turns  (-es) 

hostis  (-es) 

caedis  (-6s) 

imbris  (-€s) 

Voc. 

turres 

hostes 

caedes 

imbres 

Abl. 

turribus 

hostibus 

caedibus 

imbribus 

mare,*  n., 

animal,  n., 

urbs,  f., 

vis,  f., 

Stem, 

mari, 

animali. 

urbi, 

vis  (force) 

sea. 

animal. 

city. 

force;  strength. 

Sing.— ATaw. 

mare 

animal 

urbs 

^a,  ^ori, 

Gen. 

maris 

animalis 

urbis 

vis  (rare) 

Dot. 

mari 

animali 

urbi 

vi  (rare) 

Ace. 

mare 

animal 

urbem 

vim 

Voc. 

mare 

animal 

urbs 

vis 

Abl. 

mari 

animali 

urbe 

vi 

Fhvn.—Nom 

.  maria 

animalia 

urbes 

vires  (strength) 

Gen. 

marium 

animalium 

urbiimi 

\iritmi 

Dot. 

maribus 

animalibus 

urbibus 

viribus 

Ace. 

maria 

animalia 

urbis  (-es) 

viris  (-es) 

Voc. 

maria 

animalia 

urbes 

vires 

Abl. 

maribus 

animalibus 

urbibus 

viribus 

^  All  cases 

of  mare  are 

not  found  in  actual  use;  but  it  is  the  most 

common  of  its  class,  and  is 

I,  therefore,  selected  as  the  type. 

125.  Gender  in  the  Third  Declension. 

No  exact  rules  can  be  given  for  determining  the  gender 
of  a  third  declension  noun;  but  the  following  will  serve  as  a 
guide,  though  many  exceptions  occur. 


THE  THIRD  DECLENSION.-I  STEMS.  43 

(a)  Masculines. — Nouns  ending  in  -o,  -or,  -os,  -er,  -es 
(gen.  -itis). 

(6)  Feminines. — Nouns  ending  in  -as,  -es  (gen.  -is), 
-us  (gen.  -utis  or  -udis),  -is,  -ys,  -s  following  a  consonant, 
-do,  -go,  -io. 

(c)  Neuters. — Nouns  ending  in  -a,  -e,  -i,  -y,  -c,  -1,  -t, 
-men,  -ar,  -ur,  -us  (gen.  -eris  or  -oris). 


126.  VOCABULARY. 

a,  ab,^  prep,  with  abl.,  from,  away  hostis,  -is,  m.,  enemy;  pi.  in  mili- 

from.  tary  sense,  the  enemy. 

civis,  -is,  m.,  citizen.  mare,  -is,  n.,  sea. 

civitas,  -tatis,  f.,  state;  citizenship.  mons,  -tis,  m.,  mountain. 

cohors,  -rtis,  f.,  cohort  (the  legion  postulo,  -are,  demand. 

was  made  up  of  ten   cohorts:  turris,  -is,  f.,  tower. 

equivalent  to  the  modern  com-  urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city. 

pany  of  a  regiment). 

^  a  before  consonants;  ab  before  vowels  and  h. 

127.  1.  Populus  Romanus  civitatem  multls  mllitibus 
dabat.  2.  Caesar  cohortem  sociorum  aggerem  hostium  op- 
pugnare  iubet.  3.  Labienus  tribus  (three)  cohortibus  mili- 
tum  montem  occupabat.  4.  Caesar  multos  obsides  a  civibus 
postulabit,  nam  cives  frumentum  hostibus  populi  Romani 
dant.  5.  Magna  est  silva  in  monte  trans  flumen.  6. 
Nautae  magnam  praedam  ex  urbe  ad  mare  carris  portabant. 
7.  Multum  frumentum  ab  incolis  magnae  urbis  postulabo, 
nam  hostes  Caesaris  sunt.  8.  Caesar  magnum  montem  occu- 
pabat et  cohortes  hostium  exspectabat.  9.  Ad^  mare 
magnus  est  mons  et  in  monte  pulchra  urbs.  10.  Caesar 
et  milites  magnam  turrim  hostium  telis  expugnabunt. 

*  Near;  see  61. 


Remark. — The  -es  forms  of  the  accusative  plural  of  i  stem  words 
will  be  used  throughout  the  book. 


44 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


128.  1.  The  citizens  possess  a  great  state  in  the  moun- 
tains. 2.  We  shall  order  the  sailors  to  carry  the  booty  from 
the  cities  to  the  sea.  3.  You  will  order  a  cohort  of  the  legion 
to  assault  the  tower  on  the  mountain.  4.  The  Germans  will 
take  flight  to  the  forest  on  the  mountain.  5.  The  soldiers  of 
the  legions  saw  the  mountains  across  the  river.  6.  There  are 
great  mountains  in  Gaul  near  the  sea. 


Common  Roman  Coins. 

1.  Denarius,  silver  coin  worth  about  seventeen  cents. 

2.  Quinarius,  one-half  denarius. 

3.  Sestertius,  one-quarter  denarius. 


LESSON  XVI. 

THE  FOURTH  AND  FIFTH  DECLENSIONS. 

129.  The  Fourth  Declension. 

The  nominative  singular  of  nouns  of  the  fourth  declension 
ends  in  -us.     The  genitive  singular  ends  in  -us. 

Nouns  of  the  fourth  declension  are  declined  as  follows: 


exercitus,  m., 

comu,  n.,  horn; 

army. 

wing  of  an  army. 

Sing.- 

—  Nom. 

,  exercitus 

cornu 

Gen. 

exercitus 

cornus 

Dat. 

exercitui 

cornu ' 

Ace. 

exercitum 

comu 

Voc. 

exercitus 

comu 

Abl. 

exercitu 

comu 

Plur.- 

—  Norn. 

exercitus 

cornua 

Gen. 

exercituum 

comuum 

Dat. 

exercitibus 

cornibus 

Ace. 

exercitus 

cornua 

Voc. 

exercitus 

cornua 

Abl. 

exercitibus 

cornibus 

130.  Domus  is  irregular,  having  some  forms  of  the  second 
declension.  The  form  most  frequently  used  is  placed  first; 
the  form  domi  means  at  home  (135).     It  is  thus  declined: 


Sing.- 


domus,  f., 

,  house. 

■Norn. 

domus 

Plur. — domus 

Gen. 

domus,  domi 

domuum,  domonun 

Dat. 

domui,  domo 

domibus 

Ace. 

domum 

domos,  domus 

Voc. 

domus 

domus 

Abl. 

domo,  domu 

domibus 

45 


46       •  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

131.  Gender  in  the  Fourth  Declension. — Most  nouns  in 
-us  are  masculine: 

manus,  f.,  hxind,  hand;  domus,  f.,  house,  are  the  chief  exceptions. 

Nouns  in  -u  are  neuter:  the  only  neuter  of  common  occur- 
rence is  comu. 

132.  Nouns  ending  in  -us  occur  in  the  second,  third,  and 
fourth  declensions.  No  exact  rule  can  be  given  for  deter- 
mining to  what  declension  a  nominative  in  -us  belongs. 
If  it  contains  the  supine  stem  of  a  verb,  or  if  it  ends  in  -tus 
or  -sus,  it  is  most  probably  of  the  fourth  declension.  The 
genitive  singular  will  determine  positively. 

133.  The  Fifth  Declension. 

The  nominative  singular  of  nouns  of  the  fifth  declension 
ends  in  -es.  The  genitive  singular  ends  in  -ei.  Only  two, 
res  and  dies,  are  complete.  Of  the  rest,  most  lack  the 
plural  entirely,  a  few  have  the  nominative  and  accusative. 
All  nouns  of  this  declension  are  feminine,  except  dies;  even 
this  is  sometimes  feminine  in  the  singular. 

134.  Nouns  of  the  fifth  declension  are  declined  as  follows: 

dies,  m.,  f.,  day.  res,  f.,  thing. 

Sing. —  Nom.  dies    Plur. — dies       Sing. —  Nom.  res  Plur. — res 

Gen.     diei                  dieniin  Gen.  rei  rerum 

Dai.     diei                  diebus  Dat.  rei  rebus 

i4.cc.     diem                dies  Ace.  rem  res 

Voc.     dies                 dies  Voc.  res  res 

Ahl.     die                   diebus  Ahl.  re  rebus 

135.  The  Locative  Case. — Not  all  the  Latin  cases  have 
survived.  There  was  originally  a  case  called  the  locative, 
exclusively  used  to  express  location,  the  place  where  a  thing 
was  situated  or  an  event  occurred.  In  the  singular  of  the 
first  and  second  declensions  this  case  was  identical  in  form 
with  the  genitive,  elsewhere  with  the  ablative. 


THE  FOURTH  AND  FIFTH  DECLENSIONS.  47 

(a)  The  locative  case  is  still  found  in  proper  names  of 
towns  and  islands  and  in  the  noun  domus,  e.  g. : 

Romae,  at  Rome,  in  Rome;  TarentI,  at  Tarentum;  Athenis,  in  Athens; 
domi,  at  home. 

136.  VOCABULARY. 

adventus,  -us,   m.,    arrival;    ap-      navis,  -is,  f.,  ship. 

proach.  Ocelum,  -i,  n.,  Ocelum  (a  city  in 

exercitus,  -us,  m.,  army.  Gaul). 

impetus,  -us,  m.,  attack.  Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome. 

litus,  -oris,  n.,  coast,  shore.  sustineo,  -ere,  sustain,  withstand; 

longus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  long.  hold  oiU  (against  siege), 

navigo,  -are,   navigate,   sail    (a 

ship);  sail  (on  the  sea). 

Idiom. 

navis  longa,  war  ship. 

137.  1.  Caesar  legiones  ex  urbe  ad  montes  se  fugae 
mandare  iubet  et  adventuixi  auxiliorum  exspectare.  2. 
Nautae  mare  navibus  navigant.  3.  Nautae  ad  insulas 
navigabunt,  nam  magna  praeda  in  urbibus  insularum  est. 
4.  Naves  longae  militum  in  litore  sunt.  5.  Caesar  Romae 
est,  sed  auxilia  Oceli  eum  (him)  exspectant.  6.  Nautae 
multas  naves  longas  habent,  quibus  (in  which)  ad  litora 
insularum  navigabunt.  7.  Caesar  exercitum  montem  oc- 
cupare  iubet  et  impetiim  hostium  sustinere.  8.  Cohors 
legionis  aggerem  et  turrim  occupabat  et  impetum  Belgarum 
sustinebat.  9.  Copiae  Romanae  adventum  Caesaris  Oceli 
exspectabunt.     10.  Impetum  hostium  in  litore  sustinebimus. 

138.  1.  Caesar  with  a  war  ship  will  sail  to  the  coast  of 
the  island.  2.  Caesar  is  at  Rome.  3.  I  saw  Labienus  at 
Ocelum.  4.  Many  sailors  sail  the  sea  in  ships.  5.  I  saw  the 
arrival  of  the  sailors  on  the  shore.  6.  We  shall  withstand  the 
attack  of  the  enemy  on  the  tower. 


LESSON  XVII. 
IRREGULAR  ADJECTIVES. 

139.  The  Nine  Pronominals. — Nine  important  adjectives 
are  irregular  in  the  genitive  and  dative  singular,  these  cases 
ending  respectively  in  -ius  and  -i  for  all  genders.  A  separate 
vocative  is  wanting. 

In  their  irregular  forms,  as  well  as  in  meaning,  they  re- 
semble pronouns,  and  hence  are  called  pronominal  adjectives. 
These  adjectives  are: 

alius,  other  tdtus,  whole,  entire        alter,  the  other  (of  two) 

nullus,  no,  none  ullus,  any  neuter,  neither  (of  two) 

s51us,  only,  alone  unus,  one;  only  uter,  which  (of  two) 

(a)  alius  has  aliud  in  nom.  and  ace.  sing.  neut. 

alter  retains  e  in  declension  and  its  gen.  sing,  is  usually  -Ius. 
neuter  and  uter  drop  e  in  declension. 

Declension. 

140.  The  singular  of  these  words  is  declined  as  follows; 
the  pluraP  is  regular. 


Mascuune. 

Feminine. 

Neuter. 

Masculine. 

Feminine. 

Neuter. 

Nom. 

alius 

alia 

aliud 

unus 

una 

unum 

Gen. 

alius 

alius 

alius2 

unius 

unius 

unius 

Dai. 

alii 

alii 

alii 

Qni 

uni 

uni 

Ace. 

alium. 

aliam 

aliud 

unum 

unam 

unum 

Voc. 
Abl. 

alio 

alia 

alio 

uno 

una 

uno 

Nom. 

alter 

altera 

alterum 

uter 

utra 

utnun 

Gen. 

alterius 

alterius 

alterius 

utrius 

utrius 

utrius 

Dot. 

alteri 

alteri 

alteri 

utri 

utri 

utri 

Ace. 

alterum 

alteram 

altenmi 

utrum 

utram 

utrum 

Voc. 
Abl. 

altero 

altera 

altero 

utro 

utra 

utro 

*  The  plural  of  unus  signifies  only,  alone,  except  when  limiting  a  noun 
plural  in  form  but  singular  in  meaning,  e.  g.:  una  castra,  one  camp. 
'  Very  rare:  alterius  usually  replaces  it. 

48 


irhegvlar  adjectives.  49 

141.  Idiomatic  Use  of  Alius  and  Alter. — Where  in  English  we  say 
one  and  another,  e.  g. : 

One  gave  grain,  another  gave  arms; 
the  Latin  does  not  employ  unus  and  alius,  but  alius  is  repeated,  e.  g.: 
alius  frumentum  dabat,  arma  alius. 

For  of  two  persons  or  things,  A  and  B,  if  the  attention  be  fixed  on  A, 

B  is  the  other;  if  on  B,  A  is  the  other:  hence  both  may  be  called  the  other. 

(a)  The  same  principle  extends  to  four  persons  or  things,  of  which  two 

are  subjects  and  two  objects,  or  to  series  of  pairs,  subject  and  object,  e.  g.: 

One  tells  one  thing,  another  tells  another. 
Here  each  of  the  subjects  is  the  other;  each  of  the  objects  is  the  other: 
hence,  the  idiom  condenses  into  alius  alia  nuntiat;  literally,  another 
tells  other  things. 

142.  VOCABULARY. 

iter,  itineris,  n.,  road;  march;  right  portus,  -us,  m.,  port,  harbor. 

of  way.  provincia,  -ae,  f.,  province. 

mos,  moris,  m.,  custom,  usage;  pi.  res,  rei,  f.,  thing,  affair,  circum- 

also  character.  stance. 

per,  prep,  with  ace,  through. 

143.  1.  Multae  res  Caesarem  ad  bellum  cum  aliis 
populis  incitabant.  2.  More  populi  Romani  iter  per  pro- 
vinciam  uUl  dare  non  audeo.  3.  Null!  iter  trans  flumen  dabo. 
4.  Milites  unius  legionis  in  Gallia  sunt.  5.  Nautae  ex  alio 
portu  navigant.  6.  Utri  consulum  iter  per  provinciam  dabo? 
NeutrL  7.  Alter!  consull  provinciam  dabat,  alterl  magnum 
exercitum.  8.  Alter  consul  alterum  portum  occupabat. 
9.  Exercitus  alterius  consulis  magnus  non  est.  10.  Alii 
nautae  ex  alio  portu  navigabunt. 

144.  1.  To  which  of  the  towns  shall  I  carry  the  booty? 
2.  The  army  of  another  people  will  possess  the  lands.  3. 
You  tell  one  thing  to  one  consul,  another  to  the  other. 
4.  By  the  custom  of  the  Belgians  I  give  no  Roman  the  right 
of  way.  5.  The  valor  of  entire  Gaul  does  not  surpass  the 
valor  of  Rome  alone.  6.  Many  other  circumstances  urge  the 
consul  to  battle. 


LESSON  XVIII. 
ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION. 

145.  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension  may  have: 

(a)  The  masculine,  feminine,  and  neuter  differing  in  form 
in  the  nominative  singular.  These  are  called  adjectives  of 
three  terminations.  All  adjectives  in  -er  belong  to  this  cla.ss 
(except  degener,  degenerate;  pauper,  poor;  uher,  fertile,  which 
belong  to  class  (c)  and  are  not  found  in  Caesar).  The 
feminine  and  neuter  end  respectively  in  -is  and  -e. 

(b)  The  masculine  and  feminine  alike,  the  neuter  differing. 
These  are  called  adjectives  of  two  terminations,  and  may 
end  in  -is  (m.,  f.),  -e  (n.)  or  in  -ior  (m.,  f.),  -ius  (n.).  Those 
in  -ior  are  comparatives. 

(c)  The  three  genders  alike.  These  are  called  adjectives 
of  one  termination  and  have  a  variety  of  nominative  forms. 
All  present  participles  (nom.  in  -ns)  are  of  tliis  class. 

146.  Stems  and  Case  Fonns. 

1.  Adjectives  of  the  third  declension,  except  compara- 
tives and  a  few  other  words,  are  regularly  declined  as  i- 
stems:  i.  e.,  abl.  sing,  in  -i;  gen.  pi.  in  -ium;  ace.  pi.  m.  and 
f.  in  -is  or  -es;  nom.,  ace,  voc.  pi.  n.  in  -ia. 

2.  Comparatives  and  vetus  (and  a  few  less  common)  are 
true  consonant  stems. 

3.  Present  participles  used  as  adjectives  have  abl.  sing,  in 
-i;  as  true  participles,  abl.  sing,  in  -e. 

4.  Of  the  three-termination  adjectives  in  -er,  e  is  retained 
in  declension  in  celer  only. 

50 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION, 


51 


147.  To  Distinguish  Adjectives  in  -er  of  the  Second  Declension 

from  Adjectives  in  -er  of  the  Third  Declension. 

Rule. — Adjectives  in  -er  of  the  Second  Declension  have 
two  syllables,  except  integer,  ludicer,  sinister,  and  com- 
pounds in  -fer  and  -ger:  adjectives  in  -er  of  the  Third 
Declension  have  more  than  two  syllables,  except  acer,  celer, 
puter;  pauper,  uber. 

148.  Declension. 
(a)  Three  terminations: 

acer,  keen,  sharp. 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Sing. — Nom.  acer 

acris 

acre 

Gen.   acris 

acris 

acris 

Dot.    acri 

acri 

acri 

Ace.    acrem 

acrem 

acre 

Voc.    acer 

acris 

acre 

AM.    acri 

acri 

acri 

Plur. —  Nam.  acres 

acres 

acria 

Gen.     acrium 

acrium 

acrium 

Dat.     acribus 

acribus 

acribus 

Ace.     acris  (-es) 

acris  (-es) 

acria 

Voc.     acres 

acres 

acria 

Ahl.     acribus 

acribus 
celer,  svrift. 

acribus 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Netjt. 

Sing. — Nom.  celer 

celeris 

celere 

Gen.     celeris 

celeris 

celeris 

Dat.     celeri 

celeri 

celeri 

Ace.     celer  em 

celerem 

celere 

Voc.     celer 

celeris 

celere 

Abl.     celeri 

celeri 

celeri 

Plur. —  Nom.  celeres 

celeres 

celeria 

Gen.    celeriimii 

celerium 

celerium 

Dat.     celeribus 

celeribus 

celeribus 

Ace.     celeris  (-es) 

celeris  (-es) 

celeria 

Voc.     celeres 

celeres 

celeria 

Abl.     celeribus 

celeribus 

celeribus 

1  The  gen.  plur.  of  celer  is  not  found  in  actual  use. 


52 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 


Q>)  Two  terminations: 

levis,  light;  capricious. 


levior,  lighter;  more  capricious. 


Masc.,  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.,  Fem. 

Neut. 

Sing. — Nom.  levis 

leve 

levior 

levius 

Gen.    levis 

levis 

levioris 

levioris 

Dot.     levi 

levi 

leviori 

leviori 

Ace.     levem 

leve 

leviorem 

levius 

Voc.    levis 

leve 

levior 

lovius 

AW.     levi 

levi 

leviore 

leviore 

Plur.— ATom.  leves 

levia 

leviores 

leviora 

Gen.     levium 

levium 

leviorum 

leviorum 

Da/,     levibus 

levibus 

levioribus 

levioribus 

Ace.     levis  (-es) 

levia 

leviores 

leviora 

Foe.    loves 

levia 

leviores 

leviora 

Abl.     levibus 

levibus 

levioribus 

levioribus 

(c)  One  termination: 

audax,  boll,  courageous. 

vetus, 

old. 

Masc..  Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc.,  Fem. 

Neut. 

Sing. — Nom.  audax 

audax 

vetus 

vetus 

Gen.     audacis 

audacis 

veteris 

veteris 

Dot.     audaci 

audaci 

veteri 

veteri 

Ace.     audacem 

audax 

veterem 

vetus 

Voc.     audax 

audax 

vetus 

vetus 

A6Z.     audaci 

audaci 

vetere 

vetere 

PhVR.-Nom.  audaces 

audacia 

veteres 

Vetera 

Gen.    audaciimi 

audaciimi 

vetenun 

veterum 

Dot.     audacibus 

audacibus 

veteribus 

veteribus 

Ace.     audacis  (-es)  audacia 

veteres 

Vetera 

Voc.     audaces 

audacia 

veteres 

Vetera 

Abl.     audacibus 

audacibus 

veteribus 

veteribus 

recens,  i 

recent,  fresh. 

pugnans,  fighting. 

Masc.,  Fkm. 

Neut. 

Masc.,  Fem. 

Neijt. 

Sing.— iVom.  recens 

recens 

pugnans 

pugnans 

Gen.     recentis 

recentis 

pugnantis 

pugnantis 

Dot.     recenti 

recenti 

pugnanti 

pugnanti 

Ace.     recentem 

recens 

pugnantem 

pugnans 

Voc.     recens 

recens 

pugnans 

pugnans 

Abl.     recentii 

recenti 

pugnante  (-i 

y   pugnante 

*  Recens  is  a  true  adjective;  pugnans,  a  present  participle:  note  the 
difference  in  the  abl.  sing.  (146,  3). 


ADJECTIVES  OF  THE  THIRD  DECLENSION. 


53 


Plur. — iVom.  recentes         recentia  pugnantes  pugnantia 

Gen.    recentium       recentium  pugnantium       pugnantium 

Dat.    recentibus      recentibus  pugnantibus      pugnantibus 

Ace.    recentis  (-es)  recentia  pugnantis  (-es)  pugnantia 

Voc.    recentes         recentia  pugnantes  pugnantia 

Abl.    recentibus      recentibus  pugnantibus      pugnantibus 


plus,  more. 
Masc,  Fem. 


Sing. — Nom. 
Gen. 
Dat. 
Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 


Plur. — Nom.  plures 
Gen.    plurium 
Dat.     pluribus 
Ace.     plures  (-is) 

Voc.    

Abl.     pluribus 


Neut. 

plus 
pltiris 


plus 


plure 

plura 
plurium 
pluribus 
plura 

pluribus 


149.  VOCABULARY. 

aditus,  -us,  m.,  approach,  access.  Haedui,  -orum,  m.,  the  Haedui  (a 

Britannia,  -ae,  f.,  Britain,  Eng-  Gallic  tribe). 

land.  incolumis,  -e,  adj.,  safe,  unharmed. 

communis,  -e,  adj.,  common.  navalis,  -e,  adj.,  naval. 

complures,  -a,  pi.,  adj.,  very  many,  nobilis,  -e,  adj.,  noble. 

delibero,  -are,  consult,  deliber-  omnis,  -e,  adj.,  every,  all. 

ATE.  Veneti,  -orum,  m.,  the  Veneti  (a 

difficilis,  -e,  adj.,  difficult.  maritime  tribe  of  the  west  coast 

facilis,  -e,  adj.,  easy.  of  Gaul). 

fides,  -ei,  f .,  faith,  confidence;  pro- 
tection. 


150.  1.  Omnes  aditus  sunt  itineribus  difficilibus.  2. 
In  communi  concilio  Germanorum  de  hello  Romanorum 
deliberabant.  3.  Complures  virl  nobiles,  legati  Haeduorum, 
amicitiam  et  fidem  Caesaris  implorabunt.  4.  Veneti  com- 
plures naves  habent,  quibus  (in  which)  in  Britanniam  navi- 


54 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


gant.  5.  Iter  per  monies  in  Galliam  difficile  est;  sed  nullum 
iter  aliud  est.  6.  Milites  et  nautae  Romanorum  multls 
proeliis  navalibus  Venetos  superabant.  7.  Legatus  Romanus 
tela  hostium  non  vitabat,  sed  incolumis  est.  8.  More  Ger- 
manorum,  concilium  commune  totlus  Germaniae  convocant 
et  de  perlculis  itineris  deliberant.  9.  Nullus  aditus  ad  locum 
castrorum  est.  10.  Belgae  se  fugae  in  castra  mandabunt, 
nam  perlculum  commune  vitabunt. 

151.  1.  The  only  approach  to  the  camp  is  by  a  difficult 
road.  2.  The  Veneti  fight  a  battle  with  the  Romans  on  the 
sea.  3.  All  the  Haedui  begged  the  protection  and  friendship 
of  Caesar.  4.  Caesar  is  safe,  but  the  wounds  of  Labienus 
are  many.  5.  To  deliberate  in  a  common  council  is  a  diffi- 
cult thing.     6.  The  road  through  the  province  is  easy. 


Roman  soldiers,  mailed  and  carrying  shields. 


LESSON  XIX. 
THE  VERB. 

Present    System    of    the    Indicative,   Third   Conjugation. 

152.  Formation. 

The  present  stem  of  the  third  conjugation  ends  in  -e 
(19,  20). 

(a)  The  present  and  imperfect  tenses  are  formed  as  in  the 
other  conjugations. 

(6)  The  future  tense  in  the  third  and  fourth  conjugations 
has  the  tense  sign  -e. 

153.  Conjugation. 

rego,  /  rule;  pres.  inf.,  regere,  to  rule;  pres.  stem,  rege. 

(a)  Present: 

rego,  /  rule  (am  ruling,  do  rule).        regimus,  we  rule. 
regis,  you  rule.  regitis,  you  rule. 

regit,  he  rules.  regimt,  they  rule. 

(b)  Imperfect: 

regebam,  /  was  ruling,  I  ruled.  regebamus,  we  were  ruling. 

regebas,  you  were  ruling.  regebatis,  you  were  ruling. 

regebat,  he  was  ruling.  regebant,  they  were  ruling. 

(c)  Future: 

regam,  /  shall  rule.  regemus,  we  shall  rule. 

reges,  you  will  rule.  regetis,  you  will  rule. 

reget,  he  will  rule.  regent,  they  will  rule. 

154.  Imperfect  and  Future  Indicative  of  sum. 
(a)  Imperfect: 

eram,  /  was.  eramus,  we  were. 

eras,  you  were.  eratis,  you  were. 

erat,  he  was.  erant,  they  were. 

(6)  Future: 

ero,  /  shall  be.  erimus,  we  shall  be. 

eris,  you  will  be.  eritis,  you  shall  be. 

erit,  he  will  be.  erunt,  they  shall  be. 

55 


66  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

155.  VOCABULARY. 

constitud,  -ere,  station;  decide,  de-  gero,  -ere,  carry  on,  xaage  (war) ; 

tcrmine.  carry;  perform. 

contendo,    -ere,    endeavor;    con-  incolo,  -ere,  inhabit,  dweU  in. 

tend;  hasten.  mitto,  -ere,  send. 

divido,  -ere,  divide,  separate.  pond,  -ere,  place,  establish. 

duco,  -ere,  lead,  guide;  haul;  con-  reduce,  -ere,  lead  back,  bring  back. 

strud.  relinquo,  -ere,  leave,  abandon. 

Idioms, 
bellum  gerere,  to  wage  war,  carry  on  war. 
castra  ponere,  to  pitch  camp. 
magnum  iter,  a  forced  march. 

156.  1.  Caesar  inagnls  itineribus  ad  Belgas  contendere 
constituebat.  2.  Magnum  flumcn  Rhenus  Germaniam  ab 
agris  Gallorum  dividit.  3.  Garros  per  montes  magno  pcri- 
culo  ducent.  4.  Galll  oppidum  Ocelum  incolunt  et  Romanos 
provincia  prohibent.  5.  Multa  iumcnta  et  carros  in  urbem 
mittam  et  praedam  mllitum  e  domibus  reducam.  6.  Belgae 
castra  in  silvis  ponent  et  adventuin  Caesaris  exspectabunt. 
7.  Hiberna  hostibus  relinquam,  et  exercitum  magnis  itiner- 
ibus in  provinciam  reducam.  8.  More  populi  Roman! 
consul  castra  in  monte  ponet  et  bellum  cum  incolis  montium 
geret.  9.  In  Galliam  toto  cum  exercitu  contendent  et  ntin- 
tios  cum  litterls  ad  Caesarem  mittent.  10.  Gallus  tres 
(three)  legiones  exercitus  Caesaris  per  silvas  ad  mare  ducebat. 

157.  1.  I  shall  not  abandon  (my)  friends  to  the  enemy. 
2.  Caesar  will  wage  war  in  Germany  and  lead  back  the  legions 
across  the  Rhine  into  Gaul.  3.  I  am  sending  a  messenger  to 
the  harbor  with  a  letter.  4.  I  shall  hasten  with  many  ships 
to  Britain  and  bring  back  much  grain  for  the  army.  5. 
You  will  pitch  camp  in  the  forest  and  wage  war  with  the 
Germans.  6.  I  determine  to  hasten  by  forced  marches  from 
the  city  into  Gaul. 


LESSON  XX. 
COMPARISON. 

158.  The  quality  expressed  by  an  adjective  may  exist  in 
different  degrees.  In  Latin,  as  in  English,  there  are  three 
degrees  of  comparison:    positive,  comparative,  superlative. 

(a)  Adjectives  have  an  inflection  called  comparison  to 
show  difference  of  degree. 

(h)  Participles  used  as  adjectives  are  also  subject  to  com- 
parison. 

159.  Formation  of  the  Comparative  and  Superlative. 

(a)  To  form  the  comparative,  add  the  terminations 
-ior  (m.,  f.),  -ius  (n.)  to  the  base  (35)  of  the  positive. 

(b)  To  form  the  superlative,  add  the  terminations  -issi- 
mus, -a,  -um,  to  the  base  of  the  positive;  that  is,  to  the 
stem  lacking  its  final  vowel,  e.  g.: 

*    altus,  altior,  altissimus,  high,  higher,  highest. 
fortis,  fortior,  fortissimus,  brave,  braver,  bravest. 
audax,  audacior,  audacissimus,  bold,  bolder,  boldest. 
amans,  amantior,  amantissimus,  loving,  more  loving,  most  loving. 

160.  Exceptions  in  Superlative  Formation. 

(a)  Adjectives  in  -er  form  the  superlative  by  adding 
-rimus  to  the  nominative  singular  masculine  of  the  positive. 
The  comparative  is  regular,  e.  g.: 

pulcher,  beautiful,  pulchrior,  pulcherrimus. 
miser,     miserable,  miserior,    miserrimus. 
acer,        keen,  acrior,       acerrimus. 

celer,       smft,         celerior,     celerrimus. 
57 


68  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

(b)  Six  adjectives  in  -lis  form  the  superlative  by  adding 
-limus  to  the  base  of  the  positive.  The  comparative  is 
regular.     These  arc: 

facilis,       easy,       facilior,       facillimus. 
difficilis,    difficult,  difficilior,    difficillimus. 
eimilis,       like,        similior,       simillimus. 
dissimilis,  urdike,    dissimilior,  dissiinillimus. 
humilis,     low,         humilior,     huniillimus. 
gracilis,     slender,  gracilior,     gracillimus. 

(c)  Adjectives  in  -us  preceded  by  a  vowel,  except  those  in 
-quus,  compare  by  means  of  the  adverbs  magis,  more,  and 
mazime,  most,  e.  g. : 

idoneus,  suitable;  magis  idoneus,  maxime  idoneus. 

161.     Idiomatic  Uses  of  the  Comparative  and  Superlative. 
*     (a)  The  comparative  may  express  rather  or  too,  e.  g. : 

longius  iter,  o  rather  long  march;  pluribus  praesentibus,  wfien  too 
many  were  present. 

(6)  The  superlative  may  express  very,  e.  g.: 
altissimimi  flumen,  a  very  deep  river. 

(c)  The  adverb  quam,  how,  as  (though  in  this  idiom  in- 
capable of  separate  translation)  prefixed  to  a  superlative 
expresses  the  greatest  possible  degree  of  the  quality,  e.  g.: 

quam  maximum  numertmi  iumentonun  coemere,  to  purchase  the 
greatest  possible  number  of  pack  anim^ds. 

(d)  Having  no  masculine  or  feminine  singular  to  agree 
with  a  noun,  plus  is  forced  in  the  singular  to  the  construction 
of  a  neuter  noun,  and  as  such  governs  a  genitive  (47,  e). 

Remark. — For  declension  of  comparatives,  see  levior,  148,  b.  Super- 
latives are  declined  like  bonus. 


COMPARISON.  69 

162.  VOCABULARY. 

ac,  see  atque.  ac),  conj.,  and,  and  also  (con- 

acer,  acris,  acre,  adj.,  keen,  vigor-         nects  words  and  statements  of 

ous,  severe.  which  the  second  is  the  more 

acies,  -ei,  f.,  line  of  battle.  important). 

agmen,  -minis,  n.,  army  (on  the  fortis,  -e,  adj.,  brave,  valiant. 

march),  column  (of  men).  instruo,  -ere,  draw  up,  arrange. 

altitude,    -dinis,    f.,     altitude,  nevus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new. 

height,  depth.  pars,  partis,  f.,  part;  direction. 

altus,   -a,   -lun,   adj.,   high,   deep  proj  prep,  with  ahl,  in  front,  before 

(used  of  vertical  extent  either  (of  place),  in  behalf  of,  for. 

direction).  quam,  conj.,  than. 

atque    (before    consonants    often  RhodanuSt -iym.,  the  Rhone. 

Idiom, 
novissimtun  agmen,  the  rear  (of  an  army). 

163.  1.  Caesar  fortissimos  milites  ad  Germanos  mittet. 
2.  Labienus  aciem  pro  castris  instruit  atque  acerrimo  proelio 
cum  Germanis  contendit.  3.  Rhenus  fiumen  longior  atque 
altior  est  quam  Rhodanus.  4.  Novissimum  agmen  impetum 
hostium  sustinebat.  5.  Acerrima  hominum  genera  sunt 
multls  in  partibus  Galliae.  6.  Copiae  Belgarum  trans  altius 
fiumen  aciem  instruebant  atque  hostes  exspectabant.  7. 
RomanI  multa  bella  acerrima  pro  sociis  gerebant.  8.  Aliam 
partem  militum  trans  altum  fiumen  mittit,  aliam  in  montem 
magnae  altitudinis.  9.  Omnium  Gallorum  fortissimi  sunt 
Belgae.  10.  Auxilia  in  novissimo  agmine  constituit,  nam 
tela  in  proelils  vitant. 

164.  1.  A  new  army  hastens  into  Gaul.  2.  The  river 
Rhone  is  very  deep  in  many  places.  3.  Caesar  draws  up  the 
battle-line  and  fights  a  very  severe  battle.  4.  The  bravest 
of  the  soldiers  are  in  front  of  the  camp.  5.  Caesar  leads  back 
the  brave  auxiliaries  out  of  the  battle  into  camp,  for  they 
have  many  severe  wounds.  6.  The  height  of  the  mountain 
is  great. 


LESSON  XXI. 


COMPARISON    (Continued), 


165.  Irregular  Comparison. 

(a)  Several  important  adjectives  have  forms  of  comparison 
wholly  irregular  and  based  on  different  stems. 


bonus, 

mclior. 

optimus. 

good,  better,  best. 

malus, 

pcior. 

pessimus. 

bad,  worse,  worst. 

magnus, 

maior, 

maximus. 

great,  greater,  greatest. 

parvus, 

minor, 

minimus, 

little,  less,  least. 

multus, 

plus,  n., 

plurimus. 

much,  more,  most. 

vetus,       vetustior,  veterrimus,  old,  older,  oldest. 

(b)  The  positive  forms  of  the  following  are  rare,  and  gener- 
ally occur  as  plural  noims  signifying  respectively  foreigners, 
the  gods  of  the  lower  world,  posterity,  the  gods  above. 

exterus  exterior,    outer,  extremus  or  extimus,     outmost. 

inferus  inferior,     lower,  infimus  or  imus,  lowest. 

posterns  posterior,  later,  after,  postremus  or  postiunus,  la^t. 

superus  superior,    higher,         supremus  or  summus,     highest. 


(c)  Some  comparatives  and  superlatives  have  no  positive 
in  use  as  a  true  adjective,  but  are  formed  from  stems  found 
in  adverbs  and  prepositions. 


Adverb  or  Preposition. 
cis,  citra,  on  this  side  of, 
in,  intra,  in,  within, 
prae,  pro,  before,  in  front, 
prope,       near, 
ultra,        beyond. 


Comparative. 
citerior,  hither, 
interior,  inner, 
prior,      former, 
propior,  nearer, 
ulterior,  farther, 


SUPERLATTVB. 

citimus,     hithermost. 
intimus,     inmost. 
primus,     first. 
proximus,  nearest. 
ultimus,    farthest. 


COMPARISON  (CONTINUED).  61 

166.  Idiomatic  Adjectives  of  Position. 

Expressions  denoting  the  top  of,  bottom  of,  middle  of,  ex- 
treme or  end  of,  always  employ  adjectives  agreeing  .with  the 
noun,  instead  of  two  nouns,  as  in  English.  The  adjectives 
commonly  used  thus  are  summus,  for  the  top  of;  infimus  or 
unus,  for  the  bottom  of;  medius,  for  the  middle  of;  extremus, 
for  the  extreme  of,  end  of,  e.  g. : 

summus  mons,  the  top  of  the  mountain;  in  medio  flumine,  in  the 
middle  of  the  river. 

167.  VOCABULARY. 

Alpes,  -ium,  pi.  f.,  the  Alps.  reliquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  remaining, 

contineo,    -ere,    bound    (in    geo-         the  rest  of. 

graphical  sense).  studitmi,  -i   (-ii),  n.,  zeal,  enthu- 

extremus,  -a,  -um,  superl.  adj.,         siasm. 

farthest,  extreme.  summus,   -a,   -um,   superl.    adj  , 

itaque,  conj.,  therefore,  accordingly.         highest,  greatest. 
medius,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    middle,     ultra,   prep,  with  ace.  and  adv., 

middle  of.  beyond,  past;  farther. 

prope,  prep,  with  ace,  and  adv.      valltun,  -i,  n.,  wall,  breastwork. 

near;  nearly,  almost.  vexo,   -are,   v.   tr.,    vex,  annoy, 

harass;  ravage. 

Idiom, 
una  ex  parte,  on  one  side. 

168.  1.  Proximum  iter  in  Galliam  ulteriorem  per  Alpes 
est.  2.  Reliquae  cohortes  vallum  pro  castrls  summo  studio 
oppugnabant,  sed  hostes  in  mediis  castrTs  tela  vltabant. 
3.  Exercitus  Caesaris  maiora  hostium  castra  in  summo 
monte  expugnat.  4.  Maxima  virtute  cohortes  insulam  in 
medio  flumine  navibus  oppugnant.  5.  Alpes  Galliam  ulte- 
riorem una  ex  parte  continent.  6.  Germani  agros  in  ex- 
trema  Gallia  vexant,  itaque  Caesar  ad  eos  (them)  magnls 
itineribus  contendit.  7.  Iter  per  Alpes  in  Galliam  propius 
est  quam  per  silvas  in  litore.  8.  Germani  castra  in  mediis 
silvis  ponent  atque  adventum  Romanorum  exspectabunt. 


62 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


9.  Vallum  magnae  altitudinis  castra  continet.  10.  Roman- 
orum  milites  meliores  et  fortiores  sunt  quam  milites  Gal- 
lorum,  atque  maiore  studio  pugnant. 

169.  1.  On  one  side  of  the  camp  is  a  rather  high  wall. 
2.  With  the  greatest  enthusiasm  the  brave  soldiers  attack  the 
remaining  gate  of  the  town.  3.  Caesar's  house  is  in  the  mid- 
dle of  the  field.  4.  The  camp  is  on  the  top  of  a  mountain. 
5.  I  am  a  better  and  braver  man  than  Labienus.  6.  The 
Germans  will  pitch  camp  in  the  middle  of  the  forest. 


Roman  artillery,  called  tonnenta,  from  torqueo,  tivist,  the  power 
being  applied  by  twisted  ropes.  The  chief  hurling  engines  of  the 
Roman  armies  were  the  ballista  and  catapulta. 


LESSON  XXII. 

ADVERBS. 

170.  Formation  of  Adverbs. 

There  are  two  classes  of  adverbs:  (a)  Those  which  are 
formed  from  adjectives.  (6)  Those  not  so  formed.  For 
the  formation  of  the  latter  no  law  can  be  given.  Adverbs 
which  are  formed  from  adjectives  are  formed  according  to  the 
following  law: 

If  the  adjective  is  of  the  second-first-second  declension, 
the  adverb  is  formed  by  adding  -e  to  the  base  of  the  adjec- 
tive ;  but  if  the  adjective  is  of  the  third  declension,  add  -ter 
to  the  stem,  e.  g. : 

cams,  adv.  care;  pulcher,  adv.  pulchre;  miser,  adv.  misere;  acer, 
adv.  acriter;  levis,  adv.  leviter;  audax  forms  audacter. 

Remark. — Occasionally  the  accusative  singular  neuter  of  an  adjective 
is  used  as  the  adverb,  e.  g.: 

facilis,  adv.  facile,  easily;  multus,  adv.  multum,  much;  plurimus, 
adv.  plurimiim,  very,  most. 

171.  Comparison  of  Adverbs. 

(a)  The  comparative  of  an  adverb  derived  from  an  adjec- 
tive is  the  accusative  singular  neuter  of  the  comparative 
of  the  adjective;  and  its  superlative  is  formed  by  changing 
the  -us  of  the  superlative  of  the  adjective  to  -e,  e.  g.: 

care,  carius,  carissime;  pulchre,  pulchrius,  pulcherrime;  misere, 
miserius,  miserrime ;  acriter,  acrius,  acerrime ;  leviter,  levius,  levissime ; 
audacter,  audacius,  audacissime. 

63 


64 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


(t)  The  following  adverbs  are  irregular  or  defective: 


bene, 

melius, 

optime, 

well,  better,  best. 

male, 

peius, 

pessime, 

badly,  worse,  ivorst. 

diu, 

diutius. 

diutissime. 

long  (of  time),  longer, 
longest. 

—  — 

potius, 

potissimum. 

,   rather,  first   of  all, 

chiefly. 

saepe, 

saepius, 

saepissime. 

often,  more  often,  oftenest. 

satis, 

satius, 



enough,  preferably, . 

magnopere, 

magis, 

maxime, 

grexitly,  more,  most. 

parum, 

minus, 

minime, 

lUtle,  less,  least. 

multum  (multo), 
172. 

plus, 

plurimum, 
VOCABULARY. 

much,  more,  moaL 

acriter,  adv.,  fiercely,  sharply. 
audacter,  adv.,  boUlly. 
bene,  adv.,  tvcll. 

cogito,  -are,  think  about,  consider. 
defensio,  -onis,  f.,  defense. 
diu,  adv.,  long,  a  long  time. 
facile,  adv.,  easily. 
fortiter,   adv.,   bravely. 
magnopere,  adv.,  greatly. 
mens,  mentis,  f.,  inind. 


munltio,  -onis,  fortificalion. 
perturbo,  -are,  disturb,  trouble. 
quidem,   adv.,   indeed,  even,   cer- 

tainly. 
ne  .  .  quidem,  cpd.  adv.,  not  even 

(emphatic    word    between    n§ 

and  quidem). 
saepe,  adv.,  often. 
tardo,  -are,  check,  retard,  delay. 
timer,  -oris,  m.,  fear. 


173.  1.  Timor,  quidem,  mentes  omnium  auxilionun  mag- 
nopere perturbabat.  2.  Propter  timorem  cohortes  ne  de 
defensione  quidem  castrorum  cogitabant,  sed  fugae  in 
medias  silvas  se  mandabant.  3.  Milites  legionis  impetum 
hostium  acriter  tardabant.  4.  Propter  vulnera  mllitum 
Belgae  impetum  Romanorum  non  diutius  sustinent.  5. 
Milites  vallum  audacius  oppugnant  atque  hostes  acerrimos 
facile  superant.  6.  Saepe  Romani  impetus  Gallorum  for- 
titer tardabant;  itaque  Caesar  Romanes  maxime  laudabat 
atque  eos  (them)  viros  fortissimos  vocabat.  7.  Melius  est 
de  munitione  castrorum  cogitare  quam  de  fuga.  8.  Ne 
Germanl  quidem  impetum  Romanorum  diutius  sustine- 
bant.      9.  Diu  atque  acriter   reliquae  cohortes  in  summo 


ADVERBS. 


66 


monte  pugnabant.  10.  Saepe  milites  de  defensione  ac  muni- 
tione  hibernorum  cogitant. 

174.  1.  Fear,  indeed,  often  troubles  the  mind  of  a  soldier, 
if  (si)  he  thinks  too  long^  about  battle.  2.  Long  and  fiercely 
the  Helvetians  fought,  but  the  Romans  fought  better.  3. 
Not  even  wounds  check  the  valor  of  a  brave  soldier.  4. 
We  shall  boldly  carry  on  war  with  the  Germans,  but  the 
battles  will  disturb  the  mind  of  Caesar  very  much.^  5. 
The  Germans  were  ravaging  the  lands  of  the  Belgians  more 
fiercely  and  more  boldly.  6.  They  bravely  withstood  the 
attack  of  the  troops  a  long  time. 

1  161,  a.     2  Superlative  of  magnopere. 


Interior  of  Roman  house,  Pompeii  (Restored). 


LESSON  XXIII. 

NUMERALS. 

175.     Numerals  are  words  expressing  number  and   are 
divided  into  several  classes. 

(a)  Cardinals   are   adjectives   constituting   the   series  of 
numbers  used  in  counting;  as,  one,  two,  three. 

(b)  Ordinals  are  adjectives  derived  from  the  cardinals  to 
express  order  or  place;  as,  first,  second,  third. 

(c)  Distributives  are  adjectives  expressing  the  grouping  of 
numbers;  as,  one  by  one  or  one  apiece. 

(d)  Numeral  adverbs  express  repetition  and  answer  the 
question  "  hmv  often  '7  as,  once,  twice,  three  times. 

A  table  of  the  first  ten  numerals  is  added  for  illustration. 


Cardinals. 

Ordinals. 

DisTRiBxmvEs.           Numeral  Adverbs. 

1 

unus 

primus 

singuli                semcl 

2 

duo 

secundus 

blni                     bis 

3 

tres 

tertius 

temi                   ter 

4 

quattuor 

quartus 

quatemi              quater 

5 

quinque 

quintus 

qiiini                   quinquies  (-ens) 

6 

sex 

sextus 

seni                     sexies  (-ens) 

7 

septem 

Septimus 

septem                septies  (-ens) 

8 

octo 

octavus 

octoni                  octies  (-ens) 

9 

novem 

nonus 

noveni                 novies  (-ens) 

10 

decern 

decimus 

deni                    decies  (-ens) 

176. 

Declension  of  Numerals. 

I. 

Cardinals: 

(a)  Unus,  one. 

See  140. 

(b)  Duo,  tvx). 

Masc. 

FeM.                  NEtTT. 

Plur.- 

-Nom.  duo 

duae           duo 

Gen.     duortmi 

duarum       duonmi 

Dot.     duobus 

duabus        duobus 

Ace.     duos,  duo 

Voc.        

Abl.     duobus 

duas            duo 

duabus        duobus 

NUMERALS. 

(c)  tres,  three. 

Masc,  Fem. 

Neut. 

Plur. —  Nom. 

tres 

tria 

Gen. 

trium 

trium 

Dat. 

tribus 

tribus 

Ace. 

tres  (tris) 

tria 

Voc. 

Abl. 

tribus 

tribus 

67 


{d)  All  other  cardinals  are  indeclinable  except  as  follows: 

(e)  Centum,  one  hundred,  is  indeclinable,  but  ducenti,  two  hundred, 

trecenti,  three  hundred,  etc.,  are  declined  like  the  plural  of  bonus. 
(/ )   Mille,  one  thousand,  is  an  indeclinable  adjective.     In  the  plural 

thousands  (2000,  3000,  etc.)  it  becomes  a  neuter  noun  (like  the  English 

pair,  dozen)  and  governs  the  genitive  (like  the  English  a  pair  of  gloves). 

It  is  then  declined  thus: 

Nom.  milia 

Gen.  mllimn 

Dat.  mllibus 

Ace.  milia 

Voc.  

Abl.  mllibus 

e.  g.,  mille  homines,  a  thousand  men;  mille  mulieres,  a  thousand  women; 
mille  bella,  a  thousand  wars:  but  duo  milia  hominum,  two  thousand  men 
(hterally,  two  thousands  of  men). 

II.  Ordinals  and  Distributives  are  declined  like  the  plural  of  bonus. 

177.  VOCABULARY. 

angustiae,  -arum,  f.,  narrow  pass,  mille,  indecl.;  pi.  milia,  -ium,  n., 

defde.  thousand. 

angustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  narrow,  quadraginta,     adj.,     card.     num. 

steep.  indecl.,  fortij. 

decimus,  -a,  -um,  ord.  num.  adj.,  singuli,  -ae,  -a,  pi.  adj.,  dist.  num., 

tenth.  one  by  one,  in  single  file. 

duo,  -ae,  -o,  adj.,  card,  num.,  two.  tres,  -ia,  adj.,  card,  num.,  three. 

labor,  -oris,  m.,  labor,  hardship,  vix,  adv.,  scarcely,  with  difficulty. 

178.  1.  Iter  per  montes  angustum  est  ac  difficile,  et  in 
eo  (this)  itinere  milites  vix  singulos  carros  ducent.  2. 
Caesar  cum  tribus  legionibus  per  angustias  summo  labore 


68 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


contendit.  3.  Caesar  cum  duobus  milibus  mllitum  in  Gal- 
liam  ulteriorem  contendet.  4.  Castra,  quidem,  angusta 
sunt  ac  parva;  itaque  hostes  ea  {it)  facile  expugnabunt.  5. 
Quadraginta  milia  mllitum  in  exercitu  Caesaris  sunt,  sed 
Germanos  vix  superabit.  6.  Ne  decima  quidem  legio  in 
extrema  Germania  pugnabit,  nam  multae  res  mentes  mllitum 
perturbabunt.  7.  Mille  homines  in  castrls  sunt,  sed  ne  tria 
quidem  mIlia  mllitum  fortissimorum  impetum  Belgarum 
sustinebunt.  8.  GermanI  Caesarem  a  Labieno  divident, 
atque  exercitus  singulos  facile  superabunt.  9.  Labienus 
per  angustias  et  silvas  ad  Caesarem  maximo  labore  contendit. 
10.  In  Galliam  longo  itinere  contendit  cum  duabus  legionibus 
et  equitibus  mille. 

179.  1.  I  shall  hasten  into  farther  Gaul  with  one  legion 
and  a  thousand  cavalry.  2.  The  road  through  the  Alpes  is 
narrow.  3.  The  river  Rhine  separates  Gaul  from  Germany, 
and  many  thousands  of  Germans  are  in  the  forests  across 
the  Rhine.  4.  The  soldiers  were  hastening  through  the 
mountains  with  the  greatest  hardships.  5.  The  consul  will 
give  three  thousand  troops  to  Caesar.  6.  Not  even  the 
fortifications  will  keep  off  the  enemy  from  the  camp. 


Coin  of  Julius  Caesar,  a  silver  denarius,  worth  about  seventeen  cents, 
representing  Caesar  as  Pontifex  Maximus. 


LESSON  XXIV. 
PRONOUNS. 

180.  (a)  Pronouns  represent  nouns  or  point  out  and 
identify  them.  The  first  are  called  true  pronouns;  the 
second,  adjective  pronouns.  The  same  word  may  serve 
both  as  a  true  pronoun  and  an  adjective  pronoun,  e.  g.: 

Instead  of  saying,  Give  me  the  book,  we  may  say  Give  it  to  me,  where 
it  represents  book.  So,  for  Give  me  that  book,  where  that  points  out  and 
identifies  the  book  desired,  we  may  say  Give  me  that,  where  that  repre- 
sents a  book  that  is  clearly  pointed  out  in  some  other  way. 

(b)  Pronouns,  true  and  adjective,  are  classified  as  personal, 
possessive,  demonstrative,  relative,  interrogative,  relative 
indefinite,  reciprocal. 

181.  Personal  Pronouns. 

These  are  true  pronouns  and  may  be  simple  or  reflexive. 

(a)  Simple  Personal  Pronouns. — These  exist  in  the  first 
and  second  persons  only.  The  place  of  a  third  personal 
pronoun  is  supplied,  when  necessary,  by  a  demonstrative, 
usually  is,  ea,  id  (186,  1).     They  are  thus  declined: 


Singular. 

First  Person.         Second  Person. 

Third  Person. 

Nom. 

ego,  /                          tu,  you 

is,  he;  ea,  she;  id,  it 

Gen. 

mei,  of  me                  tui,  of  you 

See  for  declension,  187. 

Dat. 

mihi,  to  (for)  me        tibi,  to  (for)  you 

Ace. 

me,  me                        te,  you 

Voc. 

tu,  you ! 

AM. 

me,  with  (from,  by)    te,  with  (from,  by) 
me.                               you 

70  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

Plctral. 
First  Person.        Second  Person.  Third  Person. 

Nom.  nos,  we  vos,  you 

^  ( nostrum,    ,  ( vestnim,    . 

Gen.      {        J-       of  Its         '\        ^^       of  you 
Inostn,       "^  Ivestn,       •'  ^ 

Dai.     nobis,  to  (Jor)  us  vobis,  to  {for)  you 

Ace.     nos,  us  vos,  you 

'  Voc.     vos,  you ! 

Ahl.     nobis,  with  (from,  vobis,  udth  {from,  by)  you 

by)  us 

Remark. — The  pronoun  subject  of  a  verb  is  expressed  only  when 
emphatic  or  in  contrast  with  another  subject,  being  suflSciently  indi- 
cated elsewhere  by  the  p)ersonal  ending  (24,  c). 

(6)  Reflexive  Personal  Pronouns. — These  refer  always 
to  the  subject  of  the  sentence  or  clause  in  which  they  stand. 
Hence  they  have  no  direct  cases  (nominative  and  vocative, 
31,  6),  e.  g.: 

I  saw  myself:  note  how  differently  myself  is  used  in  /  saw  him  myself, 
where  myself  is  nominative  case  and  agrees  with  the  subject  instead  of 
merely  referring  to  it. 

The  first  and  second  personal  pronouns  serve  as  their  o^vn 
reflexives:  there  is  a  separate  form  for  the  third  i>erson. 
They  are  thus  declined: 

SlNOUIiAR. 

First  Person.  Second  Person.  Third  Person. 

Nom.  

Gen,     mei,  of  myself  tui,  of  yourself  sui,  of  himself,  herself, 

etc. 
Dot.     mihi,  to  (for)  myself  tibi,  to  (for)  yourself  sibi,   to    (for)   himself, 

etc. 
Ace.     m€,  myself  tS,  yourself  se  or  sese,  himself,  etc. 

Voc.    

Abl.     me,  with  (from,  by)   te,    urith     yourself,  se  or  sese,  with  himself ^ 
myself  etc,  etc. 


PBONOUNS.  71 

Plural. 

Gen       I  nostrum,  of  our-    t  vestrum,  of  your-  sui,  of  themselves. 

\  nostri,         selves      \  vestri,       selves 
Dat.     nobis,  to  (for)  our-    vobis,  to  (for)  your-  sibi,  to  (for)  themselves 


Ace.     nos,  ourselves  vos,  yourselves  se  or  sese,  themselves 

Voc.     

Abl.     nohiSi  vnth  ourselves,  vobis,    with    your-  se  or  sese,  with  them- 
etc.  selves,  etc.  selves,  etc. 

Note. — It  will  be  seen  that  there  is  no  distinction  of  gender  or  number 
in  the  forms  of  the  third  person  reflexive. 

182.  Possessive  Pronouns. 

These  are  adjective  pronouns  and  may  be  simple  or 
reflexive.  They  are  inflected  as  adjectives  of  the  second- 
first-second  declension  and  agree  in  gender,  number,  and 
case  with  the  thing  possessed,  the  pronoun  itself  indicating 
the  possessor. 

(a)  Simple  Possessive  Pronouns. — These  are: 

First  Person. 
meus,  mea,  meum,        my  (one  possessor) 

noster,         nostra,        nostnun,     our  (more  than  one  possessor) 

Second  Person. 
tuus,  tua,  tuum,  your  (one  possessor) 

vester,  vestra,         vestrimi,     your  (more  than  one  possessor) 

Third  Person. 
There  is  no  simple  possessive  pronoun  of  the  third  person.     Its 
place  is  supplied,  when  necessary,  by  the  genitive  of  a  demonstrative, 

usually  is  (186,  1). 

eius,  his,  her,  its 

eorum  (m.,  n.),  earum  (f.),  their. 

(h)  Reflexive  Possessive  Pronouns. — The  first  and  second 
person  possessive  pronouns  may  be  also  reflexive.     For  the* 
third  person  there  is  a  separate  form,  the  same  for  either  one 
posesssor  or  more  than  one: 

suus^  sua,  suum,  his,  her,  its;  their 


72  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

Possessive  pronouns  are  usually  not  expressed  when  their 
omission  would  cause  no  misunderstanding,  e.  g.: 

Caesar  exercitiun  laudabat,  Caesar  praised  his  army. 

183.  VOCABULARY. 

accuse,  are,  accuse,  blame.  imperator,  -oris,  m.,  commander. 

celeritas,  -tatis,  f.,  speedy  swiftness,  iudico,  -are,  judge,  decide;  express 
celeriter,  adv.,  quickly,  rajrUUy.  an  opinion. 

consilium,  -i,  (-ii)  n.,  plan,  design;  male,  adv.,  badly. 

COUNSEL,  advice.  need,  -are,  kill,  slaughter. 

Divici&cus,  -i,  m.,   Diviciacus   (a  oflficium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  duly. 

Haeduan).  praesto,  -are,  perform. 

gladius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  sword.  probo,  -are,  prove;  approve  of. 

184.  1.  Imperator  nostra  consilia  probabat  atque  nos 
maxime  laudabat.  Nobis  multa  dona  dabit.  2.  Bellum 
male  geritis,  legati;  itaque  vos  acriter  accuso.  3.  Nostri* 
magnum  proelium  cum  Germanis  fortiter  pugnabunt.  4. 
Belgae  sese"  fugae  sunmia  celeritate  mandabunt,  sed  eos 
{(hem)  mecum^  reducam  et  in  numero  hostium  meorum 
habebo.*  5.  Equites  nostri  multa  milia  hostium  tells  et 
gladiis  necabant.  6.  Caesar  Diviciacum  ad  se  vocat  et  eima 
{him)  acriter  accusat.  7.  Ego,  quidem,  officium  meum  im- 
peratori  praestabo,  sed  tu  te  fugae  celeriter  mandabis. 
8.  Celeriter  litteras  ad  Caesarem  in  Galliam  mittit  atque  suam 
victoriam  nuntiat.  9.  Caesar  de  decima  Icgione  optime 
iudicat  et  consilia  legati  probat.  10.  Caesar  suos*  longo 
itinere  per  silvas  secum^  ducebat. 

*Adj.  for  noun:  supply  troops  or  men  (81).  '  sese  does  not  differ 
in  meaning  from  se.  ^  A  word  added  to  another  word  as  its  final 
.syllable  is  called  an  enclitic.  The  preposition  cum  is  always  enclitic 
with  the  personal  pronouns  and  usually  with  the  relative  (191).  *  To 
"  hold  in  the  number  of  one^s  enemies  "  waa  a  Roman  saying  for  "  put 
tQ  death," 


PRONOUNS. 


73 


185.  1.  I  approve  of  your  speech,  but  your  whole  plan 
is  not  the  best.  2.  You  will  perform  your  duty  to  your  state, 
for  you  are  a  good  citizen.  3.  You  will  express  the  best 
opinion  about  me.  4.  I  scarcely  blame  you,  my  friends. 
5.  The  commander  led  his  (troops)  onto  the  top  of  the  moun- 
tain with  the  utmost  hardship.  6.  The  road  through  the 
pass  is  difficult  for  us,  but  we  shall  carry  our  baggage  with 
us  across  the  mountains.  7.  Your  army  will  put  thousands 
of  Germans  to  flight  with  their^  swords.  8.  The  king  of  the 
Germans  will  kill  himself  with  a  sword. 

^  Express  this  word:   is  it  reflexive? 


Slinger. 


Sling  bullet  of  lead.    These  often  bore  a  motto  encouraging  the  slinger 
or  insulting  the  enemy.    The  letters  here  are  for  firmiter,  steady! 


LESSON  XXV. 

PRONOUNS    (Continued). 

Demonstrative  Pronouns. 

186.  These  are  is,  hie,  ille,  iste,  ipse,  idem.  They  are 
used  both  as  pure  and  adjective  pronouns.  They  point 
out  (demonstro)  or  identify  a  person  or  thing.  They  are 
of  the  third  person  (except  ipse),  and  hence  lack  the  vocative 
case. 

(1)  Is  is  the  weakest  of  the  demonstratives,  an  unemphatic 
this  or  that,  often  used  as  a  mere  third  personal  pronoun,  he, 
she,  it  (181,  a).  For  the  use  of  its  genitive  as  a  possessive, 
see  182,  a. 

(2)  Hie  is  the  emphatic  this. 

(3)  nie  is  that  as  contrasted  with  this. 

(4)  Iste  usually  has  a  reference  to  a  second  person,  that 
of  yours.     It  also  is  used  to  imply  inferiority  or  contempt. 

(5)  Ipse  emphasizes  a  noun  or  personal  pronoun  in  any 
person.     It  is  often  called  the  intensive  pronoun,  e.  g.: 

tu  ipse  litteras  portabas,  you  were  bringing  the  letter  yourself;  ipse 
Caesar  viros  laudat,  Caesar  himself  praises  the  men:  note  how  different 
from  the  reflexive,  Caesar  se  laudat,  Caesar  praises  himself. 

(6)  Idem  (=  is  +  dem,  a  suffix),  the  same. 

187.  Declension  of  the  Demonstrative  Pronouns. 

Singular. 

Masc.  Fem.  Neut. 

Nom.  is  ea  id 

Gen.     eius  eius  eius 

Dat.     ei  ei  ei 

Ace.     eum  earn  id 

Ahl.     eo  eft  eO 

74 


PRONOUNS  {CONTINUED). 


75 


Plural. 

Nom.  ei  (ii) 

eae 

ea 

Gen.     eorum 

earum 

eorum 

Dat.     eis  (iis 

) 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

Ace.     eos 

Voc.    

Ahl     eis  (iis 

eas 

ea 

) 

eis  (iis) 

eis  (iis) 

SlNQULAB 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

hie 

haec 

hac 

iUe 

ilia 

illud 

Gen. 

huius 

huius 

huius 

illius 

illius 

illius 

Dat. 

huic 

huic 

huic 

im 

illi 

im 

Ace. 

hunc 

hanc 

hac 

ilium 

illam 

Ulud 

Voc. 

Ahl. 

hoc 

hac 

hac 

Plural. 

ma 

iUa 

ma 

Nom. 

hi 

hae 

haec 

im 

iUae 

ilia 

Gen. 

honim 

harum 

harum 

manim 

illarimi 

illarum 

Dat. 

his 

his 

his 

illis 

illis 

iUis 

Ace. 

has 

has 

haec 

mas 

illas 

ma 

Voc. 

Abl. 

his 

his 

his 

Singular 

ilhs 

illis 

ims 

Mabc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Nom. 

,  iste 

ista 

istud 

ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

Gen. 

istius 

istius 

istius 

ipsius 

ipsius 

ipsius 

Dat. 

isti 

isti 

isti 

ipsi 

ipsi 

ipsi 

Ace. 

istum 

istam 

istud 

ipsum 

ipsam 

ipstun 

Voc. 

ipse 

ipsa 

ipsum 

Abl 

isto 

ista 

ista 

Plural. 

ipsa 

ipsa 

ipsa 

Nom, 

.  isti 

istae 

ista 

ipsi 

ipsae 

ipsa 

Gen. 

istarum 

istarum 

istarum 

ipsarum    ipsarum 

ipsarum 

Dat. 

istis 

istis 

istis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

Ace. 

istas 

istas 

ista 

ipsas 

ipsas 

ipsa 

Voc. 

ipsi 

ipsae 

ipsa 

Abl 

istis 

istis 

istis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

ipsis 

76 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


SlNOULAB. 

Ma8C. 

Fem. 

Neot. 

Norn. 

idem 

eadem 

idem 

Gen. 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

eiusdem 

Dai. 

eidem 

eidem 

eidem 

Ace. 

eundem 

eandem 

idem 

Voc. 

Abl. 

eodem 

eadem 

eodem 

Plural. 

Nom.  eidem  (ii-,  i-)  eaedem  eadem 

Gen.     eonmdem  eanmdem  eorundem 

Dot.     eisdem  (iis-,  is-)  eisdem  (iis-,  is-)  eisdem  (iis-,  is-) 

Ace.     eosdem  easdem  eadem 

Voc.     

Abl.     eisdem  (lis-,  is-)  eisdem  (iis-,  is-)  eisdem  (iis-,  is-) 

188.  VOCABULARY. 

causa,  -ae,  f.,  cause;  condition;  malus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  bad. 

case  (at  law).  obsidio,  -onis,  f.,  siege;  oppression. 

causd,  abl.:  governs  gen.  and  fol-  opinio,  -onis,  f.,  opinion;  belief. 

lows  the  noun  it  governs;  for  quoque,  conj.  (always  follows  the 

the  sake  of.  word  it  modifies) ;  also. 

committd,    -ere,   join  (lit.,    send  salus,  utis,  f.,  safety. 

together).  servus,  -i,  m.,  slave. 
contra,  prep,    with   ace.,    against, 

CONTRARY  tO. 

Idiom, 
proelium  committere,  to  join  batUe,  begin  battle. 

189.  1.  Contra  opinionem  omnium  Ocelum  banc  ob- 
sidionem  diti  sustinebat.  2.  Ille  imp>erator  in  exercitQ 
suo  multos  servos  habebat.  3.  Iste  exercitus  se  fugae  man- 
dabit,  nam  eius  imperator  fortis  non  est.  4.  IllI  quoque 
milites  in  mala  causa  sunt,  nam  in  eorum  exercitu  frfimen- 
tum  non  est.  5.  Ildem  milites  saepe  cum  Germanis  proelium 
committebant.  6.  Omnium  salutis  causa  Caesar  suos  castris 
continebit.  7.  Ipse  Caesar  ilium  exercitum  per  angustias 
ducebat.  8.  Istum  mllitem  acriter  accuso;  officium  suum 
exercitui  atque  imporatorl  non  praestat.  9.  Illud  quoque 
consilium   probo,  sed  exercitus  causa  proelium  non  com- 


PRONOUNS  {CONTINUED). 


77 


mittam.      10.  Opinio  illlus  imperatoris  optima  est:  itaque 
hunc  exercitum  ducere  eum  iubebo. 

190.  1.  Contrary  to  the  belief  of  the  Germans,  that 
commander  easily  led  his  troops  across  the  Rhine.  2.  I 
quite^  approve  of^  that  opinion  of  yours.  3.  This  army  is 
valiant,  but  that  (one)  will  not  fight.  4.  For  the  sake  of  his 
own  safety,  Caesar  kept^  himself  a  long  time  in  camp.  5. 
I  myself  will  lead  this  army  through  the  pass.  6.  This  road 
is  longer  than  the  road  through  the  Alps,  but  it  is  easier. 


^  Maxune. 
3  Contineo. 


2  Do  not  use  gen.;  the  of  belongs  in  meaning  to  the  verb. 


Testudo,  literally  turtle-back.  Soldiers  protected  themselves  from  a 
plunging  fire  of  arrows  or  darts  by  overlapping  their  shields  above 
their  heads. 


LESSON  XXVI. 

PRONOUNS    (Continued). 

191.  Relative  Pronoun. 

Qui,  who,  which.  This  pronoun  relates  to  a  preceding 
noun,  pronoun,  or  statement,  called  the  antecedent,  and 
introduces  a  clause  giving  information  about  the  antecedent. 
It  is  thus  declined : 


Mabc. 

Fkm. 

Neut. 

Sing. — Nom^ 

qui 

quae 

quod 

Gen. 

cuius 

cuius 

cuius 

Dot. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

Ace. 
Voc. 
Abl. 

quem 

quam 

quod 

quo 

qua 

quo 

Plur. — Nojn. 

qui 

quae 

quae 

Gen. 

quorum 

quanim 

quorum 

Dot. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quos 

quas 

quae 

Voc. 

1 

Abl. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

*  In  the  relative  and  succeeding  classes  of  pronouns  the  meaning  pre- 
vents the  existence  of  a  vocative  case. 


192.  Agreement  of  the  Relative. 

The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in  gender, 
number,  and  person;  its  case  depends  on  its  relation  to  the 
clause  in  which  it  stands,  e.  g.: 

ego,  qui  sum  imperator  vester,  /,  irho  am  your  commander;  exercitui, 
quem  conscripserat,  praeerat,  he  was  in  command  of  the  army  which  he 
had  raised;  in  templo  est,  cuius  portae  patent,  he  is  in  the  temple  whose 
gates  stand  open. 

78 


PEONOUNS  {CONTINUED). 


79 


Fem. 

Neut. 

quae 

quid  (quod) 

cuius 

cuius 

cui 

cui 

quam 

quid  (quod) 

qua 

quo 

quae 

quae 

quanrni 

qtrorum 

quibus 

quibus 

quas 

quae 

quibus 

quibus 

193.  Interrogative  Pronoun. 

Quis,  who  f  what  f  which  f  This  pronoun  is  used  in  asking 
questions.  It  is  used  either  as  a  true  or  an  adjective  pro- 
noun, some  of  its  forms  differing  sHghtly  in  the  adjective  use. 
It  is  thus  decHned,  the  bracketed  forms  being  adjectives  only. 
The  feminine  occurs  only  in  adjective  uses. 

Masc. 

Sing. — Nom.  quis  (qui) 
Gen.     cuius 
Dat.     cui 
Ace.     quem 
Ahl.     quo 

Plur. — Nom.  qui 

Gen.     quorum 
Dat.     quibus 
Ace.     quos 
Ahl.     quibus 

194.  QUESTIONS. 

A  question  may  be  asked  with  or  without  an  interrogative 

word,  e.  g. : 

Who  is  here  f  and,  is  he  here  ? 

The  first  class  needs  no  comment.  Questions  of  the  second 
class  are  expressed  in  English  by  placing  the  subject  after 
the  verb;  but  in  Latin  this  is  impossible,  for  the  subject  is 
very  often  expressed  only  by  the  ending  of  the  verb.  The 
Latin  employs  three  words  to  ask  such  questions.  These 
words  are  called  interrogative  particles  •  they  have  no  mean- 
ing, and  in  addition  to  marking  a  question  (like  the  mark  ? 
in  English)  they  indicate  the  answer  expected.  These  words 
are: 

-ne,  enclitic,  i.  e.,  added  to  the  emphatic  word,  simply  asking  for 
information,  e.  g.: 

rogasne  ?    do  you  ask  ? 

nonne,  impl3dng  the  answer,  yes,  e.  g. : 

nonne  rogas  ?    do  you  not  see  f 


80  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

num,  implying  the  answer,  no,  e.  g. : 

niim  hoc  rogas  ?    do  you  ask  this  f 
implying  that  you  do  not  ask  it.     Such  questions  can  be  indicated  in 
Englis)^  only  by  tone  of  voice  or  by  a  roundabout  form  of  words,  as, 
You  don't  ask  this,  do  you  f 

195.  VOCABULARY. 

colloco,  -are,  place,  station,  bring  libero, -are,  liberate,  sc</ree. 

UxjcUur.  neque  or  nee,  conj.,  used  indiflfer- 

coniuratio,  -onis,  f.,  conspiracy.  ently  before  vowels  and  conso- 

coniuro,  -are,  conspire  (lit.,  swear  nants;  nor,  and  .  .  .  not    (used 

together).  in  preference  to  et  or  atque  and 

defendo,  -ere,  defend.  non). 

dubito,  -are,  doubt;  hesitate.  primus,   -a,   -um,   adj.    (165,   c), 

impedimentum,  -i,  n.,  hindrance;  first. 

pi.,  baggage  (of  an  army).  semper,  adv.,  always. 

196.  1.  De  virtute  decimae  legionis  non  dubito,  quae 
semper  in  proelils  prima  est.  2.  De  proelio  quod  Germani 
in  silvls  pugnabant,  servos  ad  Caesarem  cum  litterls  celeriter 
mittam.  3.  Quis  nos  ista  obsidione  liberabit.  4.  Hie  est 
legatus  cui  Caesar  dona  semper  dabat.  5.  Provinciamne 
quoque  el  dabit  Caesar?  6.  Quam  coniurationem  mihi 
nuntias?  Nonne  haec  Belgarum  et  Germanorum  coniuratio 
est,  quorum  multa  milia  in  armis  sunt.  7.  Num  Haedul 
contra  Romanes  coniurabunt?  Nonne  illl  sunt  quos  Caesar 
saepe  amicos  vocabat?  8.  Caesar  arma  et  impedimenta  in 
unum  locum  collocabit,  quern  vallo  et  aggere  defendet. 
9.  Quis  est  Labienus?  Ille  est  legatus  qui  agminis  impedi- 
menta ad  Caesarem  carrls  portat.  10.  Qui  sunt  Germani? 
Homines  audacissimi  sunt  qui  mediis  in  silvis  incolunt. 

197.  1.  I  have  no  doubts  (=  I  do  not  doubt)  about  your 
valor,  for  you  are  soldiers  who  always  fight  most  bravely. 

2.  What  baggage  will  the  army  bring  into  winter  quarters? 

3.  Does  a  brave  commander  abandon  his  baggage  to  the 
enemy?  4.  What  opinion  have  you  about  a  battle  on  the 
mountains?  5.  The  Germans  will  not  hesitate  to  beseige 
the  town;  and  what  wall  will  defend  it  against  them?  6. 
Will  the  Gauls  wage  war  with  the  Romans,  who  are  braver? 


LESSON  XXVII. 


198. 


PRONOUNS   (Continued). 


Indefinite  Pronouns. 


These  are  numerous  and  are  chiefly  compounds.  Their 
fundamental  meaning  is  some  one,  any  one.  They  are  used 
as  true  or  adjective  pronouns,  differing  shghtly  in  certain 
forms  according  to  usage. 

The  principal  indefinites  are: 

(1)  Quis,  some  one,  any  one;  used  only  after  si,  if;  nisi, 
if  ,  .  .  not,  unless;  ne,  lest;  num. 

(2)  Aliquis,  some  one,  any  one,  the  most  common  indefinite. 

(3)  Quidam,  a  certain  one. 

(4)  Quisque,  each,  often  equivalent  to  every. 

(5)  Quisquam,  any,  any  at  all;  used  only  in  negative  or 
implied  negative  sentences.  It  lacks  the  feminine  and 
plural. 

199.  Declension  of  the  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

Some  of  the  chief  indefinites  are  declined  as  follows,  the 
adjective  forms  being  bracketed.  There  are  numerous  other 
compound  indefinites  of  which  only  the  pronominal  part 
is  declined,  the  suffixes  being  added  unchanged. 


Ma8C. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

Sing. —  Norn. 

quis  (qui) 

qua  (quae) 

quid  (quod) 

Gen. 

cuius 

emus 

cuius 

Dat. 

cui 

cui 

cui 

Ace. 

quern 

quam 

quid  (quod) 

Abl. 

quo 

qua 

quo 

Plur. — Norn. 

qtu 

quae 

qua  (quae) 

Gen. 

quorum 

quarum 

quorum 

Dat. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

Ace. 

quos 

quas 

qua,  quae 

Abl. 

quibus 

quibus 

quibus 

6 

81 

82 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 


Masc. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

SlNQ.- 

—Norn. 

aliqiiis  (aliqui) 

aliqua 

aUquid  (aUquod) 

Gen. 

alicuius 

alicuius 

alicuius 

Dot. 

alicui 

alicui 

alicui 

Ace. 

aliquem 

aliquam 

aliquid  (aliquod) 

Abl. 

aliqu6 

aliqui 

aliquo 

Plur.- 

—Norn. 

aliqui 

aliquae 

aliqua 

Gen. 

aliquorum 

aliqudnun 

aliquorum 

Dot. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Ace. 

aliquos 

aliquas 

aliqua 

Abl. 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

aliquibus 

Mabc. 

Fem. 

Nect. 

SlNG.- 

—Nom. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Gen. 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

cuiusdam 

Dai. 

cuidam 

cuidam 

cuidam 

Ace. 

quendam 

quandam 

quiddam  (quoddam) 

Abl. 

quodam 

quadam 

quodam 

Plur.- 

—Nom. 

quidam 

quaedam 

quaedam 

Gen. 

quorundam 

quarundam 

quorundam 

Dot. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

Ace. 

quosdam 

quasdam 

quaedam 

Abl. 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

quibusdam 

Ma8C. 

Fem. 

Neut. 

SlNG. 

— Nam. 
Gen. 
Dal. 
Ace. 
Abl. 

.  quisquam 

• 

qUlCquAni 

CUlUoqUcUU 

f^-t  1 « /111  a  rv« 

cuiquam 

quemquam 

quoquam 

nif  ii^niiOTTi 

qui  C  (J  UcUll 

quoquam 

200.  Relative  Indefinite  Pronouns. 

These  are  quisquis,  quicumque  (-cunque),  whoever,  what- 
ever. Both  parts  of  quisquis  aro  declined,  the  neuter  being 
usually  written  quicquid.     Quicumque  is  declined  like  qui. 


201.  Reciprocal  Pronoims. 

Expressions  involving  the  English  reciprocals,  each  other^ 
one  another^  are  rendered  in  Latin  by  inter  nos,  inter  vos, 


PRONOUNS  {CONTINUED).  83 

inter  se  for  the  first,  second,  and  third  persons  respectively, 
e.  g.: 

inter  nos  obsides  damus,  we  give  hostages  to  each  other;  inter  se 
obsides  dant,  they  give  hostages  to  each  other. 

202.  VOCABULARY. 

existimo,  -are,  think,  consider.  princeps,  -ipis,  m.,  chief,  leader. 

graviter,  adv.,  seriously,  severely.  si,  conj.,  if. 

inde,  adv.,  then,  next;  thence,  from  sine,  prep,  with  abl.,  withovt. 

there.  spero,  -are,  hoye,  hope  for  (with 
inter,    prep,    with   ace,    between,         direct  object). 

among. 

203.  1.  Si  quis  victoriam  sperat,  fortissime  pugnat.  2. 
Quondam  Galium,  virum  fortissimum,  cum  litteris  et  ntin- 
tiis  ad  Haeduos  mittit.  3.  Belgae  et  Roman!  obsides  inter 
se  dabunt.  4.  Caesar  inde  principes  cuiusque  civitatis  ad 
se  convocat,  atque  eos  graviter  accusat.  5.  Num  me  quoque 
accusabit,  cuius  civitas  frumentum  eius  exercituT  semper 
dat?  6.  Existimatne  quisquam  in  hoc  exercitu  fugam  meli- 
orem  quam  victoriam?  7.  Aliquis  e  castris  ad  aciem  Caesaris 
contendit.  Quis  est?  Num  gladium  portat?  Nullum  glad- 
ium  portat,  sed  litteras;  nuntius  est.  8.  Si  quis  de  victoria 
in  hoc  proelio  dubitat,  istum  in  castra  sine  armis  mittam. 
9.  Belgasne  gravius  quam  Germanos  accusat  Caesar?  10. 
Quisque  pro  se  contra  hostes  fortiter  pugnabat. 

204.  1.  If  anybody  will  give  grain  to  the  army,  the  com- 
mander will  praise  him.  2.  Each  one  for  himself  carries  the 
plunder  from  the  city.  3.  He  gives  the  letters  to  a  certain 
Galba,  a  slave,  who  will  carry  them  to  Caesar.  4.  Some  one 
calls  Caesar  to  the  rear.  5.  Is  anybody  in  camp  considering 
flight?  6.  Who  hopes  for  victory  and  will  not  fight?  7. 
Caesar  and  Labienus  often  gave  gifts  to  each  other.  8. 
We  will  give  hostages  to  each  other. 


LESSON  XXVIII. 

THE    PERFECT    SYSTEM.    INDICATIVE    MODE    OF 

A3I0. 

205.  THE  PERFECT  STEM  AND  TENSES  OF  COMPLETED 

ACTION. 

The  three  tenses  previously  given  express  continued  action. 
There  are  also  three  tenses  of  completed  action,  one  each 
for  present,  past,  and  future  time.  These  in  the  active 
voice  are  formed  on  another  stem — the  perfect. 

(a)  The  perfect  stem  is  found  by  dropping  the  ending  -i 
from  the  first  person  singular  of  the  perfect  indicative 
active.     This  form  is  always  given  in  vocabularies. 

206.  THE  SUPINE  STEM. 

This  stem  is  little  used  in  the  active  voice,  but  of  great 
importance  in  forming  tenses  of  completed  action  in  the 
passive. 

The  supine  stem  is  found  by  dropping  the  ending  -um 
from  the  supine.  This  form  is  always  given  in  vocabularies : 
its  use  will  be  explained  later. 

207.  No  comprehensive  rule  can  be  given  for  forming  the 
perfect  and  supine  stems  from  the  present  stem;  but  in  the 
first  conjugation  regularly,  and  in  the  second  and  fourth 
conjugations  usually,  these  stems  may  be  formed  from  the 
present  stem  by  the  following  table: 


Pres.  Stem. 

Perf.  Stem. 

SupixE  Stem. 

CONJ.  I. 

ama 

amav 

amat 

CONJ.  II. 

mone 

monu 

monit 

CONJ.  IV. 

audi 

audiv 

audit 

In  CoNj.  III.  the  perfect  and  supine  stems  are  too  varied  in  formation 
to  classify. 

84 


THE  PERFECT  SYSTEM.  85 

208.  Principal  Parts. 

There  are  thus  three  parts  of  the  verb  which  are  of  essen- 
tial service  in  finding  the  three  stems  on  which  all  parts  of 
every  verb  are  built.  These  are  the  present  infinitive, 
perfect  indicative,  supine.  Also  the  first  singular  present 
indicative  is  the  form  by  which  we  identify  or  mention  a  verb, 
e.  g.: 

We  say,  '  the  verb  amo,'  or  that  '  monebam  comes  from  moneo.' 

These  four  parts,  beginning  with  the  present  indicative,  are 
called  the  principal  parts. 

(a)  The  principal  parts  are  always  given  in  dictionaries 
and  vocabularies. 

209.  THE  PERFECT  SYSTEM. 

(a)  The  Perfect  Tense. — This  tense  has  two  uses: 

(1)  It  may  express  completed  action  in  present  time:  it 
is  then  called  the  perfect  definite,  and  is  translated  with  the 
auxiliary  have,  e.  g. : 

vocavi,  /  have  called. 

(2)  It  may  express  the  mere  fact  of  completed  action  with- 
out reference  to  time :  it  is  then  called  the  perfect  historical, 
and  is  translated  by  a  simple  past  tense;  e.  g.: 

vocavi,  /  called. 

In  a  simple  or  compound  sentence  these  uses  cannot  be 
distinguished,  but  in  complex  sentences  the  distinction  is 
shown  by  the  syntax. 

(6)  The  Pluperfect  Tense  expresses  completed  action  in 
past  time,  and  is  translated  by  the  auxiliary  had,  e.  g. : 

vocaveram,  /  had  called. 


86  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

(c)  The  Future  Perfect  Tense  expresses  completed  action 

in  future  time,  and  is  translated  by  the  auxiliaries  shall  have, 

will  have,  e.  g. : 

vocavero,  /  shall  have  called. 

(d)  These  three  tenses  constitute  the  Perfect  System. 
(See  96.) 

210.     Fonnation  of  the  Perfect  System  in  the  Indicative  Active. 

(a)  The  Perfect  Tense  has  a  distinct  set  of  personal 
endings;  it  is  the  only  tense  thus  irregular.  They  are  an- 
nexed directly  to  the  perfect  stem.  These  special  endings 
are: 


SlNQULAB. 

Plural. 

First  person. 

-i 

-imus 

Second  person. 

-isti 

-istis 

Third  person. 

-it 

-erunt  or  -ere 

(6)  The  Pluperfect  has  the  tense  sign  -era. 
(c)  The  Future  Perfect  has  the  tense  sign  -eii. 

211.        The  Indicative  Active  of  amo,  I  love. 

Principal  Parts. 
Pres.  Ind.  Pre8.  Inf.  Perf.  Ind.  Supinb. 

amo  amare  amavi  amatum 

Singular.  Present.  Plural. 

amo,  /  love.  am&mus,  ive  love. 

amas,  you  love.  amdtis,  you  love. 

amat,  he  loves.  amant,  they  love. 

Imperfect. 
amabam,  /  was  loving,  I  loved.  amabamus,  we  were  loving,  etc. 

amabas,  you  were  loving,  etc.  amabatis,  you  were  loving,  etc. 

amabat,  he  was  loving,  etc.  amabant,  they  were  loving,  etc. 

Future. 
amabo,  /  shall  love.  amabimus,  we  shall  love. 

amabis,  you  will  love.  amabitis,  you  will  love. 

amabit,  he  unU  love.  amabunt,  they  wiU  love. 


THE  PERFECT  SYSTEM.  87 

Singular.  Perfect.  Plural. 

amavi,  /  have  loved,  I  loved.  amavimus,  we  have  loved,  we  loved. 

amavisti,  you  have  loved,  you  loved.       amavistis,  you  have  loved,  you  loved. 
amavit,  he  has  loved,  he  loved.  amaverimt  or  -ere,  they  have  loved. 

Pluperfect. 
amaveram,  /  had  loved.  amaveramus,  we  had  loved. 

amaveras,  ijou  had  loved.  amaveratis,  you  had  loved. 

amaverat,  he  had  loved.  amaverant,  they  had  loved. 

Future  Perfect. 
amavero,  /  shall  have  loved.  amaverimus,  we  shall  have  loved. 

amaveris,  you  will  have  loved.  amaveritis,  you  will  have  loved. 

amaverit,  he  will  have  loved.  amaverint,  they  will  have  loved. 

212.  Remark. — Of  the  first  conjugation  verbs  already  given,  do  and 
praesto  alone  exhibit  irregularity  in  the  formation  of  their  principal 
parts.  They  are  here  repeated.  The  principal  parts  of  the  others  the 
student  can  form  for  himself,  patterned  exactly  after  amo,  amare, 
amavi,  amatum.  Hereafter  the  principal  parts  of  all  verbs  will  be 
indicated  in  the  vocabularies,  except  that  in  subsequent  lessons  regular 
verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  will  simply  be  marked  thus,  I. 

VOCABULARY, 
appello,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    call,      dexter,    -tra,    -trum,   adj.,    right; 

name.  fem.  as  noun,  the  right  hand. 

armo,    -are,    -avi,    -atum,    arm,      do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  give. 

equip.  maturo,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,^  hasten. 

bona,  -6nmi,i  pi,  n.,  goods,  posses-      praesto,  -are,  -stiti,  -stitum,  per- 

sions.  form;    furnish;    exhibit,    show; 

castellum,  -i,  n.,  fort,  redoubt.  excel. 

comu,  -us,  n.,  horn;  wing  of  an      renuntio,  -are,  -avi,  -atum,  bring 

army.  back  word,  report. 

sinister,  -tra,  -tnmi,  adj.,  left. 

1  Neuter  plural  of  bonus  used  substantively,  81.  ^  Refers  to  begin- 
ning an  action  speedily,  while  contendo  refers  to  the  energetic  perform- 
ance of  the  action. 

213.  1.  Dextrum  cornu  sui  exercitus  pro  castris  colloca- 
vit,  sed  sinistrum  contra  hostes  incitavit.  2.  Haeduos  saepe 
amicos  populi   Romanl   appellaverat.     3.    Omnes   decimae 


88 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


legionis  cohortes  gladils  et  tells  armare  maturavit.  4. 
Belgae  magnam  virtutem  praestiterunt ;  itaque  Caesar  raulta 
bona  eis  dedit.  5.  Legati  Gallorimi  victoriam  Belgarum  suis 
renuntiaverunt.  6.  Copiae  Caesaris  magnum  hostium 
castellum  in  summo  monte  expugnaverint.  7.  Equites 
Gallorum  cum  equis  suis  facile  mattira  frumenta  provinciae 
vastaverant.  8.  Caesar  hos  equites  superavit  atque  eos  in 
fugam  dedit. 

214.  1.  The  right  wing  of  Caesar's  army  had  overcome 
the  enemy  in  the  midst  of  the  forests.  2.  Caesar's  brave 
auxiliaries  reported  their  victory  to  him.  3.  I  shall  have 
performed  my  duty  to  Caesar.  4.  You  have  always  loved 
war.  5.  What  did'  you  tell  Caesar  about  the  battle?  6. 
The  Haedui  brought  their  goods  into  the  town. 


*  Use  the  perfect: 
in  questions. 


this  rendering  is  frequently  necesssary,  especially 


Coin  of  Augustus  Caesar,  grand-nephew  of  Julius  Caesar  and  first 
Emperor  of  Rome.    This  coin  is  of  gold,  worth  about  $5.10. 


Coin  of  Marc  Antony. 


LESSON  XXIX. 

CONJUGATION    OF    THE   ACTIVE   VOICE    OF   AMO 
COMPLETED. 

215.  THE   SUBJUNCTIVE   MODE. 

The  subjunctive  mode  never  asserts  a  fact  nor  asks  a  sim- 
ple question.  It  expresses  the  circumstances  attending  or 
limiting  facts,  such  as  their  tims,  cause,  purpose,  result,  etc. 

(a)  The  subjunctive  as  an  independent  verb  is  very- 
rare  in  narrative  Latin.  When  it  does  occur,  the  present 
tense  may  be  translated,  'may  I  love,'  etc.  (as  a  wish;  first 
person  singular  only);  'let  us  love'  (an  exhortation;  first 
person  plural  only);  'let  him  love,'  'let  them  love'  (as  a  mild 
command;  third  person  only) ;  'you  may  love'  (as  a  possibility). 
The  imperfect  and  pluperfect  tenses  may  sometimes  be 
rendered,  'I  should  (would)  love,'  etc.;  and  'I  should  (would) 
have  loved,'  etc. 

(b)  The  subjunctive  (sub  iungo,  join  to)  is  essentially  a 
subordinate  mode  joined  to  principal  clauses  to  explain 
them,  the  meaning  of  the  subjunctive  depending  in  every 
instance  on  the  nature  of  the  clause  and  the  way  such 
clauses  are  expressed  in  English.  The  subjunctive  tenses,  there- 
fore, have  no  characteristic  meanings  of  their  own,  and  no  attempt 
will  be  made  to  assign  meanings  to  them  in  the  paradigms. 

Note. — To  illustrate:  (1)  The  subjunctive  is  the  most  common  way 
of  expressing  purpose  in  Latin.  Purpose  in  English  is  most  often  in- 
dicated by  an  infinitive,  he  fought  to  win;  therefore,  the  purpose  subjunc- 
tive may  be  rendered  by  an  English  infinitive;  as  well  as  by  in  order 
that,  in  order  to,  etc.  (2)  A  subjunctive  is  used  in  Latin  after  verbs  of 
prevention  and  hindrance;  but  in  English  we  use  from  with  the  infinitive 
in  -ing;  he  could  not  prevent  them  from  doing  this;  hence  in  such  sentences 
we  must  render  the  subjunctive  by  a  from'  idiom. 


90  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

(c)  There  are  four  tenses  in  the  subjunctive,  present, 
imperfect,  perfect,  pluperfect.  The  two  former  are  built 
on  the  present  stem;  the  two  latter,  on  the  perfect  stem. 

216.  Formation. 

(a)  The  personal  endings  of  the  active  voice  of  all  tenses  of 
the  subjunctive  in  all  verbs  are  -m,  -s,-t;  -mus,-tis,  -nt  (22). 

(6)  The  tense  sign  of  the  present  subjunctive  in  regular 
verbs  is  -e  in  Conjugation  I.,  -a  in  the  other  conjugations. 

(c)  The  tense  sign  of  the  imperfect  subjunctive  is  -re 
in  all  verbs. 

{d)  The  tense  signs  of  the  perfect  and  pluperfect  sub jimc- 
tive  in  the  active  voice  are  -eri  and  -isse  respectively,  for  all 
verbs. 

217.  THE  IMPERATIVE   MODE. 

This  is  the  mode  of  command,  and  is  little  used  in  narrative  Latin. 
There  are  but  two  tenses,  present  and  future,  the  former  having  the 
second  person  only,  the  latter  the  second  and  third  persons.       * 
(a)  The  endings  of  the  imperative  are: 

Sing.  Plub. 

Present.    2.  2.  -te 

Future.     2.  -td  2.  -tote 

3.  -t6  3.  -nto 

These  endings  are  added  directly  to  the  present  stem,  the  second 
singular  present  being  the  same  as  the  stem,  since  a  personal  ending  is 
wanting. 

NON-FINITE  FORMS  OF  THE  ACTIVE  VOICE. 

218.  These  are  Participles,  Infinitives,  Genmds,  Supines, 
(a)  Participles    are   verbal    adjectives.     There   are   two 

active  participles: 

(1)  Present  participle,  formed  by  adding  -ns  (genitive 
-ntis)  to  the  present  stem,  forming  one-termination  adjec- 
tives, and  corresponding  in  meaning  to  the  English  participle 

in  -ing,  e.  g.: 

amans,  loving. 


CONJUGATION  OF  THE  ACTIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO     91 

(2)  Future  participle,  formed  by  adding  -urus,  -a,  -um  to 
the  supine  stem.  It  is  declined  like  bonus,  and  signifies 
approximately  about  to,  inteiiding  to,  likely  to,  though  it  has 
no  exact  equivalent  in  English,  e.  g.: 

amaturus,  about  to  love,  intending  to  love. 

(b)  Infinitives  are  verbal  nouns.  There  are  three  in- 
finitives, one  each  for  present,  past,  and  future  time. 

(1)  Present  infinitive,  formed  by  adding  -re  to  the 
present  stem.  It  is  in  the  main  equivalent  in  meaning  to  the 
English  present  infinitive,  e.  g.: 

amare,  to  love. 

(2)  Perfect  infinitive,  formed  by  adding  -isse  to  the  per- 
fect stem,  e.  g.: 

amavisse,  to  have  loved. 

(3)  Future  infinitive,  formed  by  using  the  future  participle 
with  the  auxiliary  esse,  the  present  infinitive  of  sum.  The 
meanings  of  this  form  depend  so  entirely  on  the  syntax  that 
only  approximate  meanings  can  be  assigned,  e.  g.: 

amaturus  esse,  to  be  going  to  love,  to  be  about  to  love,  to  intend  to  love. 

(c)  Gerunds  are  neuter  verbal  nouns  of  the  second  de- 
clension and  correspond  to  the  many  usages  of  the  English 
infinitive  in  -ing.  They  have  the  forms  of  the  genitive,  da- 
tive, accusative,  and  ablative  cases  singular,  and  are  formed 
by  adding  to  the  present  stem  the  endings  -ndi,  -ndo,  -ndum, 
-ndo,  e.  g.: 

amandi,  of  loving;  amando,  for  loving;  amandum,  loving;  amando, 
by  loving. 

(d)  Supines  are  neuter  verbal  nouns  of  the  fourth  declen- 
sion in  the  accusative  and  ablative  singular,  and  are  formed 


92 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


by  adding  to  the  supine  stem  the  endings  -um,  -u. 
has  but  one  use,  to  be  explained  later,  e.  g.: 

amatum,  to  love;  amatu,  to  love,  to  be  loved. 

219.         The  Active  Voice  of  amo  (Completed). 


Each 


Present. 
Sing. — amem 
ames 
amet 


Plur.- 

SlNG. 

Plur. 


-amemus 
ametis 
ament 


—2. 
3. 


Present. 
ama,  love. 


Pres. 
Perf. 
Fut. 


Gen. 
Dai. 
Ace. 
Ahl. 


(a)  Subjunctive. 

Imperfect.  Perfect.  Pluperfect. 

amarem  amaverim  amavissem 

amares  aniaveris  aniavisses 

amaret  amaverit  amavisset 

amaremus  amaverimus  amavissemus 

amaretis  amaveritis  amavissetis 

amarent  amaverint  amavissent 

(6)  Imperative. 

Future. 
amato,  you  shall  love. 
amato,  he  shall  love. 

amatote,  you  shall  love. 
anianto,  they  shall  love. 

(d)  Participles. 
Prcs.    amans,  lonng. 
Fut.     amaturus,  about  to  love.^ 


-2.  amate,  love. 

3.  

(r)  Infinitives, 
amare,  to  love. 
amavisse,  to  have  loved. 
amaturus  esse,  to  be  about 
to  love.^ 
(e)  Gerunds, 
amandi,  of  loving.  Ace. 

amando,  for  loving.  Abl. 

amandum,  loving. 
amando,  by  loving. 
Meanings  approximate  only  (218,  a 


(J)  Supines, 
amatum,  to  love. 
amatu,  to  love^  to  be  loved.^ 


2  and  6,  3).     '  219,  d. 


220.  VOCABULARY. 

ante,  prep,  with  ace.,  before  (both      quod,  conj.,  because. 
of  time  and  space);  in  front  of. 

iam,  adv.,  already,  now,  at  length. 

nondum,  adv.,  not  yet. 

nunc,  adv.,  now,  at  this  time. 

-que,  conj.,  and;  enclitic  and  ap- 
pended to  the  second  of  the  two 
words  connected. 


quondam,  adv.,  formerly. 
statim,  adv.,  immediately,  at  once. 
tamen,  conj.,  nevertheless,  yet. 
ubi,  rel.  and  interrog.  adv.,  where; 
when. 


CONJUGATION  OF  THE  ACTIVE  VOICE  OF  AMO     93 

221.  Remark. — In  translating  the  subjunctives  in  this  exercise,  the 
pupil  must  select  from  215,  a,  those  meanings  which  in  his  judgment 
best  fit  each  sentence. 

1.  Exercitum  ante  castra  nondum  collocavimus,  sed 
tamen  hostes  munitiones  nostras  statim  oppugnent.  2. 
Fortiter  iam  eos  exspectemus,  quod  eorum  exercitum  facile 
superabimus.  3.  Cohortes  gladiis  tellsque  armemus:  quon- 
dam tela  sola  habebant.  4.  German!  quondam  silvas  in- 
colebant.  Ubi  nunc  incolunt?  Galliam  incolunt  cum  omni- 
bus copiis.  Eos  in  fugam  trans  Rhenum  demus.  5.  Ob- 
sides  donaque  inter  nos  demus.  6.  Belgae  urbem  oppug- 
nant,  sed  earn  nondum  expugnaverunt;  elves  obsidione 
statim  liberemus. 

222.  1.  Let  us  attack  the  camp  at  once.  2.  The  rest  of 
the  army  is  now  boldly  besieging^  the  town :  let  us  overcome 
them.  3.  Let  us  urge  on  the  soldiers  against  the  enemy. 
4.  Formerly  we  thought  about  peace,  but  let  us  now  hope  for 
war.  5.  May  our  commander  check  the  attack  of  the 
enemy.     6.  Let  us  now  carry  grain  into  our  winter  quarters. 

^  Is  besieging,  what  tense? 


Fibula,  brooch  or  clasp,  with  inscription.  This  is  the  earliest  known 
specimen  of  Latin.  It  is  written  from  right  to  left  and  reads  thus: 
Manios  med  vhevhaked  Numasioi,  or  in  ordinary  Latin,  Manius  me 
fecit  Numasio,  Manius  made  me  for  Numasius. 


LESSON  XXX. 
THE  VERB  SUM. 


223. 


Principal  Parts. 


Pres.  Ind.             Pre8. 

Inf. 

Perf.  Ind.              Fut.  Ptc 

sum                 esse 

fui                futurus 

(a)  Indicative. 

Present. 

Imperfect. 

Sing. — sum,  /  am. 

eram,  /  uxis. 

es,  you  are. 

eras,  you  were. 

est,    he  is. 

erat,  he  was. 

Plur. — siunus,  we  are. 

oramus,  we  were. 

cstis,  you  are. 

eratis,  you  were. 

simt,  they  are. 

erant,  they  were. 

FCTtrRE. 

Perfect. 

Sing.— €r6,  /  shall  he. 

fui,  /  have  been,  I  was. 

eris,  you  will  be. 

fuisti,  you  have  been,  you  were. 

erit,  he  will  be. 

fuit,  he  has  been,  he  was 

Plur. — erimus,  we  shall  be. 
eritis,  you  urill  be. 
erunt,  they  will  be. 

Pluperfect. 
Sing. — fueram,  /  had  been. 
fueras,  you  had  been. 
fuerat,  he  had  been. 


fuimus,  v)e  have  been,  we  were. 
fuistis,  you  have  been,  you  were. 

.  .        '  >  ihey  have  been,  they  were. 

Future  Perfect. 
fiiero,  /  shall  have  been. 
fueris,  you  will  have  been. 
fuerit,  he  wiU  have  been. 


Plur. — fueramus,  we  had  been.  fuerimus,  ive  shall  have  been. 

fueratis,  you  had  been.  fueritis,  you  will  have  been. 

fuerant,  they  had  been.  fuerint,  they  will  have  been, 

(b)  Subjimctive. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Perfect. 

Pluperfect. 

Sing.— aim 

essem 

fuerim 

fuissem 

ds 

esses 

fueris 

fuisses 

sit 

esset 

fuerit 

fuisset 

Plur. — simus 

essemus 

fuerimus 

fiiissemus 

sitis 

essetis 

fueritis 

fiiissetis 

sint 

essent 

fuerint 

fuissent 

94 


THE  VERB  SUM.  95 


(c)  Imperative. 

Present. 

Future. 

Sing. — 2.  es,  be. 

esto,  you  shall  be. 

3.  

esto,  he  shall  be. 

Plue. — 2.  este,  be. 

estote,  you  shall  be. 

3.  

sunto,  they  shall  be. 

(d)  Infinitives.  (e)  Participle. 

Pres.      esse,  <o  be.  Put.  futurus,  -a,  -tun,  about  to 

Perf.      fuisse,  to  have  been.  be,  likely  to  be. 

Put.       futurus  esse  or  fore,^  to  be  going  to  be,  to  intend  to  be. 

1  Sum  has  no  supine.  The  future  participle  is,  therefore,  given 
among  the  principal  parts  as  the  only  form  exhibiting  the  supine  stem, 
fut.     ^  Often  used  instead  of  futurus  esse. 

224.  VOCABULARY. 

celer,  -is,  -e,  adj.,  swift.  ibi,  adv.,  there. 

desum,    deesse,   defui,   -futurus,  nee  .  .  .  nee,  or  neque  .  ,  .  neque, 

be  wanting,  be  lacking,  fail.  neither  .  .  .  nor. 

hiemo,  I.,  pass  the  winter.  ntmiquam,  adv.,  never. 

225.  1.  EquI  Gallorum  parvi  fuerunt,  sed  celerrimi. 
2.  Frigora  per  totam  Galliam  maxima  fuerant;  itaque 
Caesar  proelia  non  pugnaverat.  3.  Duo  castella  in  dextro 
cornu  hostium  sunt,  quae  mllites  fortiter  oppugnabunt.  4. 
Nunc  fortis  in  proelio  sim;  nam  multis  in  periculis  ero. 
5.  In  Gallia  hiememus,  quod  numquam  ibi  ful.  6.  Neque 
equites  neque  auxilia  in  exercitu  nostro  sunt;  tamen  acerrime 
cum  Germanis  pugnemus.  7.  Nee  gladium  nee  telum  habeo; 
sed  tamen  miles  sim.  8.  Equites  hostibus  non  desunt;  sed 
nullus  eques  in  exercitu  meo  est. 

226.  1.  There  were  two  forts  on  top  of  the  mountain. 
2.  Where  is  their  (eorum)  camp?  3.  May  I  be  always  good. 
4.  May  I  be  he  (is)  who  shall  announce  the  victory  to 
Caesar.  5.  Victory  has  never  failed  the  Romans.^  6. 
May  our  commander  defeat  the  Gauls,  for  we  are  in  great 
danger. 

^  Dative. 


LESSON  XXXI. 
THE   PASSIVE  VOICE. 

227.  The  passive  voice,  as  in  English,  represents  the  sub- 
ject as  acted  upon. 

FORMATION   OF  THE  PASSIVE. 

(1)  The  passive  voice  is  distinguished  from  the  active 
in  the  present  system  (96)  by  change  of  personal  endings 
only.     The  personal  endings  of  the  passive  present  system 

are: 

Sing. — -or,  -r^  Plur. — -mur 

-ris  or  -re  .mini 

-tur  -ntur 

1  If  the  active  tense  ends  in  -6,  the  passive  ending  is  -or;  if  the  active 
tense  ends  in  -m,  the  passive  replaces  -m  with  -r. 

(2)  The  perfect  stem  does  not  enter  into  the  formation 
of  the  passive  voice.  The  tenses  of  the  perfect  system 
(209,  d)  in  the  passive  are  compound,  combining  the  perfect 
participle  with  tenses  of  sum. 

(3)  The  personal  endings  of  the  imperative  passive  are: 

SiNo.  Plitr. 

Pres.  2.  -re  -mini 

Fut.  2.  -tor  wanting 

3.  -tor  -ntor 

228.  Non-finite  Forms  of  the  Passive. — These  are  parti- 
ciples and  infinitives  only.  There  are  two  passive  parti- 
ciples, the  perfect  and  gerundive.  There  are  three  infini- 
tives, as  in  the  active. 

(a)  The  perfect  participle  is  formed  by  adding  to  the 

96 


THE  PASSIVE  VOICE.  97 

supine  stem  the  endings  -us,  -a,  -um.    It  is  declined  like 
bonus  and  corresponds  in  meaning  to  the  English  past 
participle  in  its  passive  uses,  e.  g.: 
amatus,  loved. 

(h)  The  gerundive  participle  is  formed  by  adding  to  the 
present  stem  the  endings  -ndus,  -nda,  -ndum.     It  is  declined  \ 
like  bonus.     In  meaning  it  contains  an  idea  of  necessity  or 
obligation,  e.  g. : 

amandus,  to  be  loved,  must  be  loved,  deserving  to  be  loved. 

(c)  The  present  infinitive  passive  is  formed  in  Conjuga- 
tions I.,  II.,  IV.  by  adding  the  ending  -ri  to  the  present  stem; 
and  in  Conjugation  III.  by  adding  to  the  present  stem  the 
ending  -i,  which  absorbs  the  stem  vowel,  e.  g.: 

Conj.  I.,  amari;  Conj.  III.,  re^. 

(d)  The  perfect  infinitive  passive  is  formed  by  combining 
the  perfect  participle  with  esse;  e.  g.: 

amatus  esse,  to  have  been  loved. 

(e)  The  future  infinitive  passive  is  formed  by  combining 
the  supine  in  -ixm  with  iri,  an  impersonal  present  infinitive 
passive  of  a  verb  meaning  go,  e.  g.: 

amatum  iri,  to  be  going  to  be  loved. 

229.  Passive  Voice,  First  Conjugation. 

Indicative. 

Singular.  Present.  Plural. 

amor,  /  am  loved.  amamur,  we  are  loved. 


amaris,  1  ^      ,  amamini,  you  are  loved. 

>  you  are  loved. 
amare,    J 

amatur,  he  is  loved.  amantur,  they  are  loved. 


Imperfect. 
amabar,  /  was  loved.  amabamur,  we  were  loved. 

amabaris  or  -re,  you  were  loved.  amabamini,  you  were  loved. 

amabatur,  he  was  loved.  amabantur,  they  were  loved. 

7 


98 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


Singular.  Future.  Plural. 

amabor,  /  shall  be  loved.  amabimur,  we  shall  be  loved. 

amaberis^  or  -re,  you  wiU  be  loved.      amabimini,  you  shall  be  loved. 
amabitiir,  he  shall  be  loved.  amabuntur,  they  shall  be  loved. 

Perfect. 
amatus'  sum,  /  have  been  loved,      amati  sumus,  we  have  been  loved, 

I  was  loved.  we  were  loved. 

amat  us  es,  you  have  been  loved,  etc.      amati  estis,  you  have  been  loved,  etc. 
amatus  est,  fie  has  been  loved,  etc.      amati  supt,  they  had  been  loved,  etc. 

Pluperfect. 
amatus  eram,  /  had  been  loved.  amati  eramus,  we  had  been  loved. 

amatus  eras,  you  had  been  loved.         amati  eratis,  you  had  been  loved. 
amatus  erat,  he  had  been  loved.  amati  erant,  they  had  been  loved. 

Future  Perfect. 
amatus  erd,  /  shaU  have  been  loved.       amati   erimus,  we  shall  have  been 

loved. 
amatus  eris,  you  wUl  have  been      amati  eritis,   you  vnU  have  been 

loved.        ^  loved. 

Amatus  etitf  he  wiU  have  been  loved.      amati  erunt,  they  wiU  have  been 

loved. 

Subjtmctive. 
Present.  Imperfect. 

Sing.  Plur.  Sing.  Plur. 

amer  amemur  amaxer  amaremur 

ameris  or  -re      aniemini  amareris  or  -re      amaremini 

ametur  amentur  amaretur  amarentur 


Perfect. 

amatus  sim        amati  simus 
amatus  sis  amati  sitis 

amatus  sit  amati  sint 


Pluperfect. 
amatus  essem       amati  essemus 
amatus  esses        amati  essetis 
amatus  esset         amati  essent 


Present. 
Sing.  2.  amare 
3.  


Imperative. 


Future. 
amator 
amator 


Plur.  2.  amamini 
3.  


amantor 


THE  PASSIVE  VOICE.  99 

Infinitives.  Participles. 

Pres.  amari  Perf.       amatus 

Perf.  amatus  esse  Gerund,  amandus 
Put.    amatum  iri 

1  The  tense  sign  -bi  regularly  becomes  -be  in  the  second  singular  of 
the  future  passive. 

2  As  the  participial  member  of  a  compound  tense  is  an  adjective,  it 
must  agree  with  its  subject  in  gender,  number,  and  case,  e.  g.: 

puer  amatus  est,  the  boy  has  been  loved;  but  puella  amata  est,  the  girl 
has  been  loved. 

230.  Forms  Built  on  the  Several  Stems. 

(a)  On  the  present  stem  are  built  the  present,  imperfect, 
and  future  tenses,  active  and  passive,  in  the  finite  modes 
(13;  14,  b);  the  present  infinitive,  the  present  participle,  the 
gerunds,  and  the  gerundive  participle. 

(6)  On  the  perfect  stem  are  built  the  perfect,  pluperfect, 
and  future  perfect  tenses  of  the  finite  modes,  active  only, 
and  the  perfect  infinitive  active.  The  perfect  stem  does  not 
appear  in  the  passive  voice. 

(c)  On  the  supine  stem  are  built  the  supines,  the  future 
participle,  the  future  infinitives,  active  and  passive,  the 
perfect  participle,  the  perfect  infinitive  passive,  the  perfect, 
pluperfect,  and  future  perfect  tenses  of  the  finite  modes 
passive. 

231.  VOCABULARY. 

a,  ab,  prep,  with  abl.,  by  (agency  latus,  -eris,  n.,  side,  flank. 

after  a  passive  verb);  on,  at,  paratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ready,  pre- 

on  the  side  of.  pared. 

apertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  open,  cleared,  pedes,  peditis,  m.,  infantry  soldier; 

excito,  I.,  excite;  construct.  pi.,  infantry. 

finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neighbor-  tandem,  adv.,  at  length,  at  last. 

ing;  as  a  noun,  neighbor.  yvhieT6fI.,wound. 
frustra,  adv.,  in  vain. 

Idiom, 
apertimi  latus,  the  exposed  flank  (i.  e.,  the  right  flank,  as  the  left  was 
protected  by  the  shields). 


100 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 


232.  1.  Adventus  Romanorum  a  Germanis  diu  exspecta- 
batur.  2.  Exercitus  eonim  in  apertis  locis  ad  flumen  col- 
locatus  est,  ubi  quasdam  munltiones  celeriter  excitaverant. 
3.  Equites  peditesque  castra  in  summo  monte  habent,  atque 
omnia  ad  bellum  parata  sunt.  4.  Urbs  acriter  oppugnabatur, 
atque  adventus  auxili  diu  a  civibus  frustra  exspectabatur.  5. 
Multl  mllites  graviter  vulneratl  sunt;  tamcn  exercitus  fortiter 
pugnat.  6.  Mllites  impetum  hostium  ab  aperto  latere  diu 
sustinebant,  sed  tandem  superatT  sunt  et  in  fugam  datl.^  7. 
Pax  et  amicitia  cum  flnitimls  civitatibus  confirmatae  sunt. 
8.  Tandem  impetus  hostium  a  mllitibus  Romanis  tardatur. 

*  Supply  sunt:  the  auxiliary  is  usually  not  repeated  in  a  series  of 
verbs  in  the  same  tense. 


233.  1.  The  coming  of  our  friends  is  awaited  in  vain.  2. 
Caesar  was  prepared  for*  an  attack  upon^  the  enemy  on  the 
exposed  flank.  3.  The  right-of-way  through  the  province 
was  given  by  Caesar  to  the  Haedui.  4.  The  town  of  Ocelum^ 
will  be  occupied  by  the  Belgians.  5.  The  soldier  has  been 
severely  wounded.  6.  The  infantry  and  cavalry  of  the 
Gauls  have  been  defeated  by  the  auxiliaries  of  the  Romans. 

*  ad.    '  in  with  accusative.    '  Totrni  and  Ocelum  are  appositives. 


Roman  legionary  soldier  wearing  the  lorica,  coat  of  mail. 


LESSON  XXXII. 

INTRODUCTION     TO     THE     SUBJUNCTIVE     AS    A 
DEPENDENT  MODE. 

234.  Most  Common  Uses  of  the  Subjunctive. 
(A)  To  express  purpose. 

1.  Affirmative  purpose  clauses  (i.  e.,  purpose  to  do  or  to 
be)  have  their  verbs  in  the  subjunctive  and  are  introduced 
by  the  conjunction  ut. 

2.  Negative  purpose  clauses  (i.  e.,  purpose  iiot  to  do  or 
not  to  he)  have  their  verbs  in  the  subjunctive  and  are  intro- 
duced by  the  conjunction  ne. 

Explanation. — It  is  difficult  to  assign  meanings  to  ut  and  ne:  they 
merely  show  that  the  clause  to  which  they  belong  expresses  purpose, 
and  may  be  translated  in  any  of  the  numerous  ways  in  which  purpose 
is  expressed  in  English,  e.  g.: 

Nuntium  ad  Caesarem  mittit  ut  victoriam  nuntiet,  he  sends  a  messenger 
to  Caesar  to  announce  the  victory:  we  may  also  translate  the  purpose  clause 
in  order  to  announce,  that  he  may  announce,  in  order  that  he  may  announce, 
etc.  Galli  se  fugae  mandabant,  ne  superarentur,  the  Gauls  were  taking 
flight  that  they  might  not  be  defeated,  or  not  to  be  defeated,  or  so  as  not  to 
be  defeated,  etc. 

Notice  that  the  English  infinitive  is  our  most  common  way  of  express- 
ing purpose,  but  the  Latin  infinitive  must  never  be  used  in  a  purpose 
clause. 

235.  Tenses  in  Dependent  Clauses. 

I.  All  tenses  referring  to  present  or  future  time  are  called 
primary  tenses;  those  referring  to  past  time,  secondary 
tenses. 

(a)  The  primary  tenses  of  the  indicative  are  the  present, 
future,  perfect  definite,  and  future  perfect. 

101 


102  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

(b)  Tlie  primary  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  are  the  present 
and  perfect. 

(c)  The  secondary  tenses  of  the  indicative  are  the  imper- 
fect, perfect  historical,  and  pluperfect. 

(d)  The  secondary  tenses  of  the  subjunctive  are  the  im- 
perfect and  pluperfect. 

(e)  A  present  tense  is  sometimes  used  for  a  past  tense  to 
secure  vividness  of  style.  This  happens  also  in  English, 
chiefly  in  newspaper  headlines,  e.  g.: 

Cofiyress  adjourns  for  Congress  has  adjourned,  etc. 

This  use  of  the  present  tense  is  called  the  historical  present 
and  may  be  either  primary  or  secondary. 

II.  The  subjunctive  tense  to  be  used  in  a  dependent  clause 
is  determined  by  the 

LAW  OF  SEQUENCE  OF  TENSES. 

Primary  tenses  in  principal  clauses  are  followed  by  primary 
tenses  in  dependent  clauses;  secondary  tenses  in  principal 
clauses  are  followed  by  secondary  tenses  in  dependent 
clauses,  e.  g.: 

pugno  ut  superem,  /  fight  to  win;  pugnabam  ut  superarem,  /  was 
fighting  to  win;  pugnabo  ut  superem,  /  shall  fight  to  win;  pugnavi  ut 
superem,  /  have  f ought  (pcrf.  def.)  to  win;  pugnavi  ut  superarem,  / 
fought  (perf.  hist.)  to  unn;  pugnaveram  ut  superarem,  /  had  fought  to 
win;  pugnavero  ut  superem,  /  shall  have  fought  to  win. 

236.  VOCABULARY. 

aliter,  adv.,  otherwise.  interim,  adv.,  meanwhile. 

autem,  conj.,  however,  but  yet.  militaris,  -e,  adj.,  military. 

conspectus,  -us,  m.,  sight;  presence,  postridie,  adv.,  on  the  next  day. 

diligentia,  -ae,  f .,  diligence,  care.  recuso,  I.,  refuse. 

equitatus,   -us,   m.,   cavalry    (col-  sciitum,  -i,  n.,  shield. 

lective  noun,  pi.  rare).  signum,  -i,  n.,  sign;  standard. 
explorator,  -oris,  m.,  scout;  spy. 

Idiom, 
aliter  .  .  .  ac  (or  atque,  162),  otherwise  than,  different  from  what. 


THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  AS  A  DEPENDENT  MODE.     103 

237.  1.  Ordinem  agminis  aliter  habebat  ac  Belgis  ab 
exploratoribus  nuntiattim  erat,  ut  conspectum  hostium 
vitaret.  2.  Omnia  signa  mllitaria  in  summo  monte  colloca- 
buntur,  ut  in  conspectu  militum  sint.  3.  Interim  animos 
auxiliorum  verbis  conflrmavit,  ne  timore  perturbarentur. 
4.  Romanl  et  Helvetii  obsides  inter  se  dederunt :  Romani,  ut 
ex  agris  Helvetiorum  maturarent;  Helvetii,  ne  agmen 
Romanorum  vexarent.  5.  Equitatus  Romanorum  telis  et 
gladiis  et  parvis  sctitls  armatus  est,  ut  in  equis  pugnaret; 
pedites  autem  gladios  et  scuta  maiora  portaverunt.  6. 
Postridie  Caesar  trans  Rhenum  maturavit,  ut  frumenta  in 
agris  vastaret.  7.  Germani  amicitiam  populi  Romani  sem- 
per recusabant,  ne  servi  Romanorum  essent.  8.  Oppidum 
summa  dlligentia  a  Caesare  oppugnatum  est,  ut  hiberna  in 
60  occuparet. 

238.  1.  Caesar  hastened  across  the  Rhine  to  besiege  a 
town  of  the  Germans.  2.  He  stationed  the  army  near^  the 
river  to  check  the  enemy's  attack.  3.  The  legion  was 
summoned  from  the  town  by  the  consul,  that  the  citizens 
might  not  be  annoyed.  4.  The  Romans  and  Belgians  gave 
hostages  to  each  other  not^  to  fight.  5.  Gifts  were  given  by 
Caesar  to  Ariovistus  that  he  might  be  a  friend  of  the  Romans. 
6.  That  king,  however,  refused  all  gifts  in  order  to  be  free. 

*  ad.        ^  Expresses  the  purpose  of  the  exchange. 


Early  as  with  double  headed  Janus  and  prow  of  ship.  In  ancient 
Rome,  as  with  us,  questions  were  often  decided  by  tossing  a  coin,  and 
the  Roman  called,  "Capita  aut  naviam,"  heads  or  ship,  instead  of 
"heads  or  tails."  The  as  was  the  unit  of  Roman  coinage  and  its 
value  was  a  little  less  than  a  cent. 


LESSON  XXXIII. 
SECOND  CONJUGATION,  ACTIVE  VOICE. 

239.  The  Active  Voice  of  moneo,  /  advise . 

Principal  Parts. 
Pbes.  Ind.  Pke8.  Inf.  Perf.  Ind.  Scpinis. 

moned  monere  monui  monitum 

Indicative. 

Present.  /  advise^  I  am  advising,  I  do  advise. 

Singular.  Plural. 

moned  monemus 

mones  monetis 

monet  monent 

Imperfect.  /  was  advising,  I  advised. 
moncbam  monebamus 

monebas  monebatis 

monebat  monebant 

Future.  /  shall  advise. 
monebo  monebimus 

monebis  monebitis 

monebit  monebunt 

Perfect.  /  haoe  advised^  I  advised. 
monui  monuimus 

monuisti  monuistis 

monuit  ihonuenmt  or  -6re 

Pluperfect.     I  had  advised. 
monueram  monueramus 

monueras  monueratis 

monuerat  monuerant 

104 


SECOND  CONJUGATION,  ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Future  Perfect.  /  shall  have  advised. 
monuero  monuerimus 

monueris  monueritis 

monuerit  monuerint 


105 


Subjunctive. 

Pkesent. 

Imperfect. 

Perfect.               Pluperfect. 

SlNG.- 

— moneam           monerem 

monuerim          monuissem 

moneas 

moneres 

monueris           monuisses 

moneat 

moneret 

monuerit            monuisset 

Plur.- 

— moneamus        moneremus 

monuerimus      monuissemus 

moneatis           moneretis 

monueritis          monuisseis 

moneant           monerent 

monuerint         monuissent 

Imperative. 

Present. 

Future. 

SlNQ- 

-2.  mone 
3.  

moneto 
moneto 

Plub.- 

-2.  monete 
3.  

Infinitives. 

monetote 
monento 

Participles. 

Pres. 

monere 

Pres.   monens 

Perf. 

monuisse 

Put.     moniturus 

Put. 

moniturus  esse 

Gerunds. 

Supines. 

Gen. 

monendi 

Ace.    monitum 

Dot. 

monendo 

Abl.     monitu 

Ace. 

monendum 

Abl. 

monendo 

240.    Most  Common  Uses  of  the  Subjunctive  (Continued  from  234). 

(B)  To  express  result. 

(1)  Affirmative  result  clauses  have  their  verbs  in  the 
subjunctive  and  are  introduced  by  the  conjunction  ut. 

(2)  Negative  result  clauses  have  their  verbs  in  the  sub- 
junctive and  are  introduced  by  ut  non. 

(3)  The  principal  clause  must  contain  some  demonstrative 
word,  such  as  sic,  ita,  tarn,  so;  tantus,  -a,  -um,  so  great; 


106  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

talis,  -e,  suchj  of  such  kind;  tantopere,  so  greatly,  etc.  Sic 
is  used  of  manner  only;  ita,  of  manner  usually  and  of  degree 
rarely;  tarn,  of  degree  only.  Consequently,  sic  modifies 
verbs;  tam,  adjectives  and  adverbs;  ita,  all  three. 

Explanation. — ^The  conjunction  ut  and  its  n^ative  ut  n6n  may  here 
be  translated  that,  so  that;  that  .  .  .  iwt,  so  thai  .  .  .  not.  When  in 
doubt  whether  a  clause  expresses  purpose  or  result,  look  for  the  demon- 
strative word  in  the  principal  clause;  but  no  doubt  can  occur  when  the 
clause  is  negative,  e.  g.: 

Miles  tam  graviter  vulneratus  est,  ut  aeger  sit,  the  soldier  is  so 
severely  wounded  that  he  is  faint. 

Ariovistus  tantos  sibi  spiritus  simipserat,  ut  ferendus  non  esset, 

Ariovislus  had  put  on  such  airs  that  he  was  not  endurable. 

Note. — Do  not  mistake  a  mere  statement  of  cause  and  effect  for  a 
result  clause,  which  must  have  the  form  so  that,  etc.  We  may  say,  the 
soldier  is  severely  wounded  and  is  faint,  where  his  faintness  is  as  much 
the  result  of  his  wound,  as  in  the  example  above;  but  it  is  not  a  result 
clause,  for  the  so  that  is  lacking. 

241.  The  second  conjugation  verbs  previously  given  are  here 
repeated,  with  their  principal  parts.  The  numbers  following  them 
indicate  the  lesson  in  which  the  verb  first  occurs. 

VOCABULARY. 

contineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum  (10).      moneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum  (10). 
habeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum  (10).  prohibeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum  (11). 

iubeo,  -ere,  -iussi,  iussimi  (10).        sustineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum  (16). 
video,  -ere,  vidi,  visum  (12). 

242.  1.  Caesar  talis  est  vir,  ut  maxime  laudetur.  2. 
Tales  agros  vidimus,^  ut  eos  totius  Galliae  optimos  exist- 
imemus.  3.  Sic  vos  de  hostibus  monuimus,^  ut  eos  agris 
vicisque  vestris  prohibuerltis.  4.  Miles  telo  tam  graviter 
vulneratus  est,  ut  se  e  proelio  portari  iuberet.  5.  Alpes 
agrum  Helvetiorum  ita  continent,  ut  proelia  cum  finitimis 
facile  non  pugnent.  6.  GermanI  multos  vicOs  trans  Rhenum 
in  Gallia  habuerunt,  ita  ut  Romani  eos  provincia  prohiber- 


SECOND  CONJUGATION,  ACTIVE  VOICE. 


107 


ent.  7.  Vos  iam  iubemus  exercitum  vestrum  ad  flumen 
statim  collocare,  ne  hostes  agros  sociorum  vastent.  8. 
Legatus  tantam  virtutem  in  proelio  praestitit,  ut  Caesar 
eum  magnopere  laudaret. 

^Perfect  definite:    what  shows  it? 

243.  1.  The  army  of  the  enemy  is  so  great  that  we  fight 
with  it  in  vain.  2.  We  possess  very  many  villages  in  open 
places  near  the  river.  3.  The  attack  of  the  Gauls  was  so 
vigorous  that  it  disturbed  the  minds  of  our  soldiers  very 
greatly.  4.  We  warned  you  to^  shun  the  spears  and  swords 
with  the  greatest  care.  5.  The  right  flank  of  the  battle-line 
kept  the  enemy  out  of  the  camp.  6.  We  love  our  com- 
mander, because  he  is  such  a  man  that  all  praise  him. 
^  Use  ut  and  a  purpose  clause. 


Roman  shop,  from  painting  at  Pompeii.    The  shops  had  no  front,  but 
were  open  to  the  street. 


LESSON  XXXIV. 
SECOND  CONJUGATION,  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

244.  The  Passive  Voice  of  moneo. 

Indicative. 

Present.  /  am  advised. 

Singular.  Plural. 

moneor  monemur 

moneris  or  -re  monemini 

monetur  moncntur 

Imperfect.  /  was  advised. 

monebar  monebamur 

monebaris  or  -re  monebamini 

monebatmr  monebantiir 

Future.  /  shall  be  advised. 

monebor  monebimur 

moneberis  or  -re  monebimini 

monebitur  monebuntur 

Perfect.     /  have  been  advised,  I  was  advised. 
monitus  sum  moniti  stimus 

monitus  es  moniti  estis 

monitus  est  moniti  sunt 

Pluperfect.  /  had  been  advised. 
monitus  eram  moniti  eramus 

monitus  eras  moniti  eratis 

monitus  erat  moniti  erant 

Future  Perfect.     /  shall  have  been  advised. 
monitus  ero  moniti  erimus 

monitus  eris  moniti  eritis 

monitus  erit  moniti  enmt 

108 


SECOND  CONJUGATION,  PASSIVE  VOICE. 
Subjunctive. 


109 


Present. 

Singular.  Plural. 

monear  moneamur 

monearis  or  -re  moneamini 

moneatur  moneantur 


Imperfect. 
Singular.  Plural. 

monerer  moneremur 

monereris  or  -re  moneremini 
moneretur  monerentur 


Perfect. 
monitus  sim       moniti  simus 
monitus  sis         moniti  sitis 
monitus  sit         moniti  sint 


Pluperfect. 
monitus  essem      moniti  essemus 
monitus  esses       moniti  essetis 
monitus  esset       moniti  essent 


Imperative. 


Present. 
Sing. — 2.  monere 
3.  

Plur. — 2.  monemini 
3.  


Future. 
monetor 
monetor 


monentor 


Infinitives. 
Pres.  moneri 
Perj.  monitus  esse 
Put.    monitiun  in 


Participles. 
Perf.       monitus 
Gerund,  monendus 


245.       Most  Common  Uses  of  the  Subjunctive. 

(C)  After  various   subordinate   conjunctions,   especially 
cum.     Cum  with  the  subjunctive  may  express — 

(1)  Time:  Cum    temporal,    with    imperfect    and    plu- 
perfect tenses  only;  when. 

(2)  Cause:   Cum  causal,  with  any  tense;  because,  since. 

(3)  Concession:^   cum  concessive,  with  any  tense;  aZ- 
though. 

(a)  In  any  given  instance  select  that  meaning  of  cum  which  best 
fits  the  circumstances. 


*  A  concessive  clause  is  a  clause  introduced  by  the  word  although. 


110  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

246.  VOCABULARY. 

beneficium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  benefit,  perterreo,  -ere,  -ul,  -itum,  terrify y 

favor.  frighten. 

cum,  conj.,  caus.,  temp.,  concess.,  pertineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  per- 

when;  because,  since;  although.  tain,  tend  to;  reach,  extend. 

firmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  firm,  strong,  teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  tentiun,  hold. 

gens,  gentis,  f.,  tribe.  timeo,   -ere,   -ui,   ,  fear;   be 

memoria,  -ae,  f.,  memory.  afraid. 

natura,  -ae,  f.,  nature,  character,  imdique,  adv.,  from  all  sides,  on  all 

sides. 

247.  1.  Impetus  hostium  diu  sustinebatur.  Milites  tan- 
dem ita  perterriti  sunt,  ut  se  fugae  mandarent.  2.  Cum 
diu  et  acriter  pugnavissent,^  pons,  qui  ad  Ocelum  pertinet, 
a  Caesaris  copils  occupatus  est.  3.  Gens  Helvetiorum 
quondam  tain  magna  fuit,  ut  natura  loci  undique  conti- 
neretur.  4.  Multa  beneficia  Romanorum  memoria  tenebat, 
tamen  tela  omnia  et  scuta  et  signa  mllitaria  hostibus  dedit. 

5.  Cum  host^s  magnopere  timeatis,  tamen  fortiter  pugnatis. 

6.  Cum  mihi  frumenta  non  dederitis,  vos  omnes  in  numero 
hostium  habebo.  7.  Cum  gens  Helvetiorum  firmissima  esset, 
agros  flnitimorum  semper  vexabat.  8.  Cum  Helvetii  firmi 
ac  fortes  essent,  ne  primus  quidem  impetus  Romanorum 
ab  lis  sustentus  est. 

1  Pluperfect  subjunctive  governed  by  cum;  translate  simply,  had 

fought. 

248.  1.  Since  I  hold  in  memory  your  many  favors  to  me, 
I  will  give  you  a  province.  2.  Though  a  bridge  once^  ex- 
tended to  the  town  across  the  river,  now  there  are  only 
boats.^  3.  When  Caesar  assaulted  the  town,  he  slew  three 
thousand  soldiers.  4.  On  the  next  day  Caesar  hastened  from 
the  city,  though  he  had  a  small  army.  5.  Though  the  soldiers 
were  greatly  frightened,  they  fought  bravely.  6.  The  next 
day  the  Belgians  were  hemmed  in^  on  all  sides  by  Caesar's 
troops. 

1  quondam.        '  Use  navis.        '  contineo. 


249. 


LESSON  XXXV. 


THIRD   CONJUGATION,  ACTIVE  VOICE. 

The  Active  Voice  of  rego,  /  rule. 
Principal  Parts. 


Pres.  Ind.              Pres.  Inf. 

Pert.  Ind. 

Supine. 

rego                 regere 

rexi 

rectum 

Indicative. 

PRESE^p^,  /  rule. 

Imperfect, 

I  was  ruling,  I  ruled. 

SiNGULAB.                      Plural. 

Singular. 

Plural. 

rego                        regimus 

regebam 

regebamus 

regis                        regitis 

regebas 

regebatis 

regit                       regunt 

regebat 

regebant 

Future,  /  shall  rule. 

Perfect,  / 

have  ruled,   I  ruled. 

regam                     regemus 

rexi 

reximus 

reges                       regetis 

rexisti 

rexistis 

reget                       regent 

rexit 

rexenint  or  -ere 

Pluperfect,  /  had  ruled. 
rexeram  rexeramus 

rexeras  rexeratis 

rexerat  rexerant 


Future  Perfect,  I  shall  have  ruled. 
rexero  rexerimus 

rexeris  rexeritis 

rexerit  rexerint 


Present. 

Subjunctive. 

Imperfect. 

regam 

regamus 

regerem 

regeremus 

regas 

regatis 

regeres 

regeretis 

regat 

regant 

regeret 

regerent 

Perfect. 

Pluperfect. 

rexerim 

rexerimus 

rexissem 

rexissemus 

rexeris 

rexeritis 

rexisses 

rexissetis 

rexerit 

rexerint 

rexisset 

rexissent 

111 


112 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


Imperative. 


Present. 

Sing. — 2.  rege^ 
3.  

Plur. — 2.  regite 
3.  

Infinitives. 
Pres.    regere 
Perf.    rexisse 
Put.     recturus  esse 


Future. 
regito 
regito 

regitote 
regunto 

Participles. 
Pres.  regens 
FtU.    recturus 


Gerunds.  Supines. 

Gen.     rogendi  Ace.    rectum 

Dot.     regcndo  Abl.    rectii 

Ace.     regendum 
Abl.      regendo 
*  Four  important  verbs  drop  the  st^m  vowel  in  the  second  singular 
of  the  present  iniv.:  they  are  dico,  duco,  facio,  fero;  forming  die,  due, 
fac,  fer. 


250.    The  third  conjugation  verbs  previously  given  are 
here  repeated,  with  their  principal  parts. 

VOCABULARY. 


committo,    -ere,    -misi,    -missxmi 

(25). 
constitud, 

(19). 
eontendo, 

(19). 
defendo,    -ere,    -fendi,    -fenstmi 

(26). 
dividd,  -ere,-visi,  -visum  (19). 


■ere,  -stitui,  -stitutum 
-ere,   -tendi,   -tentum 


duco,  -ere,  duxi,  ductum  (19). 
gero,  -ere,  gessi,  gestum  (19). 
incolo,  -ere,  -colui,  -cultimi  (19). 
instruo,   -ere,   -struxi,   -structum 

(20). 
mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missimi  (19). 
pono,  -ere,  posui,  positum  (19). 
reduce,  -ere,  duxi,  -ductum  (19). 
relinquo,  -ere,  -liqul,  -lietum  (19). 


251.  1.  Equites  Belgarum  ex  oppido  summa  celeritate 
contenderunt  atque  proelium  cum  auxiliis  Caesaris  com- 
miserunt.  2.  Caesar  in  Germaniam  magnis  itineribus  con- 
tendere constituerat,  sed  hos  equites  e  fuga  redtixit  atque  eos 
in    numero    hostium    habuit.     3.    Hostes    urbem    maxima 


THIRD  CONJUGATION,  ACTIVE  VOICE.  113 

virtute  defenderunt.  Itaque  Caesar  aciem  suam  mstruxit 
et  Labienum  legatum  ad  imperatorem  Belgarum  cum 
nuntiis  misit.  4.  Labienus  incolas  urbis  omnia  sua^  relin- 
quere  iussit  et  ex  urbe  contendere.  5.  Imperator  omnes 
elves  in  castra  Romanorum  ad  Caesarem  duxit.  6.  Roman! 
eos  castrls  continuerunt,  quod  cum  Caesare  bellum  ges- 
serant.  7.  Imperator  officium  civitati  suae  praestiterat, 
nam  bellum  fortiter  gesserat.  8.  Roman!  inde  castra  trans 
flumen  posuerunt  quod  urbem  ab  agrls  Gallorum  divisit. 

1  Supply  property  in  translating:  see  81. 

252.  1.  Caesar  brought  back  the  ambassadors  of  the 
Gauls  and  held  them  in  the  number  of  his  enemies.  2. 
Labienus  sent  many  pack  animals  into  the  camp  and  gave 
them  to  Caesar.  3.  The  commander  performed  his  duty  to 
his  state  and  kept  the  enemy  from  the  winter  quarters.  4. 
The  Roman  general  led  his  army  across  the  Rhine  and  waged 
war  with  Ariovistus,  King  of  the  Germans.  5.  The  Germans 
abandoned  their  goods^  and  took  flight  into  the  forest.  6. 
The  Rhine  divided  Germany  from  Gaul. 

1  Use  the  accusative  plural  neuter  of  bonus  substantively. 


Sign  from  a  baker's  shop,  Pompeii. 


LESSON  XXXVI. 
THIRD   CONJUGATION,  PASSIVE  VOICE. 


253. 


The  Passive  Voice  of  rego. 
Indicative. 


Present,  /  am  ruled. 

SlNQ.  PlUR. 


regor 

regeris*  or  -re 
regitiir 


regimur 
regimini 
rcgimtur 


Imperfect,  /  vxis  ruled. 
SiNo.  Plur. 

regebar  regobamur 

regebaris  or  -re    regebamini 


regebatur 


regebantur 


Future,  /  shall  be  ruled. 

r^ar  regemur 

regeris  or  -re  rcgemini 

regetur  regentur 


Perfect,    /  have  been  ndedf 
I  ivas  ruled. 
rectus  sum  recti  sumus 

rectus  es  recti  estis 

rectus  est  recti  sunt 


Pluperfect,  /  have  been  ruled. 

rectus  eram  recti  erftmus 

rectus  eras  recti  eratis 

rectus  erat  recti  erant 


Future  Perfect,    /  shall  have 

been  ruled. 
rectus  ero         recti  erimus 
rectus  eris        recti  eritis 
rectus  erit        recti  erunt 


Subjunctive. 

Present. 

Imperfect. 

regar                       regamur 

regerer                 regeremur 

regaris  or  -re          regamini 

regereris  or  -re    regeremini 

regatiu:                    regantur 

regeretur              regerentur 

Perfect. 
rectus  Sim  recti  simus 

rectus  sis  ^  recti  sitis 

rectus  sit  recti  sint 


Pluperfect. 
rectus  essem       recti  essemus 
rectus  essfes         recti  essetis 
rectus  esset         recti  essent 


114 


THIRD   CONJUGATION,  PASSIVE   VOICE. 


115 


Imperative. 


Present. 

Sing. — 2.  regere 
3.  

Plur. — 2.  regimini 
3.  


Future. 
regitor 
regitor 


regimtor 


Infinitives.  Participles. 

Pres.  regi  Perf.       rectus 

Perf.  rectus  esse  Gerund,  regendus 

Put.    rectum  in 
1  The  final  e  of  the  stem  does  not  change  to  i  in  the  second  singular 
present  indicative  passive. 

254.  VOCABULARY, 

adduce,  -ere,  -du3d,  -ductmn,  lead     ripa,  -ae,  f.,  hank  (of  a  river). 


to;  induce,  influence. 
ago,  -ere,  egi,  actimi,  drive,  lead; 

move  up;  do;  negotiate. 
Allobroges,  -um,  pi.,  m.,  the  Allo- 

broges  (a  Gallic  tribe). 
finis,  -is,  m.,  end;  boundary;  pi., 

territories. 
gratia,  -ae,    f.,  favor,    popularity; 

gratitude;  pi.,  thanks. 
iugtim,  -i,  n.,  yoke;  ridge  (of  moun- 
tains). 
latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  broad,  wide. 
pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsum,  drive 

out,  banish;  rout,  defeat. 


Sequani,  -orum,  pi.,  m.,  the  Se- 

quxini  (a  Gallic  tribe). 
sub,  prep,  with  ace.  and  abl.:  with 

ace.  after  verbs  of  motion,  under; 

with  abl.  after  verbs  of  position, 

under,  at,  the  foot  of. 
vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victum,  conquer, 

defeat. 
vinea,   -ae,   f.,   shed   (to    protect 

troops  engaged  in  siege  opera- 
tions). 
vivus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  alive,  living. 


Idioms. 

gratias  agere,  to  express  thanks. 
sub  iugum  mittere,  to  send  under  the  yoke.^ 
^  The  "  yoke  "  consisted  of  two  upright  spears  joined  at  the  top  by 
a  third;  under  this  a  defeated  army  was  often  compelled  to  march  in 
token  of  submission. 


255.  1.  His  rebus  adducti,  vineas  egerunt  atque  oppidum 
summa  virtute  oppugnaverunt.  2.  Duae  cohortes  in  summo 
iugo  relictae  erant,  ut  Allobroges  eas  viderent.     3.  Acies  in 


116 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 


ripa  fluminis  latissiml  atque  altissimi  instruct  a  est,  ne  hostes 
navibus  trans  flumen  portarentur.  4.  Quidara  mllitf's,  a 
Sequanis  superati  et  in  silvas  acti,  vTvI  atque  ineolumes 
ad  Caesarem  reducti  sunt.  5.  QuI^  cum  Caesarem  viderent, 
gratias  ei  multls  verbis  egerunt.  6.  Caesar  inde  bellum  cum 
Sequanis  gessit.  Illi  quidem  fortiter  pugnaverunt,  sed  Caesar 
eos  vicit  atque  sub  iugum  misit.  7.  Sequani,  a  Caesare  victi, 
e  finibus  suis  pulsi  sunt.  8.  Imperator  Allobroges  e  castris 
pepulit.  Qui  cum  e  fuga  reducti  essent,  omnes  sub  iugum 
missi  sunt. 

1  The  relative,  referring  to  something  previously  mentioned,  may  be- 
gin a  sentence  in  Latin,  and  is  then  often  to  be  translated  as  if  demon- 
strative: translate  it  here,  they. 

256.  1.  Influenced  by  his  many  gifts,  the  envoys  ex- 
pressed (their)  thanks  to  Caesar.  2.  The  enemy  were  on  the 
wall  of  the  camp  with  javelins  and  swords  awaiting  the 
attack  of  our  men.  3.  When  our  men  saw  the  enemy,  they 
hastened  to  join  battle.  4.  The  enemy  were  so  terrified, 
that  our  men  easily  drove  them  into  the  forests.  5.  The 
pack  animals  were  driven  to  the  bank  of  the  river.  6. 
The  camp  of  the  Romans  was  beseiged  by  many  Gauls. 


Blind  beggar  led  by  little  dog. 


257. 


LESSON  XXXVII. 

FOURTH   CONJUGATION. 

Conjugation  of  audio,  /  hear. 
Principal  Parts. 


Pbes.  Ind. 

Pres.  Inf. 

Perf.  Ind. 

Supine. 

audio 

audire 

audivi 

auditum 

(a)  ACTIVE  VOICE. 

Indicative. 

Present, 

/  hear. 

Imperfect, 

I    was    hearing, 
heard. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

audio 

audimus 

audiebam 

audiebamus 

audis 

auditis 

audiebas 

audiebatis 

audit 

audiunt 

audiebat 

audiebant 

Future,  /  shall  hear. 
audiam  audiemus 

audies  audietis 

audiet  audient 

Pluperfect,  /  had  heard. 


audiveram 

audiveras 

audiverat 


audiveramus 

audiveratis 

audlverant 


Perfect,  /  have  heard,  I  heard. 
audivi  audivimus 

audivisti  audivistis 

audivit  audivenmt  or  -ere 

Future    Perfect,    /    shall   have 

heard. 
audlvero  audiverimus 

audiveris  audiveritis 

audiverit  audiverint 


Subjunctive. 

Present.  Imperfect. 

audiam  audiamus  audirem  audiremus 

audias  audiatis  audires  audlretis 

audiat  audiant  audiret  audirent 


Perfect. 
audiverim  audiverimus 

audiveris  audiveritis 

audiverit  audiverint 


Pluperfect. 
audivissem  audivissemus 

audivisses  audivissetis 

audivisset  audivissent 


117 


118 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


Imperative. 


Pbebemt. 
Sing. — 2.  audi 
3.  

Future. 
audits 
audito 

Plur.— 2.  audite 
3.  

auditote 
audiunto 

Infinitives. 
Pres.  audire 
Perf.  audlvisse 
FiU.    auditurus  esse 

Participles. 
Pres.  audiens 
FmI.    auditurus 

Gerunds.                                             Supines. 
Gen.    audiendi                                     Ace.    auditum 
Dai.    audiendo                                   Abl.    audltfi 
Ace.    audiendimi 
Abl.    audiendo 

(6)  PASSIVE  VOICE. 

Indicative. 

Present,  /  am  heard. 
Sing.  Pi.ur. 

audior  audimur 


audiris  or  -re 
auditur 


audimi 


Imperfect,  /  ims  heard. 

Sing.  Plur. 

audiebar  audiebamur 

audiebaris  or  -re  audiebamini 


audiimttir 


audiebatur 


audiebantur 


Future,  /  shaU  be  heard. 


audiar 
audieris  or 
audietur 


audiemur 
audiemini 
audientur 


Perfect,    /   have  been   heard,    I 

was  heard. 
auditus  simi        audit!  simius 
auditus  es  audit!  estis 

auditus  est  audit!  sunt 


Pluperfect,  /  had  been  heard.        Future    Perfect,     /   shaU  have 

been  heard. 
au^tus  eram         audit!  eramus        auditus  ero  audit!  erimus 

auditus  eras  audit!  eratis  auditus  eris         audit!  eritis 

auditus  erat  audit!  erant  auditus  erit         audit!  enmt 


Present. 
audiar  audiamur 

audiaris  or  -re        audiamini 
audiatur  audiantur 


Subjimctive. 

Imperfect. 

audirer  audiremur 

audireris  or  -re    audiremini 
audiretur  audirentur 


FOURTH  CONJUGATION, 


119 


Perfect.  Pluperfect. 

auditus  sim  auditi  simus  audltus  essem     audit!  essemus 

auditus  SIS  auditi  sitis  auditus  esses       auditi  essetis 

auditus  sit  auditi  sint  auditus  esset       auditi  essent 


Imperative. 


Present. 
Sing. — 2.  audire 
3.  

Plur. — 2.  audimini 
3.  

Infinitives. 
Pres.  audiri 
Perf.  auditus  esse 
Put.    auditum  in 


Future. 
auditor 
auditor 


audiuntor 


VOCABULARY. 

somewhat, 


258. 
admodum,   adv.,   very, 

considerably. 
audio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),^  -itum,  hear. 
cis  or  citra,  prep,  with  ace,  this  side 

of. 
convenio,    -ire,    -veni,    -ventum, 

come  together,  assemble. 
fama,  -ae,  f.,   report;  reputation, 

FAME. 

impedio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum, 
IMPEDE,  hinder,  obstruct. 

longe,  adv.,  far  (of  distance);  by 
far  (of  degree). 


Participles. 

Perf.       auditum 
Gerund,  auditu 


-ire,    -ivi     (-ii),    -itum, 


mumo, 

fortify. 
pervenio,    -ire,    -veni,    -venttmi, 

come  through,  arrive. 
praesiditun,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  garrison; 

protection. 
quo,  rel.  and  interrog.  adv.,  whither^ 

to  which  place;  whither  f 
reperio,   -ire,   repperi,   repertum, 

find  (as  a  result  of  search). 
tum,  adv.,  then,  at  that  time. 
venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventimi,  come. 


1  Perfect  stems  ending  in  -iv  may  drop  v  in  conjugation. 


259.  1.  Duo  nuntii,  tum  a  Caesare  missi,  magno  cum 
periculo  in  castra  Labieni  pervenerunt.  2.  Exploratores 
in  Galliam  ulteriorem  tribus  diebus^  venerunt,  ubi  ad- 
modum perterritos  in  silvis  longe  a  castrls  Caesar  eos  repperit. 
3.  Caesar  praesidium  in  castris  munltis  reliquit  et  cum  equi- 
tatu  auxiliorum  magnis  itineribus  in  hiberna  pervenit, 
ubi  famam  de  victoria  Labieni  audiit.     4.  Quo  cum  Caesar 


120 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


venisset,  Galli  in  castra  undique  conveniebant,  ut  eum 
viderent.  5.  Copiae  Sequanorum  adventu  exercitus  Caesaris 
ita  perterriti  sunt,  ut  defensionis  causa  iter  impedirent.  6. 
Germani  citra  flumen  Rhenum  diu  fuerant,  ut  Romanos  a 
flumine  prohiberent.  7.  Turres  admodum  altae  ad  vallum 
castrorum  ab  hostibus  excitatae  sunt,  ut  defensio  impedi- 
retur.  8.  Fama  de  coniuratione  Germanorum  iam  ad  Cacs- 
arem  pervenerat.  Ille,  cum  castra  longe  a  flumine  Rheno 
posita  essent,  ad  eos  contendit. 

*  Abl.;  translate  in  or  within. 


260.  1.  The  Gauls  fortified  their  camps  with  walls. 
2.  The  citizens  came  together  from  all  sides  when  they  heard 
the  report.  3.  The  soldiers  found  all  the  pack  animals  far 
from  the  camp.  4.  When  the  messengers  had  been  heard 
by  Caesar,  he  fortified  the  camp  and  left  a  garrison  in  it. 
5.  At  that  time  he  was  greatly  hindered  by  the  forests 
through  which  he  was  hastening.  6.  Scouts  then  arrived 
with  messages  about  the  approach  of  the  army. 


Body  of  watch  dog  left  chained  by  his  master  at  the  destruction  of 
Pompeii.  The  struggles  of  the  dog  and  the  agony  of  his  death  are 
clearly  indicated  by  contortions  of  the  body. 


LESSON  XXXVIII. 


VERBS    IN    -10    OF   THE    THIRD    CONJUGATION. 

261.  Just  as  the  third  declension  has  a  group  of  stems  end- 
ing in  -i,  so  the  third  conjugation  has  a  small  but  important 
group  of  verbs  whose  present  stem  ends  in  -i,  known  as 
the  -io  verbs  of  the  third  conjugation.  This  group  numbers 
thirteen  active  verbs.     They  are: 


capio,  take,  capture. 
cupio,  desire. 
facio,  make,  do. 
fodio,  dig. 
fugio,  flee. 
iacio,  throw. 
pario,  }yring  forth. 


quatio,  shake. 
rapio,  seize. 
sapio,  understand. 
compounds  in  -cutio, 

smite,   -licio,   ensnare, 

-spicio,  see. 


262. 


Pres.  I> 
capio 


Conjugation  of  capio,  /  take. 

Principal  Parts. 
Pres.  Inf.  Perp.  Ind.  Supine. 

capere  cepi  captixm 


ACTIVE    VOICE. 
Indicative. 


Present. 

Imperfect. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

capio 

capimus 

capiebam 

capiebamus 

capis 

capitis 

capiebas 

capiebatis 

capit 

capiunt 

capiebat 

capiebant 

Future. 

Perfect. 

capiam 

capiemus 

cepi 

cepimus 

capies 

capietis 

cepisti 

cepistis 

capiet 

capient 

cepit 

ceperunt  or  -ere 

Pluperfect. 

Future  Perfect. 

ceperam 

ceperamus 

cepero 

ceperimus 

ceperas 

ceperatis 

ceperis 

ceperitis 

ceperat 

ceperant 

ceperit 

ceperint 

121 


122 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 


Subjunctive. 

Present, 

Imperfect. 

capiam 

capiamus 

caperem 

caperemus 

capias 

capiatis 

caperes 

caperetis 

capiat 

capiant 

caperet 

caperent 

Perfect. 

Pluperfect. 

ceperim 

cepeiimus 

cepissem 

cepissemus 

ceperis 

ceperitis 

cepisses 

cdpissetis 

ceperit 

ceperint 

cepisset 

ccpissent 

Imperative. 

Present. 

Future. 

Smo.— 2.  cape 

capito 

3.  

capito 

Plub.— 2.  capite 

capitfite 

3.  

capiuntd 

Infinitives. 

Participles. 

Genmds.            Supines. 

Pres.  capere 

Pres.  capiens 

Gen.  capiendi         Ace.  captum 

Perf.  cepisse 

Fut.    capturus 

Dai.  capiendS       Ahl.  captu 

Frd.    captunis  esse 

Ace.  capiendum 

Ahl.  capiendo 

PASSIVE 

VOICE. 

Indicative. 

Present. 

Imperfect. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

capior 

capimur 

capiebar 

capiebamur 

caperis  or  -re 

capimini 

capiebaris  or 

-re  capiebamini 

capitur 

capiuntur 

capiebatur 

capiebantiu- 

Future. 

Perfect. 

capiar 

capiemiu" 

captus  sum 

capti  sumus 

capieris  > 

or  -re 

capiemini 

captus  es 

capti  estis 

capietur 

capientur 

captus  est 

capti  sunt 

Pluperfect. 
captus  eram  capti  eramus 

captus  eras  capti  eratis 

captus  erat  capti  erant 


Future  Perfect. 

captus  ero  capti  erimus 

captus  eris  capti  eritis 

captus  erit  capti  enmt 


VERBS  IN  -Id   OF  THE  THIRD  CONJUGATION.     123 
Subjunctive. 

Present,  Imperfect. 

capiar  capiamur  caperer  caperemur 

capiaris  or  -re        capiamini  capereris  or  -re   caperemini 

capiatur  capiantur  caperetur  caperentur 

Perfect.  Pluperfect. 

captus  sim  capti  simus  captus  essem      capti  essemus 

captus  sis  capti  sitis  captus  esses        capti  essetis 

captus  sit  capti  sint  captus  esset        capti  essent 


Present. 
Sing. — 2.  capere 
3.  

Imperative. 

Future. 
capitor 
capitor 

Plur.— 2.  capimini 
3.  

capiuntor 

Infinitives. 
Pres.  capi 
Perf.  captus  esse 
Fut.    captum  iri 

Participles. 

Perf.       captus 
Gerund,  capiendus 

VOCABULARY. 

263. 

capid,  -ere,  cepi,  captum,  capture,     fugio,   -ere,   fiigi,   fugitum,  flee; 

take.  escape  from;  shun. 

certus,  -a,  -lun,    adj.,    certain,     iacio,  -ere,  ieci,  iactum,  throw. 

sure.  invenio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventum,  find 

conicio,^  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  throw,         (by  chance). 

hurl.  lapis,  -idis,  m.,  stone. 

conspicio,  -ere,  -speid,  -spectum,     recipio,^  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  re- 

see.  CEiVE. 

facio,  -ere,  feci,  factimi,  make,  do.     respicio,   -ere,   -spexi,    -spectum, 

look  back. 
Idioms, 
certiorem  facere,  with  accusative  of  the  person,  to  inform. 
certior  factus  simi,  /  was  informed. 
se  recipere,  to  retreat;  to  betake  one's  self;  recover  (from). 
*  Compound  of  con  and  iacio.     When  a  preposition  compounds  with  a 
verb  whose  root  vowel  is  a,  this  a  usually  becomes  i.     '^  Compound  of 
re  and  capid.     For  vowel  change  see  note  1. 

264.     1.  Exploratores    Caesarem    certiorem   fecerunt   de 
victoria   Germanorum.     2.   Caesar  nondum   certior  factus 


124 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


erat  de  impetu  quern  Galli  in  exercitum  Romanum  fecerant. 
3.  Galli  castra  sua  vallo  fossaque  municrunt.  Milites 
Caesaris  tamen  audacter  in  eos  impetum  fecerunt  ac  tela 
et  lapides  iecerunt.  4.  Multa  tela  in  hostes  undique  coniecta 
sunt,  qui  celeriter  fugerunt.  5.  Hostes  se  in  montem 
receperunt,  sed  nostri  maxima  virtute  eos  in  fugam  dederunt 
ac  multos  eorum  ceperunt.  6.  Multi  principes  civitatum 
Galliae  in  capto  exercitu  invent!  sunt.  7.  Caesar  animos 
principum  verbis  confirmavit,  atque  eos  in  amicitiam  recepit. 
8.  Cum  respexissent  atque  Romanos  in  castrls  suis  con- 
spexissent,  ad  montes  se  statim  receperunt. 

265.  1.  We  shall  inform  Caesar  of^  the  arrival  of  the  mes- 
sengers. 2.  Caesar  was  immediately  informed  of  this  report. 
3.  Caesar  found  the  road  through  the  forest,  of  which  he  Had 
been  informed,  but  it  was  difficult,  for  he  found  in  it  many 
great  stones.  4.  The  enemy  had  retired  toward  the  mountain 
and  had  carried  all  their  baggage  with  them.^  5.  We  looked 
back  and  saw  the  enemy  also  fleeing.  6.  The  enemy's 
camp  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain  will  be  captured. 
*  of  here  =  abovJl,  de.        '  secum,  184,  note  3. 


Strolling  juggler  and  animal  trainer. 


LESSON  XXXIX. 
DEPONENT    AND    SEMI-DEPONENT    VERBS. 

266.  Deponent  Verbs. — Certain  verbs  in  all  the  conjuga- 
tions have  the  form  of  the  passive  voice,  though  they  retain 
the  meaning  of  the  active.  These  are  called  deponent  verbs 
(deponens,  laying  aside),  as  having  laid  aside  their  active 
forms. 

In  the  finite  modes  they  differ  in  no  respect  from  the  pas- 
sive forms  of  regular  verbs.  In  the  non-finite  forms  they 
differ  from  true  passives  as  follows: 

(a)  Participles. — Deponent  verbs  have  all  four  participles. 
The  perfect  participle  may  be  either  active  or  passive  in 
meaning.  The  gerundive  participle  is  always  passive  in 
meaning. 

(6)  Infinitives. — The  future  infinitive  is  always  active  in 
form,  ending  in  -urus  esse. 

(c)  Deponent  verbs  possess  the  gerund  and  supine  in  full. 

267.  Principal  Parts  of  Deponents. 

The  principal  parts  of  a  deponent  verb  are  the  present 
indicative,  present  infinitive,  and  perfect  participle.     The 

perfect  stem  does  not  enter  into  the  formation  of  deponents, 
(a)  The   third   conjugation  i  stem   class  contains   three 
deponents  and  their  compounds: 

gradior,  gradi,  gressus,  step. 
patior,  pati,  passus,  suffer;  permit. 
morior,  mori,  mortuus,  die. 

The  future  participle  of  morior  is  of  the  Fourth  Conjugation,  mori- 
turus;  hence  also  the  future  infinitive,  moriturus  esse. 

125 


126 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


268.  Conjugation  of  Deponents. 

Principal  Parts. 
Conj.  I.  Conor,  conari,  conatus,  attempt. 

Conj.  II.  vereor,  vereri,  veritus, /ear. 

Conj.  III.  sequor,  sequi,  secutus, /oZ/oit?. 

Conj.  III.,  i  stem,     patior,  pati,  passus,  suffer;  permit. 
Conj.  IV.  potior,  potiri,  potitus,  gain  possession  of. 


Indicative  .1 

Conj.  I. 

Conj.  II. 

Conj.  III. 

Conj.  Ill  in  -ior 

.     Conj.  IV. 

Pres.      Conor 

vereor 

sequor 

patior 

potior 

Imp.      conabar 

verebar 

sequSbar 

patiebar 

poticbar 

FiU.       conubor 

verebor 

sequar 

patiar 

potiar 

Per/,      conatus  sum 

veritua  sum 

secutus  sum 

passus  sum 

potXtus  sum 

Plpf.      conatus  eram 

veritus  eram       secutus  eram 

passus  eram 

potitus  eram 

Fut.Pf.  conatus  ero 

veritus  ero 

secutus  ero 

passus  ero 

potitus  ero 

Subjunctive. 

Prea.     c5ner  verear  sequar  patiar  potiar 

Imp.      con&rer  vererer  sequerer  p>aterer  potlrer 

Per/,      conatus  sim  veritus  sim  secutus  sim  passus  sim  pot!tus  sim 

Plpf.     cdnatus  essem     veritus  essem     secutus  essem  passus  essem  potitus  essem 


Imperative. 

Pres. 

cSnare 

verere 

sequere 

pa tare 

potire 

Put. 

conator 

vergtor 

sequitor 

patitor 

potltor 

Infinitives. 

Pres.      cdn&rl  vereri  sequi  patI  potiri 

Per/,      cdnatus  esse         veritus  esse         secutus  esse  passus  esse  potitus  esse 

Fut.       conaturus  esse     veritunis  esse     secuturus  esse  passurusesse  potiturus  esse 


Prea.  conans 

Fut.  conaturus 

Perf.  conatus 

Ondv.  conandus 


articiples. 

verens  sequens 

veriturus  secuturus 

veritus  secutus 

verendua  sequendus 


patiena  potiSns 

passu  rua  potlturua 

passus  potitus 

patiendus  potlendus 


^  A  synopsis  only  is  given  of  these  verbs.  The  student  should  fill 
out  the  conjugation.  Giving  the  synopsis  of  a  verb  means  giving  the 
first  singular  (or  any  person  and  number  called  for)  of  each  tense  of  the 
finite  modes,  together  with  all  the  non-finite  forms.  In  first  person 
synopses,  the  second  person  of  the  imperative  should  be  given,  as  the 
first  person  is  lacking.     (See  Appendix  D.) 


DEPONENT  AND  SEMI-DEPONENT  VERBS.         127 
Gerunds. 

conandi  verendi  sequendl  patiendi  potiendl 

conando,  etc.       verendo,  etc.     aequendo,  etc.     patiendo,  etc.    potiendo,  etc. 

Supines. 

conatum  veritum  secutum  passum  potltum 

conatu  veritu  secutu  passu  potitu 

269.  Semi-deponent  Verbs. 

(a)  Four  verbs  and  their  compounds  are  active  in  the 
present  system,  but  have  no  perfect  stem  and  are  de- 
ponent in  the  tenses  of  completed  action.  They  are  all 
intransitive  and  can  form  no  passive. 

audeo,  audere,  ausus,  dare. 
fido,  fidere,  fisus,  trust,  confide, 
gaudeo,  gaudere,  gavisus,  rejoice. 
soleo,  solere,  solitus,  he  accustomed. 

(b)  Inversely  semi-deponent  is 

reverter,  reverti,  reverti  (perfect  indicative),  reversus  (perfect 
participle),  turn  back,  return,  where  the  present  system  is  deponent  and 
the  perfect  system  active. 


270.      Most  Common  Uses  of  the  Subjtmctive. 

D.  After  verbs  of  fearing. 

(1)  A  fear  that  something  will  happen  is  expressed  by  ne 
with  the  subjunctive,  e.  g.: 

nam  verebatur  ne  Diviciaci  animum  offenderet,  for  he  feared  that  he 
would  hurt  the  feelings  of  Diviciacus. 

(2)  A  fear  that  something  will  not  happen  is  expressed  by 
ut  with  the  subjunctive,  e.  g.: 

rem  frumentariam,  ut  satis  commode  supportari  posset,  timebant, 
they  feared  the  supply  problem,  that  they  could  not  readily  be  provided. 


128                            ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

271.  VOCABULARY, 

aggredior,  -gredi,  -gressus,  dep.,  loquor,  loqui,  locutus,  dep.,  speak. 

attack.  proficiscor,  -cisci,  -fectus,  dep.,  set 

cogo,  -ere,  coegi,  coactum,  compel;  out,  travel. 

collect.  quintus,  -a,  -um,  ord.  num.  adj., 

colloquiiun,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  interview,  fifth. 

conference.  responded,     -ere,     -ndi,     -nsum, 

committo,   -ere,  -misi,  -missum,  respond,  ariMoer,  reply. 

COMMIT,  entrust.  reverter,   -i,   -i,   -sus,   semi-dep., 

Conor,  -ari,  -atus,  dop.,  attempt,  try.  turn  hack,  return. 

dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictum,  say;  ap-  sequor,  sequi,  secutus,  dep., /oZioto. 

point;  call.  vereor,  -eri,  -itus,  dep.,  fear,  he 

dies,  diei,  m.  (rarely  f.),  day.  afraid. 

expedltus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unencum-  vetus,  -eris,  adj.,  1  term.,  ancientf 

bcred;  in  light  marching  order.  old;  former. 

inuria,  -ae,  f.,  injury.  videor,  -eri,  ^sus,  dep.,  seem. 


272.  1.  Dies  colloquio^  dictus  est,  quintus  ex  eo  die: 
Caesar  e  castris  profectus  ad  quendam  montem  contendit, 
ubi  Ariovistus  erat.  2.  Caesar  legionem  deeimam  expedltam 
secum  duxerat,  nam  salutem  suam  Ariovisto  committere 
non  ausus  est.  3.  Cum  ad  Ariovistum  pervenisset,  multa  de 
veteribus  iniuriis  AriovistI  locutus  est.  4.  Caesar  ex  equo^ 
loqui  coactus  est,  nam  verebatur  ne  Ariovistus  deeimam 
legionem  aggrederetur.  5.  Cum  multa  locutus  esset,  Ario- 
vistus respondit:  **  Tu,"  dixit,  "  me  in  fines  meos  secutus 
es:  hostis  quidem  Germanorum  esse  videris."  6.  *'  Ger- 
manorum  hostis  non  sum,"  respondit  Caesar,  "  sed  Gailia 
mea  provincia  est.  Tu  in  fines  Galliae  venisti  et  milites  tui 
agros  Gallorum  vastaverunt."  7.  "  Gallia  provincia  tua 
non  est";  acriter  dixit  Ariovistus,  "  proelium  pugnemus, 
neque  vereor  ut  Germani  vincant."  8.  Itaque  Ariovistus 
proelio  magno  superatus,  se  e  Gallia  recipere  coactus  est 
et  in  Germaniam  reverti.  Gallia  tum  obsidione  liberari 
videbatur. 

*  Dat.;  translate /or.       ."  Lit. /row  a  horse;  i.  e.,  on  horseback. 


DEPONENT  AND  SEMI-DEPONENT  VERBS. 


129 


273.     1.  I  fear  that  you  will  not  come  into  the  camp. 

2.  I  shall  try  to  send  to  you  the  unencumbered  troops. 

3.  I  shall  order  the  lieutenant  to  follow  with  all  the  baggage. 

4.  I  was  compelled  to  follow  the  forces  of  the  enemy,  for 
I  feared  they  would  attack  the  allies.  5.  This  seems  to  be 
the  place  for  the  conference.  6.  Ariovistus  did  not  dare  to 
attack  Caesar. 


Accident  in  a  chariot  race. 


LESSON  XL. 
PERIPHRASTIC   CONJUGATION. 

274.  (a)  There  are  certain  shades  of  meaning  in  the  use 
of  verbs  which  the  regular  tenses  cannot  express,  but  which 
the  future  and  genmdive  participles  do  express.  These 
two  participles  arc,  therefore,  associated  with  the  tenses  of 
sum,  and  the  resulting  compound  forms  are  called  the 
periphrastic  conjugations  (periphrasis,  a  talkin^-around). 

(6)  There  are  two  periphrastic  conjugations: 

(1)  The  active,  or  future  periphrastic,  is  formed  by  inflect- 
ing the  future  participle  with  the  tenses  of  sum. 

It  expresses  intention  or  likelihood;  e.  g.: 

quod  sectim  portaturi  erant,  what  they  were  going  to  carry  with  them; 
ipse  imperium  obtenturus   erat,  he  intended  to  seize  the  government 

himself. 

(2)  The  passive  periphrastic  is  formed  by  inflecting  the 
gerundive  participle  with  the  tenses  of  sum. 

It  expresses  necessity  or  obligation;  e.  g.: 

concedendtim  esse  non  putabat,  he  thought  it  was  not  to  he  granted; 
Caesari  omnia  erant  agenda,  Caesar  had  to  do  everything. 

275.  Conjugation  of  the  Periphrastics. 

Periphrastics  may  be  formed  from  any  verb  possessing 
the  requisite  stems  (supine  and  present),  and  offer  no  diffi- 
culties in  conjugation.  A  synopsis  of  the  periphrastics 
of  mitto,  I  send,  is  appended. 


Pbes.  Ind. 
mittd 

Principal  Parts. 

Pres.  Inf.                  Perf.  Ind. 
mittere                    misl 
130 

Supine. 
missum 

PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION. 


131 


ACTIVE  PERIPHRASTIC. 


Indicative. 

Subjvinctive. 

Infinitives. 

Pres. 

missurus  sum 

missurus  sim 

missurus  esse 

Imp. 

missurus  eram 

missurus  essem 

Fut. 

missurus  ero 

Perf. 

missurus  fui 

missurus  fuerim 

missurus  fuisse 

Plpf. 

missurus  fueram 

missurus  fuissem 

Fut.  Pf.  missurus  fuero 


PASSIVE  PERIPHRASTIC. 


Indicative. 

Subjtmctive. 

Infinitives. 

Pres. 

mittendus  sum 

mittendus  sim 

mittendus  esse 

Imp. 

mittendus  eram 

mittendus  essem 

Fut. 

mittendus  ero 

Perf, 

mittendus  fui 

mittendus  fuerim 

mittendus  fuisse 

Plpf- 

mittendus  fueram 

mittendus  fuissem 

Fut.  Pf.  mittendus  fuero 

Notes. — 1.  The  participial  members  of  these  tense  forms  will,  of  course, 
agree  with  the  subject  in  gender,  number,  and  case. 

2.  The  translations  of  the  above  forms  depend  largely  on  the  circum- 
stances of  their  use.     Approximately  they  are  as  follows: 


Active  Periphrastic- 


-Pres.:  I  intend  to  send,  I  am  going  to  send, 

I  am  likely  to  send. 
Imp.:  I  intended  to  send,  I  was  going  to  send, 

etc. 


Passive  Periphrastic. — Pres.:  I  am  to  he  sent,  I  must  be  sent,  I  deserve 

to  be  sent. 
Imp.:  I  was  to  be  sent,  I  had  to  be  sent,  etc. 


276.  Use  of  the  Periphrastic. 

(a)  The  active  periphrastic  shows  no  peculiarities  of 
usage. 

(h)  In  the  passive  periphrastic  if  the  verb  is  transitive, 
the  subject  in  Latin  is  the  English  object,  and  the  person 
who  must  perform  the  act  (i.  e.,  the  subject  in  Enghsh)  is 


132  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

in  the  dative.  If  the  verb  is  intransitive,  the  participle 
element  of  the  tense  form  is  neuter,  and  the  person  who 
must  perform  the  act  is  dative,  e.  g.: 

Caesar  had  to  do  everything,  must  be  thought  of  as,  everything  (nom- 
inative) had  to  be  done  by  Caesar  (dative),  Caesari  omnia  erant  agenda; 
Caesar  had  to  hurry,  must  be  thought  of  as,  it-had-to-be-hurried  by  Caesar, 
Caesari  maturandum  erat.  The  construction  will  be  fully  explained 
later. 

277.  VOCABULARY. 

antea,^  cpd.  adv.,  before,  previously,  post,  prep,  with  ace.  and  adv., 

difiicultas,  -atis,  f.,  difficulty.  after,  behind;  aftenvard. 

dignitas,  -atis,  f.,  dignity,  vxjrth.  postea,^  cpd.  adv.,  afterward. 

et  .  .  .  et,  conj.,  both  .  .  .  and.  piimum,  adv.,  first. 

etiam,  conj.,  even,  also.  quam,  adv.,  how,  as;  with  super!., 

fossa,  -ae,  f.,  moaJ^,  trench.  as  possible. 

numquam,"^  adv.,  never.  quam^   primum,   adv.    phrase,  (U 

opus,  -eris,  n.,  work,  task.  soon  as  possible. 

pons,  pontis,  m.,  bridge.  umquam,  adv.,  ever. 

^  Antea  =  ante  ea.  ^numquam  =  ne  umquam;  also  written  nun- 
quam.    '  postea  =  post  ea.    *  161,  c. 

278.  1.  Caesar  turrim,  quae  post  castra  est,  vallo  fos- 
saque  est  muniturus,  nam  veretur  ne  hostes  ea  expugnare 
conentur.  2.  Frumentum  etiam,  quod  secum  portaturi 
erant,  Caesar  cepit.  3.  Caesar,  dignitatis  causa  populi 
RomanI,  pontem  in^  Rheno  facturus  est,  cum  opus  magnae 
difficultatis  sit.  4.  Numquam  anteS  pontem  in  tanto 
flumine  quisquam  fecerat.  5.  Vereor  ne  hostes  castra  et 
vallo  et  fossa  munituri  sint.  6.  Primum  Caesari  acies 
instruenda  est;  postea  exercitus  hostium  aggrediendus. 
7.  In  Galliam  quam  primum  legatis  maturandum  est.  8. 
Urbs  statim  est  expugnanda,  cum  maxima  sit  quae  umquam 
in  Gallia  visa  est. 

*  Translate  over;  in  is  always  used  of  bridge  construction,  since  the 
piles  or  pontoons  supporting  military  bridges  were  in  the  water. 


PERIPHRASTIC  CONJUGATION, 


133 


279.  1.  He  is  going  to  (intends  to)  pitch  camp  behind 
the  mountain.  2.  Even  the  enemy's  fields  are  to  be  (must 
be)  laid  waste.  3.  We^  must  arrive^  in  Gaul  as  soon  as 
possible.  4.  We  intend  to  come  to  you  as  soon  as  possible. 
5.  You  must  conquer  the  Germans.  6.  Do  you  not  intend 
to  make  a  bridge  over  the  Rhine? 

1  Dat.,  276,  h.  ^  Neut.  ptc.  to  be  used  in  forming  the  periphrastic; 
276,  6,  second  example. 


Flogging  at  school. 


LESSON  XLI. 
IRREGULAR  VERBS. 

The  Compounds  of  sum. 

280.     The    verb    stun    forms   numerous    compounds,    of 
which  only  two  are  irregular. 

(a)  prosum,    prodesse,    profui,    profuturus,    be   of  advantage^    aid, 
inserts  d  before  all  forms  of  sum  bcginninp;  with  a  vowel. 

Indicative.  Subjunctive.  Imperative.   Infinitives.   Participles. 
Present: 


Sing. — prosimi 

prosim 

prodesse 

prodes 

prodes 

prodest 

Plur. — prosimius 

prodestis 

prosimt 

Imperfect: 

proderam 

prodessem 

Future: 

prodero 

prodesto 

profuturus    profuturus 
esse 

Perfect: 

profui 

profuerim 

prdfuisse 

Pluperfect: 

profueram 

profuissem 

Future  Perfect: 

profuero 

(h)  posstmi,  posse,  potm, ,  be  able  (first  singular  present  indica- 
tive, /  am  able,  I  can).  This  important  verb  is  compounded  of  potis 
or  pote,  powerful,  and  sum.     Its  full  conjugation  is  given. 

134 


IRREGULAR    VERBS. 


135 


Present: 

Indicative. 

Subjunctive. 

Infinitives. 

SlNG.- 

— possiun 
potes 
potest 

possim 

possis 

possit 

posse 

Plur.- 

— posstimus 
potestis 
possunt 

possimus 

possitis 

possint 

Imperfect: 

SlNG.- 

— poteram 
poteras 
poterat 

possem 

posses 

posset 

Plur.- 

—poteramus 
poteratis 
poterant 

aaa 

Future: 

SlNG.- 

— potero 
poteris 
poterit 

Plur.- 

— poterimus 
poteritis 
poterunt 

« 

Perfect: 

SlNG.- 

— potui 
potuisti 
potuit 

potuerim 

potueris 

potuerit 

potuisse 

Plur.- 

— potuimus 
potuistis 
potuerunt  or  -ere 

potuerimus 

potueritis 

potuerint 

Pluperfect: 

SlNG.- 

—potueram 
potueras 
potuerat 

potuissem 

potuisses 

potuisset 

Plur.- 

—potueramus 
potueratis 
potuerant 

potuissemus 

potuissetis 

potuissent 

136  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

Future  Perfect:  ^ 

Sing. — potuero 
potueris 
potuerit 
Plur. — potuerimus 
potueritis 
potuerint 
Notes. — 1.  There  is  no  supine  stem;   and   the   imperative  mode  is 
necessarily  wanting:  to  be  able  lies  beyond  command. 

2.  The  present  participle,  potens,  is  used  as  an  adjective  exclusively, 
meaning  powerful. 

3.  To  form  a  substitute  for  the  future  infinitive  in  verbs  which  have 
no  supine  stem,  use  fore  (223,  d,  note  2)  followed  by  a  subjunctive  clause 
with  ut,  e.  g.: 

puto  fore  ut  possit,  /  think  he  wiU  be  able. 

281.  Construction  after  possum. 

Possum  governs  the  infinitive,  e.  g.: 

id  facere  possum,  /  can  do  this. 
In  negative  sentences  the  word  order  is  infinitive,  nega- 
tive, possum;  e.  g.: 

id  facere  non  posstmi,  /  cannot  do  this. 

282.  •  VOCABULARY. 

aequus, -a, -um,  adj.,  equal; /air,  passus,  a  mile  (Ht.,  a  thousand 

juM;  level.  paces). 

amplius,  comp.  adv.,  more.  polliceor,  -eri,  -itus,  dep.,  promise^ 

centimi,    num.    adj.    indecl.,    one  offer. 

hundred.  posstun,    posse,    potui,    ,    be 

conficio,     -ere,     -feci,      -fectum,  able  (first  singular  /  am  able  = 

finish;  exhaust;  furnish.  I  can). 

consequor,     -qui,     -cutus,     dep.,  prosum,  -desse,  -fui,  -futurus,  be 

pursue;  overtake;  acquire,  attain.  of  advantage,  benefit. 

fere,  adv.,  almost,  nearly,  about.  qua,  adv.,  where,  by  which  route. 

intersum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  be  spatium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  space   (used 

between;  take  part  in.  both  of  distance  and  time). 

liberi,    -drum,    pi.    m.,    children  traduco,  -ere,  -dun,  ductum,  lead 

(not  used  in  sing.).  across. 

passus,    -us,    m.,     pace;     mille  via,  -ae,  f.,  way,  road. 

283.  1.  More  popull  RomanI  iter  tilll  per  pro vinciam  dare 
non  possum.     2.  RelinquebStur  una  via  per  Sequanos,  qua 


IRREGULAR    VERBS. 


137 


propter  angustias  iter  facere  non  poterant.  3.  Haedui,  cum 
se  suaque  ab  iis  defendere  non  possent,  legatos  ad  Caesarem 
miserunt.  4.  Ut  reliquas  copias  Helvetiorum  consequi 
posset,  pontem  in  Arare  fecit  atque  ita  exercitiim  traduxit. 

5.  Inter  novissimum  hostium  agmen  et  nostrum  primum, 
non  amplius  quam  quinque  aut  sex  milia  passuum  intererant. 

6.  Tela  vitare  in  proeliis  nuUl^  proderit.  7.  Ille  unus  ex 
omni  civitate  Haeduorum  addticl  non  potuit  ut^  liberos 
suos  obsides^  daret.  8.  Hie  locus  aequo  fere  spatio*  ab 
castris  Ariovisti  et  Caesaris  aberat.  9.  Hi  possunt  conficere 
armata  milia^  centum:  ex  eo  numero  milia  sexaginta®  pol- 
licentur.  10.  Copiae  Belgarum  in  unum  locum  coactae 
sunt,  neque  iam  longe  absunt. 

1  Dat.  ind.  obj.  2  ut  .  .  .  daret,  translate,  to  give,  234,  ^,1.  ^  Pred. 
appos.  of  liberos,  as  hostages.  *  by  an  almost  equal  distance.  ^  Lit., 
a  hundred  armed  thousands;  translate,  a  hundred  thousand  armed  men. 
^  sexaginta,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  sixty. 


284.  1.  Caesar  could  not  give  grain  to  any  one.  2. 
That  place  was  far  distant  from  Caesar's  camp.  3.  The 
Belgians  could  not  be  induced  to^  fight.  4.  The  army  could 
not  march  quickly  on  account  of  the  narrow  pass.  5. 
To  flee  never  benefits  a  soldier.^  6. 1  can  see  the  camp  across 
the  river. 

1  Use  ut  with  subjunctive.    ^  Dat.  ind.  obj. 


Coin  showing  general  addressing      Coin    with    figure    of    Britannia; 
bis  troops.  about  138  a.  d. 


LESSON  XLII. 
IRREGULAR  VERBS    (Continued), 
285.    fero,  ferre/  tuli,  latum,  bear,  carry. 


ACTIVE. 
Indicative.         Subjunctive. 


PASSIVE. 
Indicative.    Subjunctive. 


Pres. 

Sing.- 

-fero 

feram 

feror 

ferar 

fers 

ferfts 

ferns  (-re) 

fcraris  (-re) 

fert 

ferat 

fertur 

foratur 

Plur. 

— ferimus 

feramus 

fcrimur 

feramur 

fertis 

feratis 

ferimini 

feramini 

ferunt 

ferant 

feruntur 

ferantur 

Imp. 

SlNG.- 

— ferebam  ' 

ferrem 

fcrebar 

ferrer 

ferebas 

ferrSs 

ferebaris(-re 

)  ferreris  (-re) 

ferebat 

ferret 

ferebatur 

ferrStur 

Plur.- 

— ferebamus 

fcrremus 

forebamur 

ferremur 

fcrebatis 

ferretis 

ferebamini 

fcrremini 

ferebant 

ferrent 

ferebantur 

fcrrentxir 

Put. 

SlNG.- 

-feram 
feres 
feret 

ferar 

fereris  (-re) 
feretur 

Plur.- 

—feremus 
feretis 
ferent 

• 

feremur 
ferentur 

Perf. 

tul? 

tulerim 

latus  simi 

latus  sim 

Plpf. 

tuleram 

tulissem 

latus  eram 

latus  essem 

Put.  Pf . 

tulero 

latus  ero 

^  This  verb  may  be  said  to  belong  to  the  Third  Conjugation.  Its 
irregularity  consists  in  dropping  the  stem  vowel  in  many  forms  and 
becoming  a  true  consonant  stem.  Such  forms  will  readily  be  detected 
in  conjugating. 

"^  The  perfect  and  supine  stems  are  adopted  as  in  the  case  of  sum,  but 
there  are  no  irregularities  in  the  forms  built  upon  them. 

138 


IRREGULAR    VERBS  (CONTINUED). 


139 


Imperative. 


Sing. 

Plur. 

Pres. 

feri 

ferte 

Fut. 

.ferto 

fertote 

ferto 

ferunto 
Infinitives. 

Pres. 

ferre 

Perf. 

tulisse 

Fut.     laturus  esse 


Imperative. 
Sing.  Plur. 

ferre  ferimini 

fertor  

fertor  feruntor 

Infinitives, 
ferri 

latus  esse 
latimi  iri 


Pres.  ferens 
Fut.    laturus 


Participles. 


Participles. 
Perf.        latus 
Gerund,  ferendus 


Gerunds. — f  erendi,  -ndo,  -ndimi,  -ndo. 
Supines. — latum,  -u. 

^  249,  note  1. 


286. 


VOCABULARY. 


affero,^    -ferre,    attuli,    allatum,  fero,    ferre,    tuli,    latum,    bear; 

bring.  carry;  endure. 

calamitas,    -tatis,    f.,     calamity,  Helvetius, -a, -um,  adj.,  Helvetian. 

disaster.  infero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  illatiun,  bring 
confero,    -ferre,    -tuli,    coUatum,  in  ot  upon;  inflict;  bring  forward 

bring  together,  gather,  collect.  (arguments), 

creber, -bra, -brum,  adj., /regwen^.  perfero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  en- 
defessus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  exhausted.         dure. 

deficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum,  fail;  pes,  pedis,  m.,  foot. 

revolt.  ratio,  -onis,  f.,  reason,  plan,  list. 

differo,    -ferre,    distuli,    dilatum,  refero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  bring 

DIFFER.  back,  report. 

effero,  -ferre,  extuli,  elatum,  carry  rumor,  -oris,  m.,  rumor. 

ovi;  elate  (cf.  sup.  stem).  subsidium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  aid;  pi.,  in 

military  sense,  reserves. 

Idioms, 
bellum  inferre,  to  make  war  upon  (governs  dative), 
pedem  referre,  to  retreat. 
se  conferre,  to  betake  one^s  self  to. 

^  Affero  =  adfero.  In  the  compounds  of  fero  the  final  consonant  of  a 
preposition  generally  assimilates  to  the  initial  consonant  of  the  verb- 
form:  thus  d  +  f  =  ff;  d  +  t  =  tt;  d  +  I  =  11,    So  n  +  I  =  U,  etc. 


140  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

287.  1.  Militum  alius  alii^  subsidium  ferebat.  2.  Hi 
omnes  inter  se  differunt.  3.  Magnam  frumenti  copiam  sibi^ 
quemque  efFere  iubet.  4.  Ea  pars  Helvetiae  civjtatis 
maximam  calamitatem  populo^  Romano  intulerat.  5.  Tan- 
dem vulneribus  defessi  pedem  referebant.  6.  In  castris 
Helvetiorum  litterae  repertae  sunt  et  ad  Caesarem  relatae, 
quibus  in  litteris  ratio  erat  eorum  qui  anna  ferre  poterant. 
7.  Non  ego  Gallis,  sed  Galli  mihi  bellum  intulerunt:  bellum 
non  intuli,  sed  me  defendi.  8.  Cum  Caesar  in  citeriore 
Gallia  in  hibernis  esset,  crebri  ad  eum  rumores  afferebantur. 
9.  Se  suaque  omnia  in  oppidum  munitum  contulerunt.  10. 
Amici  mei  omnes  calamitates  perferunt,  et  ab  Haeduis 
defecerunt  et  populo^  Romano  bellum  intulerunt. 

*  Dat.;  for  idiom,  see  141.    '  Dat.,  for  himself,    ^  Dat.  ind.  obj. 

288.  1.  The  army  of  Caesar  brought  very  great  disaster 
upon  the  Gauls.  2.  We  shall  carry  back  the  message  to  the 
commander.  3.  The  enemy  retreated  and  betook  them- 
selves to  a  mountain  not  far  from  the  camp.  4.  You  will 
bring  aid  to  the  garrison  in  the  towTi.  5.  You  are  not  making 
war  on  Caesar,  but  Caesar  on  you.  6.  All  calamities  will 
have  been  endured  by  the  Gauls. 


Letter,  sealed  and  addressed.    The  address  is:  "Marcus  Lucretius, 
Priest  of  Mars,  Decurion;  Pompeii." 


LESSON  XLIII. 
IRREGULAR  VERBS    (Continued), 
289.    eo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum,  go. 


Pres. 


Imp. 


Indicative. 

Subjunctive. 

3iNa. 

Plur. 

Sing. 

Plur. 

eo 

imus 

earn 

eamus 

is 

itis 

eas 

eatis 

it 

eunt 

eat 

eant 

ibam 


irem 


Fut. 

ibo 

Perf. 

ivi  or  ii 

ivimus  or  iimus    iverim  or  ierim 

Ivisti  or  iisti 

ivistis  or  iistis 

ivit  or  iit 

iverunt  or  ierunt 

Plpf .       iveram  or  ieram 
Fut.  pf .  ivero  or  iero 


ivissem  or  ussem 


Imperative. 
SiNQ.  Plur. 

Pres.      I  ite 

Fut.         its  itote 

ltd  eunto 


Infinitives. 

Pres.  ire 

Perf.  Ivisse  or  iisse 

Fut.    iturus  esse 


Active.  Pres.  iens 
Fut.    iturus 

Gerunds. — eundi,  -ndo,  etc 


Participles. 

Passive.         Perf.    itum 
(impersonal)  Gndv.  eundum 

Supines. — itum,  -u. 
141 


142 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


(a)  The    present    participle    is    irregularly    declined    as 
follows : 


Singular. 

Plxtral. 

Masc.  Fern 

Neut. 

Masc.,  Fern. 

Neut. 

Nom.  lens 

iens 

euntes 

euntia 

Gen.     euntis 

eimtis 

euntium 

euntium 

Dot.     eunti 

eunti 

euntibus 

eimtibus 

Ace.     eiintem 

iens 

eimtis  (-es) 

eimtia 

Voc.    iens 

iens 

euntes 

eimtia 

Abl.     eunte  (-i 

:)           eunte  (-i) 

euntibus 

eimtibus 

(6)  aded,  approach,  visit;  ineo,  enter;  transeo,  cross, 
are  transitive  and  are  conjugated  regularly  in  the  passive. 
The  present  psissive  of  adeo  is  given. 


Sing. 
adeor 

adiris  (-re) 
aditur 


Plur. 
adimur 
adimini 
adetmtur 


VOCABULARY 

go  to,  ap- 


290. 

adeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum, 
proach,  reach,  i^isit. 

de,  prep,  with  abl.,  during  (in  ex- 
pressions of  time). 

eo,  ire,  ivi  or  ii,  itum,  go. 

exeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  out. 

frumentarius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  per- 
taining to  grain,  res  frumen- 
tax^Siy  a  supply  of  grain,  supplies. 

incendo,  -ere,  -ndi,  -nsum,  set  fire 
to,  burn. 

maleficium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  damage, 
harm. 

nemo,  m.;  defective:  dat.  ne: 


ace.  neminem,  other  cases  want- 
ing, no  07ie,  nobody. 

nonnullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  some 
(lit.,  not  none). 

praeterea,  adv.,  besides. 

redeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  go  back, 
return. 

tertius,  -a,  -um,  ord.  num.  adj., 
third. 

transeo,  -ire,  -ii,  -itum,  cross. 

vadum,  -i,  n.,  ford,  shallow  water 
(of.  Eng.  wade). 

vigilia,  -ae,  f.,  watch  (a  division  of 
the  night:  the  Romans  divided 
the  night  into  four  ivatches). 


291.  1.  Si  nemo  praeterea  me  sequetur,  tamen  ego  cum 
sola  decima  legione  ibo.  2.  Ipse  eodem^  itinere,  quo  hostes 
ierant,  ad  eos  contendit.  3.  Il^  qui  rei  frumentariae  causa 
ierant    trans    flumen,    nondum    redierant.     4.    Helvetii    e 


IRREGULAR   VERBS  {CONTINUED). 


143 


finibus    suis    cum    omnibus    copiis    exierunt.     5.    Obsides 

inter  se  dant:     Sequani,  ne  itinere  Helvetios  prohibeant; 

Helvetii    ut    sine    maleficio    et    iniuria    transeant.     6.    De 

tertia  vigilia  cum  tribus  legionibus  e  castris  profectus,  ad 

earn    partem    pervenit    quae    nondum    flumen    transierat. 

7.   Inter  fines  Helvetiorum  et  AUobrogum  Rhodanus  est, 

isque  nonnullis  locis  vado  transitur.     8.   Mtinitiones  cas- 

trorum  adire  non  poterat.     9.  Quisque  eorum  suam  civitatem 

adiit  omnesque,  qui  arma  ferre  poterant,  ad  bellum  coegit. 

10.  Omnes  vicos  quos  adire  potuerant,  incenderunt  atque  ad 

castra  Caesaris  omnibus  copiis^  contenderunt. 

1  By  the  same  route.  ^  Nom.  pi.  of  is.  ^  Translate  urith;  cum  is 
sometimes  omitted. 

292.  1.  You  will  go  to  the  war  without  me.  2.  Each  of 
them  saw  his^  friends  in  the  city  when  he  returned.  3. 
I  shall  lead  my  army  into  farther  Gaul  and  burn  all  the  towns 
that  I  can  reach.  4.  Many  rivers  can  be  crossed  by  a  ford 
in  some  places.  5.  The  Helvetii  will  go  out  from  their  boun- 
daries and  lay  waste  the  land  of  their  neighbors.  6.  Many 
tribes  of  Gaul  were  visited  by  Caesar. 

*  Use  the  proper  case  of  suus. 


Lantern  from  Herculaneum. 


LESSON  XLIV. 
IRREGULAR  VERBS    (Continued). 

293.  fid,  fieri,  f actus,  be  made,  become, 

supplies  the  passive  voice  of  facio,  the  forms  on  the  supine 
stem  being  the  regular  passive  inflection  of  that  verb.  It 
is  irregular  in  the  present  system  only,  which  has  active 
form  and  passive  meaning,  the  opposite  of  a  deponent. 


Indicative. 

Subjunctive. 

Imperative. 

Pres. 

SlNG.- 

-fio 

fiam 

fis 

fias 

fi 

fit 

fiat 

Plur.- 

— fimus 

fiamus 

fitis 

fiatis 

fite 

fiunt 

fiant 

Imp. 

SlNG.- 

— fiebam 
fiebas 
flebat 

fierem 

fieres 

fieret 

Plur.- 

-flebamus 
flebatis 
fiebant 

fieremus 

fieretis 

fierent 

Fut. 

SlNG.- 

Plur.- 

-flam 

fies 

net 

—fiemus 
fietis 

fito 

fi[t5 

fitote 

« 

fient 

fiuntfi 

Perf. 

factus  svmi 

factus  sim 

Plpf. 

factus  eram 

factus  essem 

Fut. 

pf. 

factus  ero 

144 


IRREGULAR   VERBS  (CONTINUED). 


145 


Infinitives. 

Participles. 

Pres. 

fieri 

Perf.        factus 

Perf. 

factus  esse 

Gerund,  faciendus 

Fut. 

factum  in 

Note. — i  in  the  stem  is  long  except  before  -er. 


294. 


Preteritive  Verbs. 


Three  verbs  are  regularly  conjugated  on  the  perfect  stem 
only: 

coepi,  coepisse,  began. 

memini,  meminisse,  remember. 

odi,  odisse,  hate.  ' 


Perf. 
Plpf. 
Fut.  pf. 

coepi 

coeperam 

coepero 

Indicative, 
memini 
memineram 
meminerd 

odi 

oderam 

odero 

Perf. 
Plpf. 

coeperim 
coepissem 

Sing 
Plur 

Subjunctive, 
meminerim 
meminissem 

Imperative. 
. — ^memento 
,. — mementote 

oderim 
odissem 

Perf. 
Fut. 

coepisse 
coepturus  esse 

Infinitives, 
meminisse 

odisse 
Osurus  esse. 

Perf. 

Fut. 

coeptus 
coepturus 

Participles. 

6sus 
osurus 

(a)  Remnants  of  other  stems  than  the  perfect  sometimes 
occur. 

(b)  Coepi  always  assumes  a  passive  form,  coeptus  sum, 
when  it  governs  a  passive  infinitive,  e.  g.: 

urbem  oppugnare  coepit,  he  began  to  besiege  the  city;  but  urbs  oppug- 
nari  coepta  est,  the  city  began  to  be  besieged. 
10 


146  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

(c)  memini  and  odi  have  the  meaning  of  the  present 
system  throughout. 

{d)  A  few  other  verbs  are  used  preteritively,  i.  e.,  the 
perfect  system,  active  or  passive,  is  used  with  the  meaning 
of  the  present,  e.  g.: 

cognoscd,  /  learn;  pf.,  cognoia,  /  know  (i.  e.,  /  have  learned). 

295.  VOCABULARY. 

coepi,  coepisse,  pret.,  began,  have  libert&s,  -tatis,  f.,  liberty,  free- 

begun.  dotn. 

condicio,    -onis,     f.,    condition;  murus,  -i,  m.,  tvall. 

terms.  nomen,   -inis,   n.,   name;   reason; 

Dunmorix,  -igis,  m.,  Dumnorix  (a  pretense. 

chief  of  the  Haedui).  odi,  odisse,  pret.,  hate. 

fid,  fieri,  f actus,  irreg.  pass.,   be  perficio, -ere, -feci, -fectum,yinM; 

made,  become;  occur,  happen.  accomplish;  bring  about. 

impeditus, -a, -um,  adj.,  IMPEDED,  servitus,    -tutis,    f.,    servitude, 

encumbered.  slavery. 
inititmi,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  beginning. 

Idioms. 

in  itinere,'  on  the  march. 

ex  itinere,  on  the  march. 

*  Used  of  events  which  can  occur  while  marching;  ex  itinere  is  used 

of  acts  involving  a  temf>orary  divergence  from  the  line  of    march. 

Thus,  they  crossed  a  river  on  the  march,  would  require  in;  they  besieged 

a  tovm  on  the  march,  ex. 

296.  1.  Undique  in  hostes  impetus  fit.  2.  His  rebus  flebat 
ut^  minus  facile  finitimis  bellum  inferre  possent.  3.  Hostes, 
si  hoc  flumen  nostri  transibunt,  eorum  adventum  in  ripam 
exspectabunt;  nostri  autem,  si  ab  illis  initium  transeundi^ 
fiet,  impeditos  in  flumine  aggredientur.  4.  Ariovistus  autem 
Gallorum  copias  magno  proelio  vicit,  quod  proelium  ad  mag- 
nam  urbem  factum  est.  5.  Id  oppidum  ex  itinere  magno 
impetu  Belgae  oppugnare  coeperunt.  6.  Ubi  res  frumentaria 
hostes  deficere  coepit,  quisque  eorum  in  suam  civitatem 
revertit.     7.   Undique  in  murum  lapides  iaci  coepti  sunt. 


IRREGULAR    VERBS  (CONTINUED).  147 

8.  Quaedam  res  inter  eos  agl  coeptae,  neque  perfectae  erant. 

9.  Dumnorlx  odit  etiam  suo  nomine^  Caesarem  et  Romanos. 

10.  Omnes  autem  homines  libertatem  amant,  et  condicionem 
servitutis  oderunt. 

^  ut  .  .  .  possent,  that  they  were  able;  the  clause  is  the  subject  of 
fiebat.      ^  Gerund,  of  crossing.     '  For  reasons  of  his  own. 

297.  1.  A  fierce  attack  will  be  made  on  the  town.  2.  The 
forces  of  Caesar  began  to  attack  the  Gauls  on  the  march. 
3.  I  began  to  besiege  the  town  with  all  my  forces.  4.  The 
town  began  to  be  besieged.  5.  I  hate  the  Gauls  for  reasons 
of  my  own.  6.  From  these  things  it  happened  that^  the  wall 
was  not  yet  finished. 

^  ut  with  verb  in  the  subjunctive. 


Kitchen  utensils  from  Pompeii. 


LESSON  XLV. 


IRREGULAR  VERBS    (Continued). 


298.  (a)  volo,  velle,  volui,  - 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui,  — 
maid,  malle,  malui. 


,  wish,  be  willing, 
he  unwilling. 
-,  prefer. 


(6)  nolo  is  a  contracted  form  of  non  volo;  m&ld,  of  magis  vol6. 
nolo  alone  has  the  imperative  mode. 


Pluk. 
malumus 
mavultis 
maltint 


Present 

. 

(c)  Indicative. 

SlNQ. 

Plttr 

Sing.                 Plur. 

SiNO.                      ] 

volo 

volumus 

nolo            nolimius 

malo           mi 

las 

vultis^ 

non  vis       non  vultis 

mavis          m; 

vult» 

volunt 

non  vult      noltmt 

mavult        m; 

Imp. 

volebam 

nolebam 

malebam 

Fut. 

volam 

nolam 

malam 

Perf. 

volui 

nolui 

malui 

Plpf. 

volueram 

nolueram 

malueram 

Fut.  pf. 

voluero 

noluerd 

maluero 

Present 

*    SlNQ. 

Subjunctive. 

Plur. 

velim 

velimus     nolim 

malim 

veils 

velitis 

velit 

velint 

Imp. 

vellem 

nollem 

mallem 

Perf. 

voluerim 

noluerim 

maluerim 

Plpf. 

voluissem 

noluissem 

maluissem 

Imperative. 

SlNQ. 

Pltib. 

Pres. 

noU 

nolite 

Fut. 

nolito 

nolitote 

noUto 

nolunto 

*  Also  volt,  voltis;  n6n  volt,  non  voltis;  mavolt,  mavoltis. 
148 


IRREGULAR    VERBS  (CONTINUED).  149 

Infinitives. 
Pres.      velle  nolle  malle 

Perf.       voluisse  noluisse  maluisse 

Participle. 
Pres.      volens  nolens 


299.  VOCABULARY. 

accipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum,  ac-  legionarius,  -a,  -um,  adj., 

CEPT,  receive.  ary. 

Arar,  -is,   m.,   Arar   (a  river  in  maiores,   -um,  pi.   m.,   ancestors, 

Gaul).  elders. 

averto,  -ere,  -verti,  -versus,  turn     malo,  malle,  malui,  ,  prefer, 

aside.  wish  rather. 

conduce,    -ere,    -dua,    -ducttmi,  maneo,    -ere,    mansi,    mansum, 

CONDUCT,  lead;  bring  together.  remain,  stay. 

consensus,     -us,     m.,     consent,      nolo,  nolle,  nolui, ,  be  unwill- 

agreement.  ing,  not  wish. 

decerto,  I,  fight,  fight  to  a  finish.  peto,  -ere,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum,  request, 

discedo,    -ere,    -cessi,    -cessmn,  seek.^ 

turn  aside,  depart.  tempto,  I,  try,  test;  tempt. 

experior,  -iri,  -pertus,  dep.,   try,  toUo,  -ere,  sustuli,  sublatum,  lift; 

test.  take  away;  break  off. 

iterum,  adv.,  again,  a  second  time,     void,  velle,  volui, ,  wish. 

'  The  person  of  whom  the  request  is  made  stands  in  the  ablative  with 
a  (ab). 


300.  1.  In  earn  partem  ibimus  atque  ibi  erimus/  ubi  tu 
nos  constitueris  atque  esse  volueris.  2.  Si  quid  volunt, 
revertantur.  3.  Iter  ab  Arare  Helvetii  averterant,  a  quibus 
discedere  nolebat.  4.  Quasdam  res  habemus  quas,  ex  com- 
muni  consensu,  a  Caesare  petere  volumus.  5.  Caesar  quod 
neque  colloquium  tollf  volebat  neque  salutem  suam  Gal- 
lorum  equitatui  committere  audebat,  legionarios  milites 
legionis  decimae  secum  ad  Ariovistum  conduxit.  6.  Si 
iterum  experirl  vultis,  ego  iterum  paratus  sum  decertare. 
7.  In  ea  llbertate,  quam  a  maioribus  acceperunt,  manere 
quam  Romanorum  servitutem  perferre  malunt.     8.  Quae- 


150 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


cumque  bella^  geri  veils,  sine  uUo  labore  et  periculo  conficies. 
9.  Quod  saepius*  fortunam  temptare  Galba  nolebat,  in  pro- 

10.    Suls    quoque    rebus^    eos 


vinciam    reverti    contendit. 
timere  voluit. 


*  We  shall  he;  i.  e.,  slay.  ^  Pres.  inf.  pass.;  its  subj.  is  colloquium, 
did  not  xjoish  the  conference  to  he  hroken  off.  '  Subj.  of  geri  which  depends 
on  velis;  whatever  vmrs  you  Jtiay  wish  to  he  waged.  *  too  often;  161,  a. 
5  Dat.,  translate /or. 


301.  1.  I  do  not  wish  the  conference  to  be  broken  ofiF. 
2.  I  had  wished  to  hasten  into  Gaul  as  soon  as  possible.  3. 
I  wish  to  go  with  you  rather  than  to  stay  in  the  city.  4. 
I  wish  the  battle  to  be  fought.  5.  I  am  not  willing  to  endure 
servitude.    6.  If  you  wish,  let  us  set  out  to  the  mountains. 


Kitchen  stove;  house  of  Pansa,  Pompeii 


LESSON  XLVI. 
IRREGULAR  VERBS    (Continued). 

302.  Impersonal  Verbs. 

Certain  verbs  can  have  no  personal  subject  (i.  e.,  no 
noun,  or  pronoun  representing  a  noun),  and  are  regularly 
found  only  in  the  third  singular  and  in  the  infinitive.  These 
are  impersonal  verbs,  and  may  be  divided  into  four  classes. 

(a)  Verbs  admitting  as  subject  only  an  infinitive,  a  clause, 
or  sometimes  a  neuter  pronoun.     Such  are: 

accidit,  contingit,  evenit,  fit,  it  happens. 

licet,  it  is  permitted,  one  may. 

placet,  videtur,  it  seems  best. 

oportet,  necesse  est,  it  is  necessary,  one  must. 

(h)  Many  intransitives  admit  a  passive  form  used  im- 
personally, e.  g.: 

pugnatum  est,  literally  it  was  fought;  i.  e.,  they  fought,  the  fight  lasted, 
there  was  a  fight. 

(c)  Certain  verbs  of  feehng;  such  as 

paenitet,  repent  of;  pudet,  be  ashamed  of  or  ashamed  to;  miseret, 
pity;  taedet,  be  tired,  etc. 

(d)  Verbs  expressing  natural  phenomena,  e.  g.: 

pltiit,  it  is  raining,  tonat,  it  thunders,  etc. 
151 


152 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 


303. 


Conjugation  of  the  Impersonals. 


Principal  Parts. 

Conj.  I.  constat,  constare,  constitit, ,  it  is  evident,  it  is  certain. 

Conj.  II.  licet,  licere,  licuit,  licitum,  it  is  permitted,  one  may. 

Conj.  III.  accidit,  accidere,  accidit, ,  it  ?iappens. 

Conj.  IV.  evenit,  e venire,  evenit, ,  it  happens,  it  comes  about. 


Indicative. 

1 

Pres. 

constat 

licet 

accidit 

evenit 

Imp. 

constabat 

licebat 

accidebat 

eveniebat 

Fut. 

constabit 

licebit 

accidet 

eveniet 

Perf. 

constitit 

licuit 

accidit 

evenit 

Plpf. 

constiterat 

licuerat 

acciderat 

evenerat 

Fut.  pf . 

constiterit 

licuerit 

acciderit 

evenerit 

Subjunctive. 

Pres. 

constet 

liceat 

accidat 

eveniat 

Imp. 

constaret 

liceret 

accideret 

eveniret 

Perf. 

constiterit 

licuerit 

acciderit 

evenerit 

Plpf. 

constitisset 

licuisset 

accidisset 

evenisset 

Infinitives. 

Pres. 

constare 

licere 

accidere 

evenire 

Perf. 

constitisse 

licuisse 

accidisse 

evenisse 

Fut  (rare)    

eventurum  esse 

304.       Use  of  the  Most  Common  Impersonals. 

(a)  oportet  and  constat  take  an  infinitive  as  subject;  and 
if  the  infinitive  itself  has  a  subject,  it  must  be  in  the  accusa- 
tive case,  e.  g.: 

poenam  sequi  oportet,  it  vxis  necessary  that  the  penalty  should  foUow. 


(b)  licet  usually  governs  a  dative  of  the  person  and  takes 
as  subject  an  infinitive,  e.  g.: 

tibi  venire  licet,  it  is  permitted  to  you  to  come,  you  may  come. 


IRREGULAR   VERBS  (CONTINUED).  153 

(c)  accidit,  contingit,  evenit,  fit,  take  as  subject  a  clause 
introduced  by  ut  and  having  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive,  e.  g.: 

accidit  ut  esset  luna  plena,  it  chanced  that  the  moon  was  full;  fiebat  ut 
minus  late  vagarentur,  it  happened  that  they  roamed  less  vndely. 

Remark. — The  it  in  the  above  examples  is  not  the  subject;  it  is  not 
even  a  real  pronoun.  To  say  that  the  subject  of  such  an  impersonal 
expression  is  "  it  understood,"  is  absurd.  The  subject  of  the  im- 
personal in  each  instance  is  the  infinitive  or  clause  which  accompanies  it. 
A  sure  method  of  determining  the  subject  when  in  doubt  is  to  treat  the 
clause  as  the  answer  to  a  question  and  ask  yourself  the  question.  Thus 
under  (a),  what  is  necessary  f  "  That  the  penalty  should  follow  "  is  the 
necessary  thing;  hence,  poenam  sequi  is  the  subject  of  oportet.  So 
under  (b):  what  is  permitted  f  "  To  come,"  hence,  venire  is  the  subject 
of  licet.  In  the  same  way  in  (c):  what  chanced?  That  the  moon  was 
full;  hence,  ut  esset  luna  plena,  the  whole  clause,  is  the  subject  of 
accidit. 

305.  VOCABULARY. 

accido,  -ere,  -cidi, ,  happen:  necesse,   indecl.    adj.,    necessary: 

accidit,  impers.,  it  happens.  necesse  est,  impers.  vb.  phrase, 

barbarus,  -a,  -um,  ad j .  barbarous  it  is  necessary. 

as  noun,  barbarian.  oportet,  -ere,  -uit,  impers.,  it  ought, 

bello,  I,  make  war.  it  must,  it  is  necessary. 

constat,  -stare,  -stitit,  impers.,  it  regio,  -onis,  f.,  region. 

is  certain,  it  is  evident.  subito,  adv.,  suddenly. 

de,  prep,  with  ace,  down  from;  terra,  -ae,  f.,  earth;  land. 

for  (with  expressions  of  cause).  usus,  -us,  m.,  use,  advantage. 

ius,  iuris,  n.,  right;  power;  law.  voluntas,  -tatis,  f.,  wish;  good  mil; 

licet,  -ere,  -uit,  -itum,  impers.,  it  consent. 

is  permitted;  one  may. 

Idiom, 
ex  usu,  to  the  advantage  of;  for  the  good  of. 

306.  1.  Ea  res  non  minus  ex  usu  terrae  Galliae  quam 
populi  Romani  accidit.  2.  Praeterea  accidit,  quod^  fieri 
necesse  erat,  ut  mllites  ab  signis  discederent.  3.  Magnum 
numerum  barbarorum  ad  castra  venisse  constabat.  4. 
Naves  in  earn  regionem  cogunt,  ubi  Caesarem  primum  bel- 
lum  gesturum  esse  constabat.     5.  Multls  do  causis  acciderat 


154 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


ut  subito  Galli  bellandi"  consilium  caperent.  6.  Si  quid  tu 
VIS,  te  ad  me  venire  oportet.  7.  Non  oportet  me  a  populo 
Romano  in  meo  iure  impediri.  8.  Alius  aliam  causam  in- 
ferebat,  atque  petebat  ut^  eius  voluntate  discedere  liceret. 
9.  Vobis  de  vestra  salute  cum  Caesare  agere  licet.  10.  Ita 
acerrimo  proelio  diu  pugnatum  est. 

» Rel.  pron.,  what;  its  anteced.  is  the  ut  clause,  subj.  of  accidit. 
'  Gen.  of  the  gerund  explaining  and  depending  on  consilium.  ^  The  ut 
clause  is  the  purpose  of  the  request,  234,  A,  \. 

307.  1.  It  was  evident  that*  Caesar  would  attack^  the 
Germans.  2.  You  may  go  to  the  city.  3.  It  happens  that 
Caesar  is  leading  a  large  army  into  Gaul.  4.  You  ought  to 
be  sent  into  Gaul.  5.  Caesar  ought  to  besiege  the  town  with 
all  his  forces.     6.  There  was  a  fierce  fight^  in  front  of  the  camp. 

1  This  word  is  not  to  be  represented  at  all  in  the  Latin;  it  is  neces- 
sarily involved  in  the  infinitive  which  the  principal  verb  requires.  ^  Fut. 
inf.    3  Say,  "  It  was  fought  fiercely." 


Roman  spoons. 


PAET    II 
SYNTAX. 


LESSON  XLVII. 

In  treating  the  Syntax  of  the  Noun,  the  cases  will  be  pre- 
sented in  the  order  of  their  importance  as  elements  of  the 
simple  sentence:  the  Nominative  as  the  case  of  the  subject; 
the  Accusative  and  Dative  as  the  cases  of  the  object,  direct 
and  indirect  respectively;  the  Genitive  and  Ablative  as  the 
modifying  cases. 

THE  NOMINATIVE. 

308.  Rule  I.— The  subject  of  a  finite  verb  must  be  in 
the  nominative,  e.  g.: 

Caesar  putat,  Caesar  thinks. 
Remark.— The  nominative  occurs  only  as  the  subject  of  a  verb,  or 
as  the  appositive,  attributive  or  predicate,  to  a  subject. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE. 

309.  The  Accusative  as  Object. 

I.  Rule  n. — The  direct  object  of  an  action  must  be  in  the 
accusative,  e.  g.: 

Sequani  legates  mittunt,  the  Sequani  send  envoys.  Caesar  pontem 
facit,  Ca£sar  builds  a  bridge. 

n.  Rule  m. — Verbs  signifying  make,  choose,  call,  regard, 
and  the  like,  govern  two  accusatives  referring  to  the  same 
person  or  thing:  of  these,  one  is  the  direct  object;  the  other, 
its  predicate  appositive,  e.  g.: 

magistratum  Vergobretum  appellant  Haedm,  the  Haedui  call  their 
ruler  the  Vergobret.  Commium  regem  ibi  constituerat,  he  had  ap- 
pointed Commius  King  there. 

(a)  In  the  passive  of  this  construction,  the  direct  object 
becomes  the  subject  nominative,  the  predicate  appositive 
also  by  necessity  becoming  nominative,  e.  g,: 

155 


156  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

Commius  rex  ibi  constitutus  erat,  Commius  had  been  appointed  King 
there. 

(h)  The  predicate  in  this  construction  may  be  an  adjective, 
e.  g.: 

Hos  Suebi  humiliores  redegerunt,  the  Swabians  rendered  these  mare 
humble. 

in.  Rule.  IV. — Transitive  compounds  of  trans  may  govern 
two  accusatives:  one  the  object  of  the  verb,  the  other  gov- 
erned by  the  preposition,  e.  g.: 

Funditores  pontem  traducit,  he  leads  the  dingers  over  the  bridge. 

IV.  Rule  V. — Some  verbs  of  asking,  demanding,  teaching, 
concealing  take  two  accusatives,  one  referring  to  the  person, 
the  other  to  the  thing,  e.  g.: 

Interim  cotidie  Caesar  Haeduos  frumentum  flagitare,  meanwhile 
Caesar  daily  demanded  corn  from  the  Ilaediti.  Si  quid  ille  se  velit,  if  he 
wished  anything  from  him. 

310.  VOCABULARY, 

absum,  -esse,  Sfui,  Sfuturus,  he  proximus,  -a,   -mn,  superl.  adj., 

absent;  be  distant.  nearest;  next;  last  (preceding). 

Atrebates,  -mn,  m.,  Atrebates,  a  publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  public. 

Gallic  tribe.  reddo,    -ere,    reddidi,    redditum, 

aut,  conj.,  or.  give  back;  render. 

aut  .  .  .  aut,  either  .  .  .  or.  redigo,  -ere,  -egi,  -actum,  reduce; 

expello,  -ere,  puli,  -pulsimi,  ex-  render. 

PEL,  drive  ovi.  senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate. 

frater,  -tris,  m.,  brother.  solum,  adv.,  only. 

humilis,  -e,  adj.,  humble.  Suebi,  -drum,  m.,  the  Suebi  (Swa- 

infirmus,  -a,   -um,  adj.,   infirm,  bians),  a  Germanic  tribe. 

weak;  unreliable.  tutus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    safe,    pro- 

lex,  legis,  f.,  law.  tected. 

opportunus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  oppoit-  Ubii,  -drum,  m.,  the  Ubii,  a  Ger- 

tune;  suitable.  manic  tribe, 

privatus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  private.  ulciscor,   -i,   ultus,   dep.,   avenge, 

propterea,  adv.,  on  that  account;  punish. 

propterea   quod,  because    (cpd. 

conj.). 

Idiom, 
ndn  sdlum  .  .  .  sed  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also. 


THE  ACCUSATIVE. 


157 


311.  1.  Qua  in  re  Caesar  non  solum  publicas,  sed  etiam 
privatas  initirias  ultus  est.  2.  Cum  ipse  Atrebates  super- 
asset/  Commium  regem  ibi  constituerat.  3.  Haedui  amici 
fratresque  populi  Romani  saepe  a  senatti  appellati  erant. 

4.  Quae  res  et  latus  unum  castrorum  ripis  fluminis  muniebat 
et  quae"  post  eum  erant  tuta  ab  hostibus  reddebat.  5.  Haec 
tibi  dixi  ne  aut  Haeduis  aut  eorum  socils  bellum  inferas, 
atque  ut  obsides  illis  reddas.  6.  Tota  gens  prope  ad  ser- 
vitutem  redacta  est.  7.  Suebi,  cum  Ubios  finibus  expellere 
non  potuissent,  tamen  servos  sibi  fecerunt  atque  humillimos 
inflrmissimosque  redegerunt.  8.  Hunc  locum  ex  omni  Gallia 
opportunissimum  sibi  iudicaverunt. 

^  Contract  form  of  superavisset,  pip.  subjunc.  ^  quae  .  .  .  erant, 
what  was  hack  of  him:  tuta  modifies  this  clause. 

312.  1.  Caesar  rendered  the  town  safe  from  the  enemy 
by  a  wall  and  a  moat.  2.  Caesar  appointed  Labienus 
lieutenant  of  the  tenth  legion.  3.  The  Roman  senate  called 
the  Haedui  friends  and  allies.     4.  The  city  was  called  Rome. 

5.  The  senate  of  the  Roman  people  had  once^  called  Ario- 

vistus  king  and  friend.      6.  The  river  will  render  our  camp 

safe. 

^  quondam. 


Soldier  with  scaling-ladder. 


LESSON  XLVIII. 

THE  ACCUSATIVE    (Continued). 

313.     The  Accusative  of  Extent — Time,  Space,  Power. 

I.  Accusative  of  Duration  of  Time. 

Rule  VI. — Duration  of  time  is  expressed  by  the  accusa- 
tive, e.  g.: 

regnum  multos  annos  obtinuerat,  ?ie  had  held  power  many  years. 

II.  Accusative  of  Extent  of  Space. 

Rule  Vn. — Extent  of  space  is  expressed  by  the  accusa- 
tive, e.  g.: 

Hnes  milia  passuum  CCXL  patebant,  their  territories  extended  for 
S40  miles. 

(a)  The  distance  between  two  places  may  be  regarded  as 
the  extent  of  space  from  one  to  the  other  and  be  expressed 
by  the  accusative,  e.  g.: 

cum  Caesar  milia  passumn  quinque  abesset,  when  Caesar  was  five 
miles  distant.     (See  353,  II,  a.) 

III.  Adverbial  Accusative. 

Rule  Vrn. — The  accusative,  chiefly  of  neuter  adjectives 
and  pronouns,  rarely  of  noims,  may  be  used  adverbially  to 
express  the  extent  of  power  or  action,  e.  g.: 

auctoritas  plurimmn  valet,  the  infltience  is  very  strong;  cum  equitatu 
nihil  possent,  since  they  were  not  at  all  strong  in  cavalry. 

158 


THE  ACCUSATIVE  {CONTINUED).  159 

314.  The    Accusative    of    Limit    of    Motion— Terminal 

Accusative. 

Rule  IX. — Place  to  which  is  regularly  expressed  by  the 
accusative  with  ad,  in,  or  sub;  but  the  preposition  is  omitted 
with  names  of  towns  and  with  domus,  e.  g.: 

in  Galliam  venit,  he  came  into  Gaul;  Romam  revertit,  he  returned 
to  Rome;  domum  redierunt,  they  went  back  home. 

315.  VOCABULARY. 

annus,  -i,  m.,  year.  magistratus,  -us,  m.,  magistrate. 

auctoritas,  -tatis,  f.,   authority,  moror,    -ari,    -atus,    dep.,    delay; 

influence.  wait. 

commeatus,  -us,  m.,  supplies.  nihil,  indecl.  n.,  nothing;  adverbi- 
commoveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motum,         ally,  not  at  all. 

move;  alarm,  induce.  ob,  prep,  with  ace,  on  account  of. 

domus,  -us,  f.,  house;  ace,  domum,  pauci,  -ae,  -a,  pi.  adj.,  few. 

home;  loc,  domi,  at  home.  spes,  spei,  f.,  hope. 

dum,  conj.,  while;  until.  timiultus,  -us,  m.,  tumult. 

egredior,  -di,  -gressus,  dep.,  march  valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  he  strong, 

out. 

316.  1.  Hi  magnopere  inter  se  multos  annos  contende- 
bant.  2.  Dum  paucos  dies  rei  frtimentariae  commeattisque 
causa  moratur,  magnus  subito  timer  omnem  exercitum 
occupavit.  3.  Hic  locus  ab  hostibus  mille  passus  aberat. 
4.  Multa  milia  passuum  hostes  secutus  est.  5.  Nihil  ego 
ea  re  commoveor.  6.  Sunt  nonnulli  quorum  auctoritas 
plurimum  valeat^,  qui  plus  possint^  quam  ipsi  magistratus. 
7.  Ego  turn  plurimum  in  Gallia  poteram;  sed  ille  minimum,^ 
quod  puer  erat.  8.  Ob  eam  rem  ex  civitate  fugi  et  Romam  ad 
senatum  veni.  9.  Magno  cum  tumultu  castris  egressi  sunt, 
cum  sibi  quisque  primum  itineris  locum  peteret  et  domum 
pervenire  maturaret.  10.  Spes  domum  redeundi^  sublata* 
est. 

*  Translate  these  subjunctives  exactly  like  indicatives.  ^  Supply 
poterat.     ^  Gerund.     ''  Pf.  pass,  of  toUo. 


160 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


317.  1.  I  will  wait  five  days.  2.  Caesar^s  troops  pur- 
sued the  cavalry  of  the  Belgians  five  miles.  3.  Let  us  seek 
the  first  place  of  the  journey  and  arrive  at  home.  4.  Caesar 
was  very  powerful  in  Gaul.  5.  The  authority  of  the  Belgians 
is  less  strong  than  (that)  of  the  Germans.  6.  Caesar  ordered 
his  (men)  to  hasten  to  Ocelum. 


Carpenter's  shop,  from  painting  at  Herculaneum. 


LESSON  XLIX. 
THE  DATIVE. 
318.  The  Dative  as  Indirect  Object. 

I.  Rule  X.— The  indirect  object  is  that  toward  which  the 
action  of  the  verb  is  directed,  and  must  be  in  the  dative,  e.  g,: 

Dumnorigi  filiam  suam  dat,  he  gives  his  daughter  to  Dumnorix. 

(a)  This  example  may  be  translated  with  equal  correctness,  he 
gives  Dumnorix  his  daughter.  These  two  nouns  are  certainly  not  in 
the  same  relation  to  the  verb;  hence  they  cannot  both  be  in  the  same 
case.  The  real  relation  of  the  noun  to  the  verb  is  the  important  point; 
the  English  form  of  expression  often  counts  for  little.  So  with  the 
person  after  verbs  of  seizing^  e.  g.: 

Caesar  scutum  mfliti  detrahit,  Caesar  seizes  a  shield  from  a  soldier. 
The  action  is  exerted  on  the  shield  and  toward  the  soldier;  hence,  militi 
is  an  indirect  object,  though  the  English  idiom  requires  from. 

XL  Rule  XI. — Many  verbs  transitive  in  English  govern 
a  dative  of  indirect  object  in  Latin;  such  are  favor,  help, 
please,  trust,  and  their  contraries ;  also,  believe,  persuade ; 
command,  obey,  serve,  resist,  pardon,  spare,  indulge, 
threaten,  envy,  and  the  like,  e.  g.: 

Helvetiis  favet,  he  favors  the  Helvetii;  Dumnorigi  persuadet,  he 
persvxides  Dumnorix. 

(a)  Verbs  which  in  the  active  govern  a  dative  are  imper- 
sonal in  the  passive,  and  still  govern  the  dative,  e.  g.: 

his  persuaderi  non  poterat,  these  could  not  be  persuaded;  Ht.,  it  could 
not  he  persuaded  to  these. 

(b)  The  action  of  these  verbs  was  regarded  in  Latin  as 
directed  toward  the  object  rather  than  exerted  on  it. 

11  161 


162  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

III.  Dative  with  Compounds. 

Rule  Xn. — Many  verbs  compounded  with  the  preposi- 
tions ad,  ante,  con,i  in,  inter,  ob,  post,  prae,  pro,  sub,  super, 
govern  a  dative  of  indirect  object;  and  if  the  simple  verb 
is  transitive,  the  compound  takes  both  direct  and  indirect 
objects,  e.  g.: 

legionibus  quaestorem  praefecit,  he  appointed  a  qttaestor  over  the 
legions;  ante  id  tempus  accidit  nulli,  it  has  happened  to  no  one  before  this 
time. 

1  The  composition-form  of  cum.     The  euphonic  changes  of  the  prepo- 
sitions before  consonants  will  be  readily  acquired.     Often  such  change 
is  optional,  and  both  the  euphonic  and  original  forms  occur,  e.  g.: 
afficid  and  adficid,  etc. 

319.  VOCABULARY. 

cedo,  -ere,  cessi,  cessum,  yield,  quoniam,  conj.,  since,  because. 

give  way.  Sabinus,  -i,  m.,  Sabinus,  an  officer 

confido,    -ere,    -fisus,    semi-dep.,  of  Caesar. 

CONFIDE,  trust.  satisfacid,    -ere,    -feci,    -factum, 

Cotta,  -ae,  m.,  Cotta,  an  officer  of  satisfy;  apologize. 

Caesar.  seu  (or  sive),  conj.,  or  if,  whether. 

Sripio,    -ere,    -ui,    -reptiun,    take  seu  .  .  .  seu,  whether  .  .  .  or. 

away;  rescue.  sponte,  abl.  of  obsolete  spons,  f., 

mors,  mortis,  f.,  death.  by  the  will. 

Nervii,  -drum,  m.,  Nermi,  a  Gallic     studeo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  be  eager  for; 

tribe.  pay  attention  to. 

offero,    -ferre,    obtuli,    oblatum,  trado,   -ere,   -didi,   -ditum,   hand 

OFFER.  over,  surrender. 

persuaded,  -ere,  -suasi,  -suasimi,  una,  adv.,  together,  along  with. 

PERSUADE.  uterque,  utraque,  utnunque,  gen. 

praeficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum,  put  utriusque,  adj.    (cf.   140),  each 

in  command,  put  in  charge.  (of  two);  pi.,  both. 

praestun,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  be  vel,  conj.,  or;  vel . . .  vel,  either 

in  command,  be  in  charge.  or. 

Idioms, 
novae  res,  revolution,  political  change. 
sua  sponte  (third  person),  of  one^s  own  accord,  voluntarily. 


THE  DATIVE,  163 

320.  1.  Allobrogibus  ipsi  vel  persuadebimus  vel  eos  coge- 
mus.  2.  His  militibus  Sabinum  et  Cottam,  legates,  praeesse 
iussit.   3.  Caesar  singulis^  legionibus  singulos  legates  praefecit. 

4.  Huic  legion!  Caesar  propter  virtutem  maxime  confidebat. 

5.  Sequanis  cum  sua  sponte  persuadere  non  possent,  legatos 
ad  Dumnorlgem  mittunt.  6.  Omnes  fere  Galli  novis  rebus 
student  et  ad  bellum  celeriter  excitantur;  omnes  autem 
homines  libertatl  student  et  condicionem  servittitis  oderunt. 
7.  Sic  ex  castrls  proficlscuntur,  ut  quibus^  esset  persuasum  non 
ab  hoste.  8.  Si  Haeduis*  de  iniurils  quas  ipsis  socilsque 
eorum  intulistis,  item  si  Allobrogibus*  satisfacietis,  pacem 
voblscum  faciam.  9.  Quoniam  est  fortunae  cedendum,^ 
ad  utramque  rem  me  vobis  offero,  seu  morte®  mea  Romanis 
satisfacere  seu  me  els  vivum  tradere  vultis.  10.  RomanI 
una  cum  reliqua  Gallia  Haedius  llbertatem  erepturi  sunt. 

^  Lit.,  single  lieutenants  over  single  legions;  translate,  a  lieutenant 
over  each  legion.  ^  Supply  the  antecedent  and  translate  the  subjunc- 
tive like  a  pip.  indie;  as  men  who  had  not  been  persuaded  by  an  enemy 
(lit.,  to  whom  it  had  not,  etc.).  ^Compounds  of  satis,  enough,  govern 
the  dative.     ^  /Since  /  must  yield  to  fortune.     ®  by  (means  of)  my  death. 

321.  1 .  I  have  been  compelled  to  give  my  army  to  Caesar. 
2.  Caesar  was  in  command  of  the  Roman  army.  3.  I  shall 
put  you  in  command  of  the  legion  which  the  Gauls  have  sent 
me.  4.  Let  us  always  yield  to  fortune.  5.  Almost  all 
barbarians  are  eager  for  liberty.  6.  The  Allobroges  are  eager 
for  revolution  and  have  persuaded  the  Haedul  to  revolt. 


Water  pitcher  from  Pompeii. 


LESSON  L. 
THE  DATIVE    (Continued). 
322.  The  Dative  as  the  Case  of  Direction  of  Influence. 

I.  Dative  of  Reference. 

Rule  Xin. — A  noun  concerned,  however  remotely,  in 
receiving  the  effect  of  an  action,  or  liable  to  benefit  or 
injiuy  from  it,  is  put  in  the  dative,  c.  g.: 

praeterita  Diviciaco  fratri  condonat,  he  pardons  the  past  for  {the  sake 
of)  Diviciaxms,  his  brother;  si  sibi  purgati  esse  vellent,  if  they  unshed  to 
be  guiltless  in  his  sight  (lit.  to  him). 

II.  Dative  with  Adjectives. 

Rule  XIV.— Adjectives,  and  occasional  notms  and  ad- 
verbs, derived  from  verbs  which  take  the  dative,  as  well  as 
adjectives  of  nearness,  fitness,  likeness,  service,  inclina- 
tion, and  their  contraries  govern  the  dative,  e.  g.: 

castris  idoneum  locum  deligit,  he  selects  a  place  suitable  for  a  camp; 
Diviciaco  maximam  fidem  habebat,  he  had  the  greatest  confidence  in 
Dimciacus;  proximique  sunt  Germanis,  and  they  are  nearest  to  the  Germans. 


323.  VOCABULARY. 

acceptus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  pf.  ptc.  of  plebs,  plebis,  f.,  common  people. 

accipio,  acceptable^  popidar.  possessio,  -onis,  f.,  possession. 

comparo,  I,  provide.  principatus,  -us,  m.,  sovereignty. 

cur,  adv.,  why.  prof  actio,  -onis,  f.,  departure. 

deligo,  -ere,  -egi,  -ectum,  select.  proicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  throw; 

fleo,  fiere,  fievi,  fletum,  weep.  throw  doum  or  away. 

idoneus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  suitable.  similis,  -e,  adj.,  like,  similar. 
impero,  I,  command;  demand. 
obtineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  hold; 

OBTAIN. 

164 


THE  DATIVE  (CONTINUED).  165 

Idiom, 
in  animo  esse  with  dat.  of  person/  lit.,  to  be  in  mind  to  a  person; 
i.  e.,  to  have  in  mind,  to  intend. 

^  e.  g.,  Caesari  in  animo  est;  lit.,  it  is  in  mind  to  Caesar;  i.  e.,  Caesar 
intends. 

324.  1.  Si  mihi^  purgatf  esse  vultis,  eos  reducite.  2. 
Sese  omnes  flentes  Caesari  ad  pedes^  proiecerunt.  3.  Num- 
quam  ante  hoc  tempus  exercitus  populi  Romanl  Galliae 
provinciae  finibus''  egressus  est.  Quid  tibi  vis?  Cur  in 
meas  possessiones  venisti?  4.  Britannis  Caesar  numerum 
obsidum,  quern  ante  imperaverat,  duplicavit,^  eosque  in 
Galliam  adduci  iussit.  5.  Helvetils  erat  in  animo  per  agrum 
Sequanorum  iter  facere.  6.  Labienum  legatum  in  Treveros, 
qui  proximi  flumini  Rheno  sunt,  cum  equitatu  mittit.  7. 
Profectio  similis  fugae  videbatur.  8.  Huic  rei  idoneos  homi- 
nes deligebat.  9.  Caesar  locum  castrls  idoneum  cepit  atque 
ad  hostes  contendit.  10.  Principatum  in  civitate  obtinebat 
ac  maxinje  plebl  acceptus  erat. 

*  Before  me  or  in  my  sight;  lit.,  with  reference  to  me.  ^  Nom.  pi.  of 
purgatus,  -a,  -mn,  guiltless.  ^  Lit.,  at  the  feet  to  C;  make  good  English 
out  of  it.     ■*  Abl.,  from.    ^  duplico,  I,  double. 

325.  1.  Labienus  was  guiltless  in-the-sight-of -Caesar. 
2.  What  does  Caesar  want  for  himself  in  Gaul?  3.  This 
farmer  holds  the  land  nearest  the  river.  4.  That  field  was 
suitable  for  grain.  5.  Why  did  you  cast  yourself  at  the 
commander's  feet  ?  6.  Divitiacus  was  a  most  acceptable 
friend  to  Caesar.  '^:. 


Roman  helmets. 


LESSON  LI. 

THE  DATIVE    (Continued). 

326.  The  Dative  as  the  Case  of  Direction  of  Influence 
(Continued). 

III.  Dative  of  Possessor. 

Rule  XV. — The  dative  of  the  possessor  is  used  with  smn 
to  express  the  fact  of  possession,  e.  g.: 

quid  in  Gallia  negoti  Caesari  est?  What  business  has  Caesar  in 
Gaulf  (lit.,  what  of  business  is  to  C);  mercatoribus  est  aditus,  traders 
have  access. 

IV.  Dative  of  Piupose  or  Service. 

Rule  XVI.— When  the  purpose  for  which  an  act  is  per- 
formed, or  a  thing  is  made,  is  designed,  or  serves,  can  be 
expressed  by  a  noun,  that  noim  stands  in  the  dative,  e.  g.: 

equitatum  auxilio  Caesari  miserant,  they  had  sent  the  cavalry  for  aid 
to  Caesar  (or  to  the  assistance  of  C);  loctun  domicilio  deligtmt,  they 
select  a  place  for  a  home. 

(a)  Such  datives  are  frequently,  though  not  necessarily, 
connected  with  another  dative,  which  is  a  reference  dative 
of  the  person  or  thing,  e!y.; 

Caesari  in  the  above  example. 

(6)  The  dative  of  n^^  is  often  equivalent  to  a  mere 
predicate  noun  in  En^^Kvnenev^^erf^lgf^^mbstituted 
for  he,  e.  g. :  ^^^^^^ 

amicitia  populi  Romani  mihi  omamento  est,  the  friendship  of  the 

Roinan  people  is  (i.  e.,  serves  as)  an  ornament  to  ine. 

V.  Dative  of  Agent. 

Rule  XVn. — The  person  who  must  perform  the  act 
expressed  by  a  passive  periphrastic  is  put  in  the  dative,  e.  g.: 

166 


THE  DATIVE  {CONTINUED).  167 

Caesari  omnia  erant  agenda,  Caesar  had  to  do  everything;  (lit.,  every- 
thing was  to  he  done  by  C). 

(a)  The  passive  periphrastic  of  intransitive  verbs  is 
impersonal,  e.  g.: 

Caesari  maturandum  est,  Caesar  must  hasten  (lit.,  haste-must-be- 
made  by  C). 

(b)  The  leading  idea  in  the  passive  periphrastic  is  obliga- 
tion to  act:  the  agent  is  the  person  toward  whom  the  obUga- 
tion  is  directed. 

327.  VOCABULARY. 

arcesso,  -ere,  -i^,  -itum,  summon,  populor,  -an,  -atus,  dep.,  ravage. 

consisto, -ere, -stiti, -stitum,  sfand.  potestas,  -tatis,  f.,  power;  oppor- 
detrimentum,  -i,  n.,  loss,  harm.  tunity. 

domicilium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  home.  praeter,  prep,  with  ace,  except. 

mercator,  -oris,  m.,  trader.  solum,  -i,  n.,  soil. 
multitude,  -dinis,  f.,  multitude, 
great  number. 

328.  1.  Amicitiam  populi  Romani  mihi  praesidio,  non 
detrlmento,  esse  oportet.  2.  Agros  Remorum  populantur, 
qui  magno  nobis  usui  sunt.  3.  Nobis  praeter  agri  solum 
nihil  est.  4.  Nam  cum  tanta  multitudo  lapides  ac  tela 
conicerent,  in  muro  consistendi^  potestas  erat  nulli.  5. 
Nullus  aditus  est  ad  eos  mercatoribus.  6.  Locum  domicilio 
ex  magna  copia  deligent,  quem  ex  omni  Gallia  opporttinis- 
simum  iudicaverint.  7.  German!  auxilio  a  Belgis  arcessiti 
sunt.  8.  Nam  equitatui,  quem  auxilio  Caesari  Haedul 
miserant,  Dumnorix  praeerat.  9.  Omnibus  Gallis  idem  est 
faciendum,  quod  Helvetii  fecerunt.  10.  Caesari  maturan- 
dum erat. 

^  Gerund,  depends  on  potestas.  '   ' 

329.  1.  The  friendship  of  Caesar  was  a  protection  to  his 
allies.  2.  The  general  selected  a  place  for  the  battle.  3^ 
Caesar  had  to  fight  alone.  4.  The  Gauls  had  no  apcess  to 
the  province.  5.  We  have  nothing  but^  our  swords.  6.  t  will 
send  to  your  aid^  the  legion  which  Labienus  commands.* 

*  Here  but  =  except;  use  praeter.   ^  Say /or  aid  to  you.  ^  Use  praesum. 


LESSON  LII. 
THE   GENITIVE. 
330.  The  Genitive  with  Nouns. 

I.  Rule  XVin. — A  noun  used  to  describe  or  define 
another  noun,  not  meaning  the  same  thing/  is  put  in  the 
Genitive. 

Such  genitives  may  be: 

1.  Possessive. — Here  possession  is  implied,  not  asserted 
(326,  III).  This  use  of  the  genitive  is  the  same  as  the 
English  possessive  case,  e.  g.: 

agros  Remorum  vastabant,  they  were  devastating  the  lands  of  the 
Remi;  in  exercitu  Caesaris,  in  Caesar's  army. 

2.  Partitive,  expressing  that  of  which  a  part  is  spoken  of, 
e.  g.: 

partem  copiarum  misit,  he  sent  part  of  the  troops;  horum  omnium 
fortissimi  simt  Belgae,  of  all  these  the  Bclgac  are  the  bravest. 

(a)  Certain  common  neuter  words  of  quantity  govern  a 
partitive  genitive.     Most  important  among  these  are: 

tanttmi,  so  much.  nihil,  nothing. 

quantimi,  how  much.  quid,  what. 

plus,  more.  satis,  enough. 
minus,  less. 

e.  g.:  tantum  periculi,  so  much  danger  (\\t.,  so  much  of  danger);  nihil 
vini,  no  wine  at  all  (lit.,  nothing  of  wine);  quid  consili  est?  what  is  the 
plan  t  (lit.,  what  of  plan  is  there  t). 

3.  Material  or  Composition,  e.  g  : 

aciem  instruxit  legionum  veteranarum,  he  drew  up  a  line  {consisting) 
of  veteran  legions. 

J68 


THE  GENITIVE.  169 

4.  Subjective. 

5.  Objective. 

These  are  best  treated  together.  In  both,  the  governing 
noun  is  derived  from  a  verb  or  suggests  verb  action:  the 
genitive  represents  the  subject  or  the  object,  respectively, 
of  the  verb  idea  contained  in  the  governing  noun,  e.  g.: 

subjective:  solis  occasu,  at  sunset  (lit.,  setting  of  the  sun);  objective: 
regni  cupiditate  inductus,  led  by  desire  for  royal  power. 

The  following  example  illustrates  both  uses: 

pro  veteribus  Helvetiorum  iniuriis  populi  Romani,  for  the  former 
injuries  of  (i.  e.,  inflicted  by)  the  Helvetii  of  (i.  e.,  upon)  the  Roman 
people. 

Sometimes  an  expression  may  be  either  subjective  or  ob- 
jective, e.  g.: 

in  conspectu  militum,  in  sight  of  the  soldiers,  may  denote  a  position 
whence  the  soldiers  may  see  or  may  be  seen. 

6.  Attributive  or  Explanatory. — Often  the  genitive  after 
a  noun  cannot  be  assigned  to  any  of  the  above  classes,  e.  g.: 

iniuria  retentonim  equitum,  the  offense  of  detaining  the  knights. 

^  When  one  noun  describes  another  which  means  the  same  thing,  we 
have  appositives  (72). 

331.  VOCABULARY. 

adorior,  -iri,  -ortus,  dep.,  attack.  quartus,     -a,    -um,     num.     adj., 

deditio,  -onis,  f.,  surrender.  fourth. 

doceo,    -ere,   -ui,    docttim,    teach,  quattuor,  num.  adj.  indecL,  four. 

tell,  show.  retineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  retain, 
intercede,  -ere,   -cessi,  -cessum,         detain. 

come  between.  satis,  adv.,  suffi,ciently:  as  indecl. 
laus,  laudis,  f.,  praise.  noun,  enough. 

negotium,    -i    (-ii),   n.,    business;  sol,  solis,  m.,  sun. 

difficulty.  tot,  indecl.  adj.,  so  many. 

occasus,  -us,  m.,  a  setting.  usque,  adv.,  even,  quite  (in  expres- 
omnino,  adv.,  at  all;  only.  sions  of  extent). 

patior,  pati,  passus,  dep.,  permit;  vinum,  -i,  n.,  wine. 

suffer. 


170 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


332.  1.  Inter  singulas^  legiones  impedimentorum  magnus 
numerus  intercedit,  neque  est  quicquam  negoti  legiones  sub 
sarcinis^  adoriri.  2.  Quid  in  mea  Gallia,  quam  bello  vici, 
aut  Caesari  aut  omnino  populo  Romano  negoti  est?  3. 
Quid  mel  consili  est?  Docebo  te.  4.  Nihil  patiuntur  vini 
inferrl,  quod  ea  re  remittitur  virtus.  5.  Triplicem^  aciem 
instruxit  legionum  quattuor.  6.  Ab  hora  fere  quarta  usque 
ad  solis  occasum  pugnabatur.  7.  Utrosque  et  laudis  cupidi- 
tas*  et  timor  ignominiae^  ad  virtutem  excitabat.  8.  Sed 
multa  Caesarem  tamen  ad  id  bellum  incitabant:  iniuria 
retentorum  equitum,®  rebellio'  facta  post  deditionem,  tot 
civitatum  coniuratio.  9.  Domum  reditionis*  spes  sublata 
est.    10.  Hostes  castris  satis  praesidi  relinquebant. 

1  Between  the  single  legions,  i.  e.,  between  each  two.  '  Sarcina,  -ae,  f., 
pack,  i.  e.,  baggage  carried  by  a  soldier  on  the  march.  ^  Triplex,  -icis, 
adj.,  TRIPLE.  ^  Cupiditas,  -tatis,  f.,  desire.  '  Ignominia, -ae,  f.,  </wj- 
grace.  •  The  offence  of  detaining  the  knights;  lit.,  the  offense  of  the 
knights  detained.  '  Rebellio,  -dnis,  f.,  rebeluon.  **  Reditio,  -onis,  f., 
a  return. 

333.  1.  The  arrival  of  Caesar  made  an  end  of  the  fight. 

2.  What  is  your  plan,  Labienus?    3.  I  will  take  away  the 

hope  of  flight.     4.  A  column  of  four  legions  was  marching 

into  farther  Gaul.     5.  Caesar  sent  part  of  his  forces  to  the 

assistance^  of  Labienus.     6.  A  man's  desire  for  praise  is 

always  great. 

1  Say,  for  aid  to  L. 


Chairs. 


LESSON  LIII. 
THE  GENITIVE    (Continued). 

334.  The  Genitive  with  Nouns  (Continued). 
II.  Genitive  of  QuaUty. 

Rule  XIX. — A  noun  and  adjective  may  stand  together  in 
the  genitive  describing  another  noun,  e.  g.: 

sunt  homines  feri  magnaeque  virtutis,  they  are  mid  men  and  of 
great  valor;  here  the  adjective  feri  and  the  phrase  magnae  virtutis 
modify  homines  in  precisely  the  same  way. 

1.  The  Genitive  of  Measure  is  to  be  classed  under  the  pre- 
ceding rule,  the  dimensions  of  an  object  being  often  ex- 
pressed by  the  genitive,  e.  g.: 

trimn  dienim  iter,  a  march  of  three  days  or  a  three  days'  march;  fossa 
quindecim  pedum,  a  fifteen-foot  trench. 

335.  The  Genitive  with  Adjectives. 

Certain  adjectives  require  after  them  a  noun  to  complete 
their  meaning.  Thus,  peritus,  skilled  in,  requires  a  noun  to 
tell  in  what  the  skill  lies;  cupidus,  desirous,  is  incomplete 
without  a  statement  of  the  object  of  desire. 

Rule  XX. — Adjectives  requiring  a  noun  to  complete  their 
meanmg  govern  the  genitive :  such  are  adjectives  of  desire, 
knowledge,  memory,  fuhiess,  power,  sharing,  guilt,  and  their 
contraries,  and  many  participles  of  like  meaning,  e.  g.: 

rei  militaris  peritissimus,  most  skilled  in  military  matters;  cupidi 
bellandi,  fond  of  warring. 

171 


172  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

336.  VOCABULARY. 

circiter,  adv.,  about.  manus,  -us,  f.,  hand;  armed  band. 

circuitus,  -us,  m.,  circuit.  peritus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  skiUcd. 

corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body.  praemitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 

cupidus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  eager,  de-  send  forward. 

sirous.  praesertim,  adv.,  especially. 

ferus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  wild,  fierce.  vis,  vis,  f.;  pi.  vir6s,  -ium,  force; 

latitudo,  -dinis,  f.,  vndth.  pi.,  strength. 

337.  1.  Aditus  ducentomm*  pedum  in  latitudinem  relin- 
quebatur;  hunc  locum  altissimo  muro  munierant:  tum  magni 
ponderis"  lapides  in  muro  collocabant.  2.  Sunt  homines 
feri  magnaeque  virtutis.  3.  Hi  tantae  virtutis  homines 
ausi  sunt  transire  latissimum  flumen.  4.  Quibus  manibus 
aut  quibus  vlribus  praesertim  homines  tantulf  corporis 
tanti  oneris^  turrim  movebunt?  5.  Castra  in  altitudinem 
pedum  duodecim^  vallo  fossaque  duodevTgintf  pedum  miinire 
iussit.  6.  Fluminis  erat  altitude  circiter  pedum  trium.  7. 
Is  cupidus  rerum  novarum  erat,  cupidus  imperl,  magni 
animi,  magnae  inter  Gallos  auctoritatis.  8.  Postea  vall5 
passuum  in  circuitu  quindecim^  milium  crebrlsque  castellis 
muniunt  oppidum.  9.  Huius  rel  sunt  longe  perltissimi 
Aquitanl.  10.  Considius,  qui  rel  militarist  perltissimus 
habebatur,  cum  exploratoribus  praemittitur. 

^  Ducenti,  -ae,  -a,  two  hundred;  176,  I,  e.  ^  Pondus,  -eris,  n.,  weight 
(origin  of  Eng.  word  pound).  ^  Xantulus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  so  small. 
*  Onus,  -eris,  weight,  load.  ^  Twelve.  ®  Eighteen.  ^  Fifteen.  *  Res 
mHitaris,  military  matters. 

338.  1.  In  the  forests  of  Gaul  are  moimtains  of  great  size. 
2.  These  men  of  very  great  courage  made  a  sharp  attack  on 
our  troops.  3.  A  river  three  feet  in  depth  was  between  our 
camp  and  the  enemy's  town.  4.  The  Belgians  are  most 
skilled  in  war.  5.  The  Gauls  were  always  eager  for  a  revolu- 
tion. 6.  The  Romans  were  men  of  small  body  but  of  great 
strength. 


THE  GENITIVE  (CONTINUED).  173 

339.  Less  Common  Uses  of  the  Genitive. — The  genitives 
given  in  this  section  are  met  with  in  the  reading  of  Caesar, 
but  occur  so  seldom  that  they  are  here  introduced  for  refer- 
ence only  and  should  not  be  included  in  the  regular  work. 

THE  GENITIVE  WITH  VERBS. 

I.  Predicate  Genitive  of  the  Possessor. 

Rule  XXI. — The  possessive  genitive  may  stand  in  predicate,  espe- 
cially with  stun  and  fio,  in  expressions  equivalent  to  belong  to,  property 
of,  duty  of,  mark  of,  characteristic  of,  and  similar  phrases,  e.  g.: 

de  bello  iudicium  imperatoris  est,  the  decision  about  the  war  belongs 
to  (lit.,  is  of)  the  commander;  est  enim  hoc  Gallicae  consuetudinis,  for 
this  is  (characteristic)  of  Gallic  custom. 

II.  Genitive  with  Verbs  of  Remembering  and  Forgetting. 

Rule  XXn. — Verbs  signifying  remember  and  forget  govern  the 
genitive,  c.  g.: 

reminisceretur  veteris  incommodi,  let  him  remember  the  former 
defeat;  si  contumeliae  oblivisci  vellet,  if  he  were  willing  to  forget  the  insult. 

III.  Genitive  with  Impersonals. 

Rule  XXm.— Impersonal  verbs  of  feeling  take  the  accusative  of 
the  person  affected  and  the  genitive  of  the  cause  of  the  feeling,  e.  g.: 

quorum  eos  paenitere  necesse  est,  of  which  they  must  repent. 

IV.  Genitive  of  Interest. 

Rule  XXIV.— The  impersonal  interest,  it  concerns,  takes  a  genitive 
of  the  person  or  thing  concerned,  e.  g.: 

rei  publicae  communisque  salutis  interest,  it  concerns  the  State  and 
the  general  safety. 

V.  Genitive  of  Indefinite  Value. 

Rule  XXV.— Sum  and  verbs  of  estimate  and  value  take  a  genitive 
of  indefinite  price  or  value,  e.  g.: 

tanti  eius  apud  Caesarem  gratia  est,  his  good  will  is  so  valuable  to 
Caesar;  cuius  auctoritas  magni  habebatur,  whose  influence  was  highly 
valued. 


LESSON  LIV. 
THE  ABLATIVE. 
340.  The  Ablative  Expressing  Explanatory  Circumstance. 
L  Ablative  of  Cause. 

Rule  XXVI. — The  Ablative,  either  alone  or  with  ab,  de, 
ex,  expresses  the  cause  of  an  action,  state,  or  feeling,  c.  g.: 

his  r^bus  fiebat,  for  these  reasons  it  happened;  certa  de  causa,  for  a 
certain  reason. 

(a)  That  by  or  in  accordance  with  which  anything  is  done 
is  a  causal  expression  and  stands  in  the  ablative,  e.  g.: 

more  populi  Romani,  in  accordance  with  the  custom  of  the  Roman 
people;  i.  e.,  because  it.  is  the  custom. 

II.  Ablative  of  Manner. 

Rule  XXVII. — The  Ablative,  usually  with  cum,  expresses 
the  manner  of  an  action ;  but  if  an  adjective  agrees  with  the 
noim,  cum  may  be  omitted,  e.  g.: 

multis  cum  lacrimis,  toith  many  tears;  magno  fletu,  vrith  great  lamenta- 
tion. These  examples  show  how  the  usage  varies  under  precisely  similar 
conditions. 

HI.  Ablative  of  Accompaniment. 

Rule  XXVin. — The  Ablative  with  cum  expresses  accom- 
paniment; but  in  miUtary  expressions,  especially  with 
copiis,  cum  may  be  omitted,  e.  g.: 

Crassimi  cum  cohortibus  xii  in  Aquitaniam  proficisci  iubet,  he  orders 
Crassus  to  start  for  Aquitania  ivith  twelve  cohorts;  subsequebatur  omnibus 
copiis,  he  kept  dose  on  their  heels  with  all  his  forces. 

174 


THE  ABLATIVE.  175 

341.  VOCABULARY. 

consuesco,  -ere,  -suevi,  -suetum,  permoveo,   -ere,  -movi,  -motum, 

become  accustomed.  influence,  alarm. 

defero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  report,  regnum,  -i,  n.,  kingdom,  power. 

incredibilis,  -e,  adj.,  incredible,  subsequor,  -sequi,  -secutus,  dep., 

influo,  -ere,  -fluxi,  -fluxum,  flow  follow  closely,  follow  up. 

into.  vox,  vocis,  f.,  voice,  shout. 

342.  1.  Caesar  subsequebatur  omnibus  copiis;  sed  rati5 
ordoque  agminis  aliter  erat  ac  Belgae  ad  Nervios  detulerant. 
2.  Odit  etiam  suo  nomine^  Caesarem  et  Romanos.  3.  Galli, 
celeritate  Romanorum  permoti,  legates  ad  Caesarem  mit- 
tunt.  4.  Flfimen  est  Arar  quod  in  Rhodanum  influit  incredibili 
lenitate.-  5.  Eo  itinere  magno  cum  periculo  mercatores  ire 
consuerant.^  6.  Ita  ancipiti'^  proelio  diu  atque  acriter 
pugnatum  est.  7.  Cupiditate  regnl  adductus,  novis  rebus 
studebat.  8.  Sua  victoria  gloriabantur.^  9.  Hoc  cum  voce 
magna  dixisset,  se  ex  navi  proiecit  et  in  hostes  ire  coepit. 
10.  Equites,  qui  auxili  causa  ab  civitate  missi  ad  Caesarem 
venerant,  domum  contenderunt. 

^  In  his  own  name;  i.  e.,  for  reasons  of  his  own.  ^  lenitas,  -tatis, 
f.,  gentleness.  ^  For  consueverant.  *  anceps,  ancipitis,  adj.,  1  term., 
doubtful.  5  glorior,  -ari,  -atus,  dep.,  boast:  that  which  is  boasted  of 
is  the  cause  of  the  boasting. 

343.  1.  The  Germans  with  the  rest  of  their  troops  will 
follow  Caesar  closely.  2.  He  was  eager  for  a  revolution  for 
reasons  of  his  own.  3.  We  shall  go  by  this  road  with  the 
greatest  danger.  4.  Disturbed  by  these  things,  Caesar 
hastened  into  farther  Gaul  with  a  very  great  army.  5.  The 
Germans  crossed  the  Rhine  because  of  the  grain  in  Gaul. 
6.  Induced  by  letters  of  Caesar,  Labienus  came  to  him  quickly. 


LESSON  LV. 

THE  ABLATIVE   (Continued). 

344.  The  Ablative  Expressing  Explanatory  Circumstance 
(Continued). 

IV.  Ablative  of  Means  or  Instrument. 

Rule  XXIX. — The  ablative  without  a  preposition  expresses 
the  means  or  instrument  by  which  an  action  is  accomplished, 

e.  g.: 

Means :  Rhodanus  vado  transitur,  the  Rhotie  is  crossed  by  a  ford; 
Instrument:    telis  repulsi,  driven  back  by  spears. 

(a)  These  uses  of  the  ablative  shade  into  each  other  by  almost  im- 
perceptible gradations,  and  there  is  large  liberty  of  choice  in  identi- 
fication of  them.  Thus,  there  is  very  slight  distinction  of  relation  be- 
tween he  came  xinlh  soldiers  and  he  came  loith  danger:  between  means  and 
instrument  there  is  a  distinction  of  tangibility  alone;  you  may  frighten 
a  man  by  a  threat  (means)  or  by  a  dvb  (instrument,  a  tangible  thing), 
and  both  expressions  answer  the  questions,  how  did  you  frighten  him  T 
and  why  vxis  he  frightened  f 

V.  Ablative  of  Agent. 

Rule  XXX. — Voluntary  agent  with  the  passive  voice  is 
expressed  by  the  ablative  with  a  (ab),  e.  g.: 

Haedui  a  Caesare  in  servitutem  redacti  sunt,  the  Haedvi  have  been 
reduced  to  slavery  by  Caesar. 

(a)  The  agent  is  distinguished  from  the  instrument  by 
the  fact  that  it  has  life  and  the  will  to  act. 

176 


THE  ABLATIVE  (CONTINUED).  177 

VI.  Ablative  of  Attendant  Circumstance. 

Rule  XXXI. — The  ablative  is  used  to  indicate  the  attend- 
ant circumstances  of  an  action  or  situation,  e.  g.: 

equites  pari  intervallo  constiterunt,  the  cavalry  took  their  stand  at  an 
equal  distance;  qui  minus  facile  earn  rem  imperio  nostro  conseqtii 
poterant,  who  could  less  easily  attain  this  under  our  rule. 

345.  VOCABULARY. 

decemo,    -ere,    -crevi,  -cretum,      imperium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  rule;  govern' 

decide,  decree.  ment;  command,  order. 

despero,  I,  despair.  repello,  -ere,   reppuli,  repulsum, 

enuntid,  I,  announce.  repel,  repulse. 

346.  1.  Ipse  de^  quarta  vigilia  eodem  itinere,  quo  hostes 
ierant,  ad  eos  contendit  equitatumque  ante  se  mittit.  2. 
Ab  eisdem^  nostra  consilia  hostibus  enuntiantur.  3.  Haedui 
a  Caesare  in  servitutem  redact!  sunt.  4.  Monies  a  maxima 
multittidine  hostium  tenentur.  5.  Earum  rerum  a  nostris 
fieri  nihil  poterat.  6.  Imperio  populi  Roman!  non  solum  de 
regno  desperat  sed  etiam  de  ea  gratia  quam  habet.  7.  Re- 
liquos  per  eorum  corpora  audacissime  transire  conantes, 
multittidine  telorum  reppulerunt.  8.  Caesar  Rhenum  tran- 
sire  decreverat:  sed  navibus  trans!re  neque  satis  ttitum  erat, 
neque  suae  neque  popul!  Roman!  dignitatis.^ 

*  During.  ^  By  the  same  persons.  ^  339,  I:  nor  was  it  consistent 
with  his  own  nor  the  Roman  people's  dignity. 

347.  1.  The  army  of  the  Germans  was  conquered  by- 
Caesar  in  a  great  battle.  2.  Dumnorix  was  frightened  by 
Caesar.  3.  Dumnorix  was  frightened  by  Caesar's  speech. 
4.  The  camp  was  fortified  by  a  very  high  wall.  5.  I  shall 
hasten  against  the  enemy  by  the  same  route  by  which  they 
fled.  6.  The  auxiliaries  were  sent  to  me  by  Caesar  and 
marched  with  the  greatest  speed. 


12 


LESSON  LVI. 
THE  ABLATIVE    (Continued). 

348.  Ablative  with  Certain  Deponents. 

Rule  XXXn. — Utor,  fruor,  fungor,  potior,  vescor,  And 
their  compounds  govern  the  ablative,  e.  g,: 

frumento  uti  minus  poterat,  he  was  less  able  to  use  the  grain ;  Galliae 
imperio  potiri,  to  gain  control  of  Gaul;  omnibus  in  vita  commodis  fru- 
untur,  they  enjoy  all  good  things  in  life. 

349.  Ablative  of  Respect. 

Rule  XXXin. — That  in  respect  to  which  an  assertion  is 
made  or  an  estimate  taken  is  put  in  the  ablative,  e.  g.: 

hi  omnes  lingua,  institutis,  legibus  inter  se  diffenmt,  these  all  differ 
from  each  other  in  language,  institutions,  and  laws. 

(a)  This  construction  is  also  often  called  the  ablative 
of  specification.  A  good  test  of  it  in  determining  syntax  is 
to  insert  the  words  in  respect  to  in  translating  a  doubtful 
ablative:  if  this  makes  intelligible  English,  the  construction 
is  a  respect  ablative,  e.  g.: 

In  the  above  example  we  may  say  differ  in  respect  to  language. 

350.  VOCABULARY. 

contentio,  -onis,  f.,  contention.  potior,  -iri,  -itus,  dep.,  gain  pas- 
institutimi,    -i,   n.,   institution;  session  of. 

determination.  sex,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  six. 

lingua,  -ae,  f.,  language.  totidem,  indecl.  sid].,ju^t  a^  many. 

octo,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  eight.  utor,  -i,  usus,  dep.,  use. 

351.  1.  Toti  Galliae  bellum  Inferunt  imperioque  poti- 
untur.     2.  Eo  autem  frumento,  quod  flumme  Arare  navibus 


THE  ABLATIVE  (CONTINUED).  179 

subvexerat/  minus  titi  poterat,  propterea  quod  iter  ab  Arare 
Helvetil  averterant,  a  quibus  discedere  nolebat.  3.  Diu 
cum  esset  pugnatum,  impedimentis  castrisque  nostri  potiti 
sunt.  4.  Neque  ipsi,  in  his  contentionibus  quas  Haedui  cum 
Sequanis  habuerant,  auxilio  popull  Roman!  usi  erant.  5. 
Quem  usum  belli  habent  Britanni,  aut  quibus  instittitis 
utuntur?  6.  Hi  omnes  lingua,  institutis,  legibus  inter  se 
differunt.  7.  Equitum  milia  erant  sex,  totidem  numero 
pedites.  8.  Ab  his  castris  oppidum  Remorum,  nomine 
Bibrax,  aberat  milia  passuum  octo.  9.  Nervii  equitatu 
nihiP  poterant.  10.  Haec  civitas  longe  pltirimum  totius 
Galliae  equitatu  valet  magnasque  habet  copias  peditum. 

^  subveho,  -ere,  -vexi,  -vectum,  bring  up:  both  flumine  and  navibus 
express  the  means  by  which  this  transportation  was  effected.  ^  Could 
do  nothing,  313,  III. 

352.  1.  The  Romans  used  the  Gauls'  grain  for  a  whole 
year.  2.  The  enemy  will  gain  possession  of  the  town,  for 
it  is  not  fortified.  3.  I  shall  use  three  horses  in  this  battle. 
4.  Caesar  and  I  differ  from  each  other  in  language.  5.  A 
large  town,  Ocelum  by  name,  is  near  the  river.  6.  The  Ger- 
mans are  not-at-all  strong  in  infantry,  but  their  cavalry  is 
very  powerful,  for  they  use  good  horses. 


Double  lamp  from  Pompeii. 


LESSON  LVII. 
THE  ABLATIVE    (Continued). 

353.  The  Ablative  as  the  Case  of  Comparison  and  Contrast. 

L  Quam,  than,  may  be  omitted  from  a  comparison  when 
the  nouns  compared  are  in  the  nominative  or  accusative. 
A  case  must  then  do  duty  for  quam  in  expressing  the  com- 
parison.    This  case  is  the  ablative. 

Ablative  with  Comparatives. 

Rule  XXXIV. — The  comparative  degree,  when  quam  is 
omitted,  governs  the  ablative,  e.  g.: 

cum  celerius  omnium  opinione  venisset,  when  he  had  coine  ynore 
quickly  than  the  belief  of  all  (i.  e.,  than  all  believed  possible);  a  Bibracte 
non  amplius  milibus  passuum  octodecim  aberat,  he  was  not  more  than 
eighteen  miles  from  Bibracte, 

(a)  This  is  really  a  respect  construction.  Thus:  A  is 
greater  than  B  means  that  in  respect  to  B,  A  is  the  greater. 

(h)  plus,  more;  amplius,  more;  minus,  less;  longius, 
farther,  sometimes  have  no  effect  on  the  case  of  the  following 
noun,  e.  g.: 

Sabis  flumen  non  amplius  milia  passuum  decern  aberat,  the  Sabis 
river  was  not  more  than  ten  miles  away. 

II.  A  construction  involving  the  idea  of  comparison  is  that 
of  difference  in  size  or  quality. 

Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference. 

Rule  XXXV.— The  amount  by  which  one  thmg  exceeds  or 
is  less  than  another  is  expressed  by  the  ablative,  e.  g.: 

Hibemia,  dimidio  minor  quam  Britannia,  Hibcrnia,  smaller  by  fiaJf 
than  Britain. 

180 


THE  ABLATIVE  (CONTINUED).  181 

(a)  The  distance  between  two  places  may  be  regarded  as 
the  degree  of  difference  between  their  respective  positions, 
and  be  expressed  by  the  ablative,  e.  g.: 

hie  locus  aequo  fere  spatio  a  castris  utriusque  aberat,  this  place  was 
about  an  equal  distance  from  the  camp  of  each.     (See  313,  II,  a.) 

354.  VOCABULARY. 

eo,  adv.,  thither,  there.  paulo,  abl.  of  paulus,  by  a  little,  a 

minor,  -us,  adj.,  comp.  of  parvus,  little. 

less,  STnaller.  procedo,    -ere,    -cessi,    -cessum, 

multo,  abl.  of  multus,  much,  by  proceed,  go  forward. 

far.  queror,  queri,  questus,  dep.,  comr 

pateo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  extend.  plain. 

355.  1.  Eo^  celerius  omnium  opinione  venit.  2.  Castra 
amplius  mllibus  passuum  octo  in  latitudinem  patebant.  3. 
lam  amplius  horis  sex  continenter  pugnabatur.  4.  Aditus 
in  latitudinem  non  amplius  ducentorum  pedum  relinquebatur. 
5.  IpsI  non  amplius  octingentos^  equites  habebant.  6. 
Multo  etiam  gravius  queritur.  7.  Ei,  qui  paulo  longius 
processerant,  arcessendi  erant.  8.  Qua  ex  parte  est  Hibernia, 
dimidio^  minor,  ut  existimatur,  quam  Britannia. 

^  Adv.  ^  Octingenti,  -ae,  -a,  eight  hundred.  ^  Dimidiiun,  -i  (-ii), 
n.,  a  half. 

356.  1.  Ariovistus'  army  was  greater  by  a  thousand  men 
than  Caesar's.  2.  The  river  is  more  than  two  hundred  miles 
long.  3.  We  were  marching  more  than  three  days.  4. 
Caesar  marched  much  farther  and  a  little  more  swiftly  than 
the  Gauls.  5.  A  river  of  more  than  three  feet  in  depth 
divided  our  men  from  the  enemy.  6.  Caesar  built  (made) 
the  bridge  quicker  than  all  believed  possible.^ 

^  Say,  "  quicker  than  the  opinion  of  all." 


LESSON  LVIII. 
THE  ABLATIVE    (Continued). 

357.  Ablative  of  Quality. 

Rule  XXXVI. — A  noun  and  adjective  may  stand  together 
in  the  ablative  describing  another  noun,  e.  g.: 
homines  inimico  animo,  men  of  unfriendly  disposition. 

(a)  This  construction  is  used  interchangeably  with  the 
Genitive  of  QuaUty  (334,  II.),  except  that  measure  (334, 
II,  1)  is  always  genitive. 

358.  Ablative  of  Separation. 

Rule  XXXVn.— Most  verbs  and  adjectives  signifying 
cessation,  deprivation,  exclusion,  lack,  Uberation,  and  the 
like  take  the  ablative  of  that  from  which  the  separation  occurs, 

e.  g.: 

suis  finibus  prohibent,  they  keep  them  out  of  their  boundaries;  diem 
iam  quintimi  cibo  caruerat,  five  days  already  had  he  been  without  food. 

(a)  Such  verbs  and  adjectives  are  also  found  with  prepo- 
sitions, e.  g.: 

ab  oppidis  vim  hostiimi  prohibere,  to  keep  the  eneniy's  attack  from 
the  towns. 

359.  VOCABULARY. 

apud,  prep,  with  ace,  at,  near  (of  desisto,   -ere,   -stiti,  -stittmi,  db- 

place);   among,  in  the  presence         sist,  cease. 

of  (of  persons).  egregius,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  eminent, 
audacia,  -ae,  f.,  boldness.  remarkable. 

cognosco,    -ere,     -noTa,    -nittmi,  magnitudo,  -inis,  f.,  size. 

learn;  know.  nobilitas,  -tatis,  f.,  nobility. 

concuTSUs,  -us,  m.,  a  running  to-  nudo,  I,  lay  bare,  strip,  clear. 

gclhcr,  massing.  premo,     -ere,     pressi,     pressu 
defensor,  -oris,  m.,  defender.  crowd,   press;    pass.,    be    hard 

deicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  throw 

down;  disappoint. 


THE  ABLATIVE  {CONTINUED).  183 

360.  1.  Boh  egregia  virtute  cogniti  erant.^  2.  Allo- 
broges  nondum  bono  animo  in  populum  Romanum  vide- 
bantur.  3.  Ipse^  est  Dumnorix,  summa  audacia,  magna 
apud  plebem  gratia,  cupidus  rerum  novarum.  4.  Iccius, 
summa  nobilitate  et  gratia  inter  suos,  qui  tum  oppido 
praeerat,  nuntium  ad  eum  mittit.  5.  German!  ingenti^ 
magnittidine  corporum,  incredibili  virtute  erant.  6.  Quae* 
pars  castrorum  nudata  defensoribus  premi  videbatur,  eo 
auxilium  ferebant.  7.  Frumento  commeatuque  nostros 
prohibebant.  8.  Nos  non  facile  ab  oppidis  vim  hostium 
prohibemus.  9.  Helvetii,  ea  spe  deiecti,  vadis  Rhodani,  qua 
minima  altitudo  fluminis  erat,  transire  conati  sunt.  10. 
Operis  munltione  et  mllitum  concursu  repulsi,  hoc  conatu^ 
destiterunt. 

^  Were  known  (to  be),  292,  d.  "^  It  is  D.  himself.  ^  ingens,  -ntis, 
adj.,  enormous.  *  The  antecedent  (here  pars)  frequently  stands  in  the 
relative  clause  and  is  represented  in  the  principal  clause  by  a  demonstra- 
tive (here  the  dem.  adv.  eo).     ^  conatus,  -us,  m.,  an  attempt. 

361.  1.  The  Roman  armies  have  always  been  of  remark- 
able valor.  2.  The  Gauls  with  difficulty  keep  the  Germans 
out  of  their  lands.  3.  I  will  keep  your  army  from  grain  and 
supplies  and  will  attack  it  impeded  in  the  forests.  4.  Caesar 
was  a  man  of  great  popularity  among  the  Romans.  5. 
The  Romans,  with  stones  and  spears,  quickly  cleared  the 
wall  of  defenders.  6.  A  tower  of  enormous  (ingens)  size 
was  near  the  gate  of  the  camp. 


Boxing  gloves,  caestus.     These  were  of  leather  weighted  with  lead  and 
iron  to  increase  the  force  of  the  blow. 


LESSON  LIX. 
THE  ABLATIVE    (Continued). 
362.  Ablative  of  Place  and  Time. 

I.  Ablative  of  Place  Where. 

Rule  XXXVni.— Place  where  is  regularly  expressed  by 
the  ablative  with  in,  but  names  of  towns  and  domus  are  put 
in  the  locative  (135),  e.  g.: 

in  Italia,  in  Italy;  Romae,  in  Rome;  Oceli,  in  Ocelum;  nihil  domi 
erat,  there  was  nothing  at  hoine. 

(a)  If  the  noun  of  place  is  general  rather  than  definite, 
locus,  pars,  etc. ;  or  if  it  has  totus,  cimctus,  omnis,  all,  whole, 
agreeing  with  it;  or  if  any  other  idea  than  mere  place  (i.  e., 
cause,  means,  etc.)  is  associated  with  it,  the  preposition  in 
is  usually  omitted,  e.  g.: 

alieno  loco,  in  an  unfavorable  place;  tota  Gallia,  in  all  Gaul;  exer- 
citum  castris  continiiit,  he  kept  the  army  in  camp,  i.  c,  restrained  the 
men  not  merely  in  the  fortified  enclosure,  but  by  means  of  it. 

II.  Ablative  of  Place  Whence. 

Rule  XXXIX. — Place  whence  is  regularly  expressed  by 
the  Ablative  with  ab,  de,  exj  but  the  preposition  is  omitted 
with  names  of  towns  and  with  domus,  e.  g.: 

ex  urbe  prof  actus  est,  he  set  out  from  the  city;  Roma  prof  ectus  est,  he 
set  out  from  Rome;  domo  prof  ectus  est,  he  set  out  from  home. 

III.  Ablative  of  Time. 

Rule  XL. — Time  when  and  time  within  which  are  ex- 
pressed by  the  Ablative,  e.  g.: 

eo  tempore,  at  that  time;  tertia  vigilia,  in  the  third  watch;  diebus 
decem  opus  efifectum  est,  the  work  was  finished  in  ten  days. 

184 


THE  ABLATIVE  {CONTINUED).  185 

363.  VOCABULARY. 

denique,  adv.,  finally.  pater,  -tris,  m.,  father. 

educo,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum,  lead  perduco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductiim,  ex- 
out,  tend,  construct. 

eflicio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum,  finish;  quaero,  -ere,  quaesivi,  -itum,  in- 
EFFECT,  render.  quire;  seek. 

interficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum,  kill,  utrimque,  adv.,  on  both  sides. 

364.  1.  Loco  pro  castris  nattira^  opportuno  atque  idoneo, 
fossam  perduxit.  2.  Acriter  utrimque  usque  ad  vesperum^ 
pugnatum  est :  solis  occasu  suas  copias  Ariovistus  in  castra  re- 
duxit.  3.  Proximo  die,  instituto  suo,  Caesar  e  castris  utrisque 
copias  suas  eduxit.  4.  Sabinus  loco  omnibus  rebus  idoneo 
castris  sese  tenebat.  5.  Multo  denique  die^  per  explora- 
tores  Caesar  haec  cognovit.  6.  Diebus  decem  omne  opus 
effectum  est  atque  exercitus  traducitur.  7.  Rhodanus 
nonnullis  locis  vado  transitur.  8.  Hic  pagus''  unus,  cum 
domo  exlsset^  patrum  nostrorum  memoria,  consulem  inter- 
fecerat.  9.  Non  solum  domi  sed  etiam  apud  finitimas 
civitates  plurimum  poterat.  10.  Totis  trepidatur®  castris, 
atque  alius  ex  alio  causam  tumultus  quaerit. 

^  May  be  explained  either  by  340,  I,  or  by  349.  ^  Vesper,  -eri,  m., 
evening.  ^  Multo  .  .  .  die,  an  idiom :  late  in  the  day.  *  Pagus,  -i,  m., 
district,  canton.  ^  Pip.  subjunc.  of  exeo :  for  exivisset.  ^  Trepido,  I, 
show  fear:   used  impersonally  (302,  6);  translate,  there  is  a  commotion. 

365.  1.  Caesar  kept  his  army  in  a  place  suitable  for  a 
camp.  2.  On  the  same  day  he  proceeded  two  miles.  3. 
At  the  fourth  hour  with  soldiers  and  guides  he  set  out  to  the 
aid  of  Caesar.  4.  In  two  years  Caesar  will  have  subdued  all 
Germany.  5.  He  was  very  powerful  at  home  in  Rome. 
6.  He  marched  from  Rome  to  Ocelum  in  three  months. 

366.  Less  Common  Uses  of  the  Ablative. — The  ablatives 
given  in  this  section  are  met  with  in  the  reading  of  Caesar, 


186  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

but  occur  so  seldom  that  they  are  here  introduced  for  refer- 
ence only  and  should  not  be  included  in  the  regular  work. 

I.  Ablative  of  Source  or  Origin. 

Rule  XLI. — Words  of  descent,  birth,  derivation,  and  the  like  take 
an  ablative  of  the  source  or  origin,  e.  g.: 

Piso  Aqifitanus,  amplissimo  genere  natus,  Piso,  an  Aquitanian,  bom 
of  tnvst  illustrious  stock. 

(a)  Source,  origin,  and  material  are  more  often  expressed  in  Caesar 
by  the  ablative  with  ex,  e.  g.: 

soror  ex  matre,  a  sister  on  the  mother's  side  (half  sister);  transtra  ex 
trabibus,  ribs  (of  a  vessel)  made  of  heavy  timbers. 

II.  Ablative  of  Price. 

Rule  XLII. — Definite  cost,  price,  and  value,  involving  a  verb  of  sale, 
purchase,  or  value  and  a  noun  of  value,  are  expressed  by  the  ablative, 
e.  g.: 

vectigalia  parvo  pretio  redempta,  revenues  bougJil  in  at  a  low  price; 
quae  impenso  parant  pretio,  which  they  secure  at  a  high  price. 

III.  Ablative  with  opus. 

Rule  XLni. — The  noun  opus  is  sometimes  joined  with  forms  of 
simi  as  a  compound  verb  phrase  signifying  there  \s  need  of,  and  taking  a 
dative  of  the  person  and  an  ablative  of  the  thing  needed.  The  thing 
needed,  if  a  neuter  pronoun,  is  sometimes  the  subject;  and  if  the  need 
is  for  an  action,  it  is  expressed  by  the  ablative  of  the  perfect  participle, 
e.  g.: 

quid  mihi  vita  opus  est  ?  what  need  have  I  of  life  7  si  quid  ipsi  opus 
esset,  if  he  needed  anything;  si  quid  opus  facto  esset,  if  anything  needed 
to  be  done. 

IV.  Ablative  with  Adjectives. 

Rule  XLIV. — The  adjectives  dignus,  worthy  of;  indignus,  unworthy  of; 
contentus,  satisfied  with;  fretus,  relying  on,  govern  the  ablative,  c.  g.: 

dignum  memoria  visimi  est,  it  secined  worthy  of  memory;  superio- 
ribus  victoriis  freti,  relying  on  former  victories. 


LESSON  LX. 

THE  ABLATIVE   (Continued). 
Sjmtaz  of  the  Participle;  the  Ablative  Absolute. 

367.  Participles  are  both  adjectives  and  verbs  (218,  a), 
hence  they  agree  with  nouns  in  gender,  number,  and  case 
(80),  and  at  the  same  time  add  some  information  concerning 
them.  As  verbs,  the  tenses  of  the  participle  denote  time 
present,  past,  or  future  to  the  time  of  the  principal  verb. 

368.  All  participial  constructions  may  be  regarded  as 
abbreviations  of  clauses;  e.  g.,  a  routed  army  is  an  army 
which  has  been  routed;  surrounded,  •  they  cut  their  way  out 
is  equivalent  to  though  they  had  been  surrounded,  they  cut 
their  way  out;  this  said,  he  went  away  is  equivalent  to  when 
he  had  said  this,  he  went  away,  etc. 

369.  Classes  of  Participial  Constructions. — Participial 
constructions  divide  naturally  into  two  classes: 

I.  Where  the  participle  refers  to  a  noun  in  the  main 
structure  of  the  sentence  or  clause  in  which  it  occurs. 

Such  participles  agree  in  gender,  number,  and  case  with 
the  noun  to  which  they  refer,  and  are  equivalent  (a)  to  a 
subordinate  clause  of  which  this  noun  is  the  subject,  or 
(6)  to  a  co-ordinate  clause  where  participle  and  verb  re- 
place two  verbs  joined  by  and;  e.  g., 

(a)  Helvetii,  omnium  rerum  inopia  adducti,  legates  miserunt,  the 

Helvetii,  influenced  by  lack  of  everything,  sent  envoys;  Atrebates  transire 
conantes  insecuti  sunt,  they  fell  upon  the  Atrebates  as  they  were  trying  to 
cross. 

(b)  eos  circumventos  interficiunt,  these  they  surround  and  kill  (lit., 
they  kill  these  surrounded) . 

187 


188  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

II.  Where  the  participle  refers  to  a  noun  not  in  the 
main  structure  of  the  sentence  or  clause.  Such  participles 
and  the  noun  to  which  they  refer  agree  with  each  other  in 
the  ablative  case;  the  phrase  thus  formed  is  wholly  inde- 
pendent of  the  main  structure  of  the  sentence;  that  is, 
exists  absolutely.  The  construction  is  called  the  ablative 
absolute  and  is  to  be  translated  by  a  dependent  clause. 
The  construction  is  most  important  and  of  frequent  occur- 
rence, chiefly  owing  to  the  lack  of  a  perfect  active  parti- 
ciple in  Latin. 

Rule  XLV. — Ablative  Absolute. — A  noun  and  participle 
may  stand  together  in  the  ablative,  as  an  abbreviation  of 
a  clause  of  time,  cause,  condition,  concession,  manner, 
and  attendant  circumstance;  e.  g., 

capto  monte,  Boii  nostros  aggressi  sunt,  when  they  had  seized  the 
mountain,  the  Boii  attacked  our  men. 

(a)  In  translating  this  construction,  select  that  clause 
or  phrase  which  gives  the  best  and  clearest  English  state- 
ment of  the  idea  it  contains:  clauses  introduced,  for  instance, 
by  when,  as,  since,  if,  though ;  or  phrases  with  during,  after,  by. 
Various  forms  of  translation  are  possible  and  equally  cor- 
rect; but  avoid  English  passive  participial  phrases,  which 
are  always  awkward.  The  last  example  may  be  read: 
whe7i  they  had  seized  the  mountain,  or  when  the  mountain  had 
been  seized,  or  after  seizing  the  mountain,  or  seizing  the  moun- 
tain, or  having  seized  the  mountain — but  never,  the  mountain 
having  been  seized.  This  example  also  illustrates  how  the 
lack  of  a  perfect  active  participle  compels  the  use  of  the 
ablative  absolute :  had  there  been  an  active  participle  mean- 
ing having  seized,  it  would  simply  have  agreed  with  Boii 
and  had  mountain  for  an  object,  as  is  so  frequent  in  English. 

(6)  Where  the  participle  required  would  be  a  present 
participle  of  sum,  which  does  not  exist,  two  nouns  or  a  noun 
and  adjective  may  stand  in  the  ablative  absolute,  one  of  the 


THE  ABLATIVE  (CONTINUED).  189 

words  in  each  case  being  the  predicate  after  the  missing 
participle,  e.  g., 

Messala  et  Pisone  consulibus,  When  Messala  and  Piso  were  consuls 
or  in  the  consulship  of  M.  and  P.,  lit.,  M.  and  P.  (being)  consuls. 

370.  VOCABULARY. 

abicio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectiim,  throw  deduce,     -ere,     -duxi,     -ductum, 

away.  lead,  conduct. 

adhibeo,  -ere,  ixi,  -itum,  admit.  eicio,   -ere,   -ieci,   -iectum,   throw 
adsum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  be  out;  se  eicere,  rush  out. 

present.  hiems,  hiemis,  f.,  winter. 

aestas,  -tatis,  f.,  summer.  ineo,  -ire,  -ivi  or  -ii,  -itum,  enter; 
animadverto,  -ere,  -ti,  -versum,  begin. 

perceive;  punish   (lit.,  turn  the  nego,  I,  deny;  refuse. 

mind  to).  oratio,  -onis,  f.,  oration,  speech. 

centurio,  -onis,  m.,  centurion.  revoco,  I,  call  back,  recall. 

cla.moTj-6nSfm..,chAMOB,shouting.  ulterior,    -ius,    adj.,   comp.   from 
concedo,  -ere,    -cessi,    -cessum,  vltra.,  farther. 

CONCEDE,  grant.  ultro,  adv.,  voluntarily. 

conscribo,   -ere,   -scripsi,   -ptum,  vehementer,  adv.,  vigorously,  ve- 

enlist.  HEMENTLY. 


371.  1.  Id  oppidum  ex  itinere  oppugnare  conatus, 
propter  latitudinem  fossae  et  muri  altitudinem,  panels 
defendentibus,^  expugnare  non  potuit.  2.  Hac  oratione  ab 
Diviciaco  habita,^  omnes  qui  aderant  auxilium  a  Caesare 
petere  coeperunt.  3.  Loco  castrls  idoneo  delecto,  reliquas 
copias  revocavit.  4.  Petentibus  Haeduis^  concessit  ut  in 
finibus  suls  Boios  collocarent.  5.  Id  quod  antea  ef  petenti 
negaverat,  ultro  pollicebatur.  6.  His  litteris  commotus, 
Caesar  duas  legiones  novas  conscripsit  et  inita  aestate  in 
ulteriorem  Galliam  deduxit.  7.  Haec  cum  animadvertisset, 
convocato  consilio  omniumque  ordinum  ad  id  consilium  ad- 
hibitls  centurionibus,  vehementer  eos  accusavit.  8.  Nobis 
omnes  fere  finitimi  sunt  inimici  ac  nostrae  virtuti  invident;^ 
a  quibus  nos  defendere,  traditis  armis,  non  poterimus.  9. 
Ea  hieme  quae  secuta  est,  Pompeio  et  Crasso  consulibus, 


190 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


Germani  flumen  Rhenum  transierunt.  10.  Germanl,  clamore 
audito,  armis  abiectis  signisque  militaribus  relictis,  se  ex 
castris  eiecerunt. 

^  Abl.  Abs.,  here,  concessive,  though  few  defended  it.  ^  With  speech 
habed  means  deliver.  ^  Dat.;  to  the  H.  asking  {it),  he  granted  that  they 
might,  etc.  *  Ind.  obj.  of  negaverat.  ^  invideo,  -ere,  -vidi,  -visum, 
envy. 

372.  Every  sentence  in  this  exercise  must  contain  at 
least  one  ablative  absolute. 

1.  When  the  new  legions  had  been  enlisted,  he  hastened 
with  them  into  farther  Gaul.  2.  Abandoning  the  camp,  they 
fled  across  the  river.  3.  While  Caesar  was  consul  he  resolved 
to  make  war  upon  the  Gauls  the  next  year.  4.  After  Caesar 
had  delivered  this  speech,  the  Germans,  hearing  a  clamor 
among  their  soldiers,  feared  an  attack.  5.  Though  a  long 
march  was  made  with  great  speed,  the  troops  of  the  enemy 
had  already  captured  the  town.  6.  If  our  arms  are  given 
up,  our  enemies  will  make  war  upon  us. 


BIBRXX  ivf.xvv 


Andabatae,  gladiators  who  fought  blindfold  on  horseback. 


LESSON  LXI. 

SYNTAX     OF    ADJECTIVES     AND     PRONOUNS. 
CORRELATION. 

Remark. — In  this  lesson  are  grouped,  for  convenience  of  review,  cer- 
tain principles  previously  stated  less  formally. 

373.  An  adjective  or  adjective  pronoun  agrees  with  its 
noun  in  gender,  number,  and  case,  e.  g.: 

mfles  acer,  a  keen  soldier;  oratio  acris,  a  sharp  speech;  proelium  acre, 
a  severe  battle. 

(a)  A  predicate  adjective  agreeing  with  two  or  more  nouns 
of  different  genders  is  neuter  if  the  nouns  do  not  denote 
living  beings;  or  the  adjective  may  sometimes  agree  with  the 
noun  nearest  to  it  and  be  understood  with  the  others. 

(6)  Adjectives  are  often  used  substantively  in  the  plural, 
e.  g.: 

nostri,  our  men;  sua,  their  property;  omnia,  all  things. 

374.  Sjmtax  of  Adjectives  of  Position. 

Expressions  denoting  tog  of,  bottom  of,  middle  of,  ex- 
treme or  end  of,  always  employ  adjectives  in  agreement 
instead  of  a  noun  and  a  partitive  genitive:  the  adjectives 
thus  used  are  summus,  imus,  medius,  extremus,  e.  g.: 

summam  montem  a  Labieno  teneri  iussit,  he  ordered  the  top  of  the 
mountain  to  he  held  by  Labienus;  in  coUe  medio  aciem  instruxit,  he  drew 
up  the  battle  line  half  way  up  the  hill.     (See  166.) 

375.  Sjmtax  of  Pronouns. 

I.  Personal  pronouns  as  subjects  of  verbs  are  not  ex- 
pressed except  to  secure  clearness,  contrast,  or  emphasis, 
e.  g.: 

ego  certe  meum  officium  praestitero,  /  surely  will  have  done  my  duty, 

191 


192  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

II.  Possessive  pronouns  are  usually  not  expressed  except 

to  secure  clearness,  contrast,  or  emphasis,  e.  g.: 

gladiis  destrictis,  drawing  {their)  swords.  For  an  emphatic  possessive, 
see  meum  in  375,  I. 

III.  The  genitives  nostri,  vestri,  of  the  personal  pronouns, 
are  used  only  as  objective  genitives,  and  nostrum,  vestrum, 
as  partitives:  for  subjective  uses  the  possessive  pronoun 
is  employed,  e.  g.: 

Eburones  tanta  contemptione  nostri  ad  castra  venerunt,  the  Eburone^ 
came  to  the  camp  in  great  contempt  of  us;  omnium  vestnmi  consensu, 
by  the  consent  of  all  of  you. 

IV.  The  relative  pronoun  agrees  with  its  antecedent  in 
gender,  number,  and  person;  its  case  depends  on  its  relation 
to  the  clause  in  which  it  stands,  e.  g.: 

exercitui  quem  conscripserat,  praeerat,  he  was  in  command  of  the 
army  which  he  Iwd  raised. 

376.  Correlation. — Groups  of  words  presenting  the  same 
idea  in  different  relations  are  called  correlatives.  Thus,  the 
size  or  quantity  idea  may  be  presented — demonstratively, 
tantus,  so  great;  relatively,  quantus,  as  great  as;  interroga- 
tively, quantus?  how  great?  indefinitely,  aUquantus,  rather 
great;  and  as  a  relative  indefinite,  quantuscumque,  however 
great.  The  principle  of  correlation  is  of  special  importance 
in  Latin  in  comparing  like  with  like,  e.  g.: 

My  house  is  as  large  as  yours,  where  the  English  introduces  the 
second  member  simply  by  as,  requires  in  Latin  a  size  correlative  in 
both  members,  my  house  is  so-large,  as-large-as  yours. 

As  after  a  demonstrative  adjective  or  adverb  must  always 
be  expressed  by  a  relative  word  of  kindred  meaning,  e.  g.: 

parva  manu  missa,  quae  tantimi  progrederetur  quantum  naves  pro- 
cessissent,  sending  a  sjnall  party  which  was  to  march  as  far  as  the  ships 
had  gone. 


SYNTAX  OF  ADJECTIVES  AND  PRONOUNS.  19S 

377.  VOCABULARY. 

adversus, -a, -um,  adj.,  opposite.  oppugnatio,  -onis,  f,,  siege. 

collis,  -is,  m.,  hill.  progredior,  -i,  -gressus,  advance. 

cursus,  -us,  m.,  speed,  running.  quanta,  abl.,  by  how  much;  as;  with 

gravis,  -e,  adj.,  severe,  grave.  comp.,  often  simply  the. 

infimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of  quantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  how  great, 

inferus,  lowest,  bottom  of.  as  great. 

lux,  lucis,  f.,  light.  tanto,  abl.,  by  so  much. 

occido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisum,  kill.  tantus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  so  great. 

Idiom, 
prima  luce,  at  dawn. 

378.  1.  Quanto^  gravior  erat  in  dies^  oppugnatio,  tanto* 
crebriores  litterae  nuntiique  ad  Caesarem  mittebantur.  2. 
Parva  manus^  tantum*  progrediebatur  quantum  naves 
processerant.  3.  Eos  tanto  spatio  secuti,  quantum  cursu 
et  viribus  efficere  potuerunt,  complures  ex  iis  occlderunt.  4. 
Collis  tantum  adversus  in  latittidinem  patebat,  quantum 
loci  acies  instrticta  occupare  poterat.  5.  Prima  luce,  cum 
summus  mons  a  Labieno  teneretur,  ipse  ab  hostium  castris 
non  longius  mille  passibus  aberat.  6.  Ipse  interim  in  coUe 
medio  aciem  instruxit.  7.  Ego  certe  meum  rei  publicae 
atque  imperatori  officium  praestitero.  8.  Cohortes  sub  in- 
fimo  colle  ab^  dextro  latere  hostium  constituerat. 

*  Lit.,  By  how  much  more  severe;  render  simply,  the  more  severe;  so  in 
second  clause,  the  more  frequent.  2  In  dies,  daily;  used  of  daily  increase 
or  decrease:  simple  daily  occurrence  is  expressed  by  cotidie.  '  The 
small  band.  *  so  far;  lit.,  so  mu/^h  (of  space) :  loci  is  to  be  understood  as 
in  sentence  4.  ^  Often  used  of  position,  on  the  side  of;  here,  on  the  right 
flank. 

379.  1.  Caesar  fought  with  the  Germans  in  the  middle 
of  the  forest.  2.  At  the  foot  of  the  hill  the  commander 
located  his  baggage  and  left  a  guard  of  two  cohorts.  3. 
That  day  he  advanced  as  far  as  he  was  able.  4.  The  more 
fiercely  an  army  fights,  the  more  soldiers  are  killed.  5.  He 
located  his  camp  on  the  top  of  the  hill.  6.  I  hold  the  power 
over  all  of  you. 

13 


LESSON  LXII. 

SYNTAX   OF  THE   VERB   IN   PRINCIPAL   CLAUSES. 

In  this  lesson  are  grouped  for  convenient  reference  certain 
principles  previously  treated,  as  well  as  a  few  others  rare  in 
narrative  Latin,  but  important  for  the  proper  understanding 
of  constructions  often  used  by  Caesar,  especially  clauses  in 
indirect  discourse. 

380.  Commands  and  Prohibitions. 

I.  The  imperative  is  used  in  commands,  entreaties,  and  laws,  e.  g.: 
Desilite,  commilitones,  leap  down,  fellow  soldiers. 

II.  A  mild  command,  especially  in  the  third  person,  may  be  expressed 
by  the  present  subjimctive,  e.  g.: 

reminiscatnr,  let  him  renieniber. 

(o)  This  use  of  the  subjunctive  is  called  the  jussive  subjimctive. 

III.  The  imperative  is  not  used  negatively  in  prose,  but  prohibi- 
tions are  expressed  (a)  by  ne  with  the  perfect  subjimctive  or  (6)  by 
noli  (nolite),  the  imperative  of  nolo,  governing  an  infinitive,  e.  g.: 

ne  nos  despexeris,  do  not  despise  us;  noli  committere  ut  is  locus  ex 
calamitate  populi  Roman!  nomen  capiat,  do  not  act  so  that  this  place  shall 
take  its  name  from  a  disaster  to  the  Roman  people;  nolite  hos  vestro 
atudlio  exspohare,  do  not  rob  these  of  your  aid. 

381 .  Negatives. — There  are  two  simple  negative  words,  non  and  ne, 
not.  Of  these,  non  negatives  assertions  and  questions  only ;  ne  negatives 
all  other  constructions. 

QUESTIONS. 

382.  Questions  may  be  single  or  double. 

I.  For  single  questions  review  194. 

II.  Double  questions  admit  several  forms.  They  employ  two 
interrogative  words,  of  which  the  first  is  untranslatable  and  often 

194 


SYNTAX  OF  THE  VERB  IN  PRINCIPAL  CLAUSES.     195 

omitted  and  the  second  is  equivalent  to  or.    The  forms  are  indicated 
in  the  following  table: 


utrum  .  .  .  ,  an  .  , 
-ne  .  .  .  ,  an  .  .  . 


,  an  , 
,  -ne 


(a)  or  not,  as  the  second  member  of  a  double  question,  is  necne. 


383.  THE  SUBJUNCTIVE  IN  PRINCIPAL  CLAUSES. 

I.  Hortatory,  expressing  exhortation,  e.  g.: 

omnem  Galliam  respiciamus,  let  us  regard  the  whole  of  Gaul. 

II.  Jussive,  expressing  mild  command,  e.  g.: 

reminiscatur,  let  him  remember. 

III.  Optative  or  Volitive,  expressing  wish,  often  accompanied  by  the 
wish-particle  utinam,  0  that,  would  that,  e.  g.: 

utinam  hie  esset,  would  that  he  were  here. 

IV.  Potential,  expressing  possibility,  e.  g.: 

quaerat  quispiam,  some  one  may  ask. 


Roman  standards. 


LESSON  LXIII. 
SYNTAX  OF  THE  INFINITIVE. 
384.  The  Infinitive  is  used  with  and  without  a  Subject. 

I.  Infinitive  without  Subject. 

Used  without  a  subject,  the  infinitive  may  be: 

(a)  The  subject  of  est  and  various  impersonals,  e.  g.: 

perfacile  est  conata  perficere,  to  accomplish  their  attempts  is  very  easy; 

rogant  ut  id  sibi  facere  liceat,  they  ask  thai  it  he  allowed  them  to  do  this. 

Review  304,  Remark. 

(6)  The  complement,  completing  the  meaning  of  another 
verb,  and  often  becoming  a  real  object,  e.  g.: 

id  facere  possmn,  /  am  able  to  do  this;  id  facere  volo,  /  wish  to  do  this. 

This  is  called  the  Complementary  Infinitive. 

II.  Infinitive  with  Subject. 

The  subject  of  the  infinitive  stands  in  the  accusative,  e.  g.: 

Germanos  assuescere  Rhenum  transire  periculosum  est,  for  the 

Germans  to  form  the  habit  of  crossing  the  Rhine  is  dangerous. 

The  infinitive  with  subject  may  be: 

(a)  The  subject  of  est  and  various  impersonals,  e.  g.: 

Poenam  sequi  oportebat,  it  was  necessary  that  punishment  should 
follow. 

(6)  The  object: 

(1)  After  iubed,  order;  veto,  forbid;  c5gd,  compel;  patior, 
permity  e.  g.: 

Labienum  montem  ascendere  iussit,  he  ordered  Labienus  to  dinib  the 
mountain;  legatos  discedere  vetuerat,  he  had  forbidden  his  officers  to 
leave. 

196 


SYNTAX  OF  THE  INFINITIVE,  197 

(2)  After  verbs  of  saying,  knowing,  thinking,  perceiving. 
This  is  the  regular  construction  of  indirect  discourse,  for  the 
English  particle  of  quotation,  that,  has  no  equivalent  in 
Latin.     This  construction  will  be  treated  in  full  later,  e.  g.: 

earn  partem  Gallos  obtinere  dicit,  he  says  {that)  the  Gauls  possess  this 
part. 

(c)  Historical  Infinitive. 

The  infinitive  with  subject  in  the  nominative  may  be  used 
in  narrative  as  a  substitute  for  the  imperfect  tense,  e.  g.: 
diem  ex  die  Haedui  ducere,  day  after  day  the  Haedui  put  him  off. 
This  is  merely  a  peculiarity  of  style,  to  secure  vividness  of  narration. 

385.  VOCABULARY. 

amentia,  -ae,  f.,  folly,  madness.  perfacilis,  -e,  adj.,  very  easy. 

commodus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  advanta-  permaneo,    -ere,    -mansi,    -sum, 

geous.  remain. 

paulatim,  adv.,  gradually.  vero,  adv.,  indeed,  in  trvih. 

386.  1.  Exspectare  vero  summae  amentiae^  est.  2. 
Perfacile  factu"  est  conata^  perficere.  3.  Nobis  est  in  animo 
sine  ullo  maleficio  iter  per  provinciam  facere.  4.  Germanos* 
paulatim  consuescere  Rhenum  transire  populo  Romano 
periculosum^  est.  5.  Commodissimum  visum  est  ad  eum 
mittere  Valerium  Procillum.  6.  Nihil  Sequani  respondere 
sed  tacitf  permanere.  7.  Moribus  suls  Orgetorlgem  causam 
dicere  coegerunt.  8.  His  rebus  adducti,  constituerunt  cum 
proximis  civitatibus  pacem  et  amicitiam  confirmare. 

^339,  I;  {an  act  of)  the  utmost  folly.  ^  Supine  limiting  perfacile, 
very  ea^y  to  do.  ^  Conatmn,  -i,  n.,  attempt.  *  Subj.  of  consuescere,  with 
which  perlculosum  agrees:  transire  is  complementary  to  consuescere. 
5  Periculosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  dangerous.    ^  Tacitus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  silent. 

387.  1.  I  cannot  wait  longer,  for  to  remain  here  is 
dangerous  to  the  army.  2.  Caesar  ordered  Labienus  to 
establish  peace  with  the  Belgae.  3.  In  accordance  with  the 
customs  of  the  Roman  people,  Caesar  ordered  the  Germans 
to  give  him  hostages.  4.  I  was  compelled  to  remain  three  days 
in  the  city.  5.  They  compelled  Caesar  to  remain  three  days 
in  Rome.    6.  To  remain  at  home  in  war  is  the  utmost  folly. 


LESSON  LXIV. 

SYNTAX     OF     THE     GERUND     AND     GERUNDIVE, 
AND   OF  THE   SUPINE. 

388.  The  Gerund. 

The  gerund  has  the  uses  both  of  noun  and  verb. 
(a)  It  may  be  governed  as  a  noun,  e.  g.: 

consistendi  potestas,  a  chance  of  standing;  diem  ad  deliberandum 
sumam,  /  shall  take  a  day  for  reflecting. 

(h)  It  may  govern  an  object,  usually  a  neuter  pronoun  or 
adjective,  rarely  a  noun.  A  gerund,  however,  governed  by  a 
preposition  cannot  itself  take  an  object,  e.  g.: 

aliquid  discendi  causa,  for  the  sake  of  learning  something. 

389.  The  Gerundive. 

The  gerundive  participle  is  a  verbal  adjective.     It  is  used: 

(a)  To  form  the  second  periphrastic,  274,  b,  2. 
(6)  As  a  substitute  for  the  gerund. 

For  the  gerund  governing  a  noun,  the  gerundive  agreeing 
with  the  noun  is  commonly  substituted;  after  prepositions, 
always,  e.  g.: 

quae  ad  effeminandos  animos  pertinent,  which  tend  toward  weakening 
the  charoctcr;  ne  in  quaerendis  suis  pugnandi  tempus  dimitteret,  not 
to  lose  time  for  fighting  in  looking  for  hi^  own;  data  facultate  per  pr6- 
vinciam  itineris  faciendi,  if  granted  the  opportunity  of  making  a  march 
through  the  province. 

(c)  There  is  no  difference  in  meaning  between  the  gerund  and 
gerundive  constructions.     They  even  occur  side  by  side,  e.  g.: 

large  partiendo  praedam  stipendioque  praeterito  cum  fide  exsol- 
vendo,  hy  lavishly  sharing  the  plunder  and  faithfully  discharging  arrears 
of  pay.     Livy  xxi,  5. 

196 


SYNTAX  OF  THE  GERUND  AND  GERUNDIVE.      199 

390.  The  cases  of  the  gerund  and  gerundive  are  used  as 
follows : 

(a)  Genitive:  governed  chiefly  by  nouns,  by  adjectives  requiring  a 
complement,  and  by  causa  and  gratia,  e.  g.: 

consistendi  potestas,  a  chance  of  standing;  cupidus  bellandi,  eager  for 
warfare;  frumentandi  causa, /or  the  purpose  of  foraging. 

(6)  Dative:  rare;  not  found  in  Caesar. 

(c)  Accusative:  chiefly  with  ad  in  constructions  of  purpose  or 
tendency,  e.  g.: 

quae  ad  effeminandos  animos  pertinent,  which  tend  to  weaken  the 
character. 

(d)  Ablative:  to  express  cause,  manner,  means,  and  with  preposi- 
tions, chiefly  ab,  de,  ex,  in,  e.  g.: 

occupati  in  castris  muniendis,  busy  fortifying  the  camp. 

391.  The  Supine. 

(a)  The  supine  in  -um  may  be  used  after  a  verb  of  motion 
to  express  purpose,  e.  g.: 

veniebant  questum,  they  came  to  complain. 

(b)  The  supine  in  -u  is  used  after  adjectives  meaning 
easy,  good,  strange,  and  their  contraries,  e.  g.: 

perfacile  factu  est,  it  is  very  easy  to  do. 

392.  VOCABULARY. 

casus,  -us,  m.,  chance,  accident.  subeo,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum,  un- 

dimitto,     -ere,     -misi,     -missum,         dergo. 
dismiss;  let  go,  lose.  sumo,    -ere,    sumpsi,    sumptum, 

take,  ASSUME. 

393.  1.  Quam  in  partem  quisque  ab  opere  casu  venit, 
quaeque^  prima  signa  conspexit,  ad  haec  constitit,  ne  in 
quaerendis  suls  pugnandi  tempus  dimitteret.  2.  Ab  illls 
initium  transeundi  factum  est.     3.  Hostes,  ubi  et  de  expug- 


200 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


nando  oppido  et  de  flumine  transeiindo  spes  sibi  discessit, 
domum  reverterunt.  4,  Paratiores  ad  omnia  pericula  sube- 
unda  erant.  5.  Quod  multitudinem  Germanorum  in  Galliam 
traduco,  id  mei  muniendi  causa  facio.  6.  Diem  ego  ad 
deliberandum  sumam.  Si  quid  vultis,  revertimini.  7. 
Bello  Helvetiorum  confecto,  totius  fere  Galliae  legati, 
principes  civitatis,  ad  Caesarem  gratulatum^  convenerunt. 
8.  Optimum  factu  est  frumento  commeatuque  Romanos 
prohibere. 

» The  rel.  pron.  and  -que.  ^  Supine,  gratulor,  -ftri,  -fttus,  dep.,  con- 
gratulate. 

394.  1.  The  place  is  suitable  for  pitching  camp.  2. 
When  this  speech  had  been  delivered,  all  were  prepared  for 
fighting  the  battle.  3.  The  best  (thing)  to  do  is  to  return 
home.  4.  The  Belgians  made  a  beginning  of  attacking  our 
army.  5.  All  the  Belgians  came  together  to  make  war  on  the 
Romans.  6.  Caesar  has  lost  much  time  in  seeking  the  tenth 
legion. 


Masks  worn  by  actors. 


LESSON  LXV. 
DEPENDENT  CLAUSES. 

395.  Dependent  Clauses  may  be: 

I.  Pure;  i.  e.,  adverbial  clauses,  neither  subject  nor 
object  of  the  principal  verb,  nor  in  any  way  necessary  to 
complete  its  sense,  e.  g.: 

I  came  to  see  you. 

II.  Substantive;  i.  e.,  clauses  which  serve  as  subject  or 
object  of  the  principal  verb,  or  are  in  some  way  necessary 
to  complete  its  sense,  e.  g.: 

I  wish  that  you  would  come:  here  the  clause  is  the  object  of  msh. 

396.  Dependent  clauses  are  controlled  by  their  principal 
clauses  in  respect  to  mode  and  tense.  The  control  of  the 
mode  depends  on  the  nature  of  the  clause:  for  the  tense 
control,  review  235,  the  Law  of  Sequence. 

397.  Tenses  in  Purpose  Clauses. — Only  tenses  built  on 
the  present  stem  are  used  in  purpose  clauses;  i.  e.,  the 
present  and  imperfect. 

398.  Negatives  in  Purpose  Clauses. — No  negative  word 
except  ne  can  be  used  in  purpose  clauses,  e.  g.: 

nemo  means  nobody;  but  we  cannot  say  in  order  that  nobody  may  go, 
but  must  change  it  to  in  order  that  not  anybody  may  go,  ne  quis  eat. 

CLASSIFICATION   OF  DEPENDENT  CLAUSES. 

399.  Clauses  of  Purpose. 

Purpose  may  be  expressed  by:    (Review  234.) 
I.  A  subjunctive  clause  introduced  by  ut,  if  positive; 
by  ne,  if  negative. 

201 


202  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

1.  Pure,  having  no  grammatical  dependence  on  the 
principal  verb,  e.  g.: 

sementes  quam  mlLzimas  fecenint,  ut  copia  frumenti  suppeteret, 
they  moule  their  planting  as  extensive  as  possible,  that  a  supply  of  grain 
might  he  on  hand;  obsides  inter  se  dant:  Sequani,  ne  itinere  Helve- 
tios  prohibeant;  Helvetii,  ut  sine  iniuria  transeant,  they  give  hostages  to 
each  other:  the  Sequanij  that  they  sliouLd  not  prevent  the  Helvetii  from 
the  march;  the  Helvetii,  thai  they  should  cross  without  injury. 

2.  Substantive,  the  subject  or  object  of  the  principal  verb 
whose  purpose  they  also  express.  They  occur  after  verbs 
signifying  advise,  demand,  order,  permit,  persuade,  request, 
resolve,  urge,  warn,  will,  wish,  etc.,  or,  in  general,  after  any 
verb  which  puts  another  verb  into  action. 

(a)  But  iubeo,  veto,  cogo,  patior,  take  the  infinitive 
(384,  II,  6,  1),  and  impero,  command,  takes  the  dative  of  the 
person  and  a  clause  with  ut,  e.  g.: 

civitfiti  persuasit  ut  cum  omnibus  copiis  enrent,  he  persuaded  the 
citizens  to  go  forth  unth  all  their  troops;  here  ut  .  .  .  exirent  is  the  object 
of  persuasit.  Ariovistus  postulavit  ne  quem  peditem  Caesar  addu- 
ceret,  Ariovistus  demanded  that  Caesar  bring  no  infantry;  here  ne  .  .  . 
adduceret  is  the  object  of  postulavit.  Erat  ei  praeceptum  ne  proelium 
committeret,  orders  had  been  given  him  not  to  join  battle;  here  ne  .  .  . 
committeret  is  the  subject  of  praeceptum  erat.  Helvetios  reverti 
iussit,  et  Allobrogibus  imperavit  ut  iis  frumenti  copiam  faceret,  he 
ordered  the  Helvetii  to  return,  and  cotnnianded  the  Allobroges  to  furnish 
them  a  supply  of  grain. 

3.  Comparative. — If  the  purpose  clause  contains  a  com- 
parative of  either  an  adjective  or  an  adverb,  quo  is  substi- 
tuted for  ut,  e.  g.: 

Castella  communit,  quo  facilius  prohibere  possit,  he  fortifies  a  chain 
of  forts  that  he  may  the  more  easily  be  able  to  check  them. 

II.  A  subjunctive  clause  introduced  by  a  relative  pronoun 
or  adverb.  Such  clauses  are  used  chiefly  when  the  ante- 
cedent of  the  relative  is  the  subject  or  object  of  the  princi- 
pal clause,  e.  g.: 

leg&tds  miserunt  gui  dicerent,  they  sent  envoys  to  say. 


DEPENDENT  CLAUSES.  203 

400.  VOCABULARY. 

arbor,  -oris,  f.,  tree.  hortor,  I,  dep.,  exhort,  urge. 

cohortor,  I,  dep.,  encourage.  praecipio,    -ere,    -cepi,    -ceptum, 

conservo,  I,  preserve.  order,  instruct. 

diligenter,  adv.,    carefully,  dili-      suspicio,  -onis,  f.,  suspicion. 

GENTLY.  tolero,  I,  hear,  sup-port. 
fames,  -is,  famine,  hunger. 

401.  1.  Dumnorlgem  monet  ut  in  reliquum  tempus 
omnes  suspiciones  vitet.  2.  Labieno  erat  a  Caesare  prae- 
ceptum,  ne  proelium  committeret.  3.  Huic  imperat  ut 
quas  possit^  adeat  civitates,  horteturque  ut  populi  Romani 
fidem  sequantur.2  4.  Nervil,  quo  facilius  fmitimorum 
equitatum  impedirent,  munitiones  ex  arboribus  fecerunt. 
5.  Reliquos  cohortatus,  mllites  signa  Inferre  iussit  quo 
facilius  gladiis  uti  possent.  6.  Quae  prima  signa  conspexit, 
ad  haec  constitit,  ne  pugnandi  tempus  dimitteret.  7.  His 
persuader!  non  poterat,  ut  diutius  morarentur  neque  suis 
auxilium  ferret.  8.  Omnem  equitatum,  qui  novissimum 
agmen  moraretur,  praemisit.  9.  Domi  nihil  erat  quo  famem 
tolerarent.  10.  Quos  diligentissime  conservavit  suisque 
finibus  atque  oppidis  uti  iussit  et  finitimis  imperavit  ut  ab 
iniuria  et  maleficio  se  suosque  prohiberent. 

^  When  a  relative  clause  lies  within  another  clause  whose  verb  is  sub- 
junctive, its  own  verb  frequently  becomes  subjunctive:  it  is  then  said 
to  be  in  the  subjunctive  by  attraction.  ^  One  purpose  clause  may 
readily  depend  on  another. 

402.  1.  The  commander  fortified  his  winter-quarters, 
the  more  easily  to  withstand  the  attacks  of  the  enemy. 
2.  Caesar  sent  forward  all  the  cavalry  to  seek  a  place  suitable 
for  a  camp.  3.  The  Haedui  send  envoys  to  ask  him  not  to 
advance  farther.  4.  The  chiefs  of  the  Gauls  ordered^  their 
people  to  permit  no  wine  to  be  imported.  5.  I  shall  put  you 
in  command  of  three  legions,  with  which  to  keep  the  enemy 
from  injury.  6.  The  lieutenant  demanded  that  the  Haedui 
give  no  grain  to  the  Helvetii. 

1  Translate  two  ways,  using  impero  and  iubed* 


LESSON    LXVI. 

DEPENDENT  CLAUSES   (Continued). 

Clauses  of  Purpose  (Continued). 

403.  (Continuing  399.) 

IIL  Constructions  of  the  Gerund  and  Gerundive. 

1.  Accusative  of  the  genmdive  alone  after  euro  and  do, 
e.  g.: 

pontem  in  Arare  faciendum  curat,  he  arranges  for  building  a  bridge 
over  the  Arar;  unam  legionem  in  Morinos  ducendam  Fabio  dedit,  he 
gave  one  legion  to  Fabius  to  be  led  among  the  Morini. 

2.  Accusative  with  ad,  e.  g.: 

ad  eSiS  res  conficiendas  Orgetorix  deligitur,  to  carry  out  these  plans 
Orgetorix  is  chosen. 

3.  Genitive  with  causa,  e.  g.: 

aggeris  petendi  causa  processerant,  they  had  gone  forward  to  seek 
{material  for)  an  earthwork. 

IV.  The  supine  in  -um  may  be  used  after  a  verb  of  motion 
to  express  purpose,  e.  g.: 

Haedui  veniebant  questum,  the  Haedui  came  to  complain. 

404.  VOCABULARY. 

curd,  I,  care  for,  attend  to;  have     profugio,  -ere,  -fugi,  -fugitum, 

(a  thing)  done.  flee  for  safety. 

iniquus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    unjust;      rogo,  I,  ask;  request. 

unfavorable. 

804 


DEPENDENT  CLAUSES  (CONTINUED). 


205 


405.  1.  Ad  eas  res  conficiendas  Orgetorix  deligitur.  2. 
Reliquum  exercitum  legatls  in  Menapios  ducendum  dedit. 
3.  Quod  per  fines  Sequanorum  Helvetios  traduxisti,  quod 
obsides  inter  eos  dandos  curavisti,  in  te  aut  ipse  animad- 
vertam  aut  civitatem  animadvertere  iubebo.  4.  Nostri  in 
locum  iniquiorem  pugnandi  causa  progredi  nolebant.  5. 
Haedul   legates  ad   Caesarem  mittunt  rogatum  auxilium. 

6.  Omnes  Galliae  civitates  ad  me  oppugnandum  venerunt. 

7.  Ariovistus  cum  suis  omnibus  copiis  ad  occupandum  Veson- 
tionem  contendit.  8.  Ob  earn  rem  ex  civitate  profugi  et 
Romam  ad  senatum  venl  auxilium  postulatum. 

406.  1.  Caesar  came  from  Rome  to  conquer  the  Gauls. 

2.  For  fortifying  the  town  the  commander  chose  Labienus. 

3.  I  shall  give  you  a  legion  to  be  led  to  Ocelum.  4.  Caesar 
had  an  earthwork  built  in  front  of  the  camp.  5.  The  army 
set  out  from  camp  for  the  purpose  of  seeking  the  enemy.  6. 
He  hastened  with  all  his  troops  to  besiege  the  city. 


Fight  between  bear  and  rhinoceros. 


LESSON  LXVII. 
DEPENDENT  CLAUSES    (Continued). 

407.  Clauses  of  Result. 

Result  may  be  expressed  by:     (Review  240.) 
L  A  subjunctive  clause  introduced  by  ut,  if  positive; 
by  ut  non,  if  negative. 

1.  Pure,  usually  preceded  by  sic,  ita,  tarn,  tantus,  talis, 
tantopere,  etc.,  in  the  principal  clause,  e.  g.: 

ita  currus  collocant,  ut  expeditum  receptiim  habeant,  they  so  place 
their  choriolt^  that  they  have  an  easy  retreat;  tantus  timor  exercitum  occu- 
pavit,  ut  non  mediocriter  omnium  mentes  perturbaret,  so  great  fear 
seized  the  army  thai  it  disturbed  the  minds  of  all  not  a  little. 

2.  Substantive,  the  subject  or  object  of  the  principal  verb, 
whose  result  they  also  express.  They  occur  after  verbs  sig- 
nifying bring  about,  cause,  happen,  etc.,  e.  g.: 

ut  commeatus  ad  exmi  portari  possent,  eflSciebat,  {this  fad)  brought 
it  about  that  supplies  could  be  transported;  his  rebus  fiebat  ut  minus  latS 
vagarentur,  for  these  reasons  it  chanced  that  they  roamed  less  widely. 

II.  A  relative  clause  with  its  verb  in  the  subjunctive. 

408.  Negatives. — In  result  clauses  all  negative  words  are 
admitted  after  ut.  The  following  table  illustrates  the  differ- 
ence of  negative  idiom  in  purpose  and  result  clauses. 

Purpose.  Result. 

That  .  .  .  not,  ne  ut  non 

mi.  ^  ne  quis  "j  ut  nemo  ) 

That  no  one,  .  .„      }  ^    ...      } 

ne  ullus  1  ut  nuUus  ) 

That  never,  ne  quando    |  ut  numquam 

ne  umquam )  ^ 

206 


DEPENDENT  CLAUSES  (CONTINUED).  207 

409.  VOCABULARY. 

condono,  I,  overlook,  forgive.  intermitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 

contingo,     -ere,     -tigi,     -tactum,  interrupt;  cease. 

touch;  hay-pen.  mereor,  -ere,  -itus,  dep.,    merit, 

cotidianus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  daily.  deserve. 

debeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  owe,  ought,  modus,  -i,  m.,  measure;  manner; 

dolor,  -oris,  m.,  grief,  discontent.  kind;  eius  modi,  of  such  a  kind. 

enim,  conj.,  for:   cannot  begin  a  nascor,  -i,  natus,   dep.,   he  horn; 

clause.  arise. 

exercitatio,   -onis,   f.,    exercise;  necessario,  adv.,  necessarily. 

practice.  radix,   -ids,   f.,   root;   hase    (of   a 

factum,  -i,  n.,  deed,  fact.  mountain). 

facultas,    -tatis,    f.,    opportunity;  res  publica,  gen.,  rei  publicae,  f., 

supply.  the  State,  the  republic. 

instituo,  -ere,  -ui,  -iitum,  set  up;  superior, -ius,  adj., /ii^Aer;/ormer. 

institute;  appoint;  train.  tempestas,  -tatis,  f.,  weather;  storm. 

410.  1.  Ita  Helvetii  a  maioribus  mstituti  sunt,  uti 
obsides  accipere,  non  dare,  consuerint.  2.  Ita  nos  omni 
tempore  de  populo  Romano  meriti  sumus,  ut  oppida  nostra 
expugnari  non  debuerint.  3.  Obsides  uti  inter  sese  dent, 
perficit.  4.  Id  oppidum  natura  loci  sic  muniebatur  ut  mag- 
nam  facultatem  ad  ducendum^  bellum  daret.  5.  Quae 
iumenta  apud  eos  sunt  nata,  haec  cotldiana  exercitatione 
ut  sint  summi  laboris^  efficiunt.  6.  Tantus  subito  timor  om- 
nem  exercitum  occupavit,  ut  non  mediocriter^  omnium  men- 
tes  animosque  perturbaret.  7.  Reliquum  spatium  mons 
continet  magna  altittidine,  ita  ut  radices  montis  ex  utraque 
parte  ripae  fltiminis  contingant.  8.  In  conspectti  Caesaris 
atque  omnis  exercittis  res  gerebatur,  ut  nullum  paulo  fortius* 
factum  latere^  posset;  omnes  enim  colles  ac  loca  superiora 
ab  exercitu  tenebantur.  9.  TantI®  tua  apud  me  gratia  est,  ut 
et  rei  publicae  iniuriam  et  meum  dolorem  tuae  voluntati 
condonem.  10.  Eius  modi  sunt  tempestates  consectitae, 
ut  opus  necessario  intermitteretur. 

*  Ducd  here  means  prolong.  '^  these  .  .  .  they  make  (capahle)  of 
the  hardest   (lit.,  greatest)  labor.     ^  mediocriter,  adv.,  moderately;  non 

m.,  not  a  little.     *  A  little  extra-hrave.     ^  Lateo,  -ere,  -ui,  ,  escape 

notice,  he  hidden.    ^  Of  such  valu£;  339,  V. 


208 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


411.  1.  This  attack  of  the  Romans  brought-it-about^ 
that  the  Gauls  immediatelj^  fled.  2.  So  great  fear  seized 
Orgetorix  that  he  begged  oP  Caesar  not  to  kill  him.  3.  It 
happened  that  that  night  the  enemy  made  an  attack  upon 
the  camp.  4.  Ariovistus  was  so  skilled  in  military  matters 
that  he  was  able  to  draw  up  a  battle-line.  5.  For  these 
reasons  it  happened  that  the  citizens  permitted  no  wine  to  be 
imported.  6.  The  tower  was  of  so  great  size  that  it  could  be 
seen  from  the  town. 

1  efficio.        '  A  Caesare  peteret. 


Pack  horse  and  camel. 


LESSON  LXVIII. 
DEPENDENT  CLAUSES    (Continued). 

412.  Appositive  Clauses  of  Explanation. 

A  substantive  clause  often  stands  in  apposition  to  a  noun 
or  pronoun.     Such  clauses  may  be  introduced  by: 

1.  Quod,  that,  the  fact  that,  with  the  verb  in  the  indicative, 
e.  g.: 

multae  res  ad  hoc  Gallos  hortabantur;  inopia  cibarionim,  et  quod 
fere  libenter  homines  ea,  quae  volunt,  credunt,  many  things  urged  the 
Gauls  to  this;  the  scarcity  of  food,  and  the  fact  that  men  generally  gladly 
believe  what  they  desire. 

2.  Ut  (neg.  ut  non),  that  {that  .  .  .  not),  with  the  verb  in 
the  subjunctive,  e.  g.: 

poenam  sequi  oportebat,  ut  igni  cremaretur,  the  penalty  was  to  over- 
take him  that  he  be  burned  (alive). 

413.  Substantive  Clauses  after  verbs  of  Doubt,  Hin- 
drance, Prevention,  and  Refusal. 

1.  Quin  with  the  subjunctive  follows  negative  verbs  and 
phrases  of  doubt,  e.  g.: 

non  est  dubium  quin  plurimum  Helvetii  possint,  there  is  no  doubt 
that  the  Helvetii  are  the  most  powerful. 

2.  Ne,  quominus  and,  after  negatives,  quin  with  the  sub- 
junctive are  used  after  verbs  of  hindrance,  refusal  and  pre- 
vention, e.  g.: 

multitiidinem  deterrent  ne  frumentum  conferant,  they  prevent  the 
populace  from  giving  grain;  naves  tenebantur  quominus  in  portum 
venire  possent,  the  ships  were  prevented  from  being  able  to  reach  port; 
neque  recusabunt  quominus  perpetuo  sub  illorum  imperio  sint,  nor 
will  they  refuse  to  be  perpetually  under  their  sway;  Germani  retineri  non 
potuerant  quin  tela  conicerent,  it  had  not  been  possible  to  restrain  the 
Germans  from  throwing  spears. 

14  209 


210  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

414.  Substantive  Clauses  after  Verbs  of  Fear. 

1.  A  fear  that  something  will  happen  is  expressed  by  ne 
with  the  subjunctive,  e.  g.: 

nam,  ne  Diviciaci  animnm  offenderet,  verebatur,  for  he  feared  that 
he  would  wound  the  feelings  of  Dividacus. 

2.  A  fear  that  something  will  not  happen  is  expressed  by 
ut  with  the  subjunctive,  e.  g.: 

sed  verebantur  ut  supportari  posset,  htU  they  feared  that  it  could  not 

be  furnished. 

(a)  This  use  of  ut  and  ne  apparently  reverses  their  regular  meanings. 
It  came  about  thus :  if  you  fear  that  something  will  happen,  there  is 
always  an  earnest  wish  that  it  may  not  happen,  and  the  ne  represents 
this  strong  negative  vnsh,  e.  g. : 

/  fear  it  will  happen  =  I  am  afraid:  Oh,  may  it  not  happen!  In  like 
manner  a  negative  fear  is  accompanied  by  a  strong  positive  wish; 
hence,  ut. 

415.  VOCABULARY. 

commo&eyix&w., easily, conveniently,      paco,  I,  subdue,  pacify. 
deterred,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  prevent,      recens,  -ntis,  adj.,  recent. 

DETER.  suppliciimi,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  punishment. 

discessus,  -us,  m.,  departure.  supporto,  I,  bring  up;  transport. 

fortuna,  -ae,  f.,  fortune.  ventus,  -i,  m.,  wind. 

Idiom, 
supplicium  sumere  de,  to  inflict  punishment  on. 

416.  1.  Non  dubitamus  quin  de  omnibus  obsidibus,  qui 
apud  eum  sint,^  Ariovistus  gravissimum  supplicium  sumat. 
2.  Caesar  vel  auctoritate  sua  atque  exercitus,-  vel  recent! 
victoria,  vel  nomine  popull  Romani,  deterrere  potest  ne 
maior  multitudo  Germanorum  Rhenum  traducatur.  3. 
Nisi^  si  quid  in  Caesare  est  auxill,  omnibus  Gallis  idem  est 
faciendum  quod  Helvetii  fecerunt,  ut  domo  exeant  fortunam- 
que,  quaecumque  accidat,^  experiantur.  4.  Hi  multitu- 
dinem  deterrent  ne  frumentum  conferant  quod  debeant.' 


DEPENDENT  CLAUSES  (CONTINUED).  2ll 

5.  Turn  vero  dubitandum  non  erat  quin  ad  eos  proficisceretur. 

6.  Naves  vento  tenebantur  quominus  in  eundem  portum 
venire  possent.  7.  Coniurandi  hae  sunt  causae:  primum 
quod  verentur  ne,  omni  Gallia  pacata,  ad  eos  exercitus  noster 
adducatur.  8.  Non  hostem  veremur,  sed  angustias  itineris; 
aut  rem  frumentariam  ut  satis  commode  support ari  posset. 
9.  Ea  de  causa  a  meis  discedere  atque  ad  te  venire  nolui, 
quo  facilius  civitatem  in  officio  continerem;  ne,  omnis 
nobilitatis  discessu,  plebs  deficeret.  10.  Treveri  vero 
totius  hiemis  nullum  tempus  intermiserunt  quin  trans 
Rhenum  legatos  mitterent. 

^  Subjunctive  by  attraction;  401,  note  1.  ^  By  his  own  reputation 
and  {that)  of  his  army.  '  Nisi  is  sometimes  accompanied  by  si,  espe- 
cially before  the  indefinite  pronoun  quis. 

417.  1.  He  cannot  prevent  the  Germans  from  crossing  the 
river  in  boats,  2.  I  fear  the  Romans  will  come  with  an  army 
to  seize  our  towns.  3.  I  cannot  keep  myself  from  fearing 
that  the  enemy  will  take  the  city.  4.  They  feared  that  they 
would  not  be  able  to  conquer  the  Germans.  5.  Caesar 
ordered^  Labienus  to  prevent  the  Germans  from  crossing  the 
river.  6.  I  cannot  restrain^  my  soldiers  from  throwing 
weapons  at^  the  enemy. 

^  Write  twice,  using  iubed  and  impero.    ^  Retineo.    ^  In  with  ace. 


Circus  rider,  desultor. 


LESSON  LXIX. 
DEPENDENT  CLAUSES    (Continued). 
418.  Temporal  Clauses. 

Temporal  clauses  express  the  time  relation  which  the 
dependent  clause  bears  to  the  principal  clause. 

L  Temporal  clauses  may  be  introduced  by  a  subordinate 
conjunction  of  time  relation,  called  a  temporal  conjimction 
or  temporal  particle. 

1.  Dum,  while,  governs  the  present  indicative,  e.  g.: 

diun  haec  genmhir,  Caesari  nuntiatum  est,  while  these  things  were 
taking  place,  it  was  told  to  Caesar. 

Quoad,  as  long  as,  governs  the  indicative,  e.  g.: 
quoad  pohiit,  restitit,  he  resisted  as  long  as  he  could. 

Dum  and  quoad,  until,  govern  the  subjimctive,  e.  g.: 

non  exspectandum  sibi  statuit  dum  in  Santonos  Helvetii  perveni- 
rent^  he  resolved  that  he  must  not  wait  until  the  Helvetii  caine  among 
the  Santoni. 

2.  Postquam  and  posteaquam,  after;  ubi,  when;  simul  ac 
(simul  atque),  cum  primum  and  ubi  primmn,  as  soo7i  as, 
govern  the  perfect  indicative  of  a  single  past  event,  e.  g.: 

eo  postquam  Caesar  pervenit,  after  Caesar  arrived  there. 

3.  Antequam  (not  in  Caesar)  and  priusquam,^  before, 
take  the  subjunctive  to  indicate  design,  expectation,  or  fear; 

^  Antequam  and  priusquam  are  often  separated ;  ante  or  prius  stand- 
ing in  the  principal  clause  and  quam  introducing  the  dependent  clause. 
This  is  called  tmesis,  a  cutting. 

212 


DEPENDENT  CLA  USES  (CONTINUED).  213 

the  indicative    (rare)    to   indicate   mere   priority  of   time, 
e.  g.: 

Caesar  priusquam  se  hostes  reciperent,  exercitum  dtmt,  Caesar 
before  the  enemy  should  recover,  led  the  army. 

4.  Cum,  when. 

(a)  Cum,  referring  to  present  or  future  time,  governs  the 
indicative,  e.  g.: 

hi,  cum  usus  est,  omnes  in  bello  versantur,  these,  when  there  is  need, 
all  engage  in  war. 

(b)  Cum,  referring  to  past  time,  governs  the  indicative 
to  indicate  the  point  of  time,  the  subjunctive  (imperfect 
and  pluperfect)  to  emphasize  the  circumstances  accompany- 
ing the  event,  e.  g.: 

cum  Caesar  in  Galliam  venit,  principes  erant  Haedui,  when  Caesar 
came  into  Gaul,  the  Haedui  were  leaders;  cimi  vinctUs  traheretur,  in 
ipsum  Caesarem  incidit,  when  he  was  being  dragged  along  in  chains,  he 
fell  in  with  Caesar  himself. 

II.  Temporal  clauses  may  be  expressed  by  participles, 
either  in  agreement  or  in  the  ablative  absolute,  e.  g.: 

Hoc  facto,  reliquas  in  acie  constituit,  when  he  had  done  this  he  stationed 
the  rest  in  line. 

419.  VOCABULARY. 

accedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessiun,  ap-  resisto,     -ere,     -stiti     (-stitum), 

proach;  be  added.  resist. 

nox,  noctis,  f.,  night.  simul,  adv.,  at  the  same  time. 

posco,  -ere,  poposci,  ,   de-  statuo,    -ere,    -ui,    -utum,    place; 

mand.  determine. 

praefectus,    -i,    m.,    prefect     (an  terror,  -oris,  m.,  terror,  panic. 

officer  of  cavalry).  tumulus,  -i,  m.,  small  hill. 
propius,  comp.  adv.,  used  also  as 

prep.,  nearer. 

420.  1.  Caesar,  priusquam  hostes  se  ex  terrore  ac  fuga 
reciperent,  in  fines  Suessionum,  qui  proximi  Remis  erant, 


214  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

exercitum  duxit.  2.  Hostes,  ubi  primum  nostros  equites 
cSnspexerunt,  celeriter  nostros  perturbaverunt.  3.  Interim 
praefectos  iussit,  qui  cum  omni  equitatu  praemissi  crant,  sus- 
tinere  quoad  ipse  cum  exercitu  propius  accessisset.  4. 
Ipse,  equo  vulnerato  deiectus,  quoad  potuit  fortissime 
restitit.  5.  Quibus  rebus  adductus,  Caesar  sibi  non  exspec- 
tandum  statuit,  dum  in  Santonos  Helvetii  p)ervenirent. 
6.  Cum  finem  oppugnandi  nox  fecisset,  Iccius,  qui  tum  op- 
pido  praefuerat,  unus  ex  iis  qui  legati'  de  pace  ad  Caesarem 
venerant,  ntintium  ad  eum  mittit.  7.  Dum  haec  in  colloquio 
geruntur,  equites  Ariovisti  propius-  tumulum  accedunt  et 
lapides  telaque  in  nostros  coniciunt.  8.  Hostes  proelio 
superati,  simul  atque  se  ex  fuga  receperunt,  statim  ad 
Caesarem  legates  miserunt.  9.  Reliquos  in  fugam  conicce- 
runt  atque  ita  perterritos  egerunt  ut  non  prius  fuga  de- 
sisterent,  quam  in  conspectum  agminis  nostri  venissent. 
10.  Eo  postquam  Caesar  pervenit,  obsides,  anna,  servos 
poposcit. 

*  Pred.  appos.  to  qui,  who  had  come  as  envoys.  '  Here  used  as  prep, 
with  ace. 

421.  1.  The  Romans  made  an  attack  before  the  enemy 
were  able  to  draw  up  their  line  of  battle.  2.  Caesar  remained 
in  Gaul  with  the  army  until  the  work  of  fortif  j^ng  the  winter 
quarters  was -finished.  3.  While  the  soldiers  were  seeking 
plunder,  the  commander  of  the  enemy  fled.  4.  After  Caesar 
conquered  the  Gauls  there  was  peace.  5.  I  shall  hold  out  as 
long  as  I  can.  6.  When  Caesar  was  about  to  set  out  into 
Italy,  another  attack  was  made  upon  him. 


LESSON  LXX. 
DEPENDENT  CLAUSES    (Continued). 

422.  Causal  Clauses. 

1.  Causal  clauses  may  be  introduced  by  causal  conjunc- 
tions. 

L  Cum,  since,  because,  governs  the  subjunctive,  e.  g.: 

cum  ad  has  suspiciones  certissimae  res  accederent,  satis  esse 
causae  arbitrabatur,  because  the  most  certain  facts  were  added  to  these 
stispicions,  he  thought  there  wa^  suftdent  cause. 

2.  Quoniam,  since,  because,  governs  the  indicative,  e.  g.: 
quoniam  me  servare  non  possum,  since  I  cannot  save  myself. 

3.  Quod,  because,  (a)  governs  the  indicative  when  stating 
the  real  reason,  e.  g.: 

acciderat  quod  legionem  despiciebat,  it  had  happened  because  they 
despised  the  legion. 

(b)  governs  the  subjunctive  when  the  statement  is  made  on 
another's  authority  or  from  another's  point  of  view,  e.  g.: 

eos  accusal  quod  ab  iis  non  sublevetur,  he  blames  them  because  he  (aa 
he  claims)  is  not  assisted  by  them. 

II.  The  relative  pronoun,  alone  or  accompanied  by  ut, 
may  be  used  with  the  subjunctive  to  express  cause,  e.  g.: 

Caesar  iniuriam  facit,  qui  vectigalia  deteriora  faciat,  Caesar  does  him 
a  wrong,  because  he  is  diminishing  his  income. 

III.  Participles,  either  in  agreement  or  in  the  ablative 
absolute,  may  express  cause,  e.  g.: 

superatis  Belgis,  Caesar  pacatam  Galliam  existimavit,  because  the 
Belgians  had  been  subdued,  Caesar  thought  Gaul  was  pacified. 

215 


216  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

423.  Concessive  Clauses. 

I.  Concessive  clauses  may  be  introduced  by  concessive 
conjunctions. 

1.  Cum,  although,  governs  the  subjunctive,  e.  g.: 

ea  celeritate  mllites  ienint,  cum  capite  sold  ex  aqua  exstarent, 
with  such  speed  did  the  soldiers  charge,  though  they  were  above  water  with 
the  head  alone. 

2.  Etsi,  although,  governs  the  indicative,  e.  g.: 
etsi  maturae  sunt  hiemes,  although  the  wirders  are  early. 

II.  The  relative  pronoun  may  be  used  with  the  sub- 
junctive to  express  concession,  e.  g.: 

Hie,  qui  iam  ante  inimlco  animo  in  nos  fuisset,  multo  gravius  exftrsit, 
though  even  before  this  he  had  been  ill  disposed  toward  us,  he  was  much 
more  incensed. 

III.  Participles,  either  in  agreement  or  in  the  ablative 
absolute,  may  express  concession,  e.  g.: 

id,  paucis  defendentibus,  expugnare  ndn  potuit,  this,  though  few 
defended  it,  he  was  unable  to  take. 

424.  VOCABULARY. 

frumentor, -ftri, -atus,  dep,,  forage,  septimus,  -a,  -urn,  adj.,  seventh. 

necessarius,  -a,  um,  adj.,  nece&-  sublevo,  I,  assist,  relieve. 

SARY.  supersum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus, 
prex,  precis,  f.,  usually  pi.,   en-         be  left,  survive. 

treaties,  prayers. 

425.  1.  Hostes,  ubi  primum  nostros  equites  conspex- 
erunt,  quorum  numerus  erat  quinque  milium  cum  ipsi  non 
amplius  octingentos  equites  haberent,  quod  ii  qui  frtimen- 
tandi  causa  ierant  trans  Mosam  nondum  redierant,  nihil 
timentibus  nostrls^  quod  legati  eorum  paulo  ante  a  Caesare 
discesserant,  impetu  facto  celeriter  nostros  perturbaverunt. 
2.  Eodem  fere  tempore,  etsi  aestas  prope  iam  exacta^  erat, 


DEPENDENT  CLAUSES  (CONTINUED), 


217 


tamen,  quod  Morini  supererant,  qui  in  armis  erant,  eo 
exercitum  adduxit.  3.  Nam  hoc  toto  proelio,  cum  ab  hora 
septima  ad  vesperum  pugnatum  sit,  fugientem  hostem 
videre  nemo  potuit.  4.  Cum  ea  ita  sint,  tamen,  si  obsides 
a  vobis  mihi  dabuntur,  ego  vobiscum  pacem  faciam.  5. 
Nullam  partem  noctis  itinere  intermisso,  in  fines  Lingonum 
die  quarto  pervenerunt,  cum  propter  vulnera  militum  nostri 
eos  sequi  non  potuissent.  6.  Graviter  eos  accusat,  quod,  cum 
frumentum  ex  agris  sumi  non  posset,  tam  necessario  tempore, 
ab  iis  non  sublevetur;  praesertim  cum  magna  ex  parte  eorum 
precibus  adductus  bellum  susceperit,  multo  etiam  gravius 
quod  sit  destitutus,^  queritur. 

^  Abl.  abs.  2  exigo,  -ere,  -egi,  -actum,  finish,  end  (of  a  period  of 
time).     3  Destituo,  -ere,  -ui,  -utimi,  desert. 

426.  1.  Though  the  fight  lasted^  from  the  fourth  hour  to 
sunset,  no  one  of  the  enemy  fled.  2.  The  Germans  are  brave 
because  they  do  not  use  wine.  3.  Though  the  Germans  fight 
bravely,  nevertheless  we  can  conquer  them.  4.  Though  the 
battle  would  not  be  without  danger  to  the  army,  he  advanced 
bravely.  5.  Ariovistus  sent  envoys  to  Caesar  to  complain 
because  the  Roman  cayalry  were  demanding  grain.  6. 
Since  you  are  the  enemy  of  Rome,  I  shall  at  once  besiege 
your  city. 

^  Say,  "  it  was  fought." 


Roman  military  bracelet,  of  gold,  awarded  to  soldiers  for  deeds  of 
unusual  bravery. 


LESSON  LXXI. 
DEPENDENT   CLAUSES    (Continued^ 

427.  Conditional  Sentences. 

Conditional  sentences  consist  of  two  clauses:  the  if 
clause,  called  the  protasis;  and  the  conclusion  clause,  called 
the  apodosis.  The  protasis  is  introduced  by  si,  if,  or  by 
nisi,  if  .  .  .  not,  uyiless.  The  apodosis  is  the  principal 
clause  of  a  conditional  sentence. 

428.  Classification  of  Conditions. 

(a)  Conditional  sentences  are  classified  on  the  basis  of  time 
as  present  and  past  conditions  and  future  conditions. 

(b)  Present  and  ])ast  conditions  are  further  classified  as 
simple  and  contrary  to  fact. 

429.  A.  Present  and  Past  Conditions. 

I.  Simple  Conditions  are  stated  with  no  indication  as  to 
the  fulfilment  of  the  protasis,  and  any  present  or  past  in- 
dicative tense  may  stand  in  both  protasis  and  apodosis. 
The  imperative  may  stand  in  apodosis,  e.  g.: 

si  vales,  laetor,  if  you  are  well,  I  am  glad;  si  epistulam  meam  ac- 
cepisti,  certior  f actus  es,  if  you  received  my  letter,  you  have  been  informed; 
si  quid  vultis,  revertimini,  if  you  want  anything,  come  Ixick. 

I.  Contrary  to  Fact  Conditions  indicate  by  then*  form  that 
the  supposition  of  the  protasis  is  not  or  was  not  fulfilled. 
They  may  lie  in  present  or  past  time. 

I.  Present  Contrary  to  Fact  Conditions  have  the  imperfect 
subjunctive  in  both  protasis  and  apodosis,  e.  g.: 

si  Caesar  adesset,  non  in  periculo  essemus,  if  Caesar  were  here,  we 

should  not  be  in  danger. 

218 


DEPENDENT  CLAUSES  (CONTINUED).  219 

2.  Past  Contrary  to  Fact  Conditions  have  the  pluperfect 
subjunctive  in  both  protasis  and  apodosis,  e.  g.: 

si  Caesar  adftiisset,  non  in  periculo  fuissemus,  if  Caesar  had  been 
here,  we  should  not  have  been  in  danger. 

430.  VOCABULARY. 

contemptio,  -onis,  f.,  contempt.       praestat,  -are,  -stitit,  impers.,  it 
oro,  I,  entreat,  pray.  is  better. 

quando,  adv.,  when. 

431.  1.  Si  quid  vultis,  revertimini.  2.  Si  populus 
Romanus  aUcuius  iniuriae  sibi  conscius^  fuisset,  non  fuisset 
difficile  cavere.-  3.  Si  iam  principatum  Galliae  obtinere  non 
possumus,  Gallorum  quam  Romanorum  imperia  perferre 
praestat.  4.  Si  ille  adesset,  Eburones  tanta  contemptione 
nostri^  ad  castra  non  venissent.  5.  Nisi  haec  ita  essent, 
Carnutes  interficiendi  Tasgeti  consilium  non  cepissent.  6. 
Vincite/  si  ita  vultis.  7.  Si  Aduatucos  conservare  statuisti, 
oramus  ne  arma  nobis  eripias.  8.  Ac  si  quando^  suis  f ortunis 
desperare  coeperant,  se  in  proxima  oppida  recipiebant. 

^  conscius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  conscious.  ^  caved,  -ere,  cavi,  cautrnn, 
be  on  one's  guard.  ^  nostri  is  gen.  pi.  of  ego.  ^  Have  your  way;  lit.,  con- 
quer.    ^  si  quando,  if  ever. 

432.  1.  If  our  soldiers  had  assaulted  the  town  that  day, 
they  would  have  captured  it.  2.  If  Caesar  were  in  command 
of  the  army,  we  should  now  be  on  the  march.  3.  If  a  soldier 
is  brave,  he  fights  fiercely.  4.  Labienus,  if  you  wish  anything, 
come  back.  5.  If  this  is  so,  I  am  your  friend.  6.  If  this  were 
so,  I  would  be  your  friend. 


Snake  ring. 


LESSON  LXXII. 

DEPENDENT  CLAUSES    (Continued). 

433.  Conditional  Sentences  (Continued). 

B.  Future  Conditions. 

Future  Conditions  are  classified  as  More  Vivid  and  Less 
Vivid;  that  is,  the  shall  and  mill  conditions  and  the  shovM 
and  would  conditions. 

1.  More  Vivid  Future  Conditions  have  the  future  indicative 
in  both  protasis  and  apodosis;  but  the  future  perfect  indica- 
tive may  stand  in  protasis  representing  an  action  to  be  com- 
pleted before  the  apodosis  can  occur,  e.  g.: 

si  hostes  venient,  pugnabitur,  if  the  eriemy  comej  there  will  be  a  fight. 

IL  Less  Vivid  Future  Conditions  have  the  present  sub- 
junctive in  both  protasis  and  apodosis;  but  the  perfect  sub- 
junctive may  stand  in  protasis  representing  an  action  to  be 
completed  before  the  apodosis  can  occur,  e.  g.: 

si  hostes  veniant,  ptignetur,  if  the  enemy  shovld  comet  there  vxndd  he 
a  fight. 

Remarks. — 1.  To  translate  a  condition  properly,  observe  its  form  only. 
Mixed  conditions  may  occur,  having  protasis  and  apodosis  of  different 
classes;  translate  each  in  the  class  to  which  its  form  shows  it  to  belong. 

2.  Any  protasis  may  be  expressed  by  a  participle,  either  agreeing  with 
a  noun  in  the  apodosis  or  in  the  Ablative  Absolute,  e.  g.: 

se  defendere,  traditis  armis,  non  poterunt,  they  wiU  not  be  aUe  to 

defend  themselves  if  they  give  up  their  arms. 

220 


DEPENDENT  CLAUSES  (CONTINUED). 


221 


Latin 
Conditions. 


434.  Table  of  Conditional  Sentences. 

Simple. — Present  or  past  tense  of  the 

indicative  in  both  protasis  and  apo- 
dosis;  imperative  allowed  in  apo- 
dosis. 

Present  and  Past  J  f  Present  Time. — Imperfect 

Conditions.        I  subjunctive  in  both  pro- 

Contrary        tasis  and  apodosis. 
to  Fact.  I  Past      Time.  —  Pluperfect 
subjunctive  in  both  pro- 
tasis and  apodosis. 
More    Vivid. — Future    indicative    in 
both  protasis  and  apodosis:    future 
perfect    in    protasis,    if    completed 
Future  before  apodosis  takes  place. 

Conditions.  \  Less  Vivid. — Present  subjunctive  in 
both  protasis  and  apodosis:  perfect 
subjunctive  in  protasis,  if  completed 
before  apodosis  takes  place. 

435.  VOCABULARY. 

furor,  -oris,  fury,  rage,  madness.       iuvo,  -are,  iuvi,  iutimi,  aid,  assist. 
impello,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsum,  im-     submitto,   -ere,    -misi,   -missum, 
PEL,  induce.  send  (aid). 

436.  1.  Hoc  si  feceris,  Haeduorum  auctoritas  apud  om- 
nes  Belgas  maxima  erit.  2.  Si  Romani  Helvetios  superaverint, 
una  cum  reliqua  Gallia  Haeduis  libertatem  erepttiri  sunt. 
3.  Nisi  subsidium  mihi  submittetur,  diutius  sustinere  non 
potero.  4.  Quod^  si  furore  impulsus  bellum  intulerit,  quid 
tandem^  vereamini?  5.  Quod  si  praeterea  nemo  sequetur, 
tamen  ego  cum  sola  decima  legione  ibo.  6.  Si  quid  accidat 
Romanis,  ipse  per  Helvetios  regnum  obtineat.  7.  Quod  si 
quid  meo  fratri  a  Caesare  gravius  accident,  cum  ipse  eum 
locum  amicitiae  apud  Caesarem  teneam,  nemo^  existimabit 
non  mea  voluntate  factum.  8.  Si  hostes  frumento  iuveritis, 
vos  eodem  loco*  quo  Helvetios  habebo. 

■  ^  Quod  si,  hut  if.  ^  Tandem  in  a  question  strengthens  it;  why  pray? 
why  in  the  world  ?  or  some  such  idiom.  ^  jv'o  one  mil  think  it  not  done 
by  my  consent.  "*  Figurative:  /  will  hold  you  in  the  same  place  (i.  e., 
class)  as  (I  hold)  the  Helvetii;  that  is,  regard  you  as  enemies. 


222 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


437.  1.  If  the  Haedui  give^  us  grain,  we  shall  immediately 
set  out  against  the  Germans.  2.  If  you  should  ask  grain,  the 
Haedui  would  not  give  it.  3.  If  you  do  this,  Caesar  will  hold 
you  in  the  number  of  his  enemies.  4.  If  you  should  conquer 
the  Belgians,  they  would  retreat  to  the  forests.  5.  If 
Ariovistus  should  be  captured,  he  would  be  led  by  the 
soldiers  to  Caesar's  camp.  6.  If  the  army  arrives  within 
three  days,  the  enemy  will  be  easily  overcome. 

1  Note  that  in  English  the  vivid  future  condition  uses  the  present 
tense  in  protasis 


Shield  commemorating  the  sack  of  Rome  by  the  Gauls.  It  is 
probably  spurious,  though  accepted  by  some  authorities  as  genuine, 
and  is  shown  merely  as  an  interesting  example  of  commemorative 
art  in  metal  work. 


LESSON  LXXIII. 

INDIRECT  DISCOURSE— ORATIO   OBLIQUA. 

438.  There  are  two  ways  of  indicating  what  another 
says,  thinks,  knows,  or  perceives. 

(a)  Direct  Quotation,  Oratio  recta,  where  the  exact  words 
are  quoted,  and  in  which  there  are  no  pecuHarities  of  con- 
struction. 

(6)  Indirect  Quotation,  Oratio  obliqua,  where  the  original 
statement  is  reported  in  the  words  of  the  second  speaker. 

In  such  clauses  in  English  the  verb  of  saying,  knowing,  thinking, 
perceiving,  takes  an  object  clause  introduced  usually  by  the  quotation 
particle  thaty  e.  g. : 

I  will  consider  it  becomes  in  indirect  quotation  he  says  that  he  will 
consider  it  or  he  said  that  he  would  consider  it.  The  quotation-particle 
that  has  no  equivalent  in  Latin,  which,  in  order  to  quote  indirectly, 
changes  the  mode  of  the  verbs  of  the  original  statement. 

439.  Law  of  Indirect  Discourse. 

After  verbs  and  expressions  of  saying,  knowing,  think- 
ing, perceiving. 

1.  The  verbs  of  all  assertions  in  principal  clauses  become 
infinitive  with  subject  accusative. 

2.  The  verbs  of  most  questions  in  principal  clauses  become 
subjunctive ;  but  some  become  infinitive,  especially  if  rhetor- 
ical. 

3.  The  verbs  of  all  commands  in  principal  clauses  become 
subjunctive. 

4.  The  verbs  of  all  dependent  clauses  become  subjunctive. 

5.  All  subjunctives  in  Oratio  obliqua  obey  the  Law  of 
Sequence  of  Tenses  and  take  sequence  from  the  verb  which 
introduces  the  quotation. 

223 


224  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

6.  In  all  changes  involving  finite  modes  only,  between 
direct  and  indirect  discourse,  the  stem  of  the  changed  verb- 
forms  never  changes. 

(Except  in  prohibitions  of  the  form,  380,  III,  a.) 

Examples. — In  these  examples  the  sentence  is  given  first 
in  oratio  recta,  then  in  oratio  obliqua  after  a  primary  tense, 
the  secondary  tense  and  sequence  being  bracketed.  The 
numbers  refer  to  the  divisions  under  439. 

1.  (a)  Caesar  says  (said):  "  /  will  come."  Caesar  dicit  (dixit): 
**  Veniam." 

(b)  Caesar  says  (said)  that  he  wiU  (would)  come.  Caesar  dicit 
(dixit)  se  venturum  esse.  As  there  are  no  dependent  clauses  in  the 
quotation,  the  law  of  sequence  does  not  apply  here;  it  affects  the 
finite  modes  alone. 

(a)  Caesar  says  (said):  "  Labienus  has  come."  Caesar  dicit  (dixit): 
**  Labienus  venit." 

(/;)  Caesar  says  (said)  that  Labienus  has  (had)  come.  Caesar  dicit 
(dixit)  Labienum  venisse. 

2.  (a)  Caesar  asks  (asked):  "What  do  you  wishf"  Caesar  rogat 
(rogavit) :  "  Quid  vis?" 

(h)  Caesar  a^ks  (asked)  what  he  wishes  (wished).  Caesar  rogat 
(rogavit)  quid  velit  (vellet). 

(a)  Caesar  says  (said):  "Can  I  lay  asitle  the  memory  f"  Caesar 
dicit  (dixit):    **  Num  memoriam  deponere  possum?" 

(6)  Caesar  says  (said)  can  (could)  he  lay  aside  the  memory?  Caesar 
dicit  (dixit)  num  se  memoriam  deponere  posse?  This  question  is 
asked  not  for  an  answer,  but  for  rhetorical  effect. 

3.  (a)  Caesar  says  (said):  "  Reviemher."  Caesar  dicit  (dixit): 
"  Reminescere." 

(h)  Caesar  says  (said)  he  must  remember.  Caesar  dicit  (dixit) 
reminiscatur  (reminisceretur). 

4.  (a)  Caesar  says  (said):  "  Labienus,  who  has  conquered  the  Gauls, 
has  come."     Caesar  dicit  (dixit):    '*  Labienus,  qui  Gallos  vicit,  venit:" 

(6)  Caesar  says  (said)  that  Labienus,  u'ho  has  (had)  conquered  the 
Gaid-s,  has  (had)  come.  Caesar  dicit  (dixit)  Labienum,  qui  Gallos 
vicerit  (vicisset),  venisse. 

(a)  Caesar  says  (said):  "  I  come  to  wage  war."  Caesar  dicit  (dixit): 
*'  Venio  ut  belliun  geram." 

(b)  Caesar  says  (said)  that  he  comes  (ca77ie)  to  wage  war.  Caesar 
dicit  (dixit)  se  ut  bellum  gerat  (gereret)  venire. 


INDIRECT  DISCOURSE— ORATIO  OBLIQUA.        225 

440.  Tenses  of  the  Infinitive  in  Indirect  Discourse. 

The  tense  of  the  infinitive  in  an  indirect  quotation  is 
determined  solely  by  the  time  of  the  original  statement. 
Thus,  if  Caesar  said  Labienus  is  my  friend,  is  will  become 
esse  whatever  may  be  the  tense  of  the  verb  of  saying. 

(a)  The  future  infinitive  of  a  verb  which  has  no  supine 
stem,  or  a  future  infinitive  passive,  is  represented  by  fore 
(223,  d)  followed  by  a  subject  clause  with  ut  and  the  sub- 
junctive, e.  g.: 

fore  videbat,  ut  periculum  effugerent,  he  saw  that  they  would  flee  the 
danger:   lit.,  he  saw  it  would  be  that  they,  etc. 

441.  VOCABULARY. 

contumelia,    -ae,  f.,   insult,    out-  intellego,    -ere,    -lea,    -lectum, 

rage.  know,  understand. 

deinde,  adv.,  next,  then.  mandatiun,  -i,  n.,  command. 

demonstro,  I,  show,  point  out.  moved,  -ere,  movi,  motum,  move. 

depono,    -ere,    -posui,    -positum,  puto,  I,  think,  consider. 

lay  down,  lay  aside.  suscipio,     -ere,    -cepi,    -ceptum, 

undertake. 

442.  1.  Id  si  fieret,  intellegebat  magno  cum  periculo 
provinciae  futtirum,^  ut  homines  bellicosos^  finitimos  habe- 
ret.  2.  Legatis  respondit  diem  se  ad  deliberandum  stimp- 
turum:  si  quid  vellent,  reverterentur.  3.  Caesar  legates 
cum  his  mandatis  mittit:  haec  esse  quae  ab  eo  postu- 
laret;  primum,  ne  quam  hominum  multitudinem  amplius 
trans  Rhenum  traduceret;  deinde,  obsides  quos  haberet 
ab  Haeduis  redderet.^  4.  His  Caesar  ita  respondit:  Quod 
si  veteris  contumeliae  oblivisci*  vellet,  num  etiam  recen- 
tium  iniuriarum  memoriam  deponere  posse?  5.  Caesar 
dixit:  Quod  si  furore  impulsus  bellum  intulisset,  quid 
tandem  vererentur?  6.  Caesar  dixit:  Itaque  se,  quod  in 
longiorem  diem  collattirus  fuisset,-^  statim  facturum;  et 
proxima  nocte  castra  moturum,  ut  quam  primum  intellegere 
posset  utrum  apud  eos  pudor^  atque  officium  an  timor  plus 

15 


226  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

valeret.  7.  Allobroges  se  ad  Caesarem  recipiunt  et  demon- 
strant  nihil  sibi  esse  reliqui  praeter  agri  solum.  8.  Sibi  earn 
rem  cogitandam  et  suscipiendam  putabat. 

1  Fut.  inf.  with  esse  omitted:  esse  is  freely  omitted  from  any  com- 
pound infinitive;  and  the  student  is  dependent  upon  the  sjiitax,  especi- 
ally the  principal  verb,  to  determine  whether  the  remaining  portion  of 
the  form  is  an  infinitive  or  a  true  participle.  -  Bellicosus,  -a,  -imi, 
warlike.  ^  The  ut  which  would  naturally  govern  redderet  is  omitted, 
being  sufficiently  indicated  by  the  ne  which  governs  the  negative  clause 
of  the  same  construction.  *  Obliviscor,  -I,  oblitus,  dep.,  forget,  governs 
the  genitive.  ^  What  he  had  intended  to  defer  to  a  more  distant  day. 
®  Pudor,  -oris,  m.,  shame,  sense  of  honor:  whether  a  sense  of  honor  arid 
duty,  or  fear,  were  the  stronger  with  them.     Review  382. 

443.  Translate  into  Latin;  first  in  the  direct  discourse, 
then  in  indirect  discourse  depending  on  Caesar  says,  then  in 
indirect  discourse  depending  on  Caesar  said. 

1.  I  will  conquer  the  Germans  in  a  great  war.  2.  I  am  in 
great  fear.  3.  I  have  seen  the  enemy.  4.  Where  shall  I  ob- 
tain grain?  5.  Can  I  endure  the  insults  of  Divico?  6. 
Inquire  where  the  army  of  the  enemy  is.  7.  The  Germans, 
who  have  sent  me  this  message,  are  our  enemies.  8.  I  shall 
make  war  on  Ariovistus  because  he  does  injury  to  the 
province. 


Types  of  Roman  denarii  (reverse).  Those  showing  a  two-horse 
chariot  were  called  nummi  bigati;  those  showing  a  four-horse  chariot, 
nummi  quadngati. 


LESSON  LXXIV. 
INDIRECT  DISCOURSE    (Continued). 

444.  Indirect  Questions. 

The  construction  of  the  indirect  question  is  extended 
beyond  the  quoting  of  an  actual  question  to  include  state- 
ments impl3dng  or  anticipating  questions.  Thus,  he  asked 
what  he  should  do  is  the  actual  question,  what  shall  I  do  f 
indirectly  quoted.  But  in  Caesar  told  them  what  he  would  do^ 
there  may  have  been  no  actual  question;  yet  in  giving  this 
information  Caesar  anticipated  and  answered  an  implied 
question,  what  will  you  do  f  This  implication  requires  that 
what  should  be  an  interrogative  word  in  Latin,  and  the  verb 
do  in  the  subjunctive. 

(a)  As  there  is  no  future  subjunctive,  indirect  questions 
referring  to  the  future  employ  first  periphrastic  forms. 

445.  For  reference  only. 

Conditions  in  Indirect  Discourse. 

(a)  Protasis  tenses  are  all  in  the  subjunctive. 

(b)  All  apodosis  constructions  involve  an  infinitive  idiom, 
as  follows  (except  that  imperative  apodoses  become  sub- 
junctive) : 

1.  An  indicative  verb  becomes  infinitive. 

2.  An  active  subjunctive  becomes  the  future  infinitive,  except  that 
in  the  past  contrary  to  fact,  the  verb  is  expressed  by  a  compound 
infinitive  formed  by  joining  fuisse  to  the  future  participle  of  the  verb. 

3.  A  passive  subjunctive  becomes  fore  (or  futurum  esse)  followed 
by  a  subject  clause  introduced  byut  and  having  its  verb  in  the  subjunc- 
tive; except  that  in  the  past  contrary  to  fact,  futurum  fuisse  is  sub- 
stituted in  the  place  of  fore. 

227 


228  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

446.  VOCABULARY. 

arbitror,  I,  dep,,  think,  judge.  ostendo,  -ere,  -ndi,  -ntum,  show. 

custos,  -odis,  m.,  guard.  perspicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectum, 
fluo,  -ere,  flum,  fluxmn,  flow.  observe;  see  clearly. 

insidiae,  -arum,  f.,  ambush;  treach-  quare  (often  qua  re),  adv.  phrase 
^y-  rel.  and  interrog.,  wherefore,  why. 

©cuius,  -i,  m.,  eye.  scio,  scire,  scivi,  scitum,  know. 

447.  1.  Hac  re  statim  per  exploratores  cognita,  Caesar, 
insidias  veritus,^  quod  qua  de  causa  discederent  nondum 
perspcxerat,  exercitum  equitatumque  castrls  continuit. 
2.  Intellego  quanto  cum  periculo  id  fecerim.  3.  Neque 
consill  habendi-  neque  arma  capiendi^  spatio  dato,  per- 
turbabantur  copiasne^  ad  hostes  educere,  an  castra  defendere, 
an  fuga  salutem  petere  praestaret.  4.  Flumen  est  Arar 
quod  in  Rhodanum  influit  incredibili  lenitate,  ita  ut  oculis 
in  utram  partem  fluat  iudicare  non  possit.  5.  Dumnorigi 
custodes  p>onit,  ut,  quae  agat,  quibuscum  loquatur,  scire 
possit.  6.  Quid  sul  consill  sit,  ostendit.  7.  Satis  esse  causae 
arbitrabatur  quare  aut  ipse  in  eum  animadverteret  aut  civi- 
tatem  animadvertere  iuberet.  8.  Vehementer  eos  accusavit; 
primum  quod  aut  quam  in  partem  aut  quo  consilio  ducerentur 
sibi  quaerendum  aut  cogitandum  putarent. 

^  The  pf.  ptc.  of  a  deponent  may  take  a  dir.  obj.  ^  Gerundive. 
^  Gerund  with  obj.;  note  the  occurrence  of  the  two  constructions  in  the 
same  clause:  both  are  gen.  depending  on  spatio.  *  Ne  ...  an  ...  an; 
382,  II. 

448.  1.  I  do  not  know  why  they  ^  are  departing.  2. 
Caesar  showed  me  what  his  plan  was.  3.  I  do  not  know 
whether  I  shall  go  or  stay.  4.  Find  out^  what  is  the  nature 
of  the  place  that  the  enemy  have  chosen  for  a  camp.  5. 
The  tenth  legion  had  never  inquired  by  what  plan  it  was 
being  led.  6.  But  it  always  wished  to  know  where  the  enemy 
was. 

*  Use  cogndsco. 


LESSON  LXXV. 
RELATIVE    SENTENCES. 

449.  Mode  Syntax  of  the  Relative  Sentence. 

No  relative  word  can  exert  any  influence  upon  the  mode 
of  the  verb  of  its  clause:  it  merely  represents  its  antecedent. 
Only  an  outside  influence  or  a  need  within  the  clause  can  make 
the  verb  of  a  relative  clause  subjunctive. 

Rule  A. — When  the  relative  clause  states  a  fact  concerning 
the  antecedent,  its  verb  is  in  the  indicative. 

Rule  B. — ^When,  however, 

L  Another  verb  imposes  its  force  upon  the  verb  of  the 
relative  clause,  or  when, 

IL  The  verb  of  the  relative  clause  is  governed  by  a  sub- 
ordinate conjunction  which  takes  the  subjunctive,  or  when, 

III.  The  relative  clause  forms  a  part  of  a  subjunctive 
condition,  or  when, 

IV.  The  verb  of  the  relative  clause  is  compelled  to  ex- 
press by  itself  some  idea  other  than,  or  additional  to,  a  fact, 
it  stands  in  the  subjunctive  mode. 

450.  Remarks. — 1.  On  449,  B,  I.  A  verb  may  impose  its  force  on 
a  relative  clause —  ' 

(a)  By  indirect  discovirse. 

(6)  By  attraction.  A  relative  clause  included  within  another 
clause  whose  verb  is  subjunctive  often  has  its  own  verb  subjunctive 
for  no  apparent  reason,  e.  g.: 

dat  negotium  Gallis  uti  ea  quae  apud  eos  gerantur,  cognbscant,  he 
charges  the  Gauls  to  find  out  those  things  which  were  going  on  among  them, 

229 


230  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

2.  On  449,  B,  IV.     The  necessities  of  expression  laid  upon  the  verb 

of  a  relative  clause  may  be: 

(a)  Purpose  (399,  II); 

(6)  Result  (407,  II); 

(c)   Cause  (422,  II); 

(rf)  Concession  (423,  II); 

(e)  Characteristic.  Here  the  relative  clause  expresses  some  quality 
or  characteristic  of  a  general  or  indefinite  antecedent  (especially  if  nega- 
tive or  interrogative),  or  an  action  or  state  inferable  from  it,  e.  g.: 

ea,  qtiae  ad  proficiscendum  pertinerent,  things  which  (i.  c.,  s^ich  things 
as)  pertained  to  their  departure;  unus  ego  sum  ^m  adduci  non  potuerim, 
/  am  the  oidy  one  who  {owing  to  firmness  of  character)  could  not  be  induced; 
non  longius  aberant  quam  quo  telum  adici  posset,  they  were  no  farther 
away  than  a  javelin  could  be  hurled. 

451.  VOCABULARY. 

adhuc,  adv.,  hitherto.  compleo,  -plere,  -plevi,  -pletum, 

coUigo,  -ere,  -leg^,  -lectum,  col-        fill,  complete. 

LECT.  dedo,    -ere,    -didi,    -ditum,    sur- 

render. 

452.  1.  Acctisabant  reliquos  Belgas  qui  se  populo  Rom- 
ano dedidissent  atque  virtutem  proiecissent.  2.  His  rebus 
cognitis,  exploratores  praemittit,  qui  locum  idoneum  castris 
deligant.  3.  Erant  omnino  itinera  duo,  quibus  itineribus 
domo  exire  possent.  4.  Hoc  re  concessa,  parvis  arboribus 
collectis,  quibus  fossas  Romanorum  compleant,'  ad  castra 
contendunt.  5.  Volusenus,  perspectis  regionibus  omnibus, 
quantum  ei  facultatis  dari  potuit-  qui  navi  egredi  non  auderet, 
ad  Caesarem  refertitur.  6.  Neque  adhuc  repertus  est  quis- 
quam  qui  mortem  recusaret.  7.  Unus  ego  sum  qui  adduci 
non  potuerim  ut  liberos  meos  obsides  dem.  8.  Ratio  con- 
fecta  erat  qui  numerus  domo  exisset  eorum  qui  arma  ferre 
possent. 

1  Quibus  .  .  .  compleant,  with  which  to  fill  up.  ^  So  far  as  oppor- 
tunity could  be  given  to  him;  lit.,  as  mu^h  of  opportunity  as. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING. 

The  Helvetian  War. 

These  selections  contain  the  somewhat  simplified  text  of 
Caesar's  account  of  his  first  campaign  in  Gaul  in  the  early 
summer  of  58  B.  C.  Caius  Julius  Caesar  has  left  a  greater 
impress  on  the  world  than  any  man  that  ever  lived.  It  is 
safe  to  say  that,  but  for  Caesar,  our  own  country  would  not 
be  what  it  is  to-day;  for  Caesar  determined  the  civilization 
from  which  ours  has  sprung.  Stories  of  battle,  adventure, 
and  exploration  are  always  fascinating;  and  Caesar's  own 
truthful  and  convincing  narrative  of  his  brilliant  military 
operations  in  the  vast  wilderness  of  western  Europe,  cam- 
paigns embracing  in  their  scope  Gaul,  Germany,  and  England, 
cannot  fail  to  be  of  interest. 

Gaul  and  its  tribes. 

1.  Gallia  est  omnis  divisa  in  partes  tres,  quarum 
unam  incolunt  Belgae,  aliam  Aquitani,  tertiam  qui^ 
ipsorum^  lingua  Celtae,  nostra^  Galli  appellantur.  Hi 
omnes  lingua,  instittitis,  legibus  inter  se  differunt.  Horum 
5  omnium  fortissimi  sunt  Belgae,  propter ea*  quod  a  cultti 
atque  humanitate  provinciae  longissime  absunt,  mini- 
meque^  ad  eos  mercatores  saepe  commeant  atque  ea,  quae 
ad  effeminandos  animos  pertinent,  important,  proximique 
sunt  Germanis  qui  trans  Rhenum  incolunt,  quibuscum 
10  continenter  bellum  gerunt.  Qua  de  causa  Helvetii 
quoque   reliquos   Gallos   virtute  praecedunt,   quod   fere 

Chapter  I. — ^  Supply  an  antecedent,  those  who.  ^  Their  own.  ^  Refers 
back  to  lingua,  in  ours.  *  Compound  conjunction  formed  of  propter 
ea  quod,  on  account  of  this,  because;  translate  simply  because.  ^  minime 
modifies  saepe,  least  often. 

23X 


232  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

cotidianis  proelils  cum  Germanis  contendunt,  cum  aut 
suls  finibus  eos  prohibent,  aut  ipsi  in  eorum  finibus 
bellum  gerunt. 

No  special  vocabularies  are  given  to  these  exercises:  the  student  must 
rely  on  the  general  vocabulary  at  close  of  book. 

The  Ambitions  of  Orgetorix. 

2.  Apud  Helvetios  longe  nobilissimus  fuit  Orgetorix. 
Is,  regni  cupiditate  inductus,  coniurationem  nobilitatis 
fecit  et  civitati  persuasit  ut  de  finibus  suis  cum  omnibus 
copiis  exirent:*  **  Pcrfacile  est,"  dixit,  "  cum  virtute  om- 
6  nibus  praestemus,  totius  Galliae  imperio  potiri."  Id^  hoc 
facilius  eis  persuasit,  quod  undique  loci  natura  Helvetii 
continentur :  una  ex  parte^  flumine  Rheno,  latissimo  atque 
altissimo,  qui  agrum  Helvctium  a  Germanis  dividit; 
10  altera  ex  parte  monte  lura  altissimo,  qui  est  inter  Se- 
quanos  et  Helvetios;  tertia,*  lacu  Lemanno  et  flumine 
Rhodano,  qui  provinciam*  nostram  ab  Helvetiis  dividit. 

Discontent  of  the  Helvetii. 

His  rebus  fiebat  ut  et  minus  late  vagarentur  et  minus 
facile  finitimis  bellum  inferre  possent;  qua*  ex  parte 
homines  bellandi  cupidi'  magno  dolore  afficiebantur. 
Pro^  multitudine  autem  hominum  et  pro  gloria  belli 
5  atque  fortitudinis  angustos  se  fines  habere  arbitrabantur, 
qui  in  longitudinem  milia  passuum  CCXL,  in  latitudinem 
CLXXX  patebant. 

Chapter  2. — ^Purpose  clause,  obj.  of  persuasit.  ^  Ace.  obj.  of 
persuasit;  eis  is  ind.  obj.  and  hoc  a  cause  abl.,  he  persuaded  them  of  this 
(lit.,  this  to  them)  more  easily  for  this  reason.  ^  On  one  side.  *  Sc.  ex 
parte.  ^  The  Romans  before  Caesar's  time  had  already  seized  and 
settled  the  entire  Mediterranean  coast  of  Gaul  and  had  pushed  north- 
ward to  Lake  Leman  (Geneva)  and  westward  beyond  the  line  of  the 
Rhone  to  the  Cevennes  Mountains,  •qua  ex  parte;  an  idiom,  for 
which  reason.  '  Nom.  pi.,  agrees  with  homines  and  governs  the  gen, 
gerimd  bellandi.    *  Pro,  for;  i.  e.,  in  proportion  to. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING.  233 

The  Helvetii  begin  their  preparations. 
3.  His  rebus  adducti  et  auctoritate  Orgetorigis  per- 
moti,  constituerunt  ea  quae  ad  proficiscendum  pertin- 
erent  comparare,  iumentorum  et  carrorum  quam^ 
maximum  numerum  coemere,  sementes  quam  maximas 
5  facere,  ut  in  itinere  copia  frumenti  esset,  cum  proximis 
civitatibus  pacem  et  amicitiam  confirmare.  Ad  eas  res 
conficiendas  biennium  sibi  satis  esse  existimaverunt : 
in^  tertium  annum  profectionem  lege  conflrmant. 

The  mission  of  Orgetorix. 
Ad  eas  res  conficiendas  Orgetorix  deligitur.  Is  sibi 
legationem  ad  civitates  suscepit.  In  eo  itinere  persuadet 
Castico,  Sequano,  cuius  pater  regnum  in  Sequanis  multos 
annos  obtinuerat  et  a  senatu  populi  Roman!  amrcus 
5  appellatus  erat,  ut  regnum  in  civitate  sua  occuparet,^ 
quod  pater  ante  habuerat.  Itemque  Dumnorigi  Haeduo, 
fratrl  DiviciacI,  qui  eo  tempore  principatum  in  civitate 
obtinebat  ac  maxime  plebi  acceptus  erat,  persuadet  ut  idem 
conaretur,  eique  filiam  suam  in  matrimonium  dat. 

Arguments  of  Orgetorix  and  result  of  his  mission. 
Haec  illis  probat:  perfacile  factti  est  conata  perficere, 
propterea  quod  ipse  suae  civitatis  imperium  obtenturus 
est;^  non  est  dubium  quin  totius  Galliae  Helvetii  plurimum^ 
possint;**  ipse  suis  copiis  suoque  exercitti  illis'  regna  con- 
5  ciliaturus  est.  Hac  oratione  adducti,  inter  se  fidem  et 
ius^  iurandum  dant  et,  regno  occupato,  totius  Galliae 
imperio  sese  potiri  posse  sperant. 

Chapter  3. — ^  Adv.,  161,  c.  ^  xhe  time  in  the  future  for  which 
arrangement  is  made  is  expressed  by  in  with  ace,  for  the  third  year. 
3  Persuadet,  as  historical  present,  here  takes  secondary  sequence; 
235,  I,  e.  *  Fut.  periphrastic,  was  going  to  seize.  ^  Adverbial  ace.  of  ex- 
tent. ®  Governed  by  quin  after  a  neg.  expression  of  doubt.  '  Dat. 
for  them.  ^  ius  iurandum,  an  oath;  a  cpd.  neut.  ndun  of  which  both 
members  are  declined:    Gen.,  iuris  iurandi. 


234  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

Plot  of  Orgetorix  discovered.     His  trial  and  rescue. 

4.  Ea  res  Helvetiis  est  enuntiata.  Moribus^  suis 
Orgetorigem  ex  vinculis  causam  dicere  coegerunt;  eum^ 
damnatum  poenam  sequi  oportebat,  ut  igni  cremaretur. 
Die^  constituta  causae  dictionis  Orgetorix  ad  iudicium 

5  omnem  suam  familiam,  ad  hominum  milia  decern,  iin- 
dique  coegit  et  omnes  clientcs  suos,  quorum  magnum 
numerum  habebat,  eodem  conduxit:  per  eos,  ne  causam 
diceret,  se  eripuit.* 

Death  of  Orgetorix. 

Cum  civitas,  ob  eam  rem  incitata,  armis  ius  suum  ex- 

sequi    conaretur    multitudinemque    hominum    ex    agrls 

magistratus    cogerent,    Orgetorix    mortuus    est;    neque 

abest  suspicio,   ut  Helvetii  arbitrantur,   quin  ipse  sibi 

5  mortem  consciverit. 

The   Helvetii  continue  their  preparations  for  a  national 
migration. 

5.  Post  eius  mortem  nihilo  minus  Helvetii  id,  quod 
constituerant,  facere  conantur,  ut  e  finibus  suis  exeant.^ 
Ubi  iam  se  ad  eam  rem  paratos  esse  arbitrati  sunt,  op- 
pida  sua  omnia,  numero  ad  duodecim,  vicos  ad  quadrin- 

5  gentos,  reliqua  privata  aedificia  incendunt:  frumentum 
omne,  praeterquam  quod  secum  portaturi  erant,  com- 

Chapter  4. — ^  In  accordance  tvith  their  custotns;  340,  I,  a.  -  Seqm 
with  its  subj.,  poenam,  follows  oportebat  (304,  a);  eum,  hitn,  refers  to 
Orgetorix  and  is  obj.  of  sequI;  damnatum,  a  pf.  ptc.  with  conditional 
sense,  agrees  with  eum;  the  ut  clause  explains  poenam  and  is  in  api)Osi- 
tion  with  it  (412,  2):  if  condemned,  it  was  necessary  that  the  penalty 
fall  upon  (lit.,  follow)  him,  that  he  be  burned  with  fire.  ^  On  the  ap- 
pointed day  of  the  pleading  of  the  case.  *  He  escaped  (lit.,  rescued  himr 
self),  that  he  might  not  plead  his  case. 

Chapter  5. — ^  Explanatory  clause  in  apposition  with  id. 


1 .  The  narrow  and  difficult  pass  through  which  wagons  could  scarcely 
be  hauled  in  single  file. 


2.  Bluffs  along  the  Rhone:  here  no  fortification  was  needed. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  BEADING.  235 

burunt,  ut  domum  reditionis  spe  sublata  paratiores  ad 
omnia  pericula  subeunda  essent:  trium  mensium^  molita 
cibaria  sibi  quemque  domo  efferre  iubent.  Persuadent 
10  finitimis  uti,^  eodem  usf  consilio,  una  cum  iis  proficis- 
cantur. 

The  Routes  available  for  the  journey. 

6.  Erant  omnino  itinera  duo,  quibus  itineribus^  domo 
exlre  possent:^  unum  per  Sequanos,  augustum  et  difficile, 
inter  montem  luram  et  flumen  Rhodanum,  vix  qua^  sin- 
guli  carri  ducerentur;  mons  autem  altissimus  impendebat, 

5  ut  facile  perpauci  prohibere  possent:*  alterum  per  pro- 
vinciam  nostram,  multo  facilius  atque  expeditius,  prop- 
terea  quod  inter  fines  Helvetiorum  et  Allobrogum,  qui 
nuper  pacati  erant,  Rhodanus  ifluit  isque  nonnullis  locis 
vado  transitur. 

The  Helvetii  negotiate  for  the  easier  route. 
Extremum  oppidum  Allobrogum  proximumque  Hel- 
vetiorum finibus  est  Genava:  ex  eo  oppido  pons  ad  Hel- 
vetios  pertinet.  ''  Allobrogibus  vel  persuadebimus,  quod 
nondum  bono  animo^  in  populum  Romanum  videntur,'' 
5  existimabant  Helvetii,  *'  vel  vi  cogemus,  ut  per  suos 
fines  nos  Ire  patiantur."  Omnibus  rebus  ad  profectionem 
comparatis,  diem  dicunt,  qua  die  ad  ripam  Rhodani 
omnes  conveniant.® 

Caesar  takes  measures  to  prevent  the  migration. 

7.  Ita  Helvetii  per  provinciam  nostram  iter  facere 
conabantur.     Caesari  cum  id  nuntiatum  esset,  mattirat 

Chapter  5. — ^  Gen.  of  measure;  ground  grain  for  three  months.  ^  A  fre- 
quent form  of  ut.    3  Having  adopted  the  same  plan;  pf .  ptc.  of  utor. 

Chapter  6. — ^  The  antecedent  is  sometimes  repeated  in  the  relative 
clause;  it  need  not  be  translated.  ^  May  be  regarded  as  either  rel. 
characteristic  or  rel.  purpose.  ^  Adv.,  where.  *  Result  clause.  ^  Well 
disposed;  lit.,  of  good  mind,  abl.  quality.  ®  They  should  all  come,  the 
purpose  for  which  the  day  was  named. 


236  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

ab  urbe  proficisci  et  quam  maximis  potest  itineribus*  in 
Galliam  ulteriorem  contendit  et  ad  Genavam  porvenit. 
5  Provinciae^  toti  quam  maximum  potest  militum  numerum 
imperat  (erat  omnino  in  Gallia  ulteriore  legio  una); 
pontem  qui  erat  ad  Genavam  iubet  rescind!. 

The  Helvetian  commissioners  meet  Caesar. 

Ubi  de  eius  adventu  Helvetii  ccrtiores  facti  sunt,  legatos 
ad  eum  mittunt,  nobilissimos  civitatis,  cuius  legationis 
Nammeius  et  Verucloetius  principem  locum  obtincbant, 
qui  dicerent:  "  Helvetiis^  est  in  animo  sine  ullo  maleficio 
5  iter  per  provinciam  f acere,  propterea  quod  aliud  iter  habent 
nullum.     Rogant  ut  tua  voluntate  id  sibi  facere  liceat." 

Caesar  craftily  plays  for  time. 

Caesar,  quod  memoria  tenebat  L.  Cassium*  consulem 
occisum  exercitumque  eius  ab  Helvetiis  pulsum  et  sub 
iugum  missum,  concedendum^  non  putabat;  nam  certe, 
existimabat,  homines  inimico  animo,  data  facultate  per 
provinciam  itincris  faciendi,  iniuriam  et  maleficium 
5  facient.  Tamcn,  ut  spatium  intercedere  posset,  dum 
milites,  quos  imperaverat,  convenirent,  legatis  respondit: 
"  Diem  ad  deliberandum  sumam.  Si  quid  vultis,  re- 
vertimini." 

Caesar  prepares  to  check  the  Helvetii. 

8.  Interea  ea  legione,  quam  secum  habebat,  militibus- 
que,  qui  ex  provincia  convcnerant,  a  lacu  Lemann5 
qui  in  flumen  Rhodanum  influit  ad  montem  luram  qui 
fines  Sequanorum  ab  Helvetiis  dividit,  milia  passuum 

Chapter  7. — *  By  the  very  longest  marches  he  is  able  (to  make).  ^  Dat. 
ind.  obj.  of  imperat.  ^  Dat.  of  reference  or  possessor.  *  Because  he 
held  in  memory  L.  C,  the  consul,  slain  and  his  army  routed,  etc.  ^  Inf. 
of  passive  periphrastic,  esse  omitted. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING.  237 

6  decern  novem,  murum  in  altitudinem  pedum  sedecim 
fossamque  perducit.  Eo  opere  perfecto,  praesidia  dis- 
ponit,  castella  communit,  quo^  facilius,  si  se  invito^ 
transire  conarentur,^  prohibere  possit. 

Caesar  refuses   to   permit   the  march.      The  Helvetii  at- 
tempt to  force  the  passage  of  the  Rhone,  and  fail. 

Ubi  ea  dies/  quam  constituerat  cum  legatis,  venit  et 
legatl  ad  eum  reverterunt,  dicit:  ''  More  et  exemplo 
populi  Romani  iter  ulli  per  provinciam  dare  non  possum; 
et  si  vim  facere  conabimini,  vos  prohibebo."     Helvetii, 

6  ea  spe  deiecti,  navibus  iunctis  ratibusque  compltiribus 
factis,  alii  vadis  Rhodani,  qua  minima  altitudo  fluminis 
erat,  nonnumquam  interdiu,  saepius  noctu,  si^  perrumpere 
possent  conati  sunt;  sed  operis  mdnitione  et  militum  con- 

10  cursu  et  telis  repulsi,  hoc  conatu  destiterunt. 

Dumnorix   secures  for   the   Helvetii  permission  to  march 
through  the  country  of  the  Sequani. 

9,  Relinquebatur  una  per  Sequanos  via,  qua  Sequanis 
invitis  propter  angustias  ire  non  poterant.  His  cum  sua 
sponte  persuadere  non  possent,  legates  ad  Dumnorigem 
Haeduum  mittunt,   ut  a  Sequanis  impetrarent.     Dum- 

5  norix  gratia  apud  Sequanos  plurimum  poterat  et  Helvetiis 
erat  amicus,  quod  ex  ea  civitate  Orgetorigis  filiam  in 
matrimonium  dtixerat;  et  cupiditate  regni  adductus  no  vis 
rebus  studebat.  Itaque  rem  suscipit  et  a  Sequanis  im- 
petrat,  ut^  per  fines  suos  Helvetios  ire  patiantur,  obsidesque 

10  uti  inter  sese  dent,  perficit:  Sequani,  ne  itinere  Helvetios 
prohibeant;  Helvetii,  ut  sine  maleficio  et  iniuria  transeant. 

Chapter  8. — '  399,  I,  3.  ^  ^bl.  abs.;  against  his  will,  lit.,  he  (being) 
unwilling.  ^  Conarentur  takes  sequence  from  the  meaning  of  the  his- 
torical presents  disponit  and  communit  as  tenses  of  past  time;  possit, 
from  their /orm.     "*  Dies  is  sometimes  fem.     "  Si  =  whether,  an  ind.  quest. 

Chapter  9. — ^  A  result  clause,  obj.  of  impetrat. 


238  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

Danger  to  the  province  in  the  movements  of  the  Helvetii. 

10.  Helvetiis  erat  in  animo  per  agrum  Sequanorum  et 
Haeduorum  in  Santonum  fines  iter  facere,  qui  non  longe 
a  Tolosatium  finibus  absunt,  quae  civitas  est  in  pro- 
vincia.     Ea  res  Caesari  renuntiatur.     Id  si  fiat/  magno 

5  cum  periculo  provinciae  sit/  ut^  homines  bellandi  cupidos, 
popull  Roman!  inimicos,  locis  patentibus  maximeque 
frumentariis  finitimos"^  habeat. 

Caesar  prepares  for  war. 

Ob  eas  eausas  ei  munitioni,  quam  fecerat,  T.  Labienum 
legatum  praefecit;  ipse  in  Italiam  magnis  itineribus  con- 
tendit  duasque  ibi  legiones  conscribit  et  tres,  quae  circum 
Aquileiam  hiemabant,  ex  hibemis  educit  et,  qua  proximum 
5  iter  in  ulteriorem  Galiiam  per  Alpes  erat,  cum  his  quinque 
legionibus  ire  contendit. 

The  march  through  the  Alps. 

Ibi  Ceutrones,  locis  superioribus  occupatis,  itinere 
exercitum  prohibere  conantur.  His  pulsis  compluribus 
proeHis,  ab  Ocelo,  quod  est  oppidum  citerioris  provinciae 
extremum,  in  fines  Vocontiorum  ulterioris  provinciae  die 
5  septimo  pervenit;  inde  in  Allobrogum  fines,  ab  Allo- 
brogibus  in  Segusiavos  exercitum  ducit.  Hi  sunt  extra 
provinciam  trans  Rhodanum  primi. 

The  Helvetii  ravage  the  lands  of  the  Haedui,  who  appeal 
to  Ccesar. 

11.  Helvetii  iam  per  angustias  et  fines  Sequanorum 
suas  copias  traduxerant  et  in  fines  Haeduorum  pervener- 

Chapter  10. — ^  Less  vivid  fut.  condition.     ^  That  it  (i.e.,  the  province) 
ahmdd  have;  this  clause  is  subj.  of  sit.     ^  Pred.  appos.  of  homines. 


1.  Where  the  Helvetii  crossed  the   river :     here  Caesar  overtook  and 
annihilated  the  contingent  of  the  canton  Tigurinus. 

2.  Scene  of  the  close  of  the  final  battle. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING.  239 

ant  eorumque  agros  populabantur.^  Haedui,  cum  se 
suaque  ab  eis  defendere  non  possent,  legates  ad  Caesarem 
6  mittunt  rogatum  auxilium.  ^'Ita  nos  omni  tempore  de^ 
populo  Romano  merit!  sumus,"  dixerunt,  "  ut,  paene  in 
conspectu  vestri  exercitus,  agri  nostrl  vastarl,  llberi  in 
servittitem  abduci,  oppida  expugnarl  non  debuerint." 

Other  tribes  also  ask  aid. 

Eodem  tempore  Ambarri  Caesarem  certiorem  faciunt 
de  agris  suls  vastatis.^  "  Non  facile,"  dicunt,  "  ab  oppidls 
vim  hostium  prohibemus."  Item  Allobroges,  qui  trans 
Rhodanum  vicos  possessionesque  habebant,  fuga  se  ad 
6  Caesarem  recipiunt  et  demonstrant:  '^  Nobis  praeter 
agri  solum  nihil  est  reliqui."*  Quibus  rebus  adductus, 
Caesar  non  exspectandum  sibi^  statuit,  dum,^  omnibus 
fortunis  sociorum  consumptis,  in  Santonos  Helvetii 
pervenirent. 

The   Helvetii  attempt  the  passage  of  the  Arar. 

12.  Flumen  est  Arar,  quod  per  fines  Haeduorum  et 
Sequanorum  in  Rhodanum  iufluit,  incredibili  lenitate, 
ita  ut  oculis  in  utram  partem  fluat,  iudicari  non  possit. 
Id  Helvetii  ratibus  ac  lintribus  transibant. 

Caesar  surprises  them. 

Tres  iam  partes^  copiarum  Helvetii  id  flumen^  tradux- 
erant;  quart  a  fere  pars  citra  flumen  Ararim  reliqua  erat.^ 
Ubi  per  exploratores  Caesar  certior  factus  est,  de  tertia 
vigilia  cum  legionibus  tribus  e  castris  profectus,  ad  eam 

Chapter  1 1 . — ^  Note  the"  variation  in  tense  and  translate  accordingly. 
2  Translate  o/  or  from.  ^  About  their  ravaged  lands.  *  Nothing  is  left 
to  us;  lit.,  there  is  nothing  of  remaining  (property).  ^  Dat.  agent. 
^UntU;4:18,  I,  1. 

Chapter  12.— ^  Ace.  dir.  obj.     2309,  m.     3  ^^s  left. 


240  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

5  partem  pervenit  quae  nondum  flumen  transierat.  Eos 
impeditos  et  inoplnantes  aggressus,  magnam  partem 
eorum  concidit.  Reliqui  sese  fugae  mandaverunt  atque 
in  proximas  silvas  abdiderunt. 

A  timely  vengeance. 

Is  pagus  appellabatur  Tigurinus;  nam  omnis  civitas 
Helvetia  in  quattuor  pagos  divisa  est.  Hie  pagus  unus, 
cum  domo  exisset  patrum  nostrorum  memoria/  L. 
Cassium  consulem  interfecerat  et  eius  exercitum  sub  iugum 

6  miserat.  Ita  sive  casu  sive  consilio  deorum  immortalium, 
quae  pars"  civitatis  Helvetiae  insignem  calamitatem 
populo  Romano  intulerat,  ea  princeps^  poenas  persolvit. 

Caesar  bridges  the  Arar  and  overtakes  the  Helvetii. 

13.  Hoc  proelio  facto,  ut  reliquas  copias  Helvetiorum 
consequi  posset,  pontem  in  Arari  faciendum  curat  atque  ita 
exercitum  traducit.  Helvetii,  repentino  eius  adventu 
commoti,   cum   id,   quod  ipsi  diebus  vigintl  aegerrime^ 

5  confecerant   ut   flumen   translrent  ,    ille   uno 

die  fecisset,^  legates  ad  eum  mittunt;  cuius  legationis 
Divico  princeps  fuit,  qui  bello  Cassiano^  dux  Helvetiorum 
fuerat. 

DivicOj  chief  of  the  Helvetian  envoys,  speaks  threateningly 
in  the  negotiations  with  Caesar. 

Is  ita  cum  Caesare  egit:  *'  Si  pacem  populus  Romanus 
cum   Helvetiis  faciet,   in  earn  partem  ibunt  atque  ibi 

Chapter  12. — ^  Time  within  which;  in  the  memory  of.  -The  ante- 
cedent noun  frequently  stands  in  the  relative  clause,  being  represented 
in  the  principal  clause  by  a  demonstrative  pronoun,  here  ea:  trans- 
late, that  part  .  .  .  ivhich  .  .  .    ^  Here  an  ad]. ,  first. 

Chapter  13. — ^  Superl.  of  aegre,  imth  the  utmost  difficidiy.  ^  Governed 
by  cum:  id  is  the  dir.  obj.  ^  /^  ijig  y^j.  y^m^  Cassius;  lit.,  in  the  Capstan 
loar:  note  the  use  of  an  adj.  here. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  HEADING.  241 

eriint^  Helvetil,  ubi  tu,  Caesar,  eos  constitueris^  atque 
esse  volueris:^     sin  bello  persequi  perseverabis,  reminis- 

6  cere^  et  veteris  incommodi'^  populi  Romani  et  pristinae 
virtutis''  Helvetiorum.  Quod  improviso  unum  pagum 
adortus  es,  cum  ii,  qui  flumen  transierant,  suls  auxilium 
f erre  non  possent,  ne  ob  earn  rem  aut  tuae  virtuti  magno- 
pere  tribueris^  aut  nos  despexerls.^    Nos  ita  a  patribus  mai- 

10  oribusque  nostris  didicimus,  ut  magis  virttite  contendamus 
quam  dolo  aut  Insidiis  nitamur.  Quare  noli*  committere, 
ut  hie  locus  ubi  constiterimus'  ex  calamitate  populi 
Romani  et  internecione  exercittis  nomen  capiat  aut 
memoriam  prodat." 

Caesar^s  reply  to  Divico. 

14.     His  Caesar  ita  respondit:  "  eo^  mihi  minus  dubita- 

tionis  datur,   quod  eas  res  quas  vos  commemoravistis 

memoria  teneo :  atque  eo^  gravius  f ero^  quo^  minus  merito 

populi  Romani  acciderunt;  qui  si  alicuius  iniuriae  sibi 

6  conscius  f uisset,*  non  f uit  difficile  cavere :  sed  eo  deceptus 

Chapter  13. — *  And  there  be;  i.  e.,  remain.  ^  Fut.  pf.  indie.  ^  Imv. 
*Obj.  of  remlniscere ;  verbs  of  remembering  and  forgetting  govern 
the  gen.  ^  pf ^  subjunc.  in  a  prohibition;  380,  III;  a.  «  380,  III.,  h. 
'  Where  we  shall  have  made  our  stand;  i.  e.,  for  the  final  battle:  we 
refers  to  the  Helvetii,  not  to  Divico  and  Caesar. 

Chapter  14. — ^  For  this  reason,  abl.  of  cause;  the  quod  clause  is  ap- 
positive  to  eo.  ^  Abl.  of  degree  of  difference,  and  used  correlatively; 
376.  3  Graviter  ferre,  lit.,  to  bear  seriously,  means  to  be  indignant, 
angry,  grieved:  and  I  am  the  (eo;  lit.,  by  this)  more  indignant,  the  (quo; 
lit.,  by  which)  less  they  (i.  e.,  these  things,  mentioned  above)  have  happened 
by  the  merit  of  the  Roman  people:  the  idea  is  that  the  Romans  did  not 
deserve  such  treatment  from  the  Helvetii.  *  This  conditional  sentence 
has  its  protasis  of  one  class  (past  contrary  to  fact)  and  its  apodosis  of 
another  (simple  past):  such  mixed  conditions  often  occur  both  in 
Latin  and  in  English :  translate.  For  if  they  had  been  conscious  of  any 
injury,  it  was  not  dificult  to  be  on  their  guard.  Qui  si  is  literally 
if  who:  qui  is  sing,  referring  to  populi  Romani,  but  is  translated  plural 
because  people,  though  sing,  in  Latin,  is  usually  used  as  plural  in  English. 
16 


242  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

est,  quod*  neque  quicquam  commissum  a  se  intellegebat 
quare  timeret,  neque  sine  causa  timendum  putabat. 

Quod  SI  veteris  contumeliae  oblivlsci  vellem,^  num 
etiam  reeentium  iniuriarum  memoriam  deponere  possum 

10 quod  me  invito  iter  per  provinciam  per  vim  temptas- 

tis,^  quod  Haeduos,  quod  Ambarros,  quod  Allobroges 
vexastis?  Quod*  vestra  victoria  tarn  Insolenter  gloria- 
mini  quod*  que  tam  diu  vos  impune  iniurias  intulisse  ad- 
miramini,  eodem  pertinet.     Consuerunt^  enim    dii*   im- 

15  mortales,  quo  gravius  homines  ex  commutatione  rerum 

doleant,  his,  quos  pro  scelere  ulcisci  velint,'  secundiores 

res*  et  diuturniorem  impunitatem  interdum  concedere.* 

Cum  haec  ita  sint,  tamen  si  obsides  a  vobis  mihi  dabun- 

tur,***  uti  ea  quae  polliceamini"  facturos  intellegam,  et 

20  si  Haeduis  de  iniuriis  quas  ipsis  sociisque  eorum  intuHstis 
item  si  Allobrogibus  satisfacietis,  v5biscum  pacem  faciam." 

Sudden  termination  of  the  negotiations. 

Divico  respondit:  "  Ita  Helvetii  a  maioribus  suis  insti- 
tuti  sunt,  uti  obsides  accipere,  non  dare,  consuerint:  eius 
rei  populus  Romanus  est  testis." 

Hoc  responso  dato,  discessit. 

Chapter  14. — *  Because  they  neither  knew  thai  anything  had  been  done  by 
them  why  they  should  fear:  populus,  rendered  plural  in  English,  is  still  the 
subject.  Quare  is  a  rel.  and  interrog.  causal  conjunction :  it  is  also  written 
qua  re,  which  then  becomes  a  mere  causal  abl.  ^  A  mixed  condition; 
pres.  contrary  to  fact,  and  simple  pres.:  but  if  I  were  willing  (as  I  am 
not)  .  .  .  ,  can  I  .  .  .  f  ^  For  temptavistis.  *  The  two  quod  clauses 
are  subjects  of  pertinet,  which  remains  singular  because  the  two  acts 
constitute  one  offense,  vos  is  subject  of  intulisse,  and  because  you 
pride  jjoursclves  on  having  inflicted;  lit.,  wonder  to  have  inflicted.  ^  For 
consuevenmt:  the  pf.  of  consuesco  is  used  preteritively;  294,  d.  •  Nom 
pi.  of  deus.  '^  Rel.  characteristic;  to  such  men  (his)  as  they  may  urish 
to  punish.  ^  Secundiores  res,  greater  prosperity.  ^  Complementary 
inf.  to  consuenmt.  *"  A  vivid  future  condition  with  two  protases, 
dabuntiu*  and  satisfacietis.  ^^  Subjunc.  depending  on  facturos  intelle- 
gam; vos  the  subject  of  facturos,  is  omitted  as  well  as  esse. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING.  243 

Caesar  pursues  the   Helvetii. 

15.  Posters  die  castra  ex  eo  loco  movent.  Idem 
facit  Caesar,  equitatumque  omnem,  ad  numerum  quat- 
tuor  milium,  quem  habebat,  ex  omnI  provincia  et  Haeduls 
atque    eorum    socils    coactum,  praemittit    qui    videant^ 

5  quas  in  partes   hostes  iter    faciant.      Qui  cupidius  no- 
vissimum    agmen    insecuti    alieno    loco    cum    equitatu 
Helvetiorum  proelium  committunt;  et  pauci  de  nostris 
cadunt. 
Quo^    proelio    sublati    Helvetii,    quod    quingentis    equi- 

10  tibus  tantam  multitudinem  equitum  propulerant,  au- 
dacius  consistere  nonnumquam  et  novissimo  agmine 
proelio  nostros  lacessere  coeperunt.  Caesar  suos  a 
proelio  continebat,  ac  satis  habebat  hostem  maleficio 
et  iniuria  prohibere.     Ita  dies^   circiter  quindecim   iter 

15  fecerunt  uti  inter  novissimum  hostium  agmen  et  nostrum 
primum  non  magnum  spatium  interesset. 

Caesar  censures  the   Haedui  for  failing  to  furnish  grain. 

16.  Interim  cotidie  Caesar  Haeduos^  frumentum^ 
quod  essent  publice  poUiciti  flagitare.^  Nam  propter 
frigora,  non  modo  frumenta  in  agris  matura  non  erant, 
sed  ne  pabuli  quidem  satis  magna  copia  suppetebat;^ 

5  eo  autem  f rumento^  quod  flumine  Arari  navibus  subvexerat 
propterea  minus  uti  poterat,  quod  iter  ab  Arari  Helvetii 

Chapter  15. — ^  Sends  ahead  to  see,  rel.  cl.  of  purpose.  ^  Elated  hy  this 
battle;  the  rel,  pron.  at  beginning  of  a  sentence,  relating  to  something 
previously  mentioned,  is  often  best  translated  by  a  demonstrative. 
^  Ace.  extent  of  time. 

Chapter  16, — ^  Ace.  of  person  and  thing  after  verbs  of  asking,  ^  Caesar 
daily  demanded  of  the  Haedui  the  grain  which,  etc.;  historical  infinitive. 
3  But  there  was  on  hand  not  even  a  sufficiently  large  supply  of  forage. 
*  Abl.  obj.  of  uti. 


244  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

averterant,  a  quibus  discedere  nolebat.     Diem  ex  die  du- 
cere^  Haedui;  conferrl,^  comportarl,^  adesse^  dlcere.^ 
Ubi  se  diutius  duel  intellexit  et  diem  instare  quo  die 

10  frumentum  mllitibus  dari  oporteret,  convocatis  eorum 
prlncipibus,  quorum  magnam  copiam  in  castrls  habebat, — 
in  his  Diviciaco  et  Lisco,  qui  summo  magistratul  pracerat 
quem  vergobretum  appellant  Haedui,  qui  creatur  annuus 
et  vitae  mortisque  in  suos  habet  potestatem, — graviter 

15  eos  accusat,  quod,  cum  frumentum  neque  emi  neque  ex 
agrls  sumi  posset,  tam  necessario  tempore,  tam  propinquis 
hostibus,^  ab  els  non  sublevetur;*  praesertim  cum  magna 
ex  parte  eorum  precibus  adduetus  bellum  susceperit, 
multo  etiam  gravius  quod  sit  destitutus  queritur. 

Liscus  blames   the   delay  upon   a  party  opposed  to   the 
Romans. 

17.  Tum  demum  Liscus  oratione  Caesaris  adduetus 
quod'  antea  tacuerat  proponit:  **  Esse^  nonnullos  quorum 
auctoritas  apud  plebem  plurimum  valeat,  qui  privatim 
plus  possint  quam  ipsi  magistratus.  Hos  multitudinem 
5  deterrere  ne  frumentum  conferant  quod  debeant:  prae- 
stare,^  si  iam  prlncipatum  Galliae  obtinere  non  possint/ 
Gallorum  quam   Romanorum   imperia  perferre;*   neque 

Chapter  16. — ^  Historical  inf.  ^  Infinitives  depending  on  dicere: 
the  subject  of  these  infinitives  is  it;  i.  e.,  the  grain:  they  said  thai  it  was 
being  gathered,  that  it  was  on  the  way  (lit.,  being  carried),  that  it  was 
nearly  there  (lit.,  it  was  near).  ^  Abl.  abs.  of  attendant  circumstance, 
with  the  enemy  so  near.  *  Governed  by  quod :  the  alleged  ground  of 
complaint. 

Chapter  17. — '  Rel.  pron.,  what,  used  as  in  English,  including  its  own 
antecedent;  the  full  form  would  be  id  quod,  that  which.  ^  There  are 
some;  the  subject  is  nonnullos.  ^  The  two  clauses  of  a  simple  condition; 
the  apodosis  has  become  infinitive,  the  protasis  subjunctive,  by  reason 
of  the  ind.  disc.    *  Inf.  subject  of  praestare;  it  is  better  .  .  .  to  endure 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING.  245 

dubitare  quln,  si  Helvetios  superaverint^  Romani,  una 
cum  reliqua  Gallia  Haeduls  llbertatem  sint  erepturi. 
10  Ab  eisdem  nostra  consilia  quaeque^  in  castris  gerantur 
hostibus  enuntiari;  hos  a  se  coerceri  non  posse.  Quin^ 
etiam,  quod  necessario  rem  coactus  Caesari  enuntiarit, 
intellegere  sese  quanto  id  cum  periculo  fecerit,  et  ob  earn 
causam  quam  diti  potuerit  tacuisse." 

Caesar    suspects    that  Dumnorix   is    chiefly   responsible: 
Liscus  admits  it. 

18.  Caesar  hac  oratione  Lisci  Dumnorigem,  Divi- 
ciaci  fratrem,  designari  sentiebat;  sed,  quod  pluribus* 
praesentibus  eas  res  iactari  nolebat,  celeri^er  concilium 
dimittit,  Liscum  retinet.  Quaerit  ex  solo  ea  quae  in 
5  conventu  dixerat.  Dicit  liberius  atque  audacius.  Eadem 
secreto  ab  alils  quaerit;  reperit  esse  vera:  "  Ipse  est 
Dumnorix,  summa  audacia,  magna  apud  plebem  propter 
liberalitatem  gratia,  cupidus  rerum  novarum.  Complures 
annos  omnia  Haeduorum  vectigalia  habet,^  parvo  pretio^ 
10  redempta,'*  propterea  quod  illo  licente^  contra  liceri 
audet  nemo.  His  rebus  et  suam  rem  familiarem®  auxit  et 
facultates  ad  largiendum  magnas  comparavit;  magnum 
numerum  equitatus  suo  sumptu^  semper  alit  et  circum  se 
habet  neque  solum  domi  sed  etiam  apud  f mitimas  civitates 

Chapter  17. — ^  A  vivid  future  condition  in  ind.  disc;  superaverint  in 
the  direct  discourse  was  fut.  pf.,  erepturi  sint  is  forced  into  the  sub- 
junctive by  quin  following  the  verb  of  doubt.  ^  Interrog.  pron.,  quae 
H — que,  and  what  goes  on  in  the  camp.  ^  Indeed,  because  compelled  by 
necessity  he  has  told  the  thing  to  Caesar. 

Chapter  18. — ^  Abl.  abs.,  when  too  many  (161,  a)  were  present.  ^  Pres- 
ent because  the  act  continues  into  present  time:  in  English  we  should 
say,  for  many  years  he  has  held.  ^  Abl.  of  price.  *  Bought  in,  the  in- 
iquitous custom  of  private  part^ies  buying  the  privilege  of  levying  taxes 
was  a  feature  of  the  age.  ^  Abl.  abs. ;  when  he  bids,  no  one  dares  bid 
against  him:  the  crushing  of  competition  is  by  no  means  a  modern  in- 
vention.    ^  Rem  familiarem,  private  fortune. 


246  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

15  plurimiun  potest;  ipse  ex  Helvetils  uxorem  habet.  Favet 
Helvetiis  propter  earn  affinitatem,  odit  etiam  suo  nomine 
Caesarem  et  Romanos,  quod  eorum  adventu  potentia  eius 
deminuta  et  Diviciacus  frater  in  antiquum  locum  gratiae 
atque  honoris  sit  restitutus/     Si  quid  accidat^  Romanis, 

20  summam  in  spem  per  Helvetios  regni  obtinendi  venit; 
imperio^  populi  Roman!  non  modo  de  regno,  sed  etiam 
de  ea  quam  habeat  gratia,  desf)erat." 

Caesar  decides  to  punish  DumnoriXj  hut  does  not  wish  to 
wound  the  feelings  of  Diviciacus. 

19.  Quibus  rebus  cognitis,  cum  ad  has  suspiciones 
certissimae  res^  accederent, — quod  per  fines  Sequa- 
norum  Helvetios  traduxisset,^  quod  obsides  inter  eos 
dandos  curasset,  quod  a  magistratu  Haeduorum  accusa- 

6  retur, — satis  esse  causae  arbitrabatur  qua  re  in  eum  aut 
ipse  animadverteret  aut  civitatem  animadvertere  iubcrct. 
His  omnibus  rebus  unum  repugnabat,  quod^  Diviciaci 
fratris  summum  in  populum  Romanum  studium,  sum- 
mam in  se*  voluntatem,  egregiam  fidem,  iustitiam,  tem- 

10  perantiam  cognoverat:  nam  ne  eius  supplicio  Divi- 
ciaci animum  offenderet  verebatur.  Itaque  prius  quam 
quicquam  conarctur,  Diviciacum  ad  se  vocarl  iubet,  et 
cum  eo  colloquitur;  simul  ostendit  quae  ipso  praesente 
in  concilio  Gallorum  de  Dumnorlgc  sint  dicta,  et  quae 

15  separatim  quisque  de  eo  apud  se  dixerit;  petit  atque 

Chapter  18. — ^  422,  I,  3,  b;  sit  is  to  be  taken  both  with  deminuta  and 
restitutus;  an  auxiliary  is  seldom  repeated  in  a  series  of  passive  verbs. 
*  A  mixed  condition,  less  vivid  fut.  and  simple  pres.;  if  anything  should 
happen  to  the  Romans,  he  comes  into  very  great  hope.  ^  Under  the  rule 
of  the  Roman  people,  abl.  of  attendant  circumstance. 

Chapter  19. — *  Facts,  in  contrast  with  suspicions.  ^  Attracted  into 
subjunctive  by  the  force  of  both  accederent  and  esse  arbitrabatur. 
3  The  quod  clause  is  in  apposition  with  unimi.    *  Himself;  i.  e.,  Caesar. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING.  247 

hortatur  ut  sine  eius  offensione  animi  vel  ipse  de  eo, 
causa  cognita/  statuat  vel  civitatem  statuere  iubeat. 

At  the  request  of  Dividacus  Caesar  spares  Dumnorix. 

20.  Diviciacus,  multis  cum  lacrimis  Caesarem  com- 
plexus,  orare  coepit  ne  quid  gravius  in  fratrem  statueret: 
"  Scire  se  illa^  esse  vera,  nee  quemquam  ex  eo^  plus  quam 
se  doloris  capere,  propterea  quod,  cum  ipse  gratia  pluri- 
5  mum  domi  atque  in  reliqua  Gallia  atque  ille  minimum 
propter  adulescentiam  posset,  ille  per  se  crevisset;  quibus 
opibus  non  solum  ad  minuendam  gratiam  sed  paene  ad 
perniciem  suam  uteretur;  sese  tamen  et  amore  fraterno 
et  existimatione  vulgi  commoveri.     Quod  si  quid  ei  a 

10  Caesare  gravius  accidisset,  cum  ipse  eum  locum  amicitiae 
apud  eum  teneret,  neminem  existimaturum  non  sua 
voluntate  factum;  qua  ex  re  futurum^  uti  totius  Galliae 
animI  a  se  averterentur." 

Haec   cum*  pluribus  verbis  flens  a  Caesare  peteret, 

15  Caesar  eius  dextram  prendit;  consolatus  rogat  finem 
orandi  faciat;^  tantf  apud  se  eius  gratiam  esse  ostendit 
uti  et  rei  publicae  iniuriam  et  suum  dolorem  eius  voluntatf 
ac  precibus  condonet.  Dumnorlgem  ad  se  vocat,  fratrem 
adhibet;  quae  in  eo  reprehendat  ostendit;  quae  ipse  intel- 

20  legat,  quae  civitas  queratur,  proponit;  monet  ut  in  reliquum 
tempus  omnes  suspiciones  vitet;  praeterita  se  Diviciaco 
fratri  condonare  dicit.  Dumnorlgi  custodes  ponit,  ut 
quae  agat,  quibuscum  loquatur,  scire  possit. 

Chapter  19. — ^  Abl.,  abs.  after  investigating  the  case. 

Chapter  20. — ^  Ace.  pi.  neut.,  subj.  of  esse;  those  things,  i.  e.,  the  things 
that  were  said  about  Dumnorix.  ^  From  this;  i.  e.,  from  the  fact  that 
they  were  true.  ^  Fut.  inf.,  esse  omitted;  from  which  thing  it  would 
happen  (lit-,  would  be)  that,  etc.;  the  uti  clause  of  result  is  the  subj.  of 
futurum.  •*  A  conjunction  governing  peteret.  ^  A  substantive  clause 
of  purpose:  the  usual  ut  is  omitted.  ^  Gen.  of  indef.  value.  '  Dat.  of 
reference. 


248  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

Caesar  plans  to  attack  the  Helvetii  from  two  sides. 

21.  Eodem  die  ab  exploratoribus  certior  f actus  hostes^ 
sub  monte  consedisse"  milia  passuum  ab  ipsius  castrls 
octo,  qualis  esset  natura  montis  et  qualis  in  circuitu 
ascensus,     qui    cognoscerent    misit.     Renuntiatum    est 

5  facilem^  esse.  De  tertia  vigilia  T.  Labienum  cum  duabus 
legionibus  et  els  ducibus  qui  iter  cognoverant,  summum 
iugum  montis  ascendere  iubet;  quid  sui  consili  sit  ostendit. 
Ipse  de  quarta  vigilia  eodem  itinere  quo  hostes  ierant  ad 
eos    contendit,    equitatumque    omnem    ante    se    mittit. 

10  P.  Considius,  qui  rei  militaris  peritissimus  habebatur 
et  in  exercitu  L.  Sullae  et  postea  in  M.  Crassi  fuerat, 
cum  exploratoribus  praemittitur. 

The  blunder  of  Considius  frustrates  the  plan. 

22.  Prima  luce,  cum  summus  mons  a  Labieno  tene- 
retur,  ipse^  ab  hostium  castris  non  longius  mille  et  quin- 
gentis  passibus  abesset,  neque,  ut  postea  ex  captivis 
comperit,  aut  ipsius  adventus  aut  Labieni  cognitus  esset, 

5  Considius  equo^  admisso  ad  eum  accurrit;  dicit  montem 
quem  a  Labieno  occupari  voluerit  ab  hostibus  teneri; 
id^  se  a  Gallicis  armis  atque  signis  cognovisse.  Caesar 
suas  copias  in  proximum  collem  subducit,  aciem  instruit. 
Labienus,  ut  erat  ei  praeceptum  a  Caesare  ne  proelium 

10  committeret,*  nisi   ipsius  copiae  prope  hostium   castra 

Chapter  21. — ^  Ace.  pi.,  subj.  of  consedisse:  sub  monte,  at  the  foot  of 
a  mountain.  ^  Inf.  of  ind.  disc,  depends  on  phrase  certior  factus. 
*  Masc.  as  referring  to  the  ascent,  ascensus. 

Chapter  22. — ^  Ipse  throughout  this  chapter  refers  to  Caesar,  Labienus 
being  always  mentioned  by  name.  ^  With  his  horse  at  full  speed;  abl. 
abs.  of  attendant  circumstance.  ^  Id,  this;  i.  e.,  the  fact  that  the  moun- 
tain was  occupied  by  the  enemy.  *  Caesar  originally  said,  "  Do  not 
begin  battle  unless  my  forces  have  been  seen,  etc.":  a  simple  condition. 
The  verb  of  command,  praeceptum  erat,  forces  the  original  imperative 
into  the  subjunctive,  and  the  protasis,  i.  c,  the  dependent,  verb  is  also 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING.  249 

visae  essent,  ut  undique  uno  tempore  in  hostis  impetus 
fieret,  monte  occupato  nostros  exspectabat  proelioque 
abstinebat.  Multo  denique  die^  per  explora tores  Caesar 
cognovit  et  montem  a  suis  teneri  et  Helvetios  castra 
15  movisse  et  Considium  timore  perterritum  quod  non 
vidisset  pro  viso  sibi  renuntiasse."  Eo  die,  quo  con- 
suerat  intervallo,^  hostes  sequitur  et  milia  passuum  tria 
ab  eorum  castris  castra  ponit. 

Caesar  turns  toward  Bibrade  to  get  supplies.     The  Helvetii 

follow. 

23.  Postridie  eius  diei,  quod  omnino  biduum  supererat 
cum  exercitui  frumentum  dari  oporteret,  et  quod  a  Bib- 
racte,  oppido  Haeduorum  longe  maximo,  non  amplius 
milibus  passuum  XVIII   aberat,   rei  frumentariae  pro- 

5  spiciendum  existimavit;  itaque  iter  ab  Helvetils  avertit 
ac  Bibracte  ire  contendit.  Ea  res  per  fugitives  equitum 
hostibus  nuntiatur.  Helvetii,  seu  quod  timore  perterritos 
Romanes  discedere  a  se  existimarent,  eo^  magis  quod  pridie 
superioribus  locis  occupatTs,  proelium  non  commisissent, 

10  sive  eo"  quod  re  frumentaria  intercludi  posse  confiderent, 
commutato  consilio  atque  itinere  converse  nostros  a 
novissimo  agmine  insequi  ac  lacessere  coeperunt. 

attracted  into  the  subjunctive:  translate,  Labienus,  as  had  been  com- 
manded him.  by  Caesar  not  to  begin  battle  unless  his  own  (i.  e.,  Caesar's) 
forces  had  been  seen,  etc.  ^  Multo  die,  late  in  the  day.  ^  Considius 
.  .  .  had  reported  to  him  as  seen  what  he  had  not  seen.  ^  At  the  accus- 
tomed interval;  lit.,  at  what  interval  he  had  been  accustomed. 

Chapter  23. — ^  eo  magis,  the  more  for  this  reason.  ^  Sive  eo,  or  for 
this:  two  reasons  are  suggested  for  the  change  of  plan  of  the  Helvetii; 
this  clause  is  the  alternative  to  seu  quod  .  .  .  existimarent,  the  clause 
eo  magis  quod  .  .  .  commisissent  explaining  the  probable  reason  for 
their  mistaken  opinion:  The  Helvetii,  either  because  they  thought  the 
Romans  were  going  away  from  them  panic  stricken  with  fear,  the  more 
for  this  reason  that  on  the  day  before,  though  they  held  the  higher  positions, 
they  had  not  joined  battle;  or  for  this  reason,  because  they  believed  that  they 
(i.  e.,  the  Romans)  could  be  cut  off  from  supplies,  etc. 


250  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

Both  armies  prepare  for  battle. 

24.  Postquam  id^  animum  advertit,  copias  suas 
Caesar  in  proximum  collem  subducit  equitatumque 
qui  sustineret  hostium  impetum  misit.  Ipse  interim 
in  colle  medio^  triplicem  aciem  instruxit  legionum  quat- 

5  tuor  veteranarum;  sed  in  summo  iugo  duas  legiones  quas 
in  Gallia  citeriore  proxime  conscripserat  et  omnia  auxilia 
collocarl,  ac  totum  montem  hominibus  complerl,  et  in- 
terea  sarcinas  in  tinum  locum  conferri,  et  eum  ab  his  qui 
in  superiore  acie  constiterant  munlrl  iussit.    Helvetil  cum 

10  omnibus  suls  carris  secuti,  impedimenta  in  unum  locum 
contulerunt;  ipsi  confertissima  acie,  reiecto  nostro  equi- 
tatu,  phalange^  facta,  sub*  primam  nostram  aciem  suc- 
cesserunt. 

Desperate  battle  with  the  Helvetii. 

25.  Caesar  primum  equo*  suo  remote  deinde  omnium 
equis  ex  conspectu  remotis,  ut  aequato  omnium  perlculo' 
spem  fugae  tolleret,  cohortatus  suos  proelium  commlsit. 
Milites  e  loco  superiore  pills  missis  facile  hostium  phalan- 

6  gem  perfregerunt.  Ea  disiocta,  gladils  in  eos  impetum 
fecerunt.  Gallls  magno  ad  pugnam  erat  impedimento^ 
quod,*  pluribus^  eorum  scutis  uno  ictu  pllorum  transfixis, 


Chapter  24. — '  The  phrase  animum  advertit  here  is  equivalent  to  the 
verb  animadvertit  and  takes  an  object,  id:  after  he  perceived  this. 
2  Half  way  up  the  hill.  ^  The  Gallic  phalanx  was  a  close  order  formation, 
the  shields  of  the  front  rank  held  vertical,  while  those  of  the  rest  were 
held  above  their  heads,  overlapping  like  the  shingles  of  a  roof.  The 
offensive  power  of  the  phalanx  lay  in  mass  and  momentum  only,  thus 
bearing  down  and  crushing  the  enemy's  line :  the  opportunity  for  effec- 
tive use  of  weapons  was  slight.     *  Toward. 

Chapter  25. — ^  When  he  had  removed  from  sight  his  own  horse  first  and 
then  had  removed  the  horses  of  all.  ^  By  equalizing  the  danger  of  nil. 
^  Dat.  purpose  or  service.  *  The  quod  clause  b  the  subj.  of  erat. 
^  Abl.  abs.;  when  sei^eral  of  their  shields  had  been  pierced  by  one  blow  of 
the  javelins!  See  Chapter  24,  note  3.  The  Romans  took  advantage 
of  the  weak  point  of  the  formation. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  READING.  251 

sinistra  impedita  satis  commode  pugnare  non  poterant, 
ita  ut  multi  mallent  scutum  manu  emittere  et  nudo 

10  corpore  pugnare.  Tandem  vulneribus  defessi  et  pedem 
referre  et,  quod  mons  aberat  circiter  mille^  passuum,  eo  se 
recipere  coeperunt.  Capto  monte  et  succedentibus  nos- 
trls,  Boil  et  Tulingi,  qui  hominum  milibus  circiter  XV 
agmen  hostium  claudebant^  et  novissimis  praesidio  erant, 

15  ex  itinere  nostros  a^  latere  aperto  aggressi  circum venire;* 
et  id  conspicati  Helvetii,  qui  in  montem  sese  receperant, 
rursus  instare  et  proelium  redintegrare  coeperunt.  Rom- 
am  conversa^  signa  bipartite  intulerunt :  prima  et  secunda 
acies,  ut  victis  resisteret;  tertia,  ut  venientes®  sustineret. 

Their  crushing  defeat. 

26.  Ita  ancipiti  proelio  diu  atque  acriter  pugnatum  est. 
Diutius  cum  sustinere  nostrorum  impetus  non  possent, 
alteri^  se,  ut  coeperant,  in  montem  receperunt,  alterl^  ad 
impedimenta  et  carros  suos  se  contulerunt.  Nam  hoc 
5  toto  proelio,  cum  ab  hora  septima  ad  vesperum  pugnatum 
sit,  aversum^  hostem  videre  nemo  potuit.  Ad^  multam 
nocteni  etiam  ad  impedimenta  pugnatum  est,  propterea 
quod  pro  vallo  carros  obiecerant  et  e  loco  superiore  in 
nostros  venientes  tela  coniciebant.  Diu  cum  esset 
10  pugnatum,   impedlmentis   castrlsque  nostrl  potlti   sunt. 

Chapter  25. — ^  mflle  is  here  a  noun,  a  rare  usage.  ^  Closed  the  enemy's 
column  and  served  as  the  rear-guard;  lit.,  were  for  a  guard  to  the  rear 
(men).  ^  On  the  open  flank;  i.  e.,  the  right,  as  the  left  was  protected 
by  the  shields.  ^  Supply  coeperunt  from  below.  ^  A  combination  of 
two  idioms:  signa  convertere  is  to  wheel,  face  about;  signa  inferre 
is  to  charge,  advance:  The  Romans  wheeled  and  charged  in  two  divisions; 
lit.,  bore  forward  their  turned  standards.  *  The  oncoming  force;  i.  e.,  the 
Boii  and  Tulingi. 

Chapter  26. — ^  The  one  force  .  .  .  the  other;  i.  e.,  the  Helvetii  and  the 
Boii  and  TuUngi.  ^  xhe  back  of  an  enemy;  lit.,  an  enemy  turned  around. 
3  Far  into  the  night. 


252  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

Ibi  Orgetorlgis  filia  atque  iinus  e^  fllils  captus  est.  Ex 
eo  proelio  circiter  hominum  milia  CXXX  supcrfuerunt 
eaque  tota  nocte^  continenter  ierunt:  nuUam  partem 
noctis  itinere  intermisso  in  fines  Lingonum  die  quarto 

15  pervenerunt,  cum  et  propter  vulnera  mllitum  et  propter 
sepulturam  occisorum  nostri  triduum  moratl  eos  sequi 
non  potuissent.  Caesar  ad  Lingonas^  litteras  nuntiosque 
misit  ne  eos  frumento  neve  alia  re  iuvarent ;  qui*  si  iuvis- 
sent,    se   eodem    loco   quo   Helvetios   habiturum.     Ipse 

20  triduo  intermisso  cum  omnibus  copiis  eos  sequi  coepit. 

They  surrender.    Six  thousand  escape. 

27.  Helvetii  omnium  rerum  inopia  adducti  legates 
de  deditione  ad  eum  miserunt.  Qui^  cum  cum  in  itinere 
convenissent  seque  ad  pedes  proiecisscnt  suppliciterque 
locuti  flentes  pacem  petissent,  atque  eos  in  eo  loco  quo  turn 

5  essent  suum  adventum  exspectare  iussisset,  paruerunt.  Eo 
postquam  Caesar  pervenit,  obsides,  anna,  servos  qui  ad 
eos  perfugissent  poposcit. 

Dum  e^  conquiruntur  et  conferuntur,  nocte  intermissa 
circiter  hominum  milia  VI  eius  ptlgi  qui  Verbigenus  ap- 

10  pellatur,  sive  timore  perterriti,  ne  armis  traditis  suppliciO 
afficerentur,  sive  spe  salutis  inducti,  quod  in  tanta  multi- 
tudine  suam  fugam  aut  occultari  aut  omnino  ignorari 
posse  existimarent,  prima  nocte^  e  castris  Helvetiorum 
egressi  ad  Rhenum  finesque  Germanorum  contenderimt. 

Chapter  26. — *  e  (ex)  with  abl.  may  have  the  force  of  a  partitive 
gen.  and  is  regularly  used  after  a  cardinal  numeral.  ^  The  whole  of  that 
night,  time  within  which:  an  ace.  of  duration  would  seem  more  natural, 
but  the  idea  is  that  at  no  time  urithin  the  period  named  were  they  at  rest. 
^  Ace.  pi.,  see  Vocabulary.  *  The  rel.  pron.  is  often  equivalent  to  a  con- 
junction with  a  demonstrative;  and  if  thetj  (lit.,  if  who)  did  assist  them, 
he  woidd  regard  them  in  the  same  cl-ass  as  (lit.,  in  which)  the  Helvetii. 
The  condition  is  vivid  future  (si  iuveritis  .  .  .  habebo)  forced  into  the 
ind.  disc,  by  phrase  litteras  nuntiosque  misit. 

Chapter  27. — ^  See  Chapter  26,  note  4 ;  and  when  they  had  met  him, 
etc.     2  Early  in  the  night. 


EXERCISES  IN  CONNECTED  HEADING.  253 

The  fugitives  recaptured.     Final  dispositions. 

28.  Quod  ubi  Caesar  comperit,  quorum  per  finis 
ierant,  his  uti  conquirerent  et  redticerent,  si  sibi^  pur- 
gati  esse  vellent,  imperavit;  reductos^  in  hostium  numero 
habuit;  reliquos  omnis,  obsidibus,  armis,  perfugis  traditis, 

5  in  deditionem  accepit. 

Helvetios,  Tulingos,  Latobrigos  in  fines  suos,  unde 
erant  profecti,  reverti  iussitf  et  quod,  omnibus  frumentis 
amissis,  domi  nihil  erat  quo*  famem  tolerarent,  Allo- 
brogibus   imperavit^   ut   eis   frumenti   copiam   facerent; 

10  ipsos  oppida  vicosque,  quos  incenderant,  restituere  iussit. 
Id  ea  maxime  ratione  fecit,  quod  noluit  eum  locum  unde 
Helvetii  discesserant  vacare,  ne  Germani,  qui  trans 
Rhenum  incolunt,  e  suis  finibus  in  Helvetiorum  fines 
transirent,  et  finitimi  Galliae  provinciae  Allobrogibusque 

15  essent.  Petentibus  Haeduis,  ut  in  finibus  suis  collo- 
carent  Boios  quod  egregia  virtute  erant  cogniti,  concessit; 
quibus  illi  agros  dederunt,  quosque  postea  in  parem 
iuris  libertatisque  condicionem  atque^  ipsi  erant  receper- 
unt. 

Census  of  the  tribes  before  and  after  their  march. 

29.  In  castris  Helvetiorum  tabulae  repertae  sunt 
litteris  Graecis^  confectae  et  ad  Caesarem  relatae,  quibus 

Chapter  28. — ^  Dat.  of  ref.;  if  they  wished  to  be  guiltless  in  his  sight; 
lit.,  to  him:  vellent  is  attracted  to  the  subjunc.  by  conqiurerent  and 
reducerent.  ^  Agrees  with  unexpressed  obj.  of  habuit;  when  they  were 
brought  back  he  held  them  in  the  number  of  his  enemies;  i.  e.,  executed 
them.  ^  A  fine  opportunity  to  compare  the  constructions  with  iubeo 
and  impero.  *  Abl.  means;  the  anteced.  is  nihil;  a  rel.  clause  of  purpose. 
^  Atque  (ac)  after  a  word  of  comparison  (here  parem)  means  as:  into 
the  same  (lit.,  an  equal)  condition  of  right  and  liberty  as  they  themselves 
were. 

Chapter  29. — ^  In  Greek  letters;  the  language,  of  course,  was  the  native 
Celtic.  The  Greek  alphabet  had  become  known  in  Gaul  through  the 
Greek  colony  at  Marseilles. 


264  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

in  tabulis  nominatim  ratio  confecta  erat,  qui*  numerus 
domo  exisset^  eorum  qui  arma  ferre  possent,'  et  item 
5  separatim  puerl,*  senes  mulieresque.  Quarum  omnium  re- 
rum  summa^  erat  capitum®  Helvetiorum  milium  CCLXIII, 
Tulingorum  milium  XXXVI,  Latobrigorum  XIIII,  Raura- 
corum  XXIII,  Boiorum  XXXII;  ex  his  qui  arma  ferre  pos- 
sent,^  ad  milia  XCII.  Summa  omnium  fuerunt  ad  milia 
10  CCCXVIII.  Eorum  qui  domum  redierunt  censu  habito, 
ut  Caesar  imperaverat,  repertus  est  numerus  milium  C 
etX.' 

Chapter  29. — *  Adj.  form  of  the  interrog.  pron.  ^  Ind.  quest,  after 
the  phrase  ratiS  cdnfecta  erat.  ^  Rel.  characteristic.  *  These  nomi- 
natives seem  rather  loosely  used :  supply,  had  been  counted.  *  A  noun, 
the  sum.  ®  Capitum  Helvetiorum,  lit.,  263,000  heads  of  Helvetii,  count- 
ing as  we  now  count  "  head  of  cattle  ":  it  is  best  to  translate  capitum, 
souls.  '  Note  the  awful  losses  in  ancient  wars  when  hand-to-hand 
fighting  prevailed.  Even  with  the  tremendously  destructive  weapons 
of  modern  warfare  the  casualties  are  but  a  fraction  of  those  in  the 
battles  of  Greek  and  Roman  times. 


APPENDIX. 

In  the  Appendix  are  contained  condensed  tables  of  in- 
formation valuable  in  review  and  for  comprehensive  presenta- 
tion of  principles. 

A.  On  Prepositions. 

Of  the  more  common  prepositions,  a  (ab^),  cum,  de,  e 
(ex^),  prae,pr6,  sine,  govern  the  ablative;  in  and  sub  govern 
accusative  or  ablative,  according  to  their  signification  of 
motion  or  location  respectively:  most  others  govern  the 
accusative  only. 

The  employment  of  prepositions  in  English  is  very  ex- 
tensive, and  correspondingly  idiomatic.  The  student  must 
take  the  greatest  care  in  translating  his  English  preposi- 
tions into  Latin,  examining  them  carefully  to  ascertain  their 
force.  When  hesitating  between  the  use  of  a  preposition  and 
a  case-form,  search  for  an  idea  of  motion  or  location;  if  you 
find  it,  use  the  preposition;  if  not,  use  the  case-form.  A  few 
examples  may  be  useful: 

(a)  By. —  He  was  slain  by  Brutus;  this  expresses  agency  with  passive 
voice,  a  with  abl.  He  was  killed  hy  a  stone,  means,  abl.  without  any 
preposition.  He  informed  Caesar  hy  messenger:  agency  with  active 
voice,  per  with  ace.  He  informed  Caesar  hy  letter,  means,  abl.  without 
preposition.  He  sat  hy  the  river:  nearness,  ad  with  ace.  He  rode  by  the 
city:  motion  past,  praeter  with  ace. 

*  a  and  e  are  used  only  before  consonants;  ab  and  ex,  before  vowels 
and  some  consonants. 

255 


256  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

(6)  For. —  He  sent  for  Cassius:  a  real  verb  idea,  use  verb  to  summon 
with  direct  object.  He  sent  a  messenger  for  Cassius,  He  sent  a  messenger 
to  bring  Cassius,  an  entire  change  of  idiom.  He  died  for  love:  cause, 
causal  abl.  or  prae  with  abl.  or  propter  with  ace.  He  died  for  Rome; 
i.  e.,  in  behalf  of  Rome,  pro  with  abl.  He  could  not  speak  for  weeping: 
a  preventing  obstacle,  prae  with  abl.  For  that  reason:  cause,  causal  abl., 
propter  or  ob  with  ace,  or  de  with  abl.  Their  boundaries  were  too 
narrow  for  their  numbers:  proi)ortion,  pr6  with  abl.  His  crime  was  too 
great  for  pardon:  a  relative  idiom,  his  crime  ivas  greater  than  which 
could  be  pardoned.     To  ask  for  \a  to  request  or  demand. 

(c)  From. —  He  went  from  the  city;  e  or  a  with  abl.,  depending  on 
whether  he  went  oui  of  or  from  the  vicinity  of  the  city.  He  died  from 
poison:  cause,  abl.  He  conceals  froin,  a  double  ace.  idiom;  so  also 
he  demands  from. 

(d)  With. —  He  went  with  Caesar:  accompaniment,  cum  with  abl. 
High  heads  with  branching  antlers:  description,  abl.  case.  He  came  with 
danger,  cum.  with  abl.  He  came  with  ail  his  troops:  military  phrase, 
abl.  without  preposition. 

In  general,  the  student  must  never  lose  sight  of  the  fact 
that  Latin  words  do  not  represent  English  words,  but  ideas. 
A  given  idea  is  the  same  the  world  over;  but  English  expresses 
it  one  way,  Latin  another. 

i 

B.  Stem  Changes  in  Verb  Formation. 

The  following  rules  are  to  be  understood  to  apply  equally 
to  the  active  and  passive  voices  except  when  otherwise  indi- 
cated. 

(a)  Present  Stem. 

1.  First  conjugation.  Stem  vowel  absorbed  by  ending  in 
1st  sing.  pr.  ind.,  and  unites  with  pr.  subj.  tense  sign  e 
to  form  e. 

2.  Second  conjugation.     No  changes. 

3.  Third  conjugation.    In  pr.  ind.,  stem  vowel  absorbed  by 


APPENDIX.  267 

ending  in  1st  sing.,  changes  to  i  in  2d  (act.  only)  and  3d  sing., 
1st  and  2d  plur.,  and  to  u  in  3d  plur.  In  imp.  ind.,  stem 
vowel  becomes  e  before  ba.  In  fut.  ind.  and  pr.  subj., 
stem  vowel  absorbed  by  tense  sign.  In  imv.,  stem  vowel 
changes  to  i,  except  in  2d  sing,  pr.,  where  it  remains,  and  3d 
pi.  fut.,  where  it  becomes  u.  In  pr.  inf.  pass,  stem  vowel 
absorbed  by  ending. 

(a)  Third  in  -io.  Stem  vowel  i  becomes  e  in  pr.  inf.  act., 
2d  sing.  pr.  imv.,  2d  sing.  pr.  ind.  pass.,  and  in  the  imperf. 
subj.;  u  is  added  to  stem  in  3d  pi.  pr.  ind.  and  3d  pi.  fut. 
imv.  e  is  added  to  stem  in  imperf.  ind.,  and  e  in  pr.  ptc, 
gnd.  and  gndve.  ptc.  Stem  vowel  absorbed  by  ending  of 
pr.  inf.  pass. 

4.  Fourth  conjugation,  u  is  added  to  stem  vowel  in  3d 
pi.  pr.  ind.  and  3d  pi.  fut.  imv.  e  is  added  to  stem  vowel  in 
imp.  ind.,  and  e  in  pr.  ptc,  gnd.  and  gndve.  ptc. 

(b)  Perfect  Stem. 

The  perfect  stem  undergoes  no  changes  except  the  occa- 
sional dropping  of  a  final  v  and  the  resulting  contraction. 

(c)  Supine  Stem. 

The  supine  stem  undergoes  no  changes. 

Tense  Sign  Changes  in  Verb  Formation. 

Ind. — ba,  no  change;  bi,  i  absorbed  by  flexive  in  1st  sing., 
becomes  e  in  2d  sing,  pass.,  becomes  u  in  3d  pi.;  e  in  fut.  ind. 
becomes  a  in  1st  sing.;  era,  no  change,  eri,  i  absorbed  by 
flexive  in  1st  sing. 

Subj. — e  and  a  absorb  stem  vowel  in  1st  and  3d  conj. 
respectively,  elsewhere  no  change;  re,  no  change;  eri,  no 
change;  isse,  no  change. 


17 


258 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


C.    Scheme  of  Formation  of  the  Regular  Verb. 

•^  •  Indicative, 


ACTIVE. 

Passivs. 

Tense. 

Stem       Tense 
used.       Sign. 

Flexlve. 

Stem 
used. 

Tense 
Sign. 

Flexlve. 

Pres. 

pr. 

0,  8,  t. 

mas,  tis,  nt. 

pr. 

or,   ris,  or  re, 

tar. 
mar,minT,ntur. 

Imperf. 

pr. 

ba 

m,  8,  t. 
mas,  tis,  nt. 

pr. 

ba 

r,ri8,orre.  tur. 
mttr,minr,ntur. 

Fut. 

pr. 

i.,  ii.,  bi 

0,  s,  t,  etc 

pr. 

!.,  iL,  bi 

or,ri8,orre,tar, 
etc. 

iii.,  iv.,  e 

m,  8,  t,  etc. 

iii..  iv.,  e 

r,  ris,  or  re,  tur, 
etc. 

Perf. 

pf. 

T,  isti,  It. 
imus,     istis, 
erunt,  ere. 

■p. 

us    (-a,    -urn), 
sum. 

Pluperf. 

pf. 

era 

m,  8,  t,  etc. 

sp. 

us    (-a,    -am), 
eram. 

Fut.  Perf. 

pf.    eri 

0,  I,  t,  etc. 

■p. 

us  (-a,  -um),  ero 

SUBJITNCTIVS. 

Pres. 
Imperf. 

pr. 

pr. 

i.,5; 

ii.,iii.,iv.,a 
re 

m,  i,  t. 

mus,  tis,  nt. 
m,  8,  t,  etc. 

pr. 
pr. 

i.,e; 

ii.,iii.,iv.,a 
re 

r,  ris,  or  re,  tur. 
mur,minT,ntar. 
r,  ris,  or  re,  tur, 

etc. 
U8(-a,-am),8im. 
ui    (-a,     -um), 

e88em. 

Perf. 
Pluperf. 

pf. 
pf. 

erl 

i886 

m,  8,  t,  etc. 
m,  8,  t,  etc. 

sp. 
■p. 

IMPERATIVX. 


Pres, 

pr. 

te. 

pr. 

re. 
mini. 

Fut. 

pr. 

to.  to.   , 
tote,  nto. 

pr. 

tor,  tor. 
,  ntor. 

Infinitive. 


Pres. 

pr. 

re. 

pr. 

i..  iiy  iv.,  ri. 
iii..  t 

Perf. 

pf. 

isse. 

■p. 

us     (-a,    -am), 
esse. 

Fut. 

8p. 

urus  (-a,  -um), 
esse. 

•p. 

um  in. 

Participles. 


Pres. 

pr. 

ns  (ntis). 

Fut. 

sp. 

urus,  -a,  -um. 

Perf. 

•p. 

us,  -a,  -um. 

Gerund. 

pr. 

ndas,  -a,  -am. 

Gerund. 


Supine. 


Case. 

Stem 
used. 

Tense 
Sign. 

Flexlve. 

Stem 
used. 

Tense 
Sign. 

Flexlve. 

Gen. 
Dat. 

pr. 
pr. 
pr. 
pr. 

ndi. 
ndo. 
ndum. 
ndo. 

Former. 
Latter. 

8p. 
sp. 

um. 
u. 

Ace. 
Abl. 

APPENDIX. 


259 


Z2  g.g 


C  C  Ci  C 
0*0*0*0* 
n  n  a  n 
P  P  P  P 


I*- 

(0  B 


m  m 


h^  H^  HJ  ^Tj  [-H  H^ 


p  p  p  p  p  p 
w  CO  to  cr*o*o* 

W    OT    OT    (D,  (1)1  (1)1 

2  2  CO  0*0*  a 
3--  3'  -  5-'  S:  ^ 


p  p     p  p 

to    CO  0*0*    fb. 


p  p 

en  CO 

CO  m 

OT  P' 

CO  U 


en  C' 


2IS  so  2 


crq  (TQ  crp  OTQ 
<t  (t  (ft  <t 
►1  i-i  "I  »-i 

(C  (^  (C  (D 
P  P  P  P 
QiCUQ^  Pi 
Ol  e    Ol  ^' 


►rj  *^  i^j  hcj  {— •  >-^ 

•  ^o  c  B  "* 


Crp  CfP  TO  OfQ  (W  OTQ  [ 
O   (t   (6   <D   (t   fl>    . 
OT    CO    CO    "^    ►^    i-t     >■ 
to   CO   CO   P   (ti  Ol    n 

o  <D  ^1  a  D*      \^. 


ffP  CfP  TO  (TO  CTQ  CTQ 
(b  n  CO  (I  <t>  n 
CO   01    C»   Ji   •1   5 

m  m  m       p 

»   Ct   CO  ^ 


TO  TO 

CO    CO 

en  w 


TO  TO 
(6  <I) 
•1   ►^ 

•I  a 
n  p 

5 


TO  TO 
et>  ct> 
m  CO 


TO  TO 
<X>  (t> 

II 

CO    CO 

m  C* 

CO   B 


TO  TO 


3. 


Ol 

TO 
CO 

"*    • 

TO 

a> 

OT      CO 

r  a> 

P     CO 


TO 
»c 


260  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

E.  Classification  of  Verbs. 

(a)  Transitive. 

(b)  Intransitive. 

(c)  Deponent. 

(d)  Semi-deponent. 

1.  Directly.    Audeo,  gaudeo,  soleo,  confido. 

2.  Inversely.    Reverter. 

(e)  Irregular.    Stun,  prosum,  possum,  faro,  e6,  fid,  void,  nolo,  maid 

(edo). 

(/)  Defective. 

1.  Preteritive.    Coepi,  memini,  ocK. 

2.  Other  less  common  defectives,  aid,  inquam. 

(g)  Impersonal. 

1.  Verbs  admitting  as  subject  only  an  infinitive  or 

clause. 

2.  Passive  of  intransitives. 

3.  Verbs  of  feeling. 

4.  Verbs  of  natural  phenomena. 

(h)  Verb  phrases. 
1.  Periphrastics. 

F.  The  Uses  of  Ut. 
(a)  With  the  Indicative. 

1.  As  a  comparative  conjunction  of  manner,  with  or  with- 
out the  correlatives  sic,  ita,  etc. — e.  g.: 

ita  ut  intra  silvas  aciem  constituerant,  precisely  as  they  had  arranged 
their  line  wilhin  the  forest. 

2.  As  a  restrictive  conjunction  of  manner,  e.  g.: 

civitas  florens,  ut  est  captus  Germanonun,  a  flourishing  state,  as  is 
the  idea  of  the  Gertnans. 


APPENDIX.  261 

3.  As  temporal  particle,  e.  g.: 

in  tabernaculo  oppressus,  ut  meridie  conquieverat,  he  was  caught 
in  his  tent  when  he  had  gone  to  rest  at  midday. 

4.  As  a  causal  particle,  e.  g.: 

horum  auctoritate  finitimi  adducti,  ut  siint  Gallorum  subita  consilia, 

their  neighbors  were  induced  by  their  example,  because  the  character  of  the 
Gauls  is  impulsive. 

5.  As  an  interrogative  conjunction  of  manner,  how?  e.  g.: 
ut  ea  res  colloquium  deremit  ?  how  did  this  break  up  the  conference  t 

6.  In  parenthetic  clauses,  e.  g.: 

Rhenum,  ut  demonstravimus,  tangit,  it  borders  the  Rhine,  as  I  said. 

(b)  With  the  Subjunctive. 

1.  In  purpose  clauses,  pure  and  substantive. 

2.  In  result  clauses,  pure  and  substantive. 

3.  In  appositive  or  explanatory  clauses. 

4.  In  negative  clauses  of  fear. 

5.  In  concessive  clauses,  e.  g.: 

1.  nostri,  ut  impeditos  aggrederentur,  parati  in  armis  erant,  our  men 
were  ready  under  arms  to  attack  them  encumbered,  his  persuaderi,  ut  diu- 
tius  morarentur,  non  poterat,  these  could  not  be  persuaded  to  wait  longer. 

2.  ita  currus  collocant,  ut  expeditum  receptum  habeant,  they  so  place 
the  chariots  that  they  have  a  ready  retreat.  Ariovisius  tantos  sibi  spiritus 
sumpserat,  ut  non  ferendus  videretur,  Ariovistus  had  put  on  such  airs 
that  he  seemed  unendurable. 

3.  id,  ut  Galli  belli  renovandi  consilium  caperent,  this  fact,  that  the 
Gauls  adopted  the  plan  of  renewing  war. 

4.  Labienus  veritus  (est)  ut  hostium  impetimi  sustinere  posset,  Labi- 
enus  feared  he  would  not  be  able  to  withstand  the  enemy's  attack. 

5.  ac  iam,  ut  omnia  contra  opinionem  acciderent,  tamen  se  plurimum 
navibus  posse  perspiciebant,  and  now,  though  everything  was  happening 
contrary  to  their  expectations,  they  realized  that  they  were  very  strong  in 
ships. 


262 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


G. 


I.  Personal. 


Table  of  Latin  Pronouns. 


II.  Possessive. 


1.  Simple. 

2.  Reflexive. 

1.  Ist  pere. 

2.  2d  pers. 

3.  3d  pers. 


III.  Demonstrative 


1.  Near. 
Remote, 
^cak. 
IV.  Relative. — Qui,  quae,  quod. 

Substantive 


rl.  Ne 

.  \  2.  Re 

1 3.  Wc 


Ist  pers.  ego;  pi.  nos. 
2d  pers.  tu;  pi.  vos. 
3d  pers.  Wanting;  supplied  when 
needed  by  a  demonstrative,  in 
simplest  uses  is. 
1st  pers.  Oblique  cases  of  ego,  nos. 
2d  pers.  Oblique  eases  of  tu,  vos. 
3d  pers.  se,  emph.  sese;  pi.  same, 
r  Singular  possessor,  meus. 
\  Plural  possessor,  noster. 
f  Singular  possessor,  tuus. 
I  Plural  possessor,  vester. 

Wanting;  supplied  by 
genitive  of  a  demon- 
strative, in  simplest 
uses  eius,  eorum. 
Singular  possessor, 

suus. 
Plural  possessor,  suus. 
hie.  4.  Of  2d  pers.  iste. 

ille.  5.  Iterative,     ipse, 

is.  6.  Identical,    idem. 


Simple. 


Reflexive. 


V.  Interrogative. 


Quis,  quae,  quid. 
Adjective. — Qui,  quae,  quod. 
Emphatic. — Quisnam,  quaenum,  quidnam  (quod- 
nam). 

1.  AUquis,  simplest  of  the  indefinites. 

2.  Quis,  qua,  quid,  after  si,  ne,  num. 

3.  Quidam,  a  certain,  a  definite  one  though  unstated. 

4.  Quispiam,  any. 

5.  6.  Quivis,  quilibet,  any  you  please,  very  indefinite. 

7.  Quisque,  each. 

8.  Unusquisque ;  emphatic,  each  and  every  one. 

9.  Uterque,  either,  both. 
^  10.  Quisquam,  any,  any  at  all,  chiefly  in  negative  sentences. 

VII.  Relative  Indefinite. — Quicumque,  quisquis,  whoever. 
VHI.  Reciprocal. — Inter  nos,  inter  vos,  inter  se,  each  other. 


VI.  In- 
definite. 


APPENDIX. 


263 


C^     a 


I 


H222 

£  «  <^  <^ 
fc  cc  o  Q 

^  ^  ^  ^ 

o  I  ^ 

kw    CD 


tq 


toua 
{fii  o 

ft. 

P 


glgg 


•§■§§§• 
gcg.- 

Oi 


s. 


i 


I 


g'S' 

f5 


j'Se  e^g§.5'g 


264  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

/.  Common  Co-ordinate  Conjunctions. 

Co-ordinate  conjunctions  connect  words,  phrases,  clauses, 
and  sentences  of  equal  rank.    They  are: 
(a)  Copulative,  i.  e.,  joining. 

et,  and:  et,  .  .  .  et,  both  .  .  .  and:  -que  (enclitic),  and,  close  union 
into  a  group:  atque  or  ac,  and,  and  also,  emphasizing  the  second 
of  the  connected  things  or  statements:  neque  or  nee,  and  .  .  .  not, 
nor:  neque  .  .  .  neque  or  nee  .  .  .  nee,  neither  .  .  .  nor:  nS  .  .  . 
quidem,  not  even,  with  emphatic  word  between  nS  and  quidem. 

(6)  Disjunctive,  i.  e.,  separating. 

Objective. — aut,  or:  aut  .  .  .  aut,  either  ...  or,  an  alternation  of 
things  mutually  exclusive. 

Subjective. — vel,  or:  vel  .  .  .  vel,  either  ...  or,  a  choice  of  alterna- 
tives, sive  or  seu,  or,  or  if,  whether:  sive  .  .  .  sive  or  seu  .  .  .  seu, 
either  .  .  .  or,  whether  .  .  .  or. 


(c)  Adversative,  i.  e.,  contrasting. 

at,  sed,  hut:  vero,  autem,  but,  however:  tamen,  nevertheless. 

(d)  Causal,  i.  e.,  assigning  reasons. 
nam,  namque,  enim,  for. 

(e)  Illative,  i.  e.,  making  inference. 

itaque,  and  so,  accordingly,  therefore,  of  actual  result  of  facts, 
igitur,  therefore,  accordingly,  of  logical  inference;  not  in  Caesar. 

J.  Uses  of  the  Cases. 

A.  Nominative. 

1.  Subject  (308). 

2.  Appositive,  attributive  or  predicate. 


APPENDIX.  265 

B.  Genitive. 

I.  With  Nouns. 

1.  Limiting  noun  not  meaning  same  thing  (330). 

(a)  Possessive.  (6)  Partitive,  (c)  Material  or  Com- 
position, {d)  Subjective,  (e)  Objective.  (/)  At- 
tribute. 

2.  Genitive  of  Quality  (334). 

II.  With  Adjectives  (335). 

III.  With  Verbs. 

1.  Predicate  Genitive  of  Possessor  (339,  I). 

2.  With  verbs  of  remembering  and  forgetting  (339,  II). 

3.  With  impersonals  (339,  III). 

4.  With  interest  (339,  IV). 

5.  Genitive  of  Indefinite  Value  (339,  V). 

C.  Dative. 

I.  As  Indirect  Object. 

1.  Simple  Indirect  Object  (318,  I). 

2.  With  Verbs  Transitive  in  English  (318,  II). 

3.  With  Compound  Verbs  (318,  III). 

II.  As  the  Case  of  Direction  of  Influence. 

1.  Dative  of  Reference  (322,  I). 

2.  With  Adjectives  and  Verbal  Derivatives  (322,  II). 

3.  Dative  of  Possessor  (326,  III). 

4.  Dative  of  Purpose  or  Service  (326,  IV). 

5.  Dative  of  Agent  (326,  V). 

D.  Accusative. 

I.  As  Direct  Object. 

1.  Simple  Direct  Object  (309,  I). 

2.  Object  and  Predicate  (309,  II). 

3.  With  Compounds  of  trans  (309,  III). 

4.  Two  Accusatives,  Person  and  Thing  (309,  IV). 


266  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

II.  Accusative  of  Extent. 

1.  Duration  of  Time  (313,  I). 

2.  Extent  of  Space  (313,  II). 

3.  Adverbial  (313,  III). 

III.  Terminal  Accusative  (314). 

E.  Vocative. 

1.  Case  of  Direct  Address. 

F.  Ablative. 

I.  Ablative  of  Explanatory  Circumstance. 

1.  Ablative  of  Cause  (340,  I). 

2.  Ablative  of  Manner  (340,  II). 

3.  Ablative  of  Accompaniment  (340,  III). 

4.  Ablative  of  Means  or  Instrument  (344,  IV). 

5.  Ablative  of  Agent  (344,  V). 

6.  Ablative  of  Attendant  Circumstance  (344,  V). 
II.  Ablative  with  Certain  Deponents  (348). 

III.  Ablative  of  Respect  (349). 

1.  Ablative  in  Comparison  and  Contrast 
(a)  Ablative  with  Comparatives  (353,  I). 
(6)  Ablative  of  Degree  of  Difference  (353,  II). 

IV.  Ablative  of  QuaUty  (357). 

V.  Ablative  of  Separation  (358). 
VI.  Ablative  of  Place  and  Time. 

1.  Ablative  of  Place  Where  (362,  I). 

2.  Ablative  of  Place  Whence  (362,  II). 

3.  Ablative  of  Time  When  (362,  III). 

4.  Ablative  of  Time  Within  Which  (362,  III). 
VII.  Ablative  of  Source  or  Origin  (366,  I). 

VIII.  Ablative  of  Price  (366,  II). 
IX.  Ablative  with  Opus  (366,  III). 
X.  Ablative  with  Adjectives  (366,  IV). 
XI.  Ablative  Absolute  (369). 


APPENDIX.  267 

K.  Uses  of  the  Subjunctive. 

A.  In  Principal  Clauses  (383). 

I.  Hortatory. 
II.  Jussive. 

(a)  In  Mild  Commands. 

(6)  In  Prohibitions,  ne  with  perfect  tense. 

III.  Optative  or  Volitive. 

IV.  Potential. 

V.  Deliberative  (not  in  Caesar). 

B.  In  Dependent  Clauses. 

I.  In  Purpose  Clauses  (399). 

1.  With  ut  or  ne  in  pure  or  substantive  clauses. 

2.  With  quo  accompanied  by  a  comparative. 

3.  With  a  relative. 
II.  In  Result  Clauses  (407). 

1 .  With  ut  or  ut  non  in  pure  or  substantive  clauses. 

2.  With  a  relative. 

III.  In  Appositive  Clauses  of  Explanation;  with  ut  or 

ut  non  (412,  2). 

IV.  In  Clauses  after  Doubt,  Hinder,  Refuse,  etc.  (413). 

1.  With  quin  after  negative  expressions  of  doubt. 

2.  With  ne,  quominus,  quin   (after  neg.)   after 
verbs  of  hindrance,  refusal,  prevention. 

V.  In  Clauses  of  Fear  (414). 

1.  With  ne  for  positive  fear. 

2.  With  ut  for  negative  fear. 
VI.  In  Conditional  Sentences. 

1.  Contrary  to  Fact  (429,  II). 

2.  Less  Vivid  Future  (433,  II). 
VII.  In  Temporal  Clauses  (418). 

1.  With  dum  and  quoad,  until. 

2.  With  antequam  and  priusquam. 

3.  With  cum. 


268  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

VIII.  In  Causal  Clauses  (422). 

1.  With  cum. 

2.  With  quod,  on  another's  authority. 

3.  With  a  relative. 

IX.  In  Concessive  Clauses  (423). 

1.  With  cum. 

2.  With  ut.     (Rare  in  Caesar.) 

3.  With  a  relative. 

X.  In  Indirect  Discourse  (439). 

1.  All  subordinate  clauses. 

2.  Indirect  questions  (444). 
XI.  In  Relative  Sentences  (449). 

1.  Attraction. 

2.  Relative  characteristic. 

L.        To  Identify  Subjunctive  Uses  in  Caesar. 

First  and  most  important:    Find  the  word  or  construc- 
tion on  which  the  subjunctive  depends. 

I.  It  may  depend  on  cum. 

A  subjunctive  depending  on  cum  may  express — 
(a)  Time :  cimi  temporal,  when;  imp.  and  pip.  tenses  only. 
(6)  Cause:   cum  causal,  since,  because;  all  tenses. 
(c)   Concession:     cum  concessive,  although,  though;  all 
tenses. 

Having  found  a  subjunctive  depending  on  cum,  select  that  ex- 
planation which  in  your  judgment  best  suits  the  sense  of  the  passage. 

II.  It  may  depend  on  ut. 

A  subjunctive  depending  on  ut  may  express — 

(a)  The  Ihirpose  of  the  action  of  the  principal  verb. 

It  is  especially  certain  to  express  purpose  if  the  principal 

verb  means  advise,  exhort,   order,   persuade,  wish,  or  puts 

another  verb  into  action  in  any  way. 


APPENDIX.  269 

(6)  The  Result  of  the  action  of  the  principal  verb. 

It  is  especially  certain  to  express  result — (1)  if  the  principal 
clause  contains  a  demonstrative  word,  such  as  sic,  ita,  tarn, 
tantopere,  tantus,  talis;  or  (2)  if  the  verb  of  the  principal 
clause  means  effect,  bring  about,  happen;  and  (3)  if  ut  is 
modified  by  non. 

(c)  A  Fear  that  something  will  not  happen. 

Remark. — Ut  is  also  found  with  the  indicative,  and  then  means  as, 
when,  or  because. 


III.  It  may  depend  on  ne. 

A  subjunctive  depending  on  ne  may  express — 

(a)  Negative  Purpose,  especially  if  the  principal  verb 
means  advise,  exhort,  order,  persuade,  wish,  etc. 

(b)  Fear  that  something  will  happen. 

(c)  Prevention,  when  governed  by  prohibeo. 

(d)  A  negative  command  in  indirect  discourse. 

IV.  It  may  depend  on  dum  or  quoad,  until;  on  antequam 
or  priusquam  (often  separated,  ante  .  .  .  quam,  prius  .  .  . 
quam),  before;  on  etsi,  although. 

V.  It  may  depend  on  quod,  because,  when  the  cause  is 
stated  on  another's  authority,  claim,  or  belief. 

VI.  It  may  depend  on  quo,  as  a  purpose  construction  with 
the  comparative  degree  of  an  adjective  or  adverb  nearly  al- 
ways found  in  the  clause. 

VII.  It  may  depend  on  quin  after  a  negative  verb  of 
doubt  or  hindrance,  or  on  quominus  after  any  verb  of  hin- 
drance, prevention,  or  refusal. 

VIII.  It  may  lie  in  a  less  vivid  future  (present  or  perfect 
tense)  or  contrary  to  fact  (imperfect  or  pluperfect  tense) 
condition.  Here  the  protasis,  or  if  clause,  will  be  introduced 
by  si  or  sometimes  expressed  by  a  participle. 

IX.  It  may  depend  on  a  relative  pronoun  or  less  often  on  a 
relative  adverb. 


270  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 

A  subjunctive  dependent  on  a  relative  may  express — 

(a)  Purpose. — This  is  especially  the  case  when  the  relative 
clause  denotes  the  thing  to  he  done  by  the  antecedent  or  the  use 
to  be  made  of  the  antecedent:  the  antecedent  is  usually  the 
object  of  the  principal  clause  or  its  subject  if  passive,  though 
other  cases  occur. 

(6)  Result  (rare). 

(c)  Cause. — Here  the  relative  is  sometimes  preceded  and 
strengthened  by  ut. 

{d)  Concession. 

{e)  Characteristic,  especially  if  the  antecedent  be  negative 
or  interrogative.  Subjunctives  depending  on  a  relative  must 
be  identified  by  the  sense  of  the  passage. 

X.  It  may  lie  in  an  indirect  question:  here  the  clause  is 
always  introduced  by  an  interrogative  pronoun ,  adjective,  or 
adverb. 

XI.  It  may  lie  in  a  dependent  clause  in  indirect  discourse. 
Before  assigning  indirect  discourse  as  the  reason  for  a  given 
subjunctive,  even  though  you  know  that  it  lies  in  indirect 
discourse,  be  sure  that  no  other  rule  applies  to  it. 

M.  Elements  of  Word  Formation. 

In  all  languages  of  the  family  to  which  English  and  Latin 
belong  it  is  possible  to  form  from  many  words  a  number  of 
other  words  of  kindred  form  and  meaning.  Such  words 
may  be  formed  by  joining  two  (rarely  more)  words  into  a 
compound,  a  process  known  as  composition,  and  by  deriva- 
tion, by  which  is  meant  adding  certain  suffixes  to  the  root  or 
stem  of  the  parent  word,  which  is  called  the  primitive.  The 
suffixes  themselves  indicate  the  special  force  and  meaning 
of  the  new  word,  and  are  knowTi  as  significant  endings. 
Those  suffixes  have  been  especially  selected  which  give  rise 
to  similar  endings  in  English. 


APPENDIX.  271 

Derivation. 
(a)  Nouns. 

1.  The  doer  of  an  act  is  indicated  by  the  endings  -tor 
(G.  -toris),  m.,  and  -trix  (G.  -tricis),  f.,  generally  affixed 
to  the  supine  stem.  If  the  supine  ends  in  -sum,  -sor  is 
used  euphonically  for  -tor,  e.  g.: 

ago,  do;  actor,  doer,  actor:  vinco,  conquer;  victor,  conqueror,  victor; 
victrix,  conqueress:  impero,  command;  imperator,  commander:  defendo, 
defend;  defensor,  defender:  invenio,  discover;  inventor,  inventrix,  dis- 
coverer, INVENTOR,  iNVENTRESs.  The  identity  of  these  endings  with 
the  -or  and  -er  (fern.,  -ess  and  -tress)  of  English  agent-words  is 
evident. 

2.  The  act  itself  is  indicated  by  -io  and  -tio  (G.  -onis), 
Eng.  -TiON,  -sion;  -tura,  Eng.  -ture;  -tus  (G.  -tus),  Eng. 
forms  direct  from  stem  with  no  significant  ending;  euphonic 
forms  in  -si5,  etc.,  as  above,  e.  g.: 

SLgOfdo;  actio,  action:  peto,  seek;  petitio,  a  seeking,  petition:  scribo, 
write;  scriptura,  a  writing,  scripture:  conicio,  throw  together;  coniectura, 
a  throwing  together,  a  guess,  conjecture:  advenio,  arrive;  adventus, 
arrival,  advent:  cado,  happen;  casus,  accident,  chance,  case. 

3.  The  act  or  its  result  is  denoted  by  -men  (G.  -minis), 
-mentum,  Eng.  -ment,  e.  g.: 

fluo,  flow;  flumen,  river:  fruor,  enjoy;  frumentum,  grain:  impedio, 
hinder;  impedimentiim,  hindrance,  impediment:  nosco,  know;  nomen, 
name. 

4.  Abstract  nouns  are  formed  by  -ia,  -tia,  -tas  (G.  -tatis), 
Eng.  -Y  and  -ty;  -tus  (G.  -tutis),  Eng.  -tue;  -tudo  (G.  -tu- 
dinis),  Eng.  -tude.  These  are  appended  chiefly  to  adjec- 
tive stems,  though  in  some  instances  to  nouns  also,  e.  g.: 

amicus,  friendly;  amicitia,  friendship,  amity:  audax,  hold;  audacia, 
boldness,  audacity:  levis,  light;  levitas,  lightness,  levity:  civis,  citizen; 
civitas,  citizenship,  state:  vir,  man,  virtus,  manliness,  courage,  virtue: 
multus,  much;  multitudo,  multitude. 


272  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

5.  Place. — The  terminations  -torium,  -arium,  Eng.  same, 
also  -ORY,  -ARY,  -URY,  Gxpress  the  place  where  an  act  occurs 
or  a  thing  is  found,  e.  g.: 

audio,  hear;  auditoritmii  hall,  auditorium:  aes,  money,  aerarium, 
treasury. 

(6)  Adjectives. 

1.  Diminutives,  usually  employed  as  nouns.  They  indi- 
cate an  object  smaller  than  the  primitive,  and  the  chief  end- 
ings are  -ulus  (-a,  -um),  -olus  (-a,  -um),  e.  g.: 

rivus,  brook;  rivulus,  rivulet:  filius,  son;  filidlus,  lUHe  son. 

2.  Belonging  to  or  pertaining  to  are  expressed  by  -alls, 
Eng.  -al;  -anus,  -inus,  Eng.  -an,  -ane,  -ine;  -icus,  Eng.  -ic, 
e.  g.: 

caput,  head;  capitfilis,  capital:  urbs,  city;  urbftnus,  urban,  also  in 
slightly  diff.  sense  URBANE :  civiSf  citizen;  civicus,  civic. 

3.  Provided  with  is  indicated  by  -atus,  -itus,  usually 
formed  on  noun  stems  and  resembling  participles.  Enghsh 
shows  a  like  formation  in  6earrfED,  bootED,  earED,  e.  g.: 

barba,  beard;  barb&tus,  bearded:   turns,  toioer;  turritus,  turreted. 

4.  Full  of  is  indicated  by  -osus,  Eng.  -ose,  e.  g.: 

verbum,  word;  verbosus,  wordy,  verbose:  periculum,  danger;  pericu- 
losus,  dangerous. 

5.  The  principal  terminations  used  in  deriving  adjectives 
of  quality  or  tendency  from  verbs  are:  -idus,  Eng.  -id,  -ilis 
(also  -bills,  -tills),  Eng.  -ile,  -ble,  e.  g.: 

cupio,  desire;  cupidus,  desirous:  fluo,  flow;  fluidus,  flomng,  fluid. 
amo,  love;  amabilis,  amiable:  facio,  do;  facilis,  easy,  facile. 

(c)  Verbs. 

1.  Verbs  Formed  from  Nouns  and  Adjectives. — These 
are  called  denominatives,  and  are  formed  from  the  noun 


APPENDIX,  273 

or  adjective  stem  modified  in  various  ways,  readily  discerned 
when  met  with,  e.  g.: 

nomen,  name;  nomino,  to  name:  hiems,  winter;  hiemo,  to  pass  the 
winter:   moles,  mass;  molior,  toil:   metus,  fear;  metuo,  to  fear. 

2.  Verbs  from  Other  Verbs. 

(a)  Inceptive  verbs  represent  an  action  or  state  as  begin- 
ning. They  are  formed  by  adding  -sco  to  the  present  stem 
of  the  primitive.  They  are  of  the  third  conjugation.  Of 
many,  the  primitive  has  disappeared.  Inceptives  are  also 
formed  on  noun  stems,  e.  g.: 

caled,  be  warm;  calesco,  to  grow  warm:  mitis,  mild;  mitesco,  to  grow 
mild;    so  quiesco,  nosco,  etc. 

(6)  Frequentative,  intensive,  or  iterative  verbs  repre- 
sent the  action  as  performed  violently,  earnestly,  or  repeat- 
edly. They  end  in  -to  or  -ito,  are  of  the  first  conjugation, 
and  usually  formed  from  the  supine  stem  of  the  primitive, 
e.  g.: 

iacio,  throw;  iacto,  hurl:    dico,  say;  dictitd,  repeat,  assert. 

Composition. — The  chief  classes  of  composites  are — 
(a)  Those  whose  first  member  is  a  preposition,  chiefly 
verbs  or  words  derived  from  compound  verbs.     In  forming 
these  compounds  a  in  the  verb  stem  becomes  i  before  one 
consonant,  e  before  two;  but  a  remains  unchanged,  e.  g.: 

facio,  conficid,  confectus;  ago,  subigo,  subactus. 

(6)  Two  words  may  be  joined,  the  first  member  exhibiting 
some  easily  recognized  stem  modification,  e.  g.: 

From  anna  and  gero  comes  armiger,  armor-hearer;  quinque,  decern, 
quindecim,  fifteen  (=  five-ten);  magnus,  animus,  magnanimus,  high- 
minded. 

18 


274  ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 

N.  The  Roman  Calendar. 

(a)  Dates  were  reckoned  by  the  Romans  in  a  very  compH- 
cated  way.     The  month  was  divided  into  three  periods: 

1.  Kalends  (Kalendae),  the  first  of  each  month. 

2.  Nones  (Nonae),  the  fifth  of  each  month  except  March, 
May,  July,  October,  in  which  the  Nones  fell  on  the  seventh. 

3.  Ides  (Idus,  f.),  the  thirteenth  of  each  month  except 
March,  May,  July,  October;  then  the  fifteenth. 

(6)  Any  date  between  Kalends  and  Nones  was  reckoned 
by  the  number  of  days  before  the  Nones;  between  Nones  and 
Ides,  by  the  number  of  days  before  the  Ides;  after  the  Ides, 
by  the  numlxT  of  days  hefon*  Ili<'  Kalends  of  tlie  followinti 
month. 

(c)  The  names  of  the  months  are  adjeetivi^s  when  writing 
dates,  and  stand  in  agreement  with  Kalendae,  Nonae,  and 
Idus,  which  are  feminine  nouns  of  Decl.  i,  i,  and  iv. 

{d)  A  date  faUing  on  the  Kalends,  Nones,  or  Ides  is  ex- 
pressed by  a  time  ablative,  e.  g.: 

Caesar  Idlbus  Martiis  mortuus  est,  Caeser  died  on  the  Ides  of  March 
(March  16th). 

(e)  In  naming  other  dates,  the  phrase  ante  diem  with  an 
ordinal  is  used  like  a  preposition  governing  the  accusative, 
e.  g.: 

Caesar  ante  diem  quartum  Idus  lulifis  n&tus  est,  Caesar  was  bom  on 
the  fourth  day  btforv  the  Ides  of  J  id  y  (./«/«/  J^^'tli)- 

In  practice  these  expressions  for  dates  are  regularly  ab- 
breviated, the  two  above  given  aj^pt^aring  r(»s|x^ctively  as 
Id.  Mart,  and  a.  d.  iv  Id  lul.  or  iv  Id.  lul. 

(/)  In  reckoning  dates  the  Romans  counted  in  the  day 
from  which  they  started  to  reckon,  and  in  case  they  were 
reckoning  up  to  Kalends  they  counted  that  in  also.     Hence 


APPEXDIX,  275 

to  translate  a  date  we  must  observe  the  following  rule :  If  the 
given  date  be  before  the  Xones  or  Ides,  add  one  to  the  date 
on  which  these  periods  fall  in  the  given  month  and  subtract 
the  numeral :  if  before  the  Kalends,  add  two  to  the  numl)er  of 
days  in  the  month  in  which  the  date  lies  (this  will  be  the 
month  preceding  that  whose  Kalends  are  named)  and 
subtract  the  numeral.  The  day  before  a  period  is  expressed 
by  pridie  with  the  accusative,  e.  g.: 

a.  d.  iv  Non  Ap.  =    5  +  1  -  4  =  April  2d. 

a.  d.  iii  Id.  Sept,  =  13  +  1  -  3  =  Sept.  11th. 

a.  d.  vi  Id.  Oct,  =  15  +  1  -  6  =  Oct.  10th. 

a.  d.  ii  Kal.  Ap.  ==  31  +  2  -  9  =  Mar.  24th. 

prid    Kal.    Ian.  =  Dec.  31st. 

(g)  The  names  of  the  months  were  lanuarius,  Februarius, 
Martius,  Aprilis,  Maius,  lunius,  lulius,  Augustus,  September 
(G.  -bris),  October,  November,  December. 

Juh*  and  August  were  named  for  Julius  Caesar  and  the 
EmiH^ror  Augustus  respectively,  being  previously  called 
Quinctilis  and  Sex^s. 


latin=en(jLISh  vocabulary. 


Compound  verbs  arc  in(iicat(Hl  by  a  hyphen  separating  the  mem- 
bers. The  chief  euphonic  changes  of  prepositions  in  composition  are 
as  follows:  ab  +  t  =  abst.;  ad  +  c  =  ace;  ad  +  f  =  afT.;  ad  +  p  = 
app.;  atl  +  sc  =  asc;  con  4-  1  =  coll.;  con  +  m  =  comm.;  ex  +  f  =  eflf.; 
in  +  1  =  ill.;  ob  +  c  =  occ;  ob  +  f  =  off.;  ob  +  p  =  opp.;  sub  +  c  = 
Bucc. ;  sub  +  p  =  supp.  Regular  verbs  of  the  first  conjugation  are 
marked  I;  the  principal  parts  of  all  others  are  indicated.  English  de- 
rivatives are  indicated  by  small  capitals. 


A.,  abbreviation  for  Aidiis. 

&,  ab,  prep.  w.  abl.,  from;  by;  on, 
at;  on  the  side  of;  a  latere,  on  the 
flank. 

ab-do,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditum,  hule. 

ab-duc6,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum, 
Icdd  away. 

ab-icio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  throw 
away. 

abs-tineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  ab- 
stain. 

ab-sum,  -esse,  fifui,  afutunis,  be 
absent,  distant. 

ac.  See  atque. 

ac-cedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
approach;  be  added. 

acceptus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  pf.  ptc.  of 
accipio,  popular. 

ac-cido,  -ere,  -cidi,  ,  hap- 
pen. 

ac-cipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum, 
receive,  accept. 

ac-Qurrd,  -ere,  -curri,  -cursum, 
run  to. 

ac-cus6,  I,  ACCUSE. 

acer,  acris,  -e,  adj.,  sharp,  severe. 

acies,  -ei,  f.,  battle  line. 

acriter,  adv.,  sharply,  severely. 

ad,  prep.  w.  ace,  to,  toward; 
against;  near. 


ad-duco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductuniv 
induce. 

ad-eo,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum,  go  to, 
approach,  insit. 

ad-hibed,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  admit. 

adhuc,  adv.,  hitherto. 

aditus,  -us,  m.,  access;  approach. 

ad-miror,  I,  dop.,  wonder;  admire. 

ad-mitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum,  let 
loose;  equo  admisso,  with  his 
horse  at  a  gallop. 

admodum,  adv.,  somewhat,  very. 

ad-orior,  -iri,  -ortus,  dep.,  attack. 

ad-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futunis,  be 
present. 

Aduatuci,  -drum,  the  Aduatuci. 

adulescentia,  -ae,  f.,  youth. 

adventus,  -us,  m.,  arrival,  ap- 
proach. 

adversus,   -a,   -um,   adj.,  facing; 

ADVERSE. 

adversus,  prep.  w.  ace,  agaiTist. 


ad-verto,   -ere, 


-verstun,  turn 


toward:  with  animum;  pay  at- 
tention to,  notice. 

aedificiimi,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  building. 

aegre,  adv.,  with  difficvlly. 

aequo,  I,  equalize. 

aequus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  level;  fair, 
jnst. 

aestas,  -tatis,  f.,  snmmcr. 

af-f  ero,  -f  erre,  attuli,  allatiun,  bring. 


276 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY, 


277 


af-ficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum,  af- 
fect, treat. 

affinitas,  -tatis,  f.,  relationship. 

ager,  -gri,  m.,  lajid,  field. 

agger,  -eris,  m.,  earthwork,  ram- 
part. 

ag-gredior,  -i,  -gressus,  dep.,  at- 
tack. 

agmen,  -inis,  n.,  column  (of  men), 

ago,  -ere,  egi,  actum,  drive;  lead; 
do;  confer. 

agricola,  -ae,  m.,  farmer. 

aUenus,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  belonging  to 
another;  foreign;  unfavorable. 

aliquis  (-qui),  -qua,  -quid  (-quod), 
sojne  one,  some  thing;  as  adj., 
some. 

aliter,  adv.,  otherwise. 

aliter  .  .  .  ac  (atque),  adv.  phrase, 
otherwise  than. 

alius,  -a,  -ud,  adj.,  other,  another. 

Allobroges,  -lun,  m.,the  Allobroges. 

Alpes,  -ium,  m.  pi.,  the  Alps. 

alter,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,  the  other 
(of  two). 

altitude,  -dinis,  f.,  height,  depth. 

altus,  -a,  -um,  adj.  (of  vertical 
extent),  high,  deep. 

Ambarri,  -orum,  m.  pi.,  the  Am- 
barri. 

amentia,  -ae,  f.,  folly. 

amicitia,  -ae,  f,,  friendship. 

amicus,  -i,  m.,  friend. 

amicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  friendly. 

amitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum,  lose. 

amo,  I,  love. 

amor,  -oris,  m.,  love. 

amplius,  adv.,  more. 

an,  interrog.  particle,  or;  whether. 

anceps,  -cipitis,  adj.,  double,  two- 
fold; doubtful. 

angustiae,  -arum,  f.  pi.,  narrow 
pass. 

angustus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  narrow, 
steep. 

animadverto,  -ere,  -i,  -rsum,  give 
attention  to;  notice;  punish. 

animus,  -i,  m.,  mind;  disposition; 
feelings;  courage. 

annus,  -i,  m.,  year. 

annuus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  annual; /or 
a  year. 


ante,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  adv.,  before 

(of  time  or  space). 
antea,  adv.,  before,  previously. 
antiquus,   -a,   -um,   adj.,   ancient; 

former. 
apertus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  open. 
appello,  I,  call;  name. 
apud,  prep.  w.  ace,  among;  near. 
Aquileia,  -ae,  f.,  Aquileia. 
Aquitani,  -orum,  m.,  the  Aquitani. 
Arar,    -aris    (ace,    -im),    m.,    the 

Arar. 
arbitror,  I,  dep.,  think,  judge. 
arbor,  -oris,  f.,  tree: 
arcesso,    -ere,    -vn^    -itum,    call, 

summon. 
Ariovistus,  -i,  m.,  Ariovistus. 
arma,  -orum,  m.  pi.,  arms,  weapons. 
armo,  I,  arm,  equip. 
ascendo,  -ere,  -i,  -usum,  ascend, 

cliinb. 
ascensus,  -lis,  m.,  ascent. 
at,  conj.,  but. 
atque,  conj.  (cf.  ac),  and,  and  also; 

as. 
Atrebates,  -um,  m.,  the  Atrebates. 
auctoritas,  -tatis,  f.,  authority. 
audacia,  -ae,  f .,  audacity,  boldness. 
audacter,  adv.,  boldly. 
audeo,  -ere,  ausus,  semi-dep.,  dare. 
audio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum,  hear. 
augeo,  -ere,  auxi,  auctum,  increase, 

strengthen. 
aut,  conj.,  or. 

aut  .  .  .  aut,  either  .  .  .  or. 
autem,  conj.,  but,  however. 
auxilium,    -i     (-u),    n.,    aid;    pi. 

auxiliaries  (irregular  troops). 
a-verto,  -ere,  -ti,  -rsum,  turn  away; 

avert. 

B. 

barbarus,  -i,  m.,  barbarian. 

barbarus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  barbar- 
ous. 

Belgae,  -arum,  m.,  the  Belgae. 

bellicosus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  warlike. 

bello,  I,  make  war. 

bellum,  -i,  n.,  war. 

bene,  adv.,  well. 

beneficium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  benefit, 
favor. 


278 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


Bibrax,  -actis,  f.,  Bibrax,  a  town, 
biduum,  -i,  n.,  two  days. 
biennium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  two  years. 
bipartito,  a(l\'.,  in  two  divisions. 
Boil,  -onim,  m.,  the  Boii. 
bona,  -drum,  n.,  pi.  goods. 
bonus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  good. 
Britannia,  -ae,  f.,  Britain. 


C,  abbreviation  for  Caius. 

cado,  -erCj  cecidi,  casum,  fall. 

Caesar,  -aris,  m.,  Caesar. 

calamitas,  -tatis,  f.,  calamity,  dis- 
aster. 

capio,  -ere,  -cepi,  capttim,  cap- 
ture, take. 

captivus,  -i,  m.,  captive. 

caput,  -itis,  n.,  head. 

Camutes,  -um,  m.,  the  CarntUes. 

camis,  -i,  m.,  cart,  wagon. 

Cassianus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  with 
Cassias. 

castellum,  -i,  n.,fortj  redoubt. 

Casticus,  -i,  m.,  Casticits. 

castra,  -onun,  n.  pi.,  camp. 

casus,  -us,  m.,  chance. 

causa,  -ae,  f.,  cause;  reason. 

causa,  ahl.,  for  the  sake  of. 

caveo,  -ere,  cavi,  cautum,  be  on 
the  watch. 

cedo,  -ere,  cessi,  cessimi,  yield. 

celer,  -eris,  -e,  adj.,  quick,  stvift. 

celeritas,  -tatis,  f.,  swiftness,  speed. 

celeriter,  adv.,  quickly,  swiftly. 

Celtae,  -arum,  m.,  the  Celts. 

census,  -us,  in.,  census. 

centum,  indorl.  num.  adj.,  hundred. 

centurio,  -onis,  m.,  centurion. 

certe,  adv.,  surely,  certainly. 

certus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  certain; 
certiorem  facere,  to  inform; 
certior  fieri,  to  be  informed. 

Ceutrones,  -um,  m.,  the  Ceu- 
trones. 

cibaria,  -drum,  n.  pi.,  grain,  sup- 
plies. 

circiter,  adv.,  about. 

circuitus,  -us,  m.,  circuit. 

circvmi,  prep.  w.  ace.,  around. 

circum-venio,  -ire,  -i,  -timi,  sur- 
round. 


cis,  prep.  w.  ace,  and  adv.,  on  this 
side  of. 

citerior,  -ius,  adj.,  hither,  nearer. 

citra.     See  cis. 

civis,  -is,  ni.,  citizen. 

civitas,  -tatis,  f.,  state;  citizenship. 

clamor,  -oris,  in.,  clamor,  shouting. 

claudo,  -ere,  clausi,  -sum,  close, 
close  up. 

cliens,  -ntis,  m.,  vassal. 

co-emo,  -ere,  -emi,  -emptum,  buy 
up. 

coepi,  -isse,  pret.  vb.,  began. 

co-erceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  control, 
coerce. 

cogito,  I,  think,  reflect. 

cognosco,  -ere,  -novi,  -nitum,  icam, 
recognize;  pret.  pf.  cognovi, 
/  know. 

c6g6,  -ere,  coegi,  coactum,  compel; 
collect. 

cohors,  -rtis,  f.,  cohort. 

co-hortor,  I,  dep.,  exhort,  encour- 
age. 

col-ligo,  -ere,  -I6gi,  -lectum,  col- 
lect. 

collis,  -is,  m.,  hUl. 

colloco,  I,  place,  station. 

colloquitmi,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  conference. 

col-loquor,  -loqui,  -locutus,  confer, 
converse. 

com-b-uro,  -ere,  -ussi,  -usttmi, 
burri.  ' 

commeatus,  -us,  m.,  supplies. 

com-memoro,  I,  mention. 

com-meo,  I,  vis^it,  resort  to. 

com-mitto,   -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 
entrust,  commit;  act;  blunder. 
proelium  committere,  join  battle. 

commode,  adv.,  with  ease,  con- 
veniently. 

commodus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  advarUor- 
geous. 

corn-moved,  -ere,  -movi,  -motimi, 
move;  excite;  iiidtice. 

com-munio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  itum, 
fortify. 

communis,  -e,  adj.,  common. 

commutatio,  -onis,  f.,  change. 

com-muto,  I,  change. 

com-paro,  I,  prepare,  secure. 

com-perio,  -ire,  -i,  -rtimi,  find  out. 


LATIN'ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


279 


Com-plector,  -i,  -plexus,  dep.,  em- 
brace. 
com-pleo,  -ere,  plevi,  -etum,  iill. 
complures,     -a,     adj.,     pi.,     very 

many. 
com-porto,  I,  bring  together. 
con-,  the  form  assumed  by  cum  in 

composition. 
conatum,  -i,  n.,  attempt. 
conatus,  -us,  m.,  attempt. 
con-cedo,    -ere,    -cessi,    -cessum, 

concede;  grant;  yield. 
con-cido,  -ere,   -cidi,   -cisum,  cut 

down,  slay. 
con-cilio,  I,  secure,  win. 
concilium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  council. 
concursus,  -us,  m.,  assembling. 
condicio,  -onis,  f .,  condition. 
con-dono,  I,  condone,  excuse. 
con-duco,    -ere,    -duxi,    -ductimi, 

bririg  together;  hire. 
con-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  bring 

together;  defer;  se  conferre,  betake 

one's  self. 
confertus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    dense, 

crowded. 
con-ficio,     -ere,     -feci,     -fectum, 

finish;  exhaust;  furnish;  make. 
con-fido,    -ere,    -fisus,    semi-dep., 

confide,  tru^t  in;  believe. 
con-firmo,  I,  confirm;  assert. 
con-icio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  hurl, 

throw. 
coniuratio,  -onis,  f.,  conspiracy. 
con-iuro,  I,  swear,  conspire. 
Conor,  I,  dep.,  attempt,  try. 
con-quiro,   -ere,    -quisivi,    -situm, 

search  out. 
c6n-scisc6,    -ere,    -scivi,    -scitum, 

resolve    on;    sibi    mortem    con- 

sciscere,  commit  suicide. 
conscius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  conscious, 

aware. 
con-scribo,    -ere,  -scripsi,    -scrip- 

tum,  enlist. 
consensus,  -us,  m.,  consent. 
con-sequor,  -qui,  -cutus,  overtake; 

attain. 
con-servo,  I,  preserve. 
Considius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  Considius. 
con-sido,    -ere,    -sedi,    -sessum, 

encamp. 


consilium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  plan,  design, 

counsel;  assembly. 
con-sisto,     -ere,     -stiti,     -stitum, 

stand;  make  a  stand,  stand  one's 

ground;  consist;  depend  on. 
con-solor,  I,  dep.,  console. 
conspectus,  -us,  m.,  sight. 
con-spicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectum, 

see. 
con-spicor,  I,  dep.,  observe. 
con-stat,     -are,     -stitit,     impers., 

it  is  evident. 
c6n-stitu6,  -ere,  -ui,  -utum,  station; 

decide. 
c6n-suesc6,  -ere,  -suevi,  -suetum, 

grow  accustomed;  pret.  pf.  con- 

suevi,  /  am  accustomed. 
consul,  -is,  m.,  consul. 
ccn-sumo,  -ere,  -sumpsi,  -sump- 

tum,  CONSUME. 

contemptio,  -onis,  f.,  contempt. 
con-tendo,     -ere,     -di,     -tentum, 

contend;  hasten. 

contentio,  -onis,  f.,  quarrel,  strife. 

continenter,  adv.,  continuously. 

con-tineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentimi,  hold 
back  or  in  check;  hem  in;  con- 
fine; bound  (geographically). 

con-tingo,  -ere,  -tigi,  -tactum, 
touch;  happen. 

contra,  prep.  w.  ace,  and  adv., 
against;  on  the  other  hand. 

contumelia,  -ae,  f.,  insult. 

con-venio,  -ire,  -veni,  -ventum, 
come  together;  meet;  convene. 

conventus,  -us,  m.,  assembly; 
court. 

con-verto,  -ere,  -i,  -rsum,  turn. 

con-voco,  /,  call  together,  summon. 

copia,  -ae,  f.,  plenty,  abundance; 
pi.,  troops. 

comu,  -lis,  n.,  horn;  udng  (of  an 
army). 

corpus,  -oris,  n.,  body. 

cotidianus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  daily. 

cotidie,  adv.,  daily. 

Cotta,  -ae,  m.,  Cotta. 

Crassus,  -a,  m.,  Crassus. 

creber,  -bra,  -bnmi,  adj.,  fre- 
quent. 

cremo,  I,  burn. 

creo,  I,  create,  elect. 


280 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


cresco,  -ere,  -cre\i,  -cretum,  in- 
crease, grow  Strang. 

CUltUS,  -us,  m.,  CULTURE. 

cum,  prep.  w.  abl.,  vdth. 

cum,   conj.,  when;  since,  because; 

although. 
cupide,  adv.,  eagerly. 
cupiditas,  -tatis,  f.,  avarice,  desire. 
cupidus,    -a,   -um,   adj.,  fond   of, 

eager  for. 
cur,  adv.,  why  1 
euro,  I,  care  for;  w.  gndv.,  to  have  a 

thing  done. 
cursus,  -us,  m.,  running;  course. 
custos,  -odis,  in.,  guardian. 

D. 

damno,  I,  condemn. 

de,  prep.  w.  abl.,  aboui,  concerning; 

from,  down  from;  during;  for. 
debed,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  owe;  w.  inf., 

ought. 
decern,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  ten. 
de-cemo,    -ere,    -crevi,    -cretum, 

DECREE,  decide. 
de-certo,  I,  fight,  fight  to  a  finish. 
decimus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  tenth. 
de-cipio,     -ere,     -cepi,     -ceptum, 

DECEIVE. 

deditio,  -onis,  f.,  surrender. 

de-do,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditima,  sur- 
render. 

de-duc6,  -ere,  -duri,  -ductum,  con- 
duct, lead. 

de-fendo,  -ere,  -i,  -nsum,  de- 
fend. 

defensio,  -onis,  f.,  defense. 

defensor,  -oris,  m.,  defender. 

de-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  re- 
port. 

defessus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  exhausted. 

de-ficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectima,  fail; 
revolt. 

de-icio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  dis- 
lodge, throw  down;  disappoint. 

deinde,  adv.,  then,  next. 

de-libero,  I,  deliberate. 

de-ligo,  -ere,  -legi,  -Iectum,  choose. 

de-minu6,  -ere,  -ui,  -utimi,  dim- 
inish. 

demum,  adv.,  at  length. 


denique,  adv.,  finally;  at  least. 
de-pono,   -ere,    -posui,    -positum, 

lay  down,  lay  aside. 
de-signo,  I,  ijvdicale,  designate. 
de-sisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  -stitum,  cease, 

DESIST. 

de-spero,  I,  despair. 

de-spicio,  -ere,  -speid,  -spectum, 

DESPISE. 

de-stitu6,  -ere,  -ui,  -utum,  aI>andon. 
de-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  fail, 

be  wanting. 
de-terreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  frighten; 

DETER,  prevent. 
detrimenttmi,  -i,  n.,  loss,  injury. 
deus,  -i,  m.,  god. 
dexter,  -tra,  -tnun,  adj.,  right;  as 

subst.,  deitra,  the  right  hand. 
dico,  -ere,  dixi,  dictum,  say,  tell, 

appoint. 
dictio,  -onis,  f.,  pleading. 
dies,  -ei,  in.  (rarely  f.),  day. 
dif-fero,    -ferre,   distuli,   dllatum, 

DIFFER. 

difficilis,  -e,  adj.,  difficult. 
difficultas,  -tatis,  f.,  difficulty. 
dignitas,  -tatis,  f.,  dignity. 
diligenter,    adv.,    carefully,    dili- 
gently. 
dUigentia,  -ae,  f.,  diligence. 
dimico,  I,  fight. 
dimidium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  a  half. 
dimitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum,  lose; 

DISMISS. 

dis-cedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
depart. 

discessus,  -us,  m.,  departure. 

disco,  -ere,  didici, ,  learn. 

dis-icio,  -ere  -ieci,  -iectum,  scatter, 
rout. 

dis-pono,  -ere,  -posui,  -posittmi, 
DISPOSE,  station. 

diu,  adv.,  a  long  time,  long. 

diutumus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  long  con- 
tinued. 

Diviciacus,  -i,  m.,  Diviciacus. 

Divico,  -onis,  m.,  Divico. 

divido,  -ere,  -visi,  -visimi,  divide. 

do,  dare,  dedi,  datum,  give. 

doceo,  -ere,  -\ii,doctum,  teach,  show. 

doleo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  suffer,  be 
grieved. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULAEY. 


281 


dolor,  -oris,  m.,  grief;  discontent. 
domicilium,  -i  (-ii),  n,,  home. 
domus,  -us,  f.,  house,  home. 
donee,  conj.,  until. 
donum,  -i,  n.,  gift. 
dubitatio,  -onis,   f.,  doubt,   hesita- 
tion. 

dubitO,  I,  DOUBT. 

dubius,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    doubtful; 

non  est  dubium,  there  is  no  doubt. 
ducenti,    -ae,    -a,    pi.    adj.,    two 

hundred. 
duco,   -ere,   duxi,    ductum,    lead, 

haul. 
dum,  conj.,  while;  until. 
dummodo,     conj.,     -provided    that, 

with  sub  June. 
Dumnorix,  -igis,  m.,  Dumnorix. 
duo,  -ae,  -o,  num.  adj.,  two. 
duodecim,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  twelve. 
duodeviginti,    indecl.    num.    adj., 

eighteen. 

dupliCO,  I,  DOUBLE. 

dux,  duels,  m.,  leader,  guide. 


E. 


e,  ex,  prep.  w.  abl.,  from,  out  of,  of. 
Eburones,  -um,  m.,  the  Eburones. 
e-dueo,  -ere,  -duxi,  -duetum,  lead 

out. 
eflfemino,  I,  weaken. 
ef-fero,     -ferre,     extuli,     elatum, 

carry  away;  elate. 
ef-fieio,  -ere,  -feei,  -feetum,  finish, 

render,  effect,  bring  about. 
ego,  mei,  pers.  pron.,  /. 
e-gredior,  -gredi,  -gressus,  go  out. 
egregius,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  remarkable. 
e-ieio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -ieetum,  throw 

out;  se  eieere,  rush  out. 
e-mitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum,  hurl, 

discharge. 
emo,  -ere,  -emi,  emptum,  buy. 
enim,  conj.,  for   (cannot  begin  a 

clause). 
e-nuntio,  I,  announce. 
eo,  ire,  ivi  (-ii),  itum,  go,  march. 
eo,  adv.,  thither,  there. 
eodem,  adv.,  to  the  same  place. 
eques,    -itis,    m.,   horseman;    pi., 

cavalry. 


equitatus,  -us,  m.,  cavalry. 

equus,  -i,  m.,  horse. 

e-ripio,  -ere,  -ui,  -reptum,  take 
away,  rescue. 

et,  conj.,  and;  also;  even. 

et  .  .  .  et,  both  ...  and. 

etiam,  conj.,  also,  even. 

etsi,  conj.,  although,  though. 

ex.     See  e. 

ex-eito,  I,  excite,  urge  on;  construct. 

exemplum,  -i,  n.,  example. 

ex-eo,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum,  go  out. 

exercitatio,  -onis,  f.,  training,  ex- 
ercise. 

exereitus,  -us,  m.,  army. 

ex-igo,  -ere,  -egi,  -aetum,  drive 
out;  (of  time)  end. 

existimatio,  -onis,  f.,  opinion, 
estimate. 

ex-istimo,  I,  think,  consider. 

expeditus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unencumb- 
ered. 

ex-pell6,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsum,  drive 

out,  EXPEL. 

ex-perior,  -iri,  -pertus,  dep.,  try, 

test. 
explorator,  -oris,  m.,  scout;  spy. 
ex-ploro,     I,     examine,    find    out, 

explore. 
ex-pugno,  I,  take  by  storm. 
ex-sequor,  -sequi,  -seeutus,  dep., 

follow  up. 
ex-specto,  I,  await,  expect. 
extremus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  extreme, 

outmost;  end  of. 


F. 


faeile,  adv.,  easily. 

faeilis,  -e,  adj.,  easy. 

facio,  -ere,  -feei,  faetum,  make,  do. 

factum,  -i,  n.,  deed. 

faeultas,  -tatis,  f.,  supply;  oppor- 
tunity. 

fama,  -ae,  f.,  fame,  report,  news. 

fames,  -is,  f.,  hunger,  famine. 

familia,  -ae,  f.,  household  (includ- 
ing slaves). 

familiaris,  -e,  adj.,  of  the  farnily, 
private;  res  familiaris,  private 
property,  fortune. 

faveo,  -ere,  favi,  fautum,  favor. 


282 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


fere,  adv.,  almost. 

fero,  ferre,  tiili,  latum,  bear,  carry; 
bring;  endure. 

ferus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  savage,  wild. 

fides,  -ei,  f.,  faith;  protection; 
allegiance;  pledge. 

filia,  -ae,  f.,  daughter. 

filius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  son. 

finis,  -is,  m.,  end,  boundary;  pi., 
territories. 

finitimus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  neighbor- 
ing, near;  its  subst.,  neighbor. 

fio,  fieri,  f actus  (pass,  of  facio), 
become,  be  made;  happen. 

finnus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  firm, 
strong. 

flagito,  I,  demand. 

fleo,  flere,  flevi,  fletimi,  weep. 

flumen,  -inis,  n.,  river. 

fluo,  -ere,  fluxi,  fluxum,  flow. 

fore,  fut.  inf.  of  sum. 

fortis,  -e,  adj.,  brave. 

fortiter,  adv.,  bravely. 

fortitudo,  -inis,  f.,  bravery. 

fortuna,  -ae,  f.,  fortune. 

fossa,  -ae,  f.,  ditch,  moat. 

f rater,  -tris,  iii.,  brother. 

fratemus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  brotherly. 

frigus,  -oris,  n.,  cold. 

frumentarius,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  per- 
taining to  grain;  fertile;  res  fru- 
mentaria,  supplies. 

frumentor,  I,  dep.,  forage. 

frumentiun,  -i,  n.,  grain;  pi., 
crops. 

frustra,  adv.,  in  vain. 

fuga,  -ae,  f.,  flight. 

fugio,  -ere,  fugi,  fugittmi,  flee. 

fugitivus,  -i,  m.,  deserter. 

furor,  -oris,  m.,  fury,  madness. 

futurus,  -a,  -um,  fut.  ptc.  of  sum. 

G. 

Galba,  -ae,  m.,  Galba. 
Gallia,  -ae,  f.,  Gaid. 
Gallicus,  -a,  -lun,  adj*^  Gallic. 
Gallus,  -i,  in.,  a  Gaid. 
'renava,  -ae,  f'  Geneva. 
fcins,  gentis,  f.,  tribe,  clan. 
genus,  -eris,  f.,  kind,  stock. 
Germania,  -ae,  f.,  Germany. 


I  Germanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  German; 
I  as  subst.,  a  German;  pi.,  the 
I      Germans. 

\  gero,  -ere,  gessi,   gestimi,  carry; 
carry  on;   belltmi  gerere,  wage 
j      war. 

gladius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  sword. 

gloria,  -ae,  f.,  glory. 

glorior,  I,  dop.,  boa^t. 

Graecus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  Greek. 

gratia,  -ae,  f.,  influence,  popidarity; 
pi.,  thanks. 

gratulor,  I,  dep.,  congratulate. 

gravis,  -e,  adj.,  heavy,  severe. 

graviter,  adv.,  severely,  seriously. 

H. 

habe5,  -€re,  -ui,  -itum,  have,  hold; 

regard;  deliver  (a  speech). 
Haedui,  -orum,  the  Ilaedui. 
Haeduus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Haeduan. 
Helvetii,  -drum,  ni.,  the  Helvetii. 
Helvetius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Helvetian. 
hibema,    -orum,    n.     pi.,    un.nler 

quarters. 
Hibemia,  -ae,  f.,  Ireland. 
hie,  haec,  hdc,  dem.  pron.,  this. 
hie,  adv.,  here. 
hiemo,  I,  /k/.ss  the  winter. 
hiems,  hiemis,  f.,  winter. 
homo,  -minis,  m.,  man,  mankind. 
honor,  -oris,  ni.,  honor. 
hortor,  1,  dep.,  exhort,  urge. 
hostis,  -is,  m.,  enemy. 
hue,  adv.,  hither,  here. 
humanitas,   -tatis,   f.,   humanity; 

refinement. 
humilis,  -e,  adj.,  lowly,  humble. 

I. 

iacio,    -ere,    ieei,    iaetum,    throw, 

hurl. 
iacto,  I,  hurl;  discuss. 
iam,  adv.,  now,  at  last,  already. 
ibi,  adv.,  there. 
leeius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  Icciv^. 
ictus,  -us,  ni.,  blow,  stroke. 
idem,   eadem,  idem,  dem.  prou., 

the  same. 
idoneus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  fit,  suitable. 
ignis,  -is,  m.,  fire. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


283 


ignominia,  -ae,  f.,  disgrace. 

ignore,  I,  be  ignorant  of,  not  know. 

ille,  ilia,  illud,  dem.  pron.,  that. 

immortalis,  -e,  adj.,  immortal. 

impedimentum,  -i,  n.,  hindrance; 
pi.,  baggage. 

im-pedio,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum, 
IMPEDE,  hinder, 

impeditus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  encumb- 
ered. 

im-pello,  -ere,  -puli,  -pulsum, 
IMPEL,  urge. 

im-pendeo,  -ere,  ,  ,  im- 
pend, overhang. 

imperator,  -oris,  m.,  comynander. 

imperium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  command; 
control;  government. 

impero,  I,  command,  order. 

impetro,  I,  obtain  (a  request). 

impetus,  -us,  m.,  attack;  impetum 
facere  in,  make  an  attack  upon. 

im-ploro,  I,  beg,  implore. 

im-porto,  I,  bring  in;  import. 

improviso,  adv.,  unexpectedly. 

impune,  adv.,  with  impunity. 

impunitas,  -tatis,  f.,  impunity. 

imus, -a, -um,  adj.     See  infimus. 

in,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  abl.;  of  mo- 
tion, w.  ace,  into,  to,  against, 
towards:  of  position,  w.  abl.,  in, 
on,  among. 

in-cendo,  -ere,  -ndi,  nsum,  set  fire 
to,  burn. 

in-cito,  I,  INCITE,  urge  on. 

incola,  -ae,  m.,  inhabitant. 

in-col6,  -ere,  -ui,  -cultum,  inhabit, 
dwell. 

incolumis,  -e,  adj.,  safe,  unharmed. 

incommodum,  -i,  n,,  disaster,  re- 
verse. 

incredibilis,  -e,  adj.,  incredible. 

inde,  adv.,  thence;  then,  next. 

in-duc6,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum,  lead 
in;  induce. 

in-eo,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum,  enter; 
begin;  consilium  inire,  form  a 
plan. 

inferior,  -ius, adj.,  lower,  inferior. 

in-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -illatum,  bring 
in,  bring  upon;  bellum  inferre, 
w.  dat.,  make  war  upon. 

infimus,  -a,  -um,  adj .,  lowest,  foot  of. 


infirmus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  weak. 
in-flu6,  -ere,  -fiuxi,  -fluxum,  flow 

into. 
ingens,     -ntis,     adj.,     very    great, 

enormous. 
inimicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  hostile;  as 

subst.,  personal  enemy. 
iniquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unjust,  un- 
fair. 
initium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  beginning. 
iniuria,  -ae,  f.,  injury. 
inopia,  -ae,  f.,  scarcity. 
inopinans,  -ntis,  adj.,  unexpected. 
in-sequor,  -sequi,   -secutus,   puV' 

sue. 
insidiae,  -anxm,  f.,  ambush,  plot. 
insignis,  -e,  adj.,  notable. 
insolenter,  adv.,  insolently. 
in-stitu6,    -ere,    -ui,    -utum,    ap- 
point, set  up;  institute;  train. 
institiitum,  -i,  n.,   plan,  decision; 

institution. 
in-sto,  -stare,  -stiti,  -statum,  press 

on;  approach. 
in-stru6,  -ere,  -struxi,  -structum, 

draw  up,  arrange. 
insula,  -ae,  f.,  island. 
intellego,  -ere,  -lexi,  -lectimi,  know, 

understand. 
inter,  prep.  w.  ace,  between,  among. 
inter-cedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cesstun, 

go  between,  lie  between. 
inter-cludo,  -ere,  -clusi,  -cliisum, 

cut  off. 
interdiu,  adv.,  by  day. 
interdtun,  adv.,  sometimes. 
inter ea,  adv.,  meanwhile. 
interficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectimi,  kill, 

put  to  death. 
interim,  adv.,  meanwhile. 
inter-mitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 

cease,  interrupt;  intervene. 
intemecio,  -onis,  f.,  destruction. 
inter    se,    reciprocal    pron.,    each 

other. 
inter-sum,    -esse,    -fui,    -futurus, 

be  between;  take  part  in;  interest, 

impers.,  it  concerns.  y^ 

intervallum,  -i,  n.,  interval.  =,v 

in-venio,     -ire,     -veni,     -ventmn, 

come  upon,  find  (by  chance). 
in-video,  -ere,  -vidi,  -visimi,  envy. 


284 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 


invitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  unwilling. 
ipse,    ipsa,    ipsum,    dem.    pron., 

intens.,  sdj. 
is,  ea,  id,  dem.  pron.,  this,  that; 

he,  she,  it. 
iste,  ista,  istud,  dem.  pron.,  that, 

that  of  yours. 
ita,  adv.,  so,  thus. 
itaque,  conj.,  accordingly. 
item,  adv.,  likewise. 
iter,  itineris,  n.,  roadj  march,  right 

of  way. 
itenim,  adv.,  again,  a  second  time. 
iubeo,  -ere,  iussi,  iussimi,    order, 

commaml. 
iudicium,  -i  (ii),  n.,  trial 
iudico,  I,  JUDGE,  decide. 
iugum,  -i,  n.,  ridge;  yoke. 
lulia,  -ae,  f.,  Julia. 
iumentum,  -i,  n.,  ^mck  animal. 
iungo,  -ere,  iunxi,  iunctum,  jVn'n. 
lura,  -ae,  m.,  the  Jura  mountains, 
iuro,  I,  swear. 
ius,  iuris,  n.,  right,  law. 
ius    iurandimi,    cpd.,    both    parts 

decl.;  gon.,  iuris  iurandi,  n.,  oath. 
iustitia,  -ae,  f.,  justice. 
iuvo,  -are,  iuvl,  iutum,  assist. 


L.,  abbreviation  for  Lucius. 
Labienus,  -i,  m.,  Labienus. 
labor,  -oris,  m.,  labor,  hardship. 
lacesso,  -ere,  -ivi,  -itimi,  harass. 
lacrima,  -ae,  f.,  tear. 
lacus,  -us,  m.,  lake. 
lapis,  -idis,  m.,  sto7ie. 
largior,  -iri,  -itus,  dep.,  bribe. 
late,  adv.,  widely. 

lateo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  escape  notice, 

be  hidden. 
latitudo,  -inis,  f.,  width. 
Latobrigi,  -orum,  m.,  the  Latobrigi. 
latus,  -eris,  n.,  side;  flank. 
latus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  uride. 
latus,  pf.  ptc.  of  fero. 
laudo,  I,  praise. 
laus,  laudis,  f.,  praise. 
legatio,  -onis,  f.,  embassy. 
legatus,  -i,  m.,  envoy;  lietuenant. 
legio,  -onis,  f.,  legion. 


legionirius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  legionary. 

Lemannus,  -i,  m.,  Lemannus, 
ancient  name  of  Lake  Geneva. 

lenitas,  -tatis,  f.,  gentleness. 

lex,  legis,  f.,  law. 

liber,  -era,  -enun,  adj.,/ree. 

liberalitas,  -tatis,  f.,  liberality. 

libere,  at! v.,  freely. 
j  liberi,  -orum,  m.  pi.,  children. 
I  libero,  I,  liberate,  set  free. 

libertas,  -tatis,  f.,  liberty. 

liceor,  -eri,  -itus,  dep.,  bid  (at  auc- 
tion). 

licet,  -€re,  -uit,  impers.,  it  is  per- 
milted,  one  may. 

Lingones,  -um  (ace.  -as),  m.,  the 
Ling  ones. 

lingua,  -ae,  f.,  tongue,  language. 

linter,  -tris,  m.,  skiff. 

Liscus,  -i,  in.,  Liscus. 

litterae,  -anmi,  f.  pi.,  letter,  the 
sing,  means  a  letter  of  the  alpha- 
bet. 

Utus,  -oris,  n.,  shore. 

locus,  -i,  m.;  pi.  loca,  n.,  place. 

longe,  adv., /ar;  by  far. 

longitudo,  -inis,  f.,  length. 

longus,  -a,  -um,  jwlj.,  long. 

loquor,  loqui,  locutus,  dep.,  speak, 
say. 

lux,  lucis,  f.,  light;  prima  luce,  at 
dawn. 

M. 

M.,  abbreviation  for  Marcus. 

magis,  adv.,  more;  comp.  of  mag- 
nopere. 

magistratus,  -us,  m.,  magistrate. 

magnitudo,  -dinis,  f,,  size. 

magnopere,  adv.,  greatly. 

magnus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  great. 

maior,  maius,  adj.,  greater;  comp. 
of  magnus. 

maiores,  -vun,  m.  pi.,  ancestors. 

male,  adv.,  badly. 

maleficium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  mischief, 
damage. 

maid,  malle,  malui, ,  prefer. 

malus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  bad. 

mandatvmi,  -i,  n.,  order,  instruc- 
tions. 

mando,  I,  charge,  entrust. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABVLAUY. 


286 


maneo,  -ere,  mansi,  sum,  remain. 
manus,    -us,    f.,    hand;    hand    (of 

armed  men). 
mare,  maris,  n.,  sea. 
mater,  -tris,  f.,  another. 
matrimoniimi,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  marriage. 
mature,  I,  hasten. 
maturus,     -a,     -lun,     adj.,     ripe, 

MATURE. 

maxime,  adv.,  very  greatly,  espe- 
cially; superl.  of  magnopere. 

maximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  greatest, 
very  great;  superl.  of  magnus. 

mediocriter,  adv.,  moderately. 

medius,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  middle, 
middle  of. 

melior,  -ius,  adj.,  better;  comp.  of 
bonus. 

memoria,  -ae,  f .,  memory. 

Menapii,  -onun,  m.,  the  Menapii. 

mens,  mentis,  f.,  mind. 

mensis,  -is,  m.,  month. 

mercator,  -oris,  m.,  merchant, 
trader. 

mereor,  -eri,  -itus,  dep.,  deserve, 

MERIT. 

meritum,  -i,  n.,  merit. 

meus,  -a,  -mn,  poss.  pron.  and  adj., 

my,  mine. 
miles,  -itis,  m.,  soldier. 
militaris,   -e,   adj.,  military;  res 

militaris,    military    matters,    the 

art  of  war. 
mille,    num.    adj.,  thousand;    pi., 

milia,  n.  noun,  thousands. 
minime,  adv.,  least,  by  no  means. 
minimus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    least; 

superl.  of.  parvus, 
minor,   -us,   adj.,    less;   comp.   of 

parvus, 
minuo,    -ere,   -ui,   -utum, 

diminish. 
minus,  adv.,  less. 

miser,  -era,  -erum,  adj.,   miser- 
able. 
mitto,  -ere,  misi,  missum,  send. 
modo,  adv.,  only;  just;  just  now; 

conj.,    provided    that,    with  sub- 

junc. 
modus,  -i,  m.,  manner;  kind;  eius 

modi,  of  such  a  kind. 
molo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  grind. 


moneo,    -ere,    -ui,   -itum,   advise, 

warn. 
mons,  mentis,  m.,  mountain. 
Morini,  -orum,  m.,  the  Morini. 
morior,  mori,  mortuus    (fut.  ptc. 

moriturus),  dep.,  die. 
moror,  I,  dep.,  delay,  linger. 
I  mors,  mortis,  f.,  death. 
I  mos,  moris,  m.,  custom;  pi.  char- 
acter. 
Mosa,    -ae,    m.,    the   Mosa   river 

(Meuse). 
moveo,  -ere,  movi,  motimi,  move. 
mulier,  -eris,  f.,  woman. 
multitude,  -inis,  f.,  great  number, 

multitude. 
multo,  adv.,  much,  by  far. 
multus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  much;  pi. 

many. 
munio,     -ire,     -ivi     (-ii),     -itum, 

fortify. 
munitio,  -onis,  f .,  fortification. 
miirus,  -i,  m.,  wall. 

N. 

nam,  conj.,  for. 

Nammeius,  -i,  m.,  Nammeius. 

nascor,  nasci,  natus,  dep.,  be  born, 
arise. 

natura,  -ae,  f.,  nature. 

nauta,  -ae,  m.,  sailor. 

navalis,  -e,  adj.,  naval. 

navigo,  I,  sail,  navigate. 

navis,  -is,  f.,  ship;  navis  longa,  war 
ship. 

-ne,  interrog.  particle,  enclitic; 
asks  information. 

ne,  conj.,  not;  lest;  that  .  .  .  not; 
from  (after  vbs.  of  hindering): 
ne  .  .  .  quidem  (with  emphatic 
word  between),  not  even. 

nee  (neque),  conj.,  nor,  and  .  .  . 
not. 

nee  .  .  .  nee  (neque  .  .  .  neque), 
neither  .  .  .  nor. 

necessario,  adv.,  necessarily. 

necessarius,  -a,  -tun,  adj.,  neces- 
sary; as  subst.,  an  associate. 

necesse,  adj.,  indecl.,  necessary. 

neco,  I,  kill,  slay. 

nego,  I,  deny,  say  .  .  .  not,  refuse. 


286 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN, 


negotium,  -I  ^-ii),  n.,  business^  task. 
nemo,  defective;  dat.  nemini,  ace. 

neminem,  other  cases  wanting, 

710  one. 
neque.    See  nee. 
Nervii,  -orum,  m.,  (he  Nenni. 
neuter,    -tra-    trum,    adj.,    neither 

(of  two). 
neve  (also  neu),  conj.,  and  not,  nor. 
nihil,  indecl.,  n.,  nothing. 
nihilum,  -i,  n.,  nothing;  nihilo,  abl. 

deg.  of  diff.,  by  nothing,  not  at  all; 

nihilo  minus,  none  the  less. 
nitor,    -i,    nixus    or    nisus,    dep., 

strire;  rely  on. 
nobilis,  -e,  adj.,  noble. 
nobilitas,  -tatis,  f.,  nobility. 
noctu,  adv.,  by  night. 
nolo,  nolle,  nolui, ,  not  to  vyish, 

be  unwilling. 
nomen,  -inis,  n.,  name. 
nominatim,  adv.,  by  name. 
non,  adv.,  not. 
nondum,  adv.,  not  yet. 
nonne,  interrog.  particle,  expects 

answer  yes. 
nonnuUus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  some. 
nonnumquam,  adv.,  sometimes. 
nos,  pi.  of  ego. 
noster,  -tra,  -trum,  poss.  adj.  and 

pron.,  our,  ours. 
novem,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  nine. 
novissimus,  -a,  -ima,  adj.,  the  last; 

as  subst.,  the  rear,  those  on  the 

rear;    novissimum    agmen,    the 

rear  of  the  eolumn. 
novus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  new;  novae 

res,  revolution,  political  change. 
nox,  noctis,  f.,  night. 
nudo,  I,  strip,  lay  bare. 
nudus,  -a,  -ima,  adj.,  bare,  unde- 
fended. 
nullus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  no. 
mun,    interrog.    particle,    expects 

answer  no. 
numerus,  -i,  m.,  number,  quantity. 
numquam,  adv.,  never. 
nimc,  adv.,  now. 
nuntio,  I,  announce,  report,  tell. 
nuntius,    -i    (-ii),    m.,    messenger; 

message. 
nuper,  adv.,  lately. 


O. 

ob,  prep.  w.  ace,  on  account  of. 
ob-icio,  -ere,  -iSci,  -iectimi,  throw 

forward. 
ob-liviscor,  -i,  oblitus,  dep.,  forget. 
obses,  obsidis,  m.,  hostage. 
obsidio,  -onis,  f.,  siege;  oppression. 
ob-tineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  hold; 

outain. 
occasus,    -us,    m.,    setting;    solis 

occasus,  sujLset. 
oc-cido,  -ere,  -cidi,  -cisimi,  kill, 

slay. 
occisus,  j)f.  ptr.  of  occido. 
octingenti, -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  eight 

hundred. 
oc-culto,  I,  conceal. 
occulta,  adv.,  in  secret. 
oc-cup6,  I,  OCCUPY,  seize,  hold. 
Ocelum,  -i,  n.,  Ocelutn. 
octo,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  eight. 
oculus,  -i,  m.,  eye. 
odi,  odisse,  pret.  vb.,  hate. 
of-fendo,  -ere,  -i,  -nsum,  offend. 
offensio,  -onis,  f.,  offense. 
of-fero,    -ferre,    obtuli,    oblatiun, 

OFFER. 

officium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  duly. 

omnino,  adv.,  oidy. 

omnls,  -e,  adj.,  all,  every;  n.  pi. 

omnia  as  subst.,  everything. 
onus,  -eris,  n.,  burden,  load. 
opinio,  -onis,  f.,  opinion. 
oportet,    -ere,    -uit,    impers.,    one 

must,  one  ought. 
oppidum,  -i,  n.,  toum. 
opportunus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  oppor- 
tune, favorable. 
oppugnatio,  -onis,  f.,  siege. 
op-pugno,  I,  besiege,  assault. 
ops,    opis,    f.,     power,   help;    pi., 

resources,  as.siMance. 
optime,     adv.,     best;     superl.     of 

bene, 
optimus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  best;  superl. 

of  bonus, 
opus,  -eris,  n.,  work. 
oratio,  -onis,  f.,  .'i])eech,  oration, 
ordo,  -inis,  ni.,  order,  arrangemeni; 

rank;  \)\.  ordines,  the  ranks. 
Orgetorix,  -igis,  ni.,  Orgetorix. 


LATIN-ENOLISH    VOCABULARY. 


287 


oro,  I,  heg,  pray. 

os-tendo,  -ere,  -i,  -ntum,  show, 
point  out. 

P. 

P.,  abbreviation  for  Publius. 
paco,  I,  PACIFY,  subdue. 
paene,  adv.,  almost,  nearly. 
pagus,  -i,  m.,  canton,  district. 
par,  -is,  adj.,  equal. 
paratus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  ready,  pre- 
pared. 
pareo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  obey. 
paro,  I,  prepare;  procure. 
pars,  partis,  f.,  part. 
parvus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  small. 
passus,  -us,  m.,  pace;  mille  passus, 

a  MILE. 

patens,  -ntis,  adj.  pr.  ptc.  of 
pateo,  open. 

pateo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  be  open,  ex- 
tend. 

pater,  -tris,  m.,  father. 

patior,  pati,  passus,  suffer;  per- 
mit. 

pauci,  -ae,  -a,  pi.  adj.,  few. 

paulatim,  adv.,  gradually. 

paulo,  adv.,  a  little. 

pax,  pads,  f.,  peace. 

pedes,  -itis,  m.,  foot  soldier;  pi., 
infantry. 

pello,  -ere,  pepuli,  pulsum,  drive; 
rout;  banish. 

per,  prep.  w.  ace,  through;  by 
means  of;  through  the  agency  of; 
during. 

per-duco,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductum, 
lead  through,  construct. 

perfacilis,  -e,  adj.,  very  easy. 

per-fero,  -ferre,  -tuli,  -latum,  en- 
dure. 

per-ficio,  -ere,  -feci,  -fectum,  ^ms/i, 
PERFECT,  accomplish,  bring  about. 

per-fringo,  -ere,  -fregi,  -fractum, 
break  through. 

perfuga,  -ae,  m.,  deserter. 

per-fugio,  -ere,  -fugi,  -itum,^<?e  for 
safety. 

periculosus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  danger- 
ous. 

periculum,  -i,  n.,  danger. 

peritus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  skilled  in. 


per-maneo,  -ere,  -mansi,  -mansum, 

remain. 
per-moveo,  -ere,  -movi,  -motum, 

arouse,  excite,  alarm. 
pernicies,  -ei,  f.,  ruin. 
perpauci,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  very  few. 
per-rumpo,   -ere,   -rupi,   -ruptum, 

break  through. 
per-sequor,  -sequi,  -secutus,  dep., 

follow  up,  pursue. 
per-severo,  I,  persevere. 
per-solvo,  -ere,  -vi,  -solutum,  pay. 
per-spicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectum, 

perceive,  understand. 
per-suadeo,  -ere,  -suasi,  -suasum, 

persuade. 
per-terreo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  ter- 
rify. 
per-tineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  per- 
tain, tend  to;  extend. 
per-turbo,  I,  disturb,  alarm. 
per-venio,    -ire,    -veni,    -ventimi, 

arrive. 
pes,  pedis,  m.,  foot. 
peto,  -ere,  -ivi   (-ii),  -itum,  seek, 

request. 
phalanx,  -angis,  f.,  phalanx. 
pilum,  -i,  n.,  spear. 
plebs,  plebis,  f,,  common  people. 
plures,  -a,  adj.,  more;  too  many; 

pi.  of  plus, 
plurimus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    most; 

very  much;    superl.    of    multus; 

plurimum  posse,  to  be  very  power- 
ful. 
plus,  pluris,  n.,  adj.,  more;  comp. 

of  multus. 
poena,  -ae,  f.,  penalty. 
poUiceor,  -eri,  -itus,  dep.,  promise. 
pondus,  -eris,  n.,  weight. 
pond,  -ere,  posui,  positum,  place, 

put,    establish;    castra    ponere, 

pitch  camp. 
pons,  pontis,  m.,  bridge. 
populor,  I,  dep.,  ravage. 
populus,  -i,  m.,  people  (in  national 

sense). 
porta,  -ae,  f.,  gate. 
porto,  I,  carry. 
portus,  "US,  m.,  harbor,  port. 
posco,    -ere,    poposci,    ,    de- 

mand. 


288 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


possessio,  -onis,  f.,  possession. 

possum,    posse,    potiii,    ,    be 

able,  can. 

post,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  adv.,  after, 
behind. 

postea,  adv.,  afterward. 

posterns,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  following, 
ne.rt. 

postquam,  conj.,  after. 

postridie,  adv.,  on  the  next  day. 

postulo,  I,  demand. 

potentia,  -ae,  f.,  power,  influence. 

potestas,  -tatis,  f.,  power;  oppor- 
tunity; permission. 

potior,  -iri,  -itus,  dep.,  get  posses- 
sion of. 

prae,  prep.  w.  abl.,  in  comparison 
with;  on  account  of. 

prae-cedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 

PUECEDE,  excel. 

prae-cipio,    -ere,    -cepi,    -ceptum, 

direct,  order. 
praeda,  -ae,  f.,  plunder. 
praefectus,    -I,    m.,     prefect     (an 

officer). 
prae-ficio,    -ere,    -feci,    -fectiim, 

pid  in  command  of. 
prae-mitto,   -ere,   -misi,  -missum, 

seyid  fonrard. 
praesens,  -ntis,  adj.,  present. 
praesertim,  adv.,  especially. 
praesidium,  -i   (-ii),  n.,  garrison; 

protection. 
prae-sto,  -are,  -stiti,  -stitum,  per- 
form; show;  excel:  praestat,  im- 

pors.,  it  is  better. 
prae-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus,  be 

in  command  of. 
praeter,  prep.  w.  ace,  except;  con- 
trary to,  beyond. 
praeterea,  adv.,  besides. 
praeteritus,    -a,    -um,    adj.,    past; 

n.  pi.  praeterita  as  subst.,  the 

past. 
praeterquam,  adv.,  besides,  except. 
premo,     -ere,     pressi,     presstmi, 

PRESS  hard;  oppress. 
prendo,  -ere,  -i,  -usum,  grasp. 
pretium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  price. 
prex,     precis,     f.     (usually     pi.), 

prayers,  entreaiies. 
pridie,  adv.,  the  day  before. 


primo,  adv.,  at  first. 

piimimi,  adv.,  first. 

piimus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  first;  superl. 

from  prae  or  pro. 
princeps,  -ipis,  adj., ^rs<;  as  subst., 

chief,  leader. 
principatus,  -us,  m.,  supremacy. 
prior,   prius,   adj.,  former;   comp. 

from  prae  or  pro. 
pristinus,   -a,   -imi,   adj.,  former^ 

previous. 
priusquam,  conj.,  before. 
privatim,  adv.,  privately. 
privatus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  private; 

as  subst.,  a  private  citizen. 
pr6,  prep.  w.  abl.,  before,  in  front; 

for;  instead  of;  in  behalf  of;  in 

accordance  unth. 
probo,  I,  approve;  prove. 
pro-cedo,    -ere,    -cessi,    -cesstun, 

PRocEEi),  go  forward. 
I  pro-do,  -ere,  -dicti,  -ditum,  betray, 

give  up. 
!  Procillus,  -i,  m.,  Procillus. 
I  proelium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  f nit  tie. 
j  profectio,  -onis,  f.,  departure. 
1  proficiscor,  -i,  -fectus,  dop.,  set  out. 
pro-fugio,  -ere,  -fugi,  -itum,  flee, 

escape. 
prdgredior,    -di,    -gressus,    dep., 

(ulvance. 
pro-hibeo,   -ere,   -ui,   -itimi,   pre- 
vent, prohibit;  keep  out. 
pro-icio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectimi,  throw 

forward;  throw  aioay;  prostrate. 
prope,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  adv.,  near; 

almost,  nearly. 
pro-pello,    -ere,    -puli,    -pulsum, 

drive  away,  repel. 
propinquus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  near. 
propius,  adv.  and  prep.,  nearer. 
pro-pono,  -ere,  -posui,  -positum, 

set  forth. 
propter,  prep.  w.  ace,  on  account 

of. 
propterea,  adv.,  for  this  reason. 
propterea  quod,  cpd.  conj.,  because. 
pro-spicio,  -ere,  -spexi,  -spectiun, 

look  out  for,  provide  for. 
pro-simi,  prodesse,  profui,  -futurus, 

benefit,  be  an  advantage. 
provincia,  -ae,  f.,  province. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY, 


289 


proxime,  adv.,  nearest,  next;  lately; 
superl.  of  prope. 

proximus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  nearest; 
superl.  from  prope. 

publice,  adv.,  publicly,  in  the 
name  of  the  state. 

publicus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  public. 

pudor,  -oris,  m.,  sense  of  honor; 
shame. 

puer,  -eri,  m.,  hoy. 

pugna,  -ae,  f.,  fight. 

pugno,  I,  fight. 

pulcher,  -chra,  -chrum,  adj.,  beauti- 
ful. 

purgatus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  guiltless, 
clear. 

puto,  I,  think,  suppose. 

Q. 

Q.,  abbreviation  for  Quintu^. 
qua,  adv.,  where,  by  which  way. 
quadraginta,    indecl.    num.    adj., 

forty. 
quadringenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj., 

four  hundred. 
quaero,     -ere,     quaesivi,     -situm, 

seek,  INQUIRE. 
quaestor,  -oris,  m.,  quaestor. 
qualis,  -e,  adj.  rel.  and  interrog., 

as,  such  as;  of  what  sort. 
quam,  conj.,  than. 
quam,  adv.,  how,  as;  w.  superl., 

as  possible:     quam  primum,  as 

soon  as  possible. 
quam  ob  rem,  on  which  account, 

wherefore. 
quando,  adv.,  when. 
quanto,  adv.,  correl.  w.  tanto,  as, 

by  how  much. 
quantopere,  adv.,  how  greatly,  how 

much. 
quantus,   -a,   -um,   adj.,   rel.   and 

interrog.,  as  great  as;  how  great; 

how  much. 
quare  (often  qua  re),  adv.,  rel.  and 

interrog.,  wherefore,  why. 
quartus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fourth. 
quattuor,  indecl.  num.  ad].,  four. 
-que,  conj.,  enclitic,  and. 
queror,    -i,    questus,    dep.,    com- 
plain. 

19 


qui,  quae,  quod,  rel.  pron.,  who, 

which,  what. 
quicumque,    quaecumque,    quod- 

cumque,  rel.  indef.  pron.,  who- 
ever, whatever. 
quidam,    quaedam,    quiddam,   or 

quoddam,  indef.  pron.  and  adj., 

a  certain  one,  certain. 
quidem,    adv.,    indeed,    even;    ne 

.  .  .  quidem,  not  even. 
quin,   conj.,   that,   but  that;  from; 

quin  etiam,  moreover,  indeed. 
quindecim,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  fif- 
teen. 
quingenti,  -ae,  -a,  num.  adj.,  five 

hundred. 
quinque,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  five. 
quintus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  fifth. 
quis    (qui),    quae,    quid     (quod), 

interrog.   pron.   and   adj.,   who, 

which,  what. 
quis     (qui),     qua     (quae),     quid 

(quod),   indef.    pron.    and   adj. 

used  only  after  si,  ne,  num,  any 

one,  any. 
quisquam,  ,  quicquam,  indef. 

pron.,  any  one,  any  thing. 
quisque,  quaeque,  quidque  (quod- 

que),  indef.  pron.  and  adj.,  each 

one,  each. 
quo,  adv.,  whither,  where. 
quo,    rel.    conj.    w.    compar.,    in 

order  that,  that. 
quoad,  conj.,  as  long  as;  w.  sub- 

junc,  until. 
quod,  conj.,  because. 
quominus,    conj.,    that   .   .   .  not, 

from  (lit.,  by  which  the  less). 
quondam,  adv.,  formerly,  once. 
quoniam,  conj.,  since,  because. 
quoque,  conj.,  also. 

R. 

radix,  -ids,  f.,  root;  base  of  a  moun- 
tain. 

ratio,  -onis,  f.,  plan;  reason; 
list,  count. 

ratis,  -is,  f.,  raft. 

Rauraci,  -orum,  m.,  the  Rauraci. 

rebellio,  -onis,  f.,  rebellion. 

recens,  -ntis,  adj.,  recent. 


290 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


recipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptiim,  re- 
ceive; se  recipere,  recover  (from 

panic);  retreat;  betake  one's  self. 
re-cus6,  I,  refuse. 
red-do,  -ere,  -reddidi,  -itum,  give 

back;  render. 
red-eo,    -ire,    -ivi     (-ii),    -itum, 

return. 
red-igo,  -ere,  -egi,  -actum,  reduce; 

render. 
red-imo,    -ere,    -emi,    -emptum, 

buy,  buy  up;  ransom,  redeem. 
redintegro,  I,  renew. 
reditio,  -onis,  f.,  return. 
re-duc6,  -ere,  -duxi,  -ductimi,  lead 

back. 
re-fero,    -ferre,    rettuli,    relatum, 

bring  back;  report;  pedem  referre, 

retreat. 
regid,  -onis,  f.,  region. 
regnom,  -i,  n.,  kingdom. 
rego,  -ere,  rexi,  rectvmi,  rule. 
re-icio,  -ere,  -ieci,  -iectum,  hurl 

back,  repulse. 
relatus,  pi.  ptc.  of  refero. 
relictus,  pf.  ptc.  of  relinquo. 
re-linqu6,    -ere,     -liqui,     -licttun, 

leave,  abandon. 
reliquus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  remaining, 

left;  rest  of. 
Remi,  -onun,  in.,the  Remi. 
re-miniscor,    -i,    ,    remember, 

recollect. 
re-moveo,   -ere,   -movi,   -motum, 

move,  REMOVE. 

re-nuntio,  I,  report. 

re-pell6,  -ere,  reppuli,  repulsimi, 

REPEL,  REPULSE. 

repentinus,  -a,  -lun,  adj.,  sudden. 

re-perio,  -ire,  repperi,  repertiun, 
find  (by  search). 

re-prehendo,  -ere,  -i,  -nsum,  blame. 

re-pugno,  I,  oppose. 

res,  rei,  f.,  thing,  affair,  circum- 
stance; pi.  often  property;  res 
militaris,  art  of  icar;  res  novae, 
revolution;  res  publica,  the  State, 

the  REPUBLIC. 

re-scindo,  -ere,  -scidi,  -scissum, 
destroy. 

re-sisto,  -ere,  -stiti,  -stitiun,  re- 
sist. 


re-spicio,  -ere,  -spea,  -spectum, 
look  back;  consider. 

re-spondeo,  -ere,  -ndi,  -nsum,  an- 
swer, RESPOND. 

re-stitu6,  -ere,  -ui,  -utimi,  renew, 
I       restore. 

.  re-tineo,  -ere,  -ui,  -tentum,  hold 
I      back;  retain. 
re-vertor,  -i,  -verti  (act),  -versus, 

senii-dep.,  return. 
re-voc6,  I,  call  back. 
rex,  regis,  m.,  king. 
Rhenus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhine. 
I  Rhodanus,  -i,  m.,  the  Rhone. 
j  ripa,  -ae,  f.,  bank  of  a  river, 
rogo,  I,  a.sk. 
Roma,  -ae,  f.,  Rome. 
Romanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Roman; 
as    subst.,    a    Roman;    pi.,    the 
Romans. 
rumor,  -oris,  m.,  rumor. 
rursus  (contr.  for  reversus),  adv., 
again;  back. 

S. 

Sabinus,  -i,  m.,  Sabinus. 
saepe,  adv.,  often. 
salus,  -utis,  f.,  safety. 
Santones,  -ima,  or  Santoni,  -onun, 

the  Santones. 
sarcina,  -ae,  f.,  pack. 
satis,  indecl.  noun,  enough. 
satis,  adv.,  sufficiently,  somewhai. 
satis-facio,    -ere,    -feci,    -facttun, 

s.\TisFY,  make  reparation. 
scelus,  -eris,  n.,  inckedness,  crime. 
scio,  scire,  scivi,  scittun,  know. 
scutum,  -i,  n.,  shield. 
se.     See  sui. 

secreto,  adv.,  in  secret;  privately. 
secundus,   -a,   -lun,   adj.,   second; 

successful,  prosperous. 
sed,  conj.,  bvi. 

sedecim,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  siodeen. 
Segusia^,  -onmi,  m.,  the  Segusiavi. 
sementis,  -is,  f.,  sowing,  planting. 
semper,  adv.,  always. 
senatus,  -us,  m.,  senate. 
senex,  senis,  m.,  old  man. 
separatim,  adv.,  separately. 
Septimus,  -a,  -ima,  adj.,  seventh. 


LATIN-ENGLTSH    VOCABULARY, 


291 


sepultura,  -ae,  f.,  burial. 
Sequanus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  Sequanian; 

as  subst.,  a  Sequanian;  pi.,  the 

Sequani. 
sequor,  sequi,  secutus,  dep.,  follow. 
servitus,  -tutis,  f.,  slavery,  servi- 
tude. 
servus,  -i,  m.,  slave. 
seu.    See  sive. 
sex,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  six. 
sexaginta,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  sixty. 
si,  conj.,  if;  whether. 
sic,  adv.,  thus,  so,  as  follows. 
signum,  -i,  m.,  signal;  standard. 
silva,  -ae,  f.,  forest. 
similis,  -e,  adj.,  like,  similar. 
simul,  adv.,  at  the  same  time,  at 

once;  simul  atque  (ac),  conj.,  as 

soon  as. 
sin,  conj.,  hut  if. 
sine,  prep.  w.  abl.,  without. 
singuli,  -ae,  -a,  adj.,  on^  by  one; 

SINGLE,  separate. 
sinister,    -tra,    -trum,    adj.,    left; 

sinistra,  as  subst.,  the  left  hand. 
sive    (or  seu),   conj.,   or  if;  sive 

(seu)  .  .  .  sive  (seu), if  .  .  .or 

if;  whether  .  .  .or;  either  .  .  .  or. 
socius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  ally. 
sol,  solis,  m.,  sun. 
solum,  -i,  n.,  soil. 
solum,  adv.,  only;  non  solum  .  .  . 

sed  etiam,  not  only  .  .  .  but  also. 
solus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  only,  alone. 
spatium,  -i    (ii),  n.,  time,  space, 

distance. 
spero,  I,  hope,  hope  for. 
spes,  spei,  f.,  hope. 
sponte,  abl.  of  obsolete  spons,  of 

one's  own  accord,  voluntarily. 
statim,  adv.,  immediately. 
statuo,    -ere,    -ui,    -utum,    place; 

determine;    decide;    pass    judg- 
ment. 
studeo,  -ere,  -ui, ,  be  eager  for, 

desire;  give  attention. 
studitun,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  zeal,  eagerness; 

enthusiasm. 
sub,  prep.  w.  ace.  and  abl.,  under, 

towards,  near,  at  the  foot  of. 
sub-duco,    -ere,    -duxi,    -ductiun, 

withdraw. 


sub-eo,  -ire,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum,  un- 
dergo; approach. 

subito,  adv.,  suddenly. 

sublatus,  pf.  ptc.  of  toUo. 

sub-levo,  I,  support,  assist. 

sub-mitto,  -ere,  -misi,  -missum, 
send,  despatch  (help). 

sub-sequor,  -i,  -secutus,  dep., 
follow  closely. 

subsidium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  aid;  rein- 
forcements, reserves. 

sub-veho,  -ere,  -vexi,  -vectum, 
bring  up. 

suc-cedo,  -ere,  -cessi,  -cessum, 
advance. 

Suebi,  -drum,  m.,  the  Suebi, 
Swabians. 

Suessiones,  -um,  m.,  the  Su^ssi- 
ones. 

sui,  sibi,  se,  se,  reflex,  pron.,  self, 
one's  self. 

Sulla,  -ae,  m.,  Sulla. 

stun,  esse,  fui,  futurus,  be. 

summa,  -ae,  f.,  sum,  total;  con- 
trol. 

summus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  superl.  of 
superus,  highest,  greatest;  top 
of. 

sumo,  -ere,  sumpsi,  sumptum, 
take,  assume;  of  punishment, 
inflict. 

superior,  -ius,  adj.,  comp.  of 
superus,  higher;  former. 

supero,  I,  overcome,  conquer. 

super-sum,  -esse,  -fui,  -futurus, 
survive. 

sup-peto,  -ere,  -ivi  (-ii),  -itum, 
be  on  hand. 

suppliciter,  adv.,  suppliantly. 

supplicium,  -i  (-ii),  n.,  punishment; 
torture. 

sup-porto,  I,  bring,  provide,  furn- 
ish. 

sus-cipio,  -ere,  -cepi,  -ceptum, 
undertake. 

suspicio,  -onis,  f.,  suspicion. 

sus-tineo,  -ere,  -m,  -tentum,  sus- 
tain, withstand;  hold  out  against 
siege. 

sustuli,  pf.  of  toUo. 

suus,  -a,  -um,  poss.  adj.  and  pron., 
reflex.,  his,  her,  its. 


292 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


T. 


T.,  abbreviation  for  Titus. 
tabula,  -ae,  f.,  tablet;  list. 
taceo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itiim,  be  silent. 
tacitus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  silent. 
talis,  -e,  adj.,  such,  of  such  kind. 
tarn,  adv.,  so  (of  degree), 
tamen,  adv.,  yet,  nevertheless. 
tandem,  adv.,  at  length,  at  last. 
tanto,    adv.,    correl.    w.    quanto, 

by  so  much. 
tantopere,  adv.,  so  much,  so  greatly. 
tantulus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  so  smaU. 
tantus,  -a,  -vmi,  adj.,  so  great,  such; 

so  much. 
tardo,  I,  check,  retard. 
Tasgetius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  Tasgetius. 
telum,  -i,  n.,  javelin. 
temperantia,    -ae,    f.,    self-control, 

viodcraiion. 
tempero,  I,  refrain. 
tempestas,  -tatis,  f.,  weather;  storm. 
tempto,  I,  try,  test;  tempt. 
tempus,  -oris,  n.,  time. 
teneo,  -ere,  -ui,  -timi,  hold. 
terra,  -ae,  f.,  earth,  laml,  country. 
terror,  -oris,  m.,  terror. 
tertius,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  third. 
testis,  -is,  m.,  xcitness. 
Tigurinus,  -i,  -um,  Tigurinus. 
timed,    -ere,    -ui,    ,   fear,    be 

afraid. 
timor,  -oris,  m.,  fear. 
tolero,  1,  endure. 
tollo,  -ere,  -sustuli,  sublattmi,  lift, 

raise;  take,  take  away;  destroy; 

break  off;  elate. 
Tolosates,  -imi,  m.,  the  Tolosales. 
tot,  indecl.  adj.,  so  inany. 
totidem,  indecl.  adj.,  just  as  many, 

the  same  number. 
totus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  all,  whole. 
tra-do,  -ere,  -didi,  -ditiun,  hxind 

over,  surrender. 
tra-duco,    -ere,    -dusa,    -ductimi, 

lead  across. 
trans,  prop.  w.  ace,  across,  over. 
trans-eo,    -ire,    -i'*^    (-ii),    -itimi, 

cross. 
trans-figo,  -ere,  -fixi,  -fixum,  pierce, 

TRANSFIX. 


trepido,  I,  be  agitaied. 

tres,  tria,  num.  adj.,  three. 

Treveri,  -onmi,  m.,  the  Treveri. 

tribud,  -ere,  -ui,  -utum,  attribute, 
give  credit. 

triduum,  -i,  n.,  three  days. 

triplex,  -plicis,  adj.,  triple. 

tu,  tui,  pcrs.  pron.,  you. 

Tulingi,  -onmi,  m.,  the  Tidingi. 

tum,  adv.,  then,  at  that  time. 

timiultus,  -us,  m.,  tumult,  con- 
fusion. 

tumulus,  -i,  m.,  small  hill. 

turris,  -is,  f.,  tower. 

tutus,  -a,  -tmi,  adj.,  mfe  (from 
harm). 

tuus,  -a,  -um,  possess,  pron.  and 
adj.,  your,  yours. 

U. 

ubi,  adv.,  where;  when. 

Ubii,  -onmi,  m.,  the  Ubii. 

ulciscor,  -i,  ultus,  dep.,  punish; 
avenge. 

uUus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  any. 

tilterior,  -ius,  ad'}.,  farther. 

ultra,  prep.  \v.  ace,  beyond. 

ultro,  adv.,  voluntarily. 

imiquam,  adv.,  ever. 

una,  adv.,  cdong  unth. 

imde,  adv.,  whence. 

undique,  adv.,  from  all  sides,  on  all 
sides. 

unus,  -a,  -imi,  adj.,  one;  only,  alone. 

urbs,  urbis,  f.,  city. 

usque,  as  far  as,  a>en;  usque  ad, 
up  to,  until. 

usus,  -us,  m.,  use;  advantage;  ex- 
perience. 

ut,  conj.,  as;  thai,  in  order  that; 
so  that;  w.  vbs.  oi  fear,  that  .  .  . 
not. 

ut  non,  neg.  result  conj.,  that  .  .  . 

7Wt. 

uter,  -tra,  -trum,  adj.,  which  (of 

two). 
uterque,  -traque,  -trmnque,  adj., 

each;  both. 
uti.     See  ut. 

utor,  uti,  usus,  dep.,  use. 
utrimque,  adv.,  on  both  sides. 


LATIN-ENGLISH    VOCABULARY. 


293 


utrum,  conj.,  whether;  utnun  .  .  . 

an,  whether  .  .  .  or. 
uxor,  -oris,  f.,  wife. 

V. 

vaco,  I,  be  euipty,  be  vacant. 

vadum,  -i,  n.,  ford. 

vagor,  I,  dep.,  wander. 

valeo,  -ere,  -ui,  -itum,  be  strong, 
have  power. 

Valerius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  Valerius. 

vallum,  -i,  n.,  wall. 

vasto,  I,  lay  waste,  devastate, 
ravage. 

vectigaJ,  -is,  n.,  tribute. 

vehementer,  adv.,  vigorously,  ve- 
hemently. 

vel,  conj.,  or;  vel  .  .  .  vel,  either 
.  .  .  or. 

Veneti,  -orum,  m.,  the  Veneti. 

venio,  -ire,  veni,  ventiun,  come. 

ventus,  -i,  m.,  wind. 

Verbigenus,  -i,  m.,  Verbigenus. 

verbum,  -i,  m.,  word;  pi.,  speech. 

vereor,  -eri,  -itus,  dep,,  fear. 

Vergobretus,  -i,  m.,  Vergobret. 

vero,  adv.,  indeed,  in  truth. 

Verucloetius,  -i  (-ii),  m.,  Veru- 
cloetius. 

verus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  true. 

Vesontio,  -onis,  m.,  Vesontio. 

vesper,  -eri,  m.,  evening. 

vester,  -tra,  -trum,  poss.  adj.  and 
pron,,  your,  yours. 

veteranus,  -a,  -um,  adj.,  veteran. 

veto,  -are,  vetui,  vetitum,  forbid. 


vetus,  -eris,  adj.,  old,  ancient. 

vexo,  I,  harass,  annoy;  vex. 

via,  -ae,  f.,  way,  road. 

victoria,  -ae,  f.,  victory. 

vicus,  -i,  m.,  village. 

video,  -ere,  vidi,  vismn,  see. 

videor,  -eri,  visus,  dep.,  seem. 

vigilia,  -ae,  f .,  watch:  the  night  was 
divided  into  four  watches. 

viginti,  indecl.  num.  adj.,  twenty. 

vinco,  -ere,  vici,  victum,  conquer. 

vinculmn,  -i,  m.,  bond,  fetter. 

vinea,  -ae,  f.,  shed  for  the  protec- 
tion of  besiegers. 

viniun,  -i,  n.,  wine. 

vir,  viri,  m.,  man. 

vires,  pi.  of  vis. 

virtus,    -tutis,    f.,    courage,    valor; 

VIRTUE. 

vis,  vis,  f.,  force;  pL,  vires,  -iimi, 

strength. 
vita,  -ae,  f.,  life. 
vito,  I,  shun,  avoid. 
vivus,  -a,  -mn,  adj.,  alive. 
vix,  adv.,  scarcely,  with  difficulty. 
voco,  I,  call. 
Vocontii,  -orum,  m.,  the  Vocontii. 

volo,  velle,  volui, ,  wish. 

voluntas,   -tatis,   f.,   consent;  good 

will;  wish. 
Volusenus,  -i,  m.,  Volu^enus. 
vos,  pi.  of  tu. 
vox,  vocis,  f.,  voice;  cry. 
vulgus,  -i,  n.,  the  common  people. 
vulnero,  I,  wound. 
vulnus,  -eris,  n.,  wound. 


ENQLISH=LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


abandon,  relinquo. 
(be)  able,  possum, 
about  (w.  numerals),  ad;  (  = 

cerning)  de. 
acceptable,  acceptus. 
access,  aditus. 
(on)  account  of,  propter, 
across,  tr&ns. 
advance,  procedo. 
against,  ad;  contra;  in. 
aid,  auxilium. 
all,  omnis;  totus. 
ally,  socius. 
almost,  fere;  paene. 
alone,  solus, 
already,  lam. 
also,  et;  quoque. 
although,  cum. 
always,  semper, 
am,  simi. 

ambassador,  legatus. 
among,  apud;  in;  inter, 
and,  ac,  atque,  et;  -que. 
and  not,  nee,  neque. 
announce,  nuntio. 
annoy,  vexo. 

another,  alius;  (of  two)  alter, 
any,  aliquis;  dllus;  (after  si) 
appoint,  creo. 
approach,  aditus. 
approve  of,  probo. 
arms  (weapons),  arma. 
army,  exercitus. 
arrival,  adventus. 
arrive,  pervenio. 
ask,  peto;  quaere;  rogo. 
assault,  oppugno. 
assistance,  subsidium. 
at  (throw  at),  in. 


qms. 


attack   (of  places),  oppugno;   (of 

persons),  aggredior. 
attack,  impetus, 
at  once,  statim. 
authority,  auctdrit&s. 
auxiliaries,  auxilia. 
avoid,  vito. 
await,  exspecto. 


baggage,  impedimenta, 
bank  (of  stream),  ripa. 
battle,  proelium. 
battle  line,  acies. 
be,  esse. 

beautiful,  pulcher. 
because,  quod;  cum. 
because  of,  causa ;  propter, 
before  (prep.),  ante;  pro. 
before  (conj.),  priusquam. 
beg,  imploro;  peto. 
began,  coepi. 
beginning,  initium. 
behind,  post, 
belief,  opinio, 
benefit,  prosiun. 
besiege,  oppugno. 
best,  optimus. 

betaice  one's  self,  se  recipere. 
better  (ad j . ) ,  melior ;  (ad v .),  mel- 
ius, 
between,  inter. 

be  between,  intercedo;  interstmi. 
boat,  navis. 
body,  corpus, 
boldly,  audacter. 
booty,  praeda. 
boundaries,  fines  (pi.), 
brave,  fortis. 
bravely,  fortiter. 


294 


EI^GLISH-LATIN   VOCABULARY. 


295 


break  off  (=  interrupt),  tollo. 

bridge,  pons. 

bring,  f ero ;  porto. 

bring  about,  efficio. 

bring  back,  reduco. 

bring  in,  importo. 

bring  upon,  infero. 

build,  facio. 

burn,  incendo. 

but,  sed. 

but  (=  except),  nisi. 

by,  a,  ab. 


call,  appello,  voco. 

call  together,  convoco. 

camp,  castra  (pi.)- 

can,  possum. 

capture,  capio. 

care,  diligentia. 

carry,  porto. 

carry  back  word,  renuntio. 

carry  on  (war),  bellum  gerere. 

cast,  proicio. 

cavalry,  equites  (pi.) I  equitatus. 

(a)  certain,  qtudam. 

check,  tardo. 

chief,  princeps. 

choose,  deligo. 

circumstance,  res. 

citizen,  civis. 

city,  urbs. 

clamor,  clamor. 

clear  (away),  nudo. 

coast,  litus. 

cohort,  cohors. 

cold,  frigus. 

column  (of  men),  agmen. 

come,  venio. 

come  back,  redeo ;  revertor. 

come  together,  convenio. 

coming,  adventus. 

command,  mando;  iubeo,  impero. 

(be  in)  command,  praesum. 

(put  in)  command,  praeficio. 

commander,  imperator. 

common,  communis. 

compel,  cogo. 

complain,  queror. 

conference,  colloquium. 

conquer,  supero ;  vinco. 


consider,  cogito. 
consul,  consul. 
contend,  contend©. 
contrary  to,  contra;  praeter. 
convoke,  convoco. 
council,  concilium. 
courage,  animus;  virtus, 
crops,  friimenta. 
cross,  transeo. 
custom,  mos. 


danger,  periculum. 
dangerous,  periculosus. 
dare,  audeo. 
daughter,  filia. 
day,  dies, 
deep,  altus. 
defeat,  supero;  vinco. 
defend,  defendo. 
defender,  defensor, 
deliberate,  delibero. 
deliver  (a  speech),  habeo. 
demand,  postulo. 
depart,  abeo. 
depth,  altitude, 
desire  (for),  studium. 
determine,  constituo. 
differ,  differ© . 
difficult,  difficilis. 
(with)  difficulty,  vix. 
disaster,  calamitas. 
discover,  exploro. 
(be)  distant,  absum. 
disturb,  perturbo. 
divide,  divide, 
do,  facio. 
doubt,  dubito. 
doubt,  dubium. 
draw  up,  instruo. 
drive,  ago;  pello. 
duty,  officium. 

E. 

each,  quisque. 

each  other  (third  pers.),  inter  se. 

(be)    eager   for,    studeo;    also    in 

sense  ''fond  of,"  cupidus  esse. 
earthwork,  agger, 
easily,  facile. 


296 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


easy,  facilis. 

encourage,  confinno. 

end,  finis. 

endure,  perfero;  subeo. 

enemy,  hostis. 

enlist,  conscribo. 

enormous,  ingens. 

enthusiasm,  studium. 

entire,  totus. 

entrust,  mando. 

envoy,  legatus. 

escape,  profugio. 

establish,  conhrmo. 

even,  etiam;  quidem. 

evident,  constat. 

expect,  exspecto. 

explore,  exploro. 

exposed,  apertus. 

express  (opinion),  iudico. 

express  (thanks),  gratias  agere. 

extend,  pertineo. 


fail,  desum. 

far,  longe. 

(as)  far  as,  quantum  (loci). 

farmer,  agricola. 

farther  (adj.),  ulterior. 

farther  (adv.),  longius. 

favor,  studeo. 

favor,  beneficium,  gratia. 

fear,  timed;  vereor. 

fear,  timer. 

field,  ager. 

fierce,  acer. 

fiercely,  acriter. 

fight,  pugno. 

find,  invenio;  reperio. 

find  out,  exploro. 

finish,  perficio. 

first  (adj.),  primus. 

first  (adv.),  primtmi. 

five,  quinque, 

flank,  latus. 

flee,  fugio. 

flight,  fuga. 

follow,  sequor. 

follow  closely,  subsequcr. 

folly,  amentia. 

foot,  pes. 

(at)  foot  of,  sub. 


for  (conj.),  nam;  (prep.),  ad;  pro. 

forced  march,  magnvun  iter. 

forces,  copiae. 

ford,  vadimi. 

forest,  silva. 

formerly,  quondam. 

fort,  castellima. 

fortification,  munitio. 

fortify,  munio. 

fortune,  fortuna. 

four,  quattuor. 

fourth,  quartus. 

free,  liber. 

friend,  amicus. 

friendf^hip,  amicitia. 

frighten,  perterreo. 

from  (away  from),  a,  ab;  (out  of), 

e,  ex;   (down  from),  de;   (with 

verb  phrase),  quin. 
(in)  front  of,  ante;  pro. 


garrison,  praesidium. 

gate,  porta. 

gift,  doniun. 

give,  do. 

give  up,  tr&dd. 

go,  eo. 

going  to,  etc.,  use  fut.  periph. 

go  out,  exeo. 

good,  bonus. 

goods,    bona    (often    omitted    w. 

neut.  possess,  pron.). 
grain,  frimentima. 
great,  magnus. 
(as)  great  as,  quantus. 
(so)  great,  tantus. 
greatly,  magnopere. 
(very)  greatly,  maxime. 
guard,  praesidium. 
guide,  dux. 
guiltless,  piu-gatus. 


happen,  accido ;  fid. 
harbor,  portus. 
hardship,  labor. 
hasten,  contendo ;  mature, 
hate,  odi. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


297 


have,  habeo. 

have  (a  thing  done),  euro. 

he  (often),  is. 

hear,  audio. 

height,  altitude. 

hem  in,  contineo. 

hesitate,  dubito. 

high,  altus. 

hill,  coUis. 

himself    (reflex),    se;    (intensive). 

See  self. 
hinder,  unpedio. 
his  (her,  etc.)  (reflex),  suus;  (not 

reflex),  gen.  of  is. 
hold,  habeo;  occupo;  teneo. 
hold  back,  contineo. 
hold  in  check,  contineo. 
hold  out,  sustineo. 
home  (motion),  domum. 
(at)  home,  domi. 
(from)  home,  domo. 
hope,  spes. 
horse,  equus. 
hostage,  obses. 
hour,  hora. 
house,  domus. 
however,  autem. 


I,  ego. 

if,  si. 

immediately,  statim. 

impede,  impedio. 

import,  importo. 

in,  in. 

indeed,  etiam;  quidem. 

induce,  adduce ;  indued. 

infantry,  pedites  (pi.). 

influence,  addueo;  indiieo. 

inform,  certiorem  faeere. 

(be)  informed,  certior  fieri. 

inhabitant,  ineola. 

injury,  iniuria. 

inquire,  quaero. 

insult,  eonttunelia. 

intend,   use  fut.   periph.;   also  in 

animo  esse  with  dat.  of  person 

and  infin. 
into,  in. 
island,  insula. 


J. 

javelin,  telum. 

join  battle,  proelium  eommittere. 


keep  away  ( off),  prohibeo. 

keep  in,  contineo. 
kill,  neco;  interfieio. 
kind,  genus, 
king,  rex. 
know,  seio;  intellego. 


L. 

land,  ager. 
language,  lingua, 
large,  magnus. 
lay  waste,  vasto. 
lead,  ago;  duco. 
lead  back,  redueo. 
leave,  relinquo. 
left,  sinister, 
legion,  legio. 
less  (adv.),  minus, 
letter,  litterae  (pi.), 
liberty,  libertas. 
lieutenant,  legatus. 
(a)  little  (adv.),  paulo. 
locate,  coUoco. 
location,  locus, 
long  (adj.),  longus. 
long  (adv.),  longe. 
long  (adv.  of  time),  diu. 
(as)  long  as,  quamdiu. 
look  back,  respicio. 
lose,  dimitto. 
love,  amo. 

M. 

make,  faeio. 

make  war,  bellum  inferre. 
man,  vir;  homo, 
many,  multi. 
march  (noun),  iter, 
march  (verb),  iter  faeere. 
may  (=  permission),  licet, 
memory,  memoria. 
message,  nuntius. 
messenger,  nuntius. 


298 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


middle,  medius. 

mile,  mille  passus  (pi.). 

miles,  milia  passuum. 

military  matters,  res  militaris. 

mind,  animus. 

moat,  fossa. 

month,  mensis. 

more  (n.  adj.  used  subst.),  plus. 

more  (adv.),  amplius  (of  number); 

magis  (of  degree), 
mountain,  mons. 
much  (adj.),  multus. 
much  (adv.),  multo;  multum. 
must,     use     pass,     periph.;     also 

oportet. 
my,  meus. 


name,  ndmen. 

narrow,  angustus. 

narrow  pass,  angustiae. 

nature,  natura. 

near,  ad;  prope. 

nearest,  proximus. 

neighbor,  finitimus. 

never,  nimiquam. 

nevertheless,  tamen. 

new,  nevus. 

next,  proximus. 

next  day,  postridie. 

night,  nox. 

no  (adj.  of  number),  nullus. 

no  (of  quantity),  nihil. 

no  one,  nemo. 

not,  non,  in  assertions  and  ques- 
tions; elsewhere,  ne. 

not  at  all,  nihil. 

not  even,  ne  .  .  .  quidem. 

not  only  .  .  .  but  also,  non  solum 
.  .  .  sed  etiam. 

not  yet,  nondmn. 

nothing,  nihil. 

now,  nunc;  iam. 

number,  numerus. 


obtain,  obtined. 
occupy,  occupo. 
of  (=  about),  dS. 


often,  saepe. 

on,  in. 

on  account  of,  propter. 

once,  quondam. 

one,  unus. 

one  .  .  .  another,  alius  .  ,  .  alius. 

one  ...  the  other,  alter  .  .  .  alter. 

only,  omnino;  solum. 

open,  apertus. 

opinion,  opinio. 

order,  iubed;  impero. 

other,  alius;  (of  two)  alter. 

ought,  debeo. 

our,  noster. 

our  men,  nostri. 

out  of,  e,  ex. 

over  (of  authority),  in  w.  ace. 

over  (across),  trans. 

overcome,  supero. 


pack  animal,  iumentum. 

part,  pars. 

pass  (of  mountahis),  angustiae. 

peace,  pax. 

people,  populus. 

perform,  praesto. 

permit,  patior. 

persuade,  persuaded. 

pitch  camp,  castra  ponere. 

place,  locus. 

plan,  consiliimi. 

plunder,  praeda. 

popularity,  gratia, 
possess,  habeo. 

(get)  possession  of,  potior, 
power,  potestas. 

(be)  powerful,  plurimum  posse. 

praise,  laudo. 

praise,  laus. 

prefer,  malo. 

prepare,  paro;  comparo. 

prevent,  prohibeo;  deterred. 

proceed,  procedo. 

procure,  paro;  comparo. 

protection,  fides;  praesidium. 

province,  provincia. 

(for  the)  purpose  of,  causa. 

put  in  command,  praeficio. 

put  to  flight,  in  fugam  dare. 


ENGLISH-LATIN  VOCABULARY. 


299 


Q. 

quantity,  numerus. 

quicker  than  they  thought,  celer- 

ius  opinione. 
quickly,  celeriter. 
quite,  maxime. 


race,  genus. 

rampart,  agger. 

rank,  ordo. 

rather,  potius. 

ravage,  vasto. 

reach,  adeo. 

rear,  novissimum  agmen. 

reason,  ratio;  res;  causa. 

(for)    reasons   of   my   own,    meo 

nomine, 
refuse,  recuso. 
remain,  maneo. 
remaining  (adj.),  reliquus. 
remarkable,  egregius;  insignis. 
render,  reddo. 
report,  nuntio;  renuntio. 
report,  fama;  rumor, 
resolve,  constituo. 
rest  of,  reliquus. 
restrain,  retineo. 
retire,  se  recipere. 
retreat,  pedem  referre. 
return,  redeo;  reverter, 
revolt,  deficio. 
revolution,  res  novae, 
right,  dexter, 
right  of  way,  iter, 
ripe,  maturus. 
river,  flumen. 
road,  iter;  via. 
route,  iter. 

S. 

safe,  incoltmiis;  tutus. 

safety,  salus. 

sail,  navigo. 

sailor,  nauta. 

(for  the)  sake  of,  causa. 

same,  idem. 

scarcely,  vix. 

scout,  explorator. 

sea,  mare. 

see,  video. 


seek,  peto;  quaero. 

seem,  videor. 

seize,  occupo. 

select,  deligo. 

self  (intensive,  all  persons),  ipse. 

senate,  senatus. 

send,  mitto. 

send  forward,  praemitto. 

separate,  divido. 

servitude,  servitus. 

set  out,  proficiscor. 

severe,  acer. 

severely,  acriter. 

sharp,  acer. 

ship,  navis. 

ship  of  war,  navis  longa. 

show,  ostendo. 

shun,  vito. 

side,  latus;  pars. 

(on  all)  sides,  undique. 

sight,  conspectus. 

since,  cimi. 

size,  magnitudo. 

skilled,  peritus. 

slay,  interficio. 

small,  parvus. 

so,  ita;  sic;  tam. 

soldier,  miles. 

some,  nonnuUus. 

some  one,  aliquis. 

son,  filius. 

soon  as  possible,  quam  primum. 

spear,  pilum ;  telum. 

speech,  oratio;  verba  (pi.). 

speed,  celeritas. 

state,  civitas. 

station,  colloco;  constituo. 

stay,  maneo. 

stone,  lapis. 

storm  (attack),  expugno. 

strength,  vires  (pi.). 

(be)  strong,  valeo. 

stronghold,  oppidum. 

subdue,  supero. 

such  (adj.),  talis. 

suitable,  idoneus. 

summon,  convoco. 

sunset,  solis  occasus. 

supplies,  commeatus. 

surpass,  supero. 

swift,  celer. 

sword,  gladius. 


300 


ELEMENTS  OF  LATIN. 


take,  capio. 

take  away,  toUo. 

take  by  storm,  expugno. 

take  flight,  se  fugae  mandare. 

tell,  died;  nuntio. 

tenth,  decimus. 

territory,  agar;  fines  (pi.). 

than,  quam. 

that  (pron.),  ille. 

that  (of  yours),  iste. 

that,  in  order  that,  ut;  neg.,  n§. 

that,  so  .  .  .  that,  ut;  neg.,  ut  non. 

that  (after /car),  ne;  neg.,  ut. 

that  (after  doubt),  quin. 

the  .  .  .  the  (in  correlative  sen- 
tences), quo  .  .  .  eo;  quanto 
.  .  .  tanto. 

then,  inde;  turn. 

Ihore,  ibi. 

thing,  res. 

think,  cogito;  existimo;  puto. 

this,  hie. 

though,  cum. 

thousand,  mille. 

three,  tres. 

through,  per. 

throw,  conicid. 

time,  tempus. 

to  (motion),  ad. 

top  of  (adj.),  summus. 

toward,  ad. 

tower,  turris. 

town,  oppidum. 

tribe,  gens. 

troops,  copiae. 

trouble,  perturbo. 

try,  Conor. 

twelve,  duodecim. 

two,  duo. 

two  hundred,  ducenli. 


unencumbered,  expeditus. 

until,  dum. 

urge,  incito ;  hortor. 

urge  on,  incito. 

use,  utor. 

utmost,  maximus;  stunmus. 


(in)  vain,  frustra. 

valiant,  fortis. 

valor,  virtus. 

very,  usually  express  by  superl. 

very  greatly,  maxime. 

very  much,  maxime. 

victory,  victoria. 

vigorous,  acer. 

village,  vicus. 

visit,  adeo. 

W. 

wage  war,  bellum  gerere. 

wa|;on,  camis. 

wait,  moror. 

wait  for,  exspecto. 

wall,  vallum. 

want,  void. 

war,  bellum. 

warn,  moneo. 

war  ship,  navis  longa. 

what.    Sec  who. 

when,  cimi;  ubi. 

where,  ubi. 

whether,  si;  utrum;  num. 

which  (of  two),  uter. 

while,  dtmi. 

who,  which,  what  (rel.),  qui. 

who,  which,  what  (interrog.),  quis. 

whole,  totus. 

why,  cur;  quare. 

wine,  vinum. 

wing  (of  army),  comu. 

winter  quarters,  hlbema  (pi.). 

wish,  void. 

(not  to)  wish,  nolo. 

wish  rather,  malo. 

with,  cimi. 

without,  sine. 

withstand,  sustineo. 

work,  opus. 

wound,  vulnero. 

wound,  vulnus. 

y. 

year,  annus, 
yield,  cedo. 
you,  tu. 
your,  tuus;  vester. 


INDEX. 


Ablative:  abl.  case,  31;  abl.  of 
cause,  manner,  accompani- 
ment, 340;  means,  instru- 
ment, agent,  attendant  cir- 
cumstance, 344;  with  certain 
deponents,  348;  respect  or 
specification,  349;  with  com- 
paratives, degree  of  difference, 
353;  quaUty,  357;  separation, 
358;  place  and  time,  362; 
source,  price,  with  opus,  with 
adjectives,  366;  absolute,  369. 

Accent,  8. 

Accusative:  ace.  case,  31;  ace.  of 
direct  object,  object  and  pred- 
icate, with  compounds  of 
trans,  person  and  thing,  309; 
extent — time,  space,  power 
or  degree,  313;  limit,  314. 

Adjectives:  classes,  78;  used  sub- 
stantively, 81;  declined,  79, 
85,  148;  irregular,  139;  in 
-er  distinguished,  147;  of  1, 
2,  and  3  terminations,  145; 
comparison,  158-165;  of  po- 
sition, 166,  374;  agreement,  80, 
373. 

Adverbs:  formation,  170;  compari- 
son, 171. 

Agreement:  defined,  46;  attributive 
and  predicate,  69;  verb  with 
subject,  47;  appositives,  73; 
adjectives,  80,  373;  relative, 
192. 

an,  382. 


B 


Base,  35. 


Case,  31. 

Case  endings:  32;  35;  36;  41;  52; 
102;  129;  133. 


Case  terminations,  35. 

Causal  clauses:  245,  C,  2;  422. 

Command,  380. 

Comparison:  adj.,  158-165;  adv., 

171. 
Concessive    clauses:     245,    C,    3; 

423. 
Conditional    sentences:    427-429; 

future,  433;  table  of,  434. 
Conjugations,  20,  see  Verbs. 
Correlation,  376. 
cum  (conj.):  245;  418;  422;  423. 
cum  primum,  418. 


Dative:  dat.  case,  31;  indirect  ob- 
ject, with  intransitives,  with 
compound  verbs,  318;  refer- 
ence, with  adjectives,  322; 
possessor,  purpose,  or  service, 
agent,  326. 

Declension:  defined,  10;  classified, 
33,  34;  first,  41-44;  second, 
52-54,  58;  third— stems,  102- 
104;  mute  stems,  105,  106; 
liquid  and  nasal  stems,  110, 
111;  spirant  stems,  115-117; 
i  stems,  121-124;  fourth,  129- 
132;  fifth,  133,  134. 

Deponent  verbs,  266-268. 

Direct  cases,  31,  b. 

Doubt,  413. 

dum,  418. 


E 

Enclitics,  184,  n.  3. 


F 

Fear  clauses:  270;  414. 
Finite  forms  of  verb,  13. 
Future:  95;  D7;  152. 


301 


302 


INDEX. 


Genitive:  gen.  case,  31;  gen.  with 
nouns — possessive,  partitive, 
material  or  composition,  sub- 
jective, objective,  attributive, 
330;  quality,  measure,  334; 
with  adjectives,  335 ;  predicate, 
with  verbs  of  remembering 
and  forgetting,  with  imperson- 
als,  interest,  indefinite  value, 
339. 

Gerund  and  Gerundive:  form,  218, 
c;  228,  b;  syntax,  388-390. 

Government,  46. 


Hindrance,  413. 
Historical  infinitive,  384,  c. 
Historical  jjerfect,  209. 
Historical  present,  235,  I,  e. 


Imperative,  217. 
Imperfect:  94;  97. 
Impersonal  verbs:  302-304. 
Indkect  discourse:  438-445. 
Infinitive:  21;  218,  b;  228,  c,  d,  e; 

384. 
Inflection,  10. 
Interrogative  particles,  194. 
Irregular  verbs:  280-304. 


Locative  case,  135. 

M 

Modifiers,  67. 


ne:  234:  270;  380;  399;  413;  414. 
-ne:  194;  382. 
\necne,  382. 

Negatives:  381;  398;  408. 
Nominative:  31;  308. 
nonne,  194. 
num,  194. 
Numerals:  175,  176. 


Objects:  defined,  46;  du*ect,  see 
Accusative;  indirect,  see  Dat- 
ive. 

Oblique  cases,  31,  b. 

oratio   obliqua,    see  Indirect  dis- 


Participles:  form,  218,  a;  228;  syn- 
tax, 367-369. 

Particles,  9. 

Perfect  system,  209. 

Periphrastics:  form,  274-276;  syn- 
tax 326,  V. 

Personal  endings:  22;  210;  217; 
227. 

postquam,  418. 

potior,  348. 

Prepositions:  59-60;  Appendix  A. 

Present  system,  96. 

Preteritive  verbs,  294. 

Prevention,  413. 

Primary  tenses,  235,  I. 

Principal  part«,  208. 

priusquam,  418. 

Prohibition,  380. 

Pronominal  adjectives:  139-141. 

Pronouns:  defined  and  classified, 
180;  form,  181-182;  186;  187; 
191-193;  198;  201;  syntax, 
192;  375. 

Purpose:  234;  399;  403. 


Quantity:  5,  6. 

Questions:  direct.  194;  single  and 

double,  382;  mdirect,  444. 
quin,  413. 
quoad,  418. 
quod,  422. 
quominus,  413. 


R 

Refusal,  413. 

Relative  pronoun:  191,  192. 
Relative  sentence:  449,  450. 
Result:  240;  407. 


INDEX. 


303 


Secondary  tenses,  235,  I. 

Semi-deponent  verbs,  269. 

Sentence,  45. 

Sequence  of  tenses,  235. 

simul  ac,  418. 

Sounds:  1-4. 

Stems:  verb,  16-19;  205,  206;  230; 
noun,  32,  33;  102-105;  110; 
115;  121-123. 

Subject:  of  finite  verb,  47,  a;  of 
infinitive,  384,  II. 

Subjunctive:  nature  and  formation, 
215,  216;  syntax:  independent, 
215;  383;  hortatory,  jussive, 
optative  or  voUtive,  potential, 
383;  dependent,  234;  240;  245; 
270;  purpose,  234;  399;  result, 
240;  407;  appositive  and  ex- 
planatory, 412;  doubt,  hin- 
drance, prevention,  refusal, 
413;  fear,  414;  time,  245;  418; 
cause,  245;  422;  concession, 
245;  423;  conditions,  429,  II; 
433,  II;  indirect  discourse, 
439;  445;  indirect  questions, 
444;  in  relative  sentence,  449, 
450. 

Substantive  clauses,  395,  II. 

Supine:  form,  218,  d;  syntax,  391; 
403,  IV. 


Temporal  clauses:  245,  C,  1;  418. 

Tenses:  12;  14;  primary  and  sec- 
ondary, 235, 1;  historical,  209; 
235,  I,  e;  meaning — present, 
23,  a;  imperfect,  94;  future,  95; 
perfect,  209,  a;  pluperfect, 
209,  b;  future  perfect,  209,  c; 
formation — indicative  tenses, 
23,  b;  97,  a;  97,  b;  152,  b;  210, 
a;  210,  b;  210,  c;  subjunctive, 
216;  imperative,  217;  passive, 
227 

Tense  signs:  16;  97;  152;  210;  216. 


ubi,  418. 

ut,  234,  399;  240,  407;  270,  414. 

uti,  see  ut. 

utor,  348. 

utrum,  382. 


Verbs:  11-24;  90;  94-98;  152-154; 
205-304. 


W 


Wish,  383- 


n 


RETURN  TO  the  circulation  desk  of  any 
University  of  California  Library 
or  to  the 

NORTHERN  REGIONAL  LIBRARY  FACILITY 
BIdg.  400,  Richmond  Field  Station 
University  of  California 
Richmond,  CA  94804-4698 

ALL  BOOKS  MAY  BE  RECALLED  AFTER  7  DAYS 
2-month  loans  may  be  renewed  by  calling 

(415)642-6753 
1-year  loans  may  be  recharged  by  bringing  books 

to  NRLF 
Renewals  and  recharges  may  be  made  4  days 

prior  to  due  date 

DUE  AS  STAMPED  BELOW 


AU6  0  9  1991 


YB  41188 


/ 


249 J  23 


i      ) 


